final environmental impact assessment

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT /

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR THE PROPOSED

KAKATIYA KHANI OPENCAST - 2 COAL MINING PROJECT

NEAR BHOOPALPALLI,

BHOOPALPALLI MANDAL,

WARANGAL DISTRICT, TELANGANA STATE.

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT

(QCI / NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization)

THE SINGARENI COLLIERIES COMPANY LIMITED (A Government Company)

KOTHAGUDEM COLLIERIES - 507 101 (T.S.)

JANUARY 2016

Declaration by Experts contributing to the Final EIA / EMP of Kakatiya KhaniOpencast - 2 Project

INDEX FOR CONTENTS

Part No. Title Page No.

I Final EIA / EMP 1 - 334

II Information for environmental appraisal 335 - 378

PART - I FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT /

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Final Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kakatiya Khani Opencast 2 Project

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited

i

CONTENTS OF FINAL EIA / EMP

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1 INTRODUCTION 1 - 10

1.1 Purpose of the report 1

1.2 Identification of project and project proponent 1

1.2.1 Identification of the Project 1

1.2.2 Project Proponent 2

1.2.2.1 Address of the Project Proponent 2

1.2.2.2 Address of the Project In-charge 3

1.3 Description of the project 3

1.3.1 Nature of the Project 3

1.3.2 Size of the Project 3

1.3.3 Salient Features 3

1.3.4 Location of the Project 5

1.3.5 Project Importance to the Country and Region 8

1.4 Scope of the study 10

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 11 - 32

2.1 Type of the project 11

2.2 Need for the project 11

2.3 Location of the project 12

2.4 Size of the project 13

2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 13

2.6 Details of Mining Lease & Mining Plan 14

2.7 Technology & Process Description 14

2.7.1 Mining Technology 14

2.7.2 Sequence of mining operations 14

2.7.3 Opening of deposit 15

2.7.4 Mining Scheme 16

2.7.4.1 Excavation 16

2.7.4.2 Stability 17

2.7.5 Method of work 17

2.8 Project Description 19

2.8.1 Physiography of Core Zone 19

2.8.2 Physiography of Buffer Zone 19

2.8.3 Drainage of Core Zone 20

2.8.4 Drainage of Buffer Zone 20

2.9 Geology & Coal Reserves 20



ii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

2.9.1 Geology of Mulug Coal Belt 20

2.9.2 Geology of Bhoolpalli Block - I 21

2.9.3 Description of coal seams 22

2.9.4 Quality and reserves 22

2.10 Hydrogeology 24

2.11 Land Requirement 24

2.11.1 Activity Wise Land Requirement Breakup 24

2.11.2 Ownership Wise Land requirement Breakup 24

2.11.3 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup 25

2.11.4 Stage of Acquisition 26

2.12 Equipment Schedule 26

2.13 Calendar Programme of Coal & OB 27

2.14 Drilling & Blasting 27

2.15 Explosive Consumption & Magazine Details 27

2.16 Energy requirement 28

2.17 Energy Conservation Measure 28

2.17.1 Power Factor Improvement 28

2.17.2 Energy Meters 28

2.17.3 Selection of High Voltage Equipment and Transmission 28

2.17.4 Selection and Adjustments of Transformer Loads 28

2.17.5 LT Motors 29

2.17.6 Illumination 29

2.17.7 Efficiency 29

2.17.8 General 29

2.18 Coal evacuation from the mine and transportation 29

2.19 Manpower Requirement 29

2.20 Water Requirement 29

2.21 Township & Other Infrastructure Requirement 30

2.22 Facilities for Truck Drivers at Mine Premises 30

2.23 Surface features and Diversions / shiftings involved 31

2.23.1 Rehabilitation and Resettlement 31

2.23.2 Diversion of roads 31

2.23.3 Diversion of Nallahs 31

2.23.4 Diversion of Power lines 31

2.24 Dumping and Reclamation 31

2.25 Description of Pollution Sources & Mitigation Measures 32



iii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

2.26 Assessment of new & untested technology for the risk of failure 32

2.26.1 Mining Method 32

2.26.2 Continuous Mining Technology 32

2.26.3 Discontinuous mining technology 32

2.26.3.1 Dragline Application 32

2.26.3.2 In pit-crushing and Conveying Technology 32

2.26.3.3 Shovel - Dumper Combination 32

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 33 - 127

3.1 Introduction 33

3.2 Study Area, Period, Agency & Scope of Baseline Studies 33

3.3 Description of present environmental status 38

3.3.1 Micro meteorology (Significance & Summary) 38

3.3.2 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) 41

3.3.2.1 Monitoring and Analytical Procedure 41

3.3.2.2 Description of Monitoring Locations 42

3.3.2.3 Summary of Ambient Air Quality 42

3.3.2.3.1 Interpretation of Summary of AAQ 42

3.3.3 Mineralogical Composition of RPM 44

3.3.4 Characteristics of Coal 44

3.3.5 Water Environment 45

3.3.5.1 Summary of Surface Water Quality 55

3.3.5.2 Summary of Ground Water Quality 55

3.3.6 Noise Environment 58

3.3.7 Land Use / Land Cover Pattern (LU / LC Pattern) 59

3.3.7.1 Scope of the Study 59

3.3.7.2 Location of the Project 59

3.3.7.3 Tools & Resources 59

3.3.7.4 Limitations 60

3.3.7.5 Methodology 67

3.3.7.6 LU / LC Classification of Buffer Zone 67

3.3.7.7 Various Land Use Classes Considered 67

3.3.8 Land Use Land Cover Details of Buffer Zone 68

3.3.9 Land Use Land Cover Study of Core Zone 71

3.3.10 Soil environment 75

3.3.10.1 Characteristics of Soil in the Study Area 75

3.3.11 Biological Environment 77



iv

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

3.3.11.1 Scope and Objective 77

3.3.11.2 Study Area 77


3.3.11.4 Results 79

3.3.11.5 Endangered species of Plants & Endemic Species 81

3.3.11.6 Status of Fauna as per Wildlife Protection Act 81

3.3.11.7 Type of Forests in the Study Area & Status 81

3.3.11.8 Dependence of local people on minor forest 81

3.3.11.9 Location of national park, sanctuary, BSR, etc 82

3.3.11.10 Wildlife migratory routes in Core & Buffer Zones 82

3.3.11.11 Breeding & Hibernating Sites in Core & Buffer 82

3.3.12 Socio-economical environment 100

3.3.12.1 Introduction 100


3.3.12.3 Demographic Profile of the study area 100

3.3.12.4 Demographic Structure 101

3.3.12.5 Literacy Profile 101

3.3.12.6 Economic activity and Livelihood Pattern 101

3.3.12.7 Socio-Economic Profile of the project area 102

3.3.12.8 State Profile 102

3.3.12.9 Warangal District 102

3.3.12.10 Soil Types 103

3.3.12.11 Biodiversity 103

3.3.12.12 Social Status 103

3.3.12.13 Economic Status 103

3.3.12.14 Socio-Economic Profile of the Study Area 103

3.3.12.15 Living Conditions and Infrastructure Facilities 108

3.3.12.16 Economic Activity and Livelihood Pattern 110

3.3.12.17 Quality of Life 114

3.3.12.18 Health Status 117

3.3.12.19 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes 117

3.3.12.20 Project Awareness 117

3.3.12.21 Socio-Economic Assessment 118

3.3.12.22 Conclusion 119

3.3.13 Traffic Density Study 126



v

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 128 - 204

4.1 Details of environmental impacts 128

4.1.1 Project location 128

4.1.1.1 Impact on Land Use 128

4.1.1.2 Impact on Surface Drainage 128

4.1.1.3 Impact on Socio Economic Environment 129

4.1.2 Possible accidents 129

4.1.3 Impacts during Project Construction 130

4.1.4 Regular Project Operations 130

4.1.5 Final decommissioning 130

4.2 Identification of impacts 131

4.2.1 Impact on air quality 131

4.2.1.1 Estimation of emissions 132

4.2.1.2 Emission Sources and Strengths 132

4.2.1.2.1 Drilling in coal 132

4.2.1.2.2 Drilling in Overburden 133

4.2.1.2.3 Blasting Operations in Coal 133

4.2.1.2.4 Blasting Operations in OB 134

4.2.1.2.5 Excavation in Coal 134

4.2.1.2.6 Excavation in OB 134

4.2.1.2.7 Bulldozing in Coal 135

4.2.1.2.8 Bulldozing in Overburden 135

4.2.1.2.9 Transportation of Coal 135

4.2.1.2.10 Transportation of OB 136

4.2.1.2.11 Dumping of Coal 137

4.2.1.2.12 Dumping of OB 137

4.2.1.2.13 Grading in Coal & OB 137

4.2.1.2.14 Wind Erosion of Coal Stock Yard 137

4.2.1.2.15 Wind Erosion of OB dumps 138

4.2.1.2.16 Loading to Trains 138

4.2.1.2.17 Summary of Emissions 138

4.2.1.3 Air Quality Modeling 140

4.2.1.4 Results and Conclusions 140

4.2.2 Impacts on noise environment 143

4.2.2.1. Noise Generation Due to Blasting 144

4.2.2.2. Noise Due to Air Blast 146



vi

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4.2.2.3. Physiological Impacts of Noise Exposure 146

4.2.2.4. Noise Due to Traffic 147

4.2.2.5. Noise Levels around the Project Site 147

4.2.2.6. Impact due to Ground Vibrations 147

4.2.3 Impact on water environment 149

Hydro geological Environ 149

4.2.3.1 Executive Summary 149

4.2.3.2 Introduction 150

4.2.3.3 Morphology 150

4.2.3.4 Rainfall 151

4.2.3.5 Land use pattern 154

4.2.3.6 Geology 156

4.2.3.7 Hydrogeology 158

4.2.3.8 Ground Water Resource Estimation 163

4.2.3.9 Inflow of water into the proposed project 168

4.2.3.10 Anticipated Environmental Impacts on Water 169

4.2.3.11 Conclusions 173

4.2.4 Impact on Land Environment 173

4.2.5 Impacts on Forest 175

4.2.6 Rehabilitation and Resettlement 175

4.3 Measures for minimising / offsetting identified adverse impacts 175

4.3.1 Measures Against Air Pollution 175

4.3.2 Measures Against Noise and Ground Vibrations 177

4.3.2.1 Measures Against Noise Pollution 177

4.3.2.2 Mitigation Measures to Reduce Ambient Noise 177

4.3.2.3 Measures to Protect Workers from High Noise 178

4.3.2.4 Measures against Ground Vibrations 178

4.3.2.5 Fly Rock Control Measures 180

4.3.3 Measures against Water Pollution and Waste Water Generation 180

4.3.3.1 Proposed Water Pollution Control Measures 181

4.3.3.2 Details of Effluent Treatment Plan 181

4.3.3.3 Details of Sewage Treatment Plant 181

4.3.3.4 Details of Measures against the Run-off 182

4.3.3.5 Scheme for Rainwater Harvesting 182

4.3.4 Measures against Land Degradation 183

4.3.5 Measures to Reduce Impact on the Adjoining Forest Area 183



vii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4.3.6 Solid Waste Management 184

4.3.6.1 Dumping Strategy 184

4.3.6.2 Production of Coal and OB Dumping Schedules 185

4.3.6.3 Design Criteria 187

4.3.6.4 Location of Dump Yards 187

4.3.6.5 Overburden Management 187

4.3.6.5.1 Loading to Trains 188

4.3.6.5.2 Internal Dump Yard 188

4.3.6.6 Topsoil Management 188

4.3.6.7 Final Void 189

4.3.7 Land Reclamation 189

4.3.7.1 Stage - I (at the end of 1st Year) 189

4.3.7.2 Stage - II (at the end of 3rd Year) 190

4.3.7.3 Stage - III (at the end of 5th Year) 191

4.3.7.4 Stage - IV (at the end of 10th Year) 191

4.3.7.5 Stage - V (Final Year i.e., at the end of 15th Year) 192

4.3.7.6 Mine Closure 193

4.3.7.7 Stage-wise land use and land reclamation details 193

4.3.7.8 Stage wise cumulative plantation 195

4.3.7.9 Post- Mining Land use Pattern of Project Area 195

4.3.8 Re-vegetation or Plantation Programme 196

4.3.8.1 Species Selection 196

4.3.8.2 Plantation and SMC Methods 196

4.3.8.3 Engineering Methods 196

4.3.8.4 Vegetative Methods 197

4.3.9 Hazardous Waste Management 197

4.3.9.1 Details of Hazardous Waste Generation 197

4.3.9.2 Hazardous Waste Handling 197

4.3.9.3 Disposal of Hazardous Waste 197

4.3.9.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme for HW 198

4.4 Mine Closure Plan 198

4.4.1 Introduction 198

4.4.2 Reasons for Closure 199

4.4.3 Statutory Obligations 199

4.4.4 Closure Plan Preparation 199

4.4.5 Closure Plan 199



viii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4.4.5.1 Mined Out Land 199

4.4.5.2 Rehabilitation process in mined-out land 199

4.4.5.3 Progressive / Concurrent Reclamation 200

4.4.5.4 Final Closure (Final Void) 200

4.4.6 Acid Mine Drainage 200

4.4.7 Monitoring of environmental parameters after mine closure 200

4.4.8 Disposal of Infrastructure 200

4.4.9 Disposal of Mining Machineries 201

4.4.10 Safety & Security 201

4.4.11 Economic repercussions of closure & manpower retrenchment 201

4.4.12 Time Schedule of Abandonment 201

4.4.13 Abandonment Cost 202

4.5 Socio Economic Measures 203

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE & TECHNOLOGY) 205 - 206

5.1 Alternate Site Locations 205

5.2 Alternative Mining Method 205

5.3 Technology Options 205

5.3.1 Continuous Mining Technology 205

5.3.2 Discontinuous Mining Technology 205

5.3.3 High Wall Mining Technology 206

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 207 - 218

6.1 Scope of Environmental Monitoring Programme 207

6.2 Methodology of Monitoring Mechanism 208

6.3 Post Project Monitoring Plan 208

6.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring 208

6.3.2 Water Quality Monitoring 212

6.3.3 Noise Level Monitoring 212

6.3.4 Blast Vibrations 213

6.3.5 Monitoring of phase wise reclamation programme 214

6.3.6 Monitoring of Emergency Procedures 215

6.3.7 Occupational health surveillance in SCCL 215

6.3.7.1 Description of Occupational Health Surveillance 215

6.3.7.2 Classification of Chest Radiograph 215

6.3.7.3 Training of Medical Officers 215

6.3.7.4 Occupational Disease Board 215

6.3.7.5 Guidelines for Detection of Occupational Disease 216



ix

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

6.3.8 Monitoring of Mine Closure Plan 216

6.4 Reporting Schedules of Monitored Data 216

6.4.1 Slope Stability 216

6.4.2 Soil Erosion 216

6.4.3 Drains & Dumps 216

6.4.4 Blasting Effects 217

6.5 Budget Provision for EMP Implementation & Monitoring 217

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 219 - 237

7.1 Rehabilitation and resettlement plan 219

7.2 Feasible & time bound plan for R&R of Project Affected People 219

7.3 Risk Assessment & Management 222

7.4 Disaster Management Plan 235

7.4.1 Information Stage 235

7.4.2 Assessment Stage 236

7.4.3 Action Stage 236

7.5 Issues raised in Public Consultation along with action plan 237

8 PROJECT BENEFITS 240 - 241

8.1 Improvement in Physical Infrastructure 240

8.2 Improvement in Social Infrastructure 240

8.3 Other Tangible Benefits 241

9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 242 - 252

9.1 Introduction 242

9.2 EMP Implementation, Inspection & Monitoring 242

9.3 Environmental Management Committee (EMC) 243

9.4 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 244

9.4.1 SCCL Environmental Policy 244

9.4.2 Guidelines for implementation of environmental policy 244

9.4.3 SOPs to bring in to focus deviations / violations of EC /FC 249

9.4.4 Hierarchical system to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with EC condition 252

9.4.5 System of reporting non-compliances / violations 252

10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 253 - 267

10.1 Introduction 253

10.2 Description of the Project 253

10.3 Description of the Environment 255

10.3.1 Physical Resource 255

10.3.2 Air Environment 256



x

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

10.3.3 Mineralogical Composition 256

10.3.4 Water Environment 257

10.3.5 Impact on Groundwater Regime 257

10.3.6 Phreatic Surface Head around OC Mine 258

10.3.7 Noise Levels 258

10.3.8 Land Environment 258

10.3.9 Soil Quality 258

10.3.10 Biological Environment 259

10.3.11 Socio-Economic Environment 259

10.4 Alternatives 259

10.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 260

10.5.1 Impact due to Air Pollution and its Management 260

10.5.2 Impact due to Water Pollution and its Management 261

10.5.3 Impact due to Noise Pollution and its Management 261

10.5.4 Impact due to Ground Vibrations 262

10.5.5 Impact on Land and its Management 263

10.5.6 Impact on Socio Economic Environment 263

10.5.7 Solid Waste and its Management 265

10.6 Environment Management Plan 266

10.6.1 Fund Provision for Environment Protection and Management 267

10.7 Mine Closure Plan 267

10.8 Conclusion 267

11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 268 - 272

11.1 EIA Consultant Organization (SCCL) 268

11.2 Pioneer in Technology up gradation 268

11.3 Core Activities of SCCL 268

11.4 Corporate Planning Division 269

11.5 SCCL Quality Policy 270

11.6 SCCL Environmental Policy 270

11.7 Experience in Implementation of Environmental Safeguards 270

11.8 Awards Received by SCCL for its Environmental Performance 271

11.9 Consultancy Services 271

11.10 Experience in Preparing EIA / EMPs 271

11.11 Accreditation as EIA Consultant Organization 271

11.12 Experts Involved in preparation EIA / EMP 271

11.13 Undertaking of Consultant 272



xi

Annexure - I A copy of Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC 273

Annexure - II A copy of Mining Lease 286

Annexure - III A copy of land use certificate issued by Tahsildar, BHPL 289

Annexure - IV Public Hearing Notifications 290

Annexure - V Photographs of Public Hearing 292

Annexure - VI Approved minutes of the public hearing 294

Annexure - VII A copy of Board approved note of Env. Policy & its Objectives 310

Annexure - VIII A copy of certificate showing the list of experts involved in BLD 311



xii

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1.3.4.1 Location Details of the Project 6

1.4.3.2 Coordinates of the GCPs 8

2.3.1 Boundaries of the project 12

2.3.2 Details of environmental settings 12

2.4.1 Physical Parameters of the Project 13

2.9.1.1 Stratigraphic Succession in Mulug Coal Belt 21

2.9.2.1 The Stratigraphic Succession in Bhoopalpalli Block - 1 21

2.9.3.1 Details of Extractable Coal Seams 22

2.9.4.1 Quality of Coal Seams 23

2.9.4.2 Seam wise Geological and Extractable Coal Reserves 23

2.11.1.1 Activity Wise Land Requirement 24

2.11.2.1 Ownership Wise Land Requirement Breakup 24

2.11.3.1 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project Area 24

2.11.3.2 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup as per satellite image 26

2.12.1 Projected HEMM 27

3.2.1 Scope of Baseline Data Generation 34

3.2.2 Collection of Data on Land Use Pattern 37

3.2.3 Socio-economic Details of Study Area of the Project 37

3.3.1.1 Summary of Micro - Meteorological Data for Winter 2014 - Month wise 39

3.3.1.2 Summary of Micro - Meteorological Data - Winter 2014 - Season 39

3.3.2.1.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 41

3.3.2.2.1 Summary of AAQ data 43

3.3.3.1 Summary of mineralogical composition of RPM 44

3.3.4.1 Characteristics of Coal 45

3.3.5.1 Surface Water Sampling Locations 46

3.3.5.2 Ground Water Sampling Locations 46

3.3.5.3 Physico-Chemical and Bacteriological Characteristics of Surface Water 47

3.3.5.4 Physico-Chemical and Bacteriological Characteristics of Ground Water 50

3.3.5.5 Effluents Quality 54

3.3.6.1 Noise quality monitoring locations 58

3.3.6.2 Summary of Noise level data 58

3.3.8.1 Land use Land Cover details of 10 km Buffer zone 68

3.3.9.1 Land Use/ Land Cover details of core zone 71

3.3.10.1 Soil Quality Monitoring Stations 75

3.3.10.1.1 Textural Class of Soil 75



xiii

3.3.10.1.2 Physical Characteristics of Soil 75

3.3.10.1.3 Chemical Characteristics of Soil Extract 76

3.3.10.1.4 Exchangeable Cations of Soil 76

3.3.10.1.5 Fertility Status of Soils in Study Area 77

3.3.10.1.6 Trace Metals Content in Soil 77

3.3.11.4.1 List of Terrestrial Plants in the core zone 83

3.3.11.4.2 List of Aquatic Plants in the buffer zone 86

3.3.11.4.3 List of Terrestrial Plants in buffer zone 86

3.3.11.4.4 List of Aquatic Plants in the buffer zone 90

3.3.11.4.5 Phytosociological parameters for trees of core zone 90

3.3.11.4.6 Phytosociological analysis for shrubs in core zone 90

3.3.11.4.7 Phytosociological analysis for herbs in core zone 91

3.3.11.4.8 Phytosociological analysis for trees in buffer zone 91

3.3.11.4.9 Phytosociological analysis for shrubs in buffer zone 92

3.3.11.4.10 Phytosociological analysis for herbs in buffer zone 92

3.3.11.4.11 List of Lepidoptera & Odonates recorded from core & buffer areas 93

3.3.11.4.12 List of Aves recorded from core and buffer areas 94

3.3.11.13 List of Reptiles recorded from core and buffer areas 95

3.3.11.14 List of Amphibians recorded from core and buffer areas 95

3.3.11.15 List of mammals recorded from core and buffer 95

3.3.11.16 List of spiders recorded from core and buffer areas 96

3.3.12.18.1 Baseline data of the health of the people (2014-15) 117

3.3.12.3.1 Demographic structure with in study area of the Project 121

3.3.12.3.2 Educational Facilities in the Study Area 122

3.3.12.3.3 Medical Facilities within the Study Area 123

3.3.12.3.4 Land use and Cropping Patterns 124

3.3.12.3.5 Other Infrastructure Facilities Available in the Study Area 125

3.3.13.1 Vehicular Traffic Study - Non Working Day 126

3.3.13.2 Vehicular Traffic Study - Non Working Day 127

4.1.3.1 Impacts during construction stage 130

4.1.4.1 Impacts during regular operations stage 130

4.2.1.2.1 Dust Emissions from different mining activities 139

4.2.1.4.1 Predicted increment in Ground Level PM 10 concentration 141

4.2.1.4.2 Total concentrations at the Baseline AAQ Stations 143

4.2.2.1 Noise Levels from existing HEMM 144

4.2.2.2 Permissible Limits of Noise levels 144

4.2.2.1.1 Existing Noise Levels and Ground Vibration Due to Blasting 145

4.2.2.4 Noise Exposure Levels and Effects 147



xiv

4.2.2.5 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity 148

4.2.3.4.1 Annual rainfall, percent deviation of rainfall from the mean & rainfall 154

4.2.3.5.1 Cultivation details - Village-wise, Season-wise & Source-wise 155

4.2.3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession in Mulug Coal belt 156

4.2.3.7.1 Attitude of phreatic surface in the buffer area 160

4.2.3.7.2 Attitude of piezometric surface around KTK OC - 2 Project Area 162

4.2.4.1 Present Land Use of the Project 174

4.2.4.2 Proposed change in Land Use of the Project 174

4.2.4.3 Land Use at the end of the Project 174

4.3.6.2.1 Year-wise Calendar Program of Coal Production and OB Excavation. 185

4.3.6.2.2 Stage wise Coal, OB and Topsoil Removal Schedules 186

4.3.6.7.1 Post mining land use pattern - 189

4.3.7.1.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - I 190

4.3.7.1.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - I 190

4.3.7.2.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - II 190

4.3.7.2.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - II 191

4.3.7.3.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - III 191

4.3.7.3.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - III 191

4.3.7.4.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - IV 192

4.3.7.4.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - IV 192

4.3.7.5.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - V 192

4.3.7.5.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - V 192

4.3.7.6.1 Technical Reclamation at Mine Closure 193

4.3.7.6.2 Biological Reclamation at Mine Closure 193

4.3.7.7.1 Stage-wise land use and land reclamation 194

4.3.7.8.1 Stage Wise Cumulative Plantation 195

4.3.7.9.1 Land use Pattern of the Project at Mine Closure Stage 195

4.3.8.1.1 List of species recommended in the afforestation 196

4.4.13.1 Mine Closure Cost 202

4.4.13.2 Mine Closure Cost (Year wise) 203

6.3.1.1 Coal Mines Standards vide GSR 742 (E), Dated 25.9.2000 210

6.3.1.2 National Ambient Air Quality Standards vide GSR 826 (E), Dt.18.11.09 211

6.3.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise 213

6.3.4.1 Ground vibration Limits as per DGMS 214

6.5.1 Environment related direct cost 217

6.5.2 Environment related indirect cost 218

6.5.3 Revenue Cost of Environmental Management Plan 218



xv

LIST OF FIGURES

FIG. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1.3.4.1 Location Plan of KTK OC - 2 313

2.3.1 Key Plan of the Project 314

2.5.1 Project Implementation Schedule 315

2.8.1.1 Surface Contour Plan 316

2.8.2.1 Topo plan showing surface features within 10 km of the project 317

2.8.3.1 Contour map showing the area drainage of the core zone 318

2.8.4.1 Drainage plan of the buffer zone along SW quality monitoring locations 319

2.9.1.1 Geological Plan of Mulug Coal Belt 320

2.9.2.1 Geological Plan of KTK OC - 2 Block 321

2.9.2.2 Plan showing geological sections 322

2.11.1.1 Land Requirement Plan 323

2.11.2.1 Revenue Plan showing survey numbers 324

2.18.1 Layout of Coal Handling Plant 325

3.2.1 Plan showing AAQ, GW, Noise & Soil quality monitoring locations 326

4.3.7.1 Plan showing the land use at the initial stage 327

4.3.7.1.1 Plan showing reclamation at the end of 1st Year 328

4.3.7.2.1 Plan showing reclamation at the end of 3rd Year 329

4.3.7.3.1 Plan showing reclamation at the end of 5th Year 330



4.3.7.6.1 Mine Closure Plan 333

7.4.3.1 Emergency Organization Plan 334



xvi

Reference for the prescribed Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC Sl. No. Description of ToR Section No. Page No.

3. Specific conditions (i) As the surface water bodies feeds the Nalahs / tanks,

impact of mining activities on the drainage channels needs to be assessed. Measures should be taken to divert the drainage channel in such a manner that the current scenario can be replicated in the non-bearing area so as to benefit the local community'.

4.1.1.2

4.2.3.10

128

169

(ii) Feasible and time bound plan for rehabilitation of Project affected people.

7.2 219

4. Generic tor for an opencast coalmine for EC: (i) An EIA-EMP Report shall be prepared for MTPA rated

capacity in an ML/project area of.....ha based on the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter - 1

Chapter - 11 1 - 334

(ii) An EIA-EMP Report would be prepared for MTPA rated capacity to cover the impacts and environment management plan for the project specific activities on the environment of the region, and the environmental quality encompassing air. water, land, biotic community, etc. through collection of data and information, generation of data on impacts including prediction modeling for MTPA of coal production based on approved project / Mining Plan for MTPA. Baseline data collection can be for any season (three months) except monsoon.

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 4

Chapter - 9

33 - 127

128 - 204

242 - 252

(iii) A topo sheet specifying locations of the State, District and Project site should be provided.

2.8.2 317

(iv) A Study area map of the core zone (project area) and 10 km area of the buffer zone (1: 50,000 scale) clearly delineating the major topographical features such as the land use, surface drainage pattern including rivers/streams/nullahs/canals, locations of human habitations, major constructions including railways, roads, pipelines, major industries/mines and other polluting sources. In case of ecologically sensitive areas such as Biosphere Reserves/National Parks/WL Sanctuaries/’ Elephant Reserves, forests (Reserved/Protected), migratory corridors of fauna, and areas where endangered fauna and plants of medicinal and economic importance found in the 15 km study area should be given.

2.8.2 317

(v) Land use map (1: 50,000 scale) based on a recent satellite imagery of the study area may also be provided with explanatory note on the land use.

3.3.7 59 - 74

(vi) Map showing the core zone delineating the agricultural land (irrigated and un-irrigated. uncultivable land as defined in the revenue records, forest areas (as per records), along with other physical features such as water bodies, etc should be furnished.

Table 2.11.3.1

Annexure - III

Fig.No. 2.11.2.1

25

289

324



xvii

Sl. No. Description of ToR Section No. Page No.

(vii) A contour map showing the area drainage of the core zone and 25 km of the study area (where the water courses of the core zone ultimately join the major rivers/streams outside the lease/project area) should also be clearly indicated in the separate map.

2.8.4

Fig.No. 2.8.4.1

20

319

(viii) A detailed Site plan of the mine showing the proposed break-up of the land for mining operations such as the quarry area, OB dumps, green belt, safety zone, buildings, infrastructure, CHP, ETP, Stockyard, township/colony (within and adjacent to the ML), undisturbed area -if any, and landscape features such as existing roads, drains/natural water bodies to be left undisturbed along with any natural drainage adjoining the lease /project areas, and modification of thereof in terms of construction of embankments/bunds, proposed diversion/re-channelling of the water courses, etc., approach roads, major haul roads, etc should be indicated.

Table. 2.11.1.1

Fig.No. 2.11.1.1

24

323

(ix) In case of any proposed diversion of nallah/canal/river, the proposed route of diversion /modification of drainage and their realignment, construction of embankment etc. should also be shown on the map as per the approval of Irrigation and flood control Department of the concerned state.

Fig.No. 2.3.1 314

(x) Similarly if the project involves diversion of any road/railway line passing through the ML/'project area, the proposed route of diversion and its realignment should be shown in the map along with the status of the approval of the competent authority.

Fig.No. 2.3.1 314

(xi) Break up of lease / project area as per different land uses and their stage of acquisition should be provided. LANDUSE DETAILS FOR OPENCAST PROJECT should be given as per the following table:

S.N. LANDUSE Within

ML Area (ha)

Outside ML Area

(ha) TOTAL

1. Agricultural land

2. Forest land

3. Wasteland

4. Grazing land

5. Surface water bodies

6. Settlements

Others (specify)

TOTAL

Table 2.11.3.2

Fig.No. 2.11.1.1

2.11.4

26

323

26

(xii) Break-up of lease/project area as per mining plan should be provided.

Table. 2.11.1.1

Fig.No. 2.11.1.1

24

323 (xiii) Impact of changes in the land use due to the project if

the land is predominantly agricultural



xviii


land/forestland/grazing land, should be provided.

(xiv) One-season (other than monsoon) primary baseline data on environmental quality - air (PM10, PM2.5, SOx, NOx and heavy metals such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As, etc), noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil - along with one-season met data coinciding with the same season for AAQ collection period should be provided.

Chapter - 3 33 - 127

(xv) Map (1: 50, 000 scale) of the study area (core and buffer zone) showing the location of various sampling stations superimposed with location of habitats, other industries/mines, polluting sources, should be provided. The number and location of the sampling stations in both core and buffer zones should be selected on the basis of size of lease/project area, the proposed impacts in the downwind (air)/downstream (surface water)/groundwater regime (based on flow). One station should be in the upwind/upstream/non-impact/non-polluting area as a control station. The monitoring should be as per CPCB guidelines and parameters for water testing for both ground water and surface water as per ISI standards and CPCB classification wherever applicable. Observed values should be provided along with the specified standards.

Fig. No. 2.8.4.1

Fig. No.3.2.1

3.3.2

3.3.5

319

326

41

45

(xvi) Study on the existing flora and fauna in the study area (10km) should be carried out by an institution of relevant discipline. The list of flora and fauna duly authenticated separately for the core and study area and a statement clearly specifying whether the study area forms a part of the migratory corridor of any endangered fauna should be given. If the study area has endangered flora and fauna, or if the area is occasionally visited or used as a habitat by Schedule-I species, or if the project falls within 15 km of an ecologically sensitive area, or used as a migratory corridor then a Comprehensive Conservation Plan along with the appropriate budgetary provision should be prepared and submitted with EIA-EMP Report; and comments/observation from the CWLW of the State Govt, should also be obtained and furnished.

3.3.11

Annexure - VIII

77

311

(xvii) Details of mineral reserves, geological status of the study area and the seams to be worked. ultimate working depth and progressive stage-wise working scheme until the end of mine life should be provided on the basis of the approved rated capacity and calendar plans of production from the approved Mining Plan. Geological maps and sections should be included. The Progressive mine development and Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan should also be shown in figures. Details of mine plan and mine closure plan approval of Competent Authority should be furnished for green field and expansion projects.

2.9

Fig.Nos.2.9.1.1,

2.9.2.1

Fig. Nos. 4.3.7.1, 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.6.1

20

320,

321

327 328 - 333



xix


(xviii) Details of mining methods, technology, equipment to be used, etc., rationale for selection of specified technology and equipment proposed to be used vis-a-vis the potential impacts should be provided.

2.7 14

(xix) Impact of mining on hydrology, modification of natural drainage, diversion and channeling of the existing rivers/water courses flowing though the ML and adjoining the lease/project and the impact on the existing users and impacts of mining operations thereon.

4.2.3 149

(xx) Detailed water balance should be provided. The break-up of water requirement for the various mine operations should be given separately.

Fig.No. 4.2.3.8.1 4.2.3.10

167

172 (xxi) Source of water for use in mine, sanction of the

Competent Authority in the State Govt, and impacts vis-a-vis the competing users in the upstream and downstream of the project site, should be given.

4.2.3.7 164

(xxii) Impact of mining and water abstraction from the mine on the hydrogeology and groundwater regime within the core zone and 10 km buffer zone including long-term monitoring measures should be provided. Details of rainwater harvesting and measures for recharge of groundwater should be reflected in case there is a declining trend of groundwater availability- and/or if the area falls within dark/grey zone.

4.2.3.10 169

(xxiii) Impact of blasting, noise and vibrations should be given.

4.2.2 143

(xxiv) Impacts of mining on the AAQ and predictions based on modeling using the ISCST-3 (Revised) or latest model should be provided.

4.2.1 131

(xxv) Impacts of mineral transportation within the mining area and outside the lease/project along with flow-chart indicating the specific areas generating fugitive emissions should be provided. Impacts of transportation, handling, transfer of mineral and waste on air quality, generation of effluents from workshop etc, management plan for maintenance of HEMM and other machinery/equipment should be given. Details of various facilities such as rest areas and canteen for workers and effluents/pollution load emanating from these activities should also be provided.

4.2.1

4.3.1

131

177

(xxvi) Effort be made to reduce/eliminate road transport of coal inside and outside mine and for mechanized loading of coal through CHP/ Silo into wagons and trucks/tippers.

2.18

Fig. No. 2.18.1

29

325

(xxvii) Details of waste OB and topsoil generated as per the approved calendar programme, and their management shown in figures as well explanatory notes tables giving progressive development and mine closure plan, green belt development, backfilling programme and conceptual post mining land use should be given. OB dump heights and terracing based on slope stability studies with a max of 28°

4.3.6

4.3.7

Fig. Nos. 4.3.7.1, 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.6.1

184

189

327 328 - 333



xx


angle as the ultimate slope should be given. Sections of final dumps (both longitudinal and cross section) with relation to the adjacent area should be shown.

(xxviii) Efforts be made for maximizing progressive internal dumping of O.B., sequential mining, external dump on coal bearing area and later rehandling into the mine void to reduce land degradation.

4.3.6 184

(xxix) Impact of change in land use due to mining operations and plan for restoration of the mined area to its original land use should be provided.

4.1.1.1.

4.3.8

128

196

(xxx) Progressive Green belt and ecological restoration /afforestation plan (both in text, figures and in the tabular form as per the format of MoEF&CC given below) and selection of species (native) based on original survey/land-use should be given.

Table 1: Stage-wise Land Use and Reclamation Area (ha)

S.N. Land Use Category Present (lst Year)

5th Year

10th

Year

Year to the end of mine 15th life) *

1. Backfilled Area(Reclaimed with plantation)

2. Excavated Area (not reclaimed)/void

3. External OB dump Reclaimed with plantation)

4. Reclaimed Top soil dump

5. Green Built Area

6. Undisturbed area (brought under plantation)

7. Roads (avenue plantation)

8. Area around buildings and Infrastructure

TOTAL

*As a representative example. Table 2: Stage-wise Cumulative Plantation

S.N. YEAR*

Green Belt External Dump

Backfilled Area

Others (Undisturbed Area/etc)

TOTAL

Area (ha)

No. of

trees

Area (ha)

No. of

trees

Area (ha)

No. of trees

Area (ha)

No. of trees

Area (ha)

No. of trees

1. 1st Year

2. 3rd Year

3. 5th Year

4. 10th Year

5. 15th year

TOTAL

* As a representative example.

Table 4.3.7.7.1

Table 4.3.7.8.1

194

195

(xxxi) Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan and post mining land use and restoration of land/habitat to the pre- mining status should be provided. A Plan for the ecological restoration of the mined out area and post mining land use should be prepared with detailed cost provisions. Impact and management of wastes and issues of re-handling (wherever applicable) and backfilling and progressive mine closure and

Table 4.3.7.9.1 195



xxi


reclamation should be furnished.

Table 3. Post-Mining Land Use Pattern of ML / Project Area (ha)

S.N. Land use during Mining

Plantation

Water Body

Public Use

Undisturbed TOTAL

1. External OB Dump

2. Top Soil Dump

3. Excavation

4. Roads

5. Built up Area

6. Green Belt

7. Undisturbed Area

TOTAL

(xxxii) Flow chart of water balance should be provided. Treatment of effluents from workshop, township, domestic wastewater, mine water discharge, etc. should be provided. Details of STP in colony and FTP in mine should be given. Recycling of water to the max. possible extent should be done.

Figure No 2.20.1 30

(xxxiii) Occupational health issues. Baseline data on the health of the population in the impact zone and measures for occupational health and safety of the personnel and manpower in the mine should be given.

3.3.12.18 117

(xxxiv) Risk Assessment and Disaster Preparedness and Management Plan should be provided.

7.3 222

(xxxv) Integration of the Env. Management Plan with measures for minimizing use of natural resources - water, land, energy, etc. should be carried out.

2.11

2.16

2.20

24

28

29 (xxxvi) Cost of EMP (capital and recurring) should be

included in the project cost and for progressive and final mine closure plan.

6.5 217

(xxxvii) Details of R&R. Detailed project specific R&R Plan with data on the existing socio-economic status of the population (including tribals, SC/ST, BPL families) found in the study area and broad plan for resettlement of the displaced population, site for the resettlement colony, alternate livelihood concerns/employment for the displaced people, civic and housing amenities being offered, etc and costs along with the schedule of the implementation of the R&R Plan should be given.

7.1 7.2

219 219

(xxxviii) CSR Plan along with details of villages and specific budgetary provisions (capital and recurring) for specific activities over the life of the project should be given.

4.5 Table No. 6.5.1

203 217

(xxxix) Corporate Environment Responsibility: a) The Company must have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by the Board of

9.4 244



xxii


Directors. b) The Environment Policy must prescribe for

standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringements/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions.

c) The hierarchical system or Administrative Order of the company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions must be furnished.

d) To have proper checks and balances, the company should have a well laid down system of reporting of non-compliances/violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large.

(xl) Details on Public Hearing should cover the information relating to notices issued in the newspaper, proceedings/minutes of Public Hearing, the points raised by the general public and commitments made by the proponent and the action proposed with budgets in suitable time frame. These details should be presented in a tabular form. If the Public Hearing is in the regional language, an authenticated English Translation of the same should be provided.

Will be incorporated in Final EIA / EMP after conducting public hearing.

--

(xli) In built mechanism of self-monitoring of compliance of environmental regulations should be indicated.

9.4.3 - 9.4.5 249 - 252

(xlii) Status of any litigations/ court cases filed/pending on the project should be provided.

7.5 237

(xliii) Submission of sample test analysis of Characteristics of coal: This should include details on grade of coal and other characteristics such as ash content, S and heavy metals including levels of Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc.

Table 3.3.4.1 45

(xliv) Copy of clearances/approvals such as Forestry clearances, Mining Plan Approval, mine closer plan approval. NOC from Flood and Irrigation Dept, (if req.), etc. wherever applicable.

FOREST CLEARANCE: Details on the Forest Clearance should be given as per the format given:

Total ML / Project

Area (HA)

Total Forest Land (ha)

Date of FC If more than one, provide

details of each FC

Extent of forest

land

Balance area for

which FC is yet to be obtained

Status of appl. for diversion

of forestland

Not Applicable --

Final Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited 1

CHAPTER - 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the formal process used to predict the environmental consequences (positive or negative) of a plan, policy, program, or project prior to the decision to move forward with the proposed action. Formal impact assessments may be governed by rules of administrative procedure regarding public participation and documentation of decision making, and may be subject to judicial review.

The basic objective of the EIA is to identify, predict, mitigate and communicate the possible impacts due the proposed project to the Government authority and people likely to be affected and incorporate the conditions for construction, operation, maintenance and waste disposal phases of the project to mitigate the negative (adverse) impacts and enhance the positive impacts for the sustainable development of the region.

The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that decision makers consider the environmental impacts when deciding whether or not to proceed with a project.

EIAs are unique in that they do not require adherence to a predetermined environmental outcome, but rather they require decision makers to account for environmental values in their decisions and to justify those decisions in light of detailed environmental studies and public comments on the potential environmental impacts.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 1.2.1 Identification of the Project The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) has been exploiting coal for more than 125 years. Out of 470 Km long Pranahita Godavari Valley Coal fields, 350 Km sector is lying mostly in the South Indian State of Telangana State.

Pranahitha - Godavari basin, a NNW-SSE trending basin deposit, covering an area of 17000 Sq. Km rest on Pre-Cambrian platform following the course of Pranahita and Godavari rivers over a strike length of 470 Km. The south sector over 350 Km length lying in the districts of Adilabad, Karimnagar, Warangal and Khammam of Telangana State is referred as Godavari Valley Coal Field (GVCF) and the same is shown in Figure No. 1.2.1.1. The continuity of coal seams is broken and missing at places due to faulting and therefore different coal bearing areas occurring are generally treated as different coal belts. Mulug coal belt is one such coal belt located in Warangal District and the proposed project falls in North central part of Mulug Coal Belt.

To meet the demand of coal, the exploration activities have been intensified in the deeper areas as well as in the hitherto unexplored potential coal bearing areas of GVCF.

Regional exploration was done by Geological Survey of India. Detailed exploration was carried out by SCCL during the period from 1980 to 1983. Proposed KTK OC-2 Project (KTK-2&2A Inclines) Block is covered in the geological report of Bhoopalpalli Block - I prepared in the year 1983. Exploration has proved 1292 MT of coal reserves in an area of 82 sq.Km. in all the coal blocks in Mulug Coal Belt. at shallow depth which are feasible for opencast mining.

SCCL is operating 5 underground mines namely KTK-1&1A Incline, KTK-2&2A Incline, KTK-5 Incline, KTK-6 Incline, KTK Longwall Project and one opencast project KTK OC Sector - I in Bhoopalpalli Area in Warangal District of Telangana State

The existing KTK OC Sector - I is a dedicated project to Kakatiya Thermal Power Plant (KTTP) of Telangana State Generation Corporation (TSGENCO) located near Chelpur Village which is about 10 Km from the project).



The KTK OC Sector - I Project is in operation from 2008-09, which is adjacent to the proposed project and the coal reserves of the project will exhaust in another two years and coal reserves envisaged by underground method from KTK 2&2A Inclines will also exhaust in two years.

In order to sustain the coal production from the area and fulfill the committed supply to 500 MW KTPP of TSGENCO beyond 2017-18, it is proposed to convert a part of existing KTK 2&2A Incline underground mine into opencast mine up to 250 m depth of floor of III seam under the name of Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project (KTK OC - 2 Project) as a relay Project to KTK OC Sector-I Project.

Some of the required infrastructure is already available and some more infrastructure is required for the proposed project. In view of the existence of operation mines, infrastructure facilities, feasibility of the deposit for opencast mining, it is proposed to take up the project on priority to meet the demand of coal under the name of Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project.

Figure No. 1.2.1.1: Coal Belts of Godavari Valley Coalfields

1.2.2 Project Proponent The SCCL is a Government coal mining company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India on a 51:49 equity basis. SCCL is the first largest public sector undertaking in the state with manpower of 58,837 as on 31.03.2015. It is the only coal mining company in South India catering the needs of coal based industries. SCCL is currently operating 31 Underground Mines and 17 Opencast Mines.

1.2.2.1. Address of the Project Proponent Director (Planning & Projects) The Singareni Collieries Company Limited Po:Kothagudem, PIN. Code: 507101 Dist: Khammam, Telangana State E-Mail id: [email protected] Ph.No. 08744 - 242328; Fax No. 08744 - 242605



1.2.2.2. Address of the Project In-charge The Project Officer, KTK OC Sector - I Project, The Singareni Collieries Company Limited P.O: Bhoopalpalli, PIN Code: 506169 Dist: Warangal, Telangana State Ph. No. 08713 - 2000124 (Mobile: 8332975254), Fax No. 08713 - 220208

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

1.3.1. Nature of the Project: The proposed project is a mechanized opencast coal mining project with shovel and dumper combination under the name KTK OC - 2 Project for exploitation of 17.00 MT of coal reserves by removing 227.99 M.Cu.m of OB with an average stripping ratio of 13.41 Cu.m/T up to the depth of 250 m of III Seam. This project is planned for 1.50 MTPA for a life of 15 years. Total Project area is 668.23 Ha. No forest land is involved in the present proposal.

1.3.2. Size of the Project: The proposed KTK OC - 2 Project is designated with an installed capacity of 1.50 MTPA. The total mineable reserves are 17.00 MT and OB to be removed is 277.99 M.Cu.M and the life of the project is 15 years (excluding construction period)

The proposed project falls in “Category - A” as per the EIA Notification vide S.O. 1533, dated 14.09.2006 and subsequent amendments vide S.O. 3067, dated 01.12.2009.

1.3.3. Salient Features

1. Name of the Project Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project 2. Type of the Project Opencast 3. New / Expansion New 4. Category as per EIA Notification “A” 5. Location

Villages Bhoopalpalli Tehsil Bhoopalpalli District Warangal State Telangana Latitude N 18°26'41.6704" to N 18°28'7.0715" Longitude E 79°50'16.1445” to E 79°52'36.3261" Topo Sheet No. 56 N/15

6. Name of the Organization Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) 7. Coal Field Godavari Valley Coal Field 8. Coal Belt Mulugu Coal Belt 9. Coal Block KTK 2&2A OCP Block 10. Borehole density 21.78 No/Sq.km 11. No. of coal seams present 15 (IB, IA (Top), IA (Bottom), I, II (Top), II

(Bottom), IIIC, IIIB, IIIA, III, IVA, Index Above IV, IV, Index Below IV and V)

12. No. of coal seams considered for working

11 (IA (Top), IA (Bottom), I, II (Top), II (Bottom), III C, III B, III A, III, IV A and IV)

13. Maximum Thickness of seams 5.34 m (II Bottom Seam) 14. Geological Reserves 25.68 MT 15. Net Minable Reserves 18.65 MT



16. Reserves extracted by UG 1.65 MT 17. Extractable Reserves by OC 17.00 MT 18. Average GCV & Grade of Coal G - 9 19. Average gradient of the seams 1 in 3 20. Category of Gaseousness Degree I 21. Total OB to be excavated 227.99 M.Cu.m 22. Average Stripping Ratio 13.41Cum/tonne 23. Peak Production Capacity 1.50 MTPA 24. Life of the Mine 15 Years 25. Land requirement

Forestland requirement Nil Non-forestland within ML Area 664.94 Ha Non-forestland outside ML Area 3.29 Ha. Total Land requirement 668.23 Ha

26. Land Acquisition Status Land under possession of SCCL 555.13 Ha. Land to be acquired 113.10 Ha

27. Details of Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Park, eco-sensitive Zones, within 10 km radius?

Nil

28. R&R Involved

Village PDF PAF Total Gadiganipalli 750 125 975 Fakeergadda 42 -- 42 Balajinagar 130 -- 130

Total 922 125 1047

29. Technology Shovel - Dumper Combination 30. Area of Excavation 224.98 Ha 31. Depth range of the quarry 36 m - 250 m 32. Details of External OB Dumps

No. of Dumps Three

Place Area in Ha.

Max. Height

Quantity OB in M.Cum.

Hard OB Top soil

KTK OC - I 143.54 120 m agl * 53.00 * 2.34 KTK OC - I Void 156.40 90 m. agl 129.65 1.00 KTK OC - 2 64.43 90 m. agl 29.85 0.32 Total Area 364.37 226.67 1.32

* OB belongs to KTK OC Sector - I

33. Year of backfilling 11th year of coal production 34. Details of Internal OB Dumps

No. of Dumps One

Place Area in Ha.

Max. Height

Quantity OB in M.Cum.

Hard OB Top soil

KTK OC - 2 Void 224.98 30 m. bgl 67.17 --



35. Details of Final Mine Void At Final Stage At Mine Closure Stage Area 224.98 Ha No void will be left Depth 30 - 250 m Ground level Void Volume 173.00 M.Cu.m No void will be left.

36. Details of afforestation Plantation on External OB Dumps 349.51 Ha Plantation of Internal OB Dumps 224.98 Ha Other area 54.04 Ha Total Plantation 628.53 Ha.

37. Density of Plantation 2500 No./Ha 38. Coal Linkage Basket Linkage 39. Coal Evacuation

In-Pit Dumpers Surface to Siding Trucks Siding to Loading Loading to wagon

40. Employment potentiality Direct : 220 Persons Contractual : 300 Persons

41. Total Capital Cost ₹ 397.09 Crores 42. Cost of Production ₹2168.51 per Tonne 43. Sale Price ₹ 2626.59 per Tonne 44. Fund Provision for EMP Capital Direct : ₹ 4.80 Crs

Capital Indirect : ₹ 2.39 Crs Revenue : ₹ 68.33 /Ton

45. Fund Provision for R&R ₹ 157.98 Crs 46. Fund provision for CSR ₹ 5 per tonne

47. Name of the EIA Consultant Organization


48. QCI / NANET Accreditation Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1417/RA006, Valid up to 30.11.2017

49. Date of approval of mine plan, mine closure plan, Status & date

Approval of mining plan is under process.

50. Date of Board’s approval Feasibility report has been approved in the Board of Directors meeting held on 13.05.2015 at Hyderabad.

1.3.4. Location of the Project: The proposed KTK OC - 2 Project is a part of the KTK 2&2A OCP geological block and is carved out of the existing KTK 2&2A Incline underground mine up to 250 m depth of III seam floor. The proposed project is located in the North central part of Mulug Coal Belt of GVCF and near to the Bhoopalpalli town of Bhoopalpalli Mandal in Warangal District, Telangana State. The details of location are given in Table No. 1.3.4.1 and shown in Figure No. 1.3.4.1. The google image of the Project location shown in Figure No. 1.4.3.2 and boundaries of the project are shown in Figure No. 1.4.3.3. The coordinates of the project is shown in Table No. 1.4.3.2.



Table No. 1.3.4.1: Location Details of the Project

Village : Bhoopalpalli Tehsil : Bhoopalpalli District : Warangal State : Telangana Latitudes : N 18°26'41.6704" to N 18°28'7.0715" Longitudes : E 79°50'16.1445” to E 79°52'36.3261" Survey of India Toposheet No. : 56 N/15 Nearest town : Bhoopalpalli Nearest City : Warangal District head quarters : Warangal (62 Km) State capital : Hyderabad (230 Km) Nearest Airport : Shamshabad - Hyderabad (250 Km).

Nearest Railway Station : Jammikunta railway station at 60 Kms on Balharshah - Kazipet section of SC Railway

Nearest Highway : Parkal - Mahadevpur State Highway (2.0 Km) Forest Land : No forest land is involved Non forest Land : 668.23 Ha. Under the possession of SCCL : 555.13 Ha. Land to be acquired : 113.10 Ha.

(A) Land under SCCL possession : 555.13 Ha. 1 Jangedu Village : Survey Nos:

111 P, 112 P, 113 F, 114 F, 115 P, 125 P, 126/1 F, 126/2 P, 126/3 P, 127/1 F, 127/2 F, 128 P, 129 P, 130 F to 137 F, 139 P, 140 P, 141 F, 142 F, 143 P to 151 P, 152 F to 155 F, 156 P, 159 P.

2 Bhoopalpalli : Survey Nos: 7 P to 13 P, 14 F to 18 F, 19 P, 20 F, 21 P, 22 to 125 F, 126/1 F, 126/2 F, 127 F to 160 F, 161 P to 163 P, 199 P to 211 P, 225 P, 227 P to 231 P, 456 P to 460 P, 461 F to 470 F, 471 P, 479 F to 492 F, 493 P, 556 P, 558 P, 559 F to 568 F, 570 F to 584 F, 585/1 F, 586 to 616 F, 617 P, 618 F, 619 F, 620 P, 624 P, 625 P, 627 P, 628 P, 630 F to 634 F, 637 F to 720 F, 721/1 F, 721/2 F, 721/3 F, 724 F to 727 F, 728/1/2 P, 728/1/1 P, 728/2 F.

(B) Land to be acquired : 113.10 Ha.

1 Jangedu Village

Survey Nos: 66 P to 68 P, 71 P, 72 F to 75 F, 76 F to 79 F, 80 P, 81 P, 139 P, 140 P, 144 P, 145 P, 147 P to 150 P, 156 P to 159 P, 161 P to 165 P, 167 P to 169 P, 177 P, 178 P, 185 P, 186 F, 187 P, 189 P, 190 F, 191 P to 193 P, 195 P, 199 P, 204 P, 212 P, 213 P, 1889/2 P,1889/55 P, 1889/56 P, 1889/57 P, 1889/58 F, 1890 P, 1891P, 1892 P, 202/12 F, 202/13 F, 202/14 F, 202/15 F, 202/16 F, 202/18 F, 202/20 F, 202/21 F, 202/22 F, 202/23 F, 202/24 F, 202/25 F, 202/26 F, 202/27F, 202/28 F, 202/29 F, 202/31 F, 202/32 F, 77/1 F, 77/2F, 77/3F

2 Bhoopalpalli : Survey Nos. 485 F, 497 F to 504 P, 529 P to 535 P, 542 P to 558 P, 616 P, 617 P, 620 P, 621 F, 623 F to 629 F, 634 P to 636 P.



Figure No. 1.3.4.1: Location of KTK OC - 2

Figure No. 1.3.4.2: Google Image of KKT OC - 2 Project



Figure No. 1.3.4.3: Map showing the boundary of KTK OC - 2 Project

Table No. 1.4.3.2 Coordinates of the GCPs:

Point No. Longitude Latitude

1. 79° 50' 16.280" E 18° 27' 35.909" N 2. 79° 50' 45.593" E 18° 27' 49.617" N 3. 79° 50' 59.760" E 18° 27' 42.925" N 4. 79° 51' 08.738" E 18° 27' 58.595" N 5. 79° 51' 40.161" E 18° 28' 01.834" N 6. 79° 52' 11.032" E 18° 28' 07.034" N 7. 79° 52' 22.833" E 18° 27' 49.134" N 8. 79° 52' 17.705" E 18° 27' 42.730" N 9. 79° 52' 36.021" E 18° 27' 22.998" N 10. 79° 52' 24.003" E 18° 27' 11.900" N 11. 79° 52' 01.278" E 18° 26' 54.708" N 12. 79° 51' 52.721" E 18° 26' 50.700" N 13. 79° 52' 09.259" E 18° 26' 48.691" N 14. 79° 52' 25.398" E 18° 26' 51.167" N 15. 79° 51' 51.472" E 18° 26' 48.848" N 16. 79° 51' 34.832" E 18° 26' 43.694" N 17. 79° 51' 16.533" E 18° 26' 42.320" N 18. 79° 51' 09.254" E 18° 26' 50.448" N 19. 79° 50' 43.564" E 18° 27' 09.839" N

1.3.5. Project Importance to the Country and Region: The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) is a Government coal mining company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India on a 51:49 equity basis. The Company has drawn an ambitious production plan to meet the ever increasing demand for coal and achieved a production of 52.53 MT during 2014-15 and set production target of 60.03 MT for the year 2015-16. There is a huge demand for



enhancement in coal production to meet the requirement of Telangana State as the state is planning to set up new power plants within 5 years to meet 6000 MW power requirement. Hence, there will be additional demand for 40 MT of coal

SCCL, being the only coal producing company in Southern India, has the onerous responsibility of meeting large portion of coal demand in this part of the country. SCCL is taking the following steps for increasing / maintaining the coal production.

• Reconstruction of existing mines for optimum production by intermediate and high technology.

• Improving the productivity in the existing mines by improving the utilisation of the equipment.

• Opening of new mines in the adjoining/superjacent areas/seams for higher production.

• Adopting opencast method of mining wherever possible for high rate of production.

• Conversion of shallow underground workings to opencast method for extraction of balance coal reserves.

• Extension of the existing opencast workings to further dip side up to optimum level.

• Enhancing the production of existing opencast projects where ever possible

In this context, opening of new mines in the adjoining / superjacent areas / seams for higher production KTK OC - 2 Project is examined and found amenable for opening new mine.

Demand-Supply gap

SCCL is the only coal mining company existing in Southern India and supplying coal to the major power utilities of TSGENCO, APGENCO, KPCL and Maha GENCO. Currently, SCCL has signed Fuel Supply Agreements (FSA) with power utilities for supply of 27.71 MTPA. Apart from power utilities, coal is being supplied to cement, captive power plants, steel and other consumers through Fuel Supply Agreements under NCDP and has also signed FSAs for 20.15 MTPA. Further, SCCL is supplying coal to small and medium scale sector units to the extent of 3.00 MTPA. During the financial year 2013-14, SCCL has supplied 38 MTPA to power, against 27.71 MTPA of FSAs quantity. SCCL is also supplying coal through e-auction platform and has a mandate to sell 10% of production through e-auction.

After bifurcation of Andhra Pradesh State, Telangana State has become power-deficit State. To overcome the power deficit, Government of Telangana has embarked on an action plan for capacity addition of around 6680 MW. SCCL is also constructing a power plant of 1800 MW capacity in Srirampur area. Further, NTPC also has the mandate as per AP Re-organisation Act to set up 4000 MW power plant in Telangana State.

With the addition of new power plants, there will be an additional demand of coal from SCCL to the extent of 57 MT of coal over and above the existing supplies. Therefore, SCCL, being a state-owned public sector company, has the responsibility to cater to the needs of the new power plants coming up in the State.

Considering the likely expansion of existing power projects and construction of new power units, the production and demand gap will further increase. In view of this, the company has undertaken certain fast track opencast projects to increase production. This Project is one among them.

As such, the proposed project is very important in catering the energy needs of the Region as well as the Nation.



1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The broad scope being followed in preparation of EIA is as follows:

• To characterize the present status of the environment around the project location for major environmental attributes viz., air, water, noise, land, biological and socio-economic environment etc.

• To identify and quantify the significance of impacts of various activities at the mine on environmental attributes.

• To evaluate the anticipated pollution and control measures and prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining additional control measures to be adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts.

• To prepare a post-project monitoring programme for checking and regulating the environmental quality within the limits stipulated by State Pollution Control Board and Ministry of Environment & Forests.

• To address all the terms prescribed in the ToR issued by MoEF

This EIA / EMP of KTK OC - 2 Project is being prepared by following the generic structure prescribed in the Appendix - III of the S.O. 1533 dated 14.09.2006, EIA Guidance Manual, 2011 posted on the MoEF&CC’s website and Standard Terms of Reference (ToR) and Project specific ToR issued by Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) vide letter no. J-11015/162/2015-IA-II(M), dated 18th June 2015 and the same is enclosed as Annexure No. I



CHAPTER - 2

PROJECT DESRIPTION

2.1. TYPE OF THE PROJECT

The proposed opencast project is the conversion of part of existing KTK 2 Incline underground mine into an opencast project and relay project to existing KTK OC Sector-I Project under the name of “Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project ( KTK OC - 2 Project) for production capacity of 1.50 MTPA. Environmental Clearance for KTK 2 Incline underground mine was obtained vide MoEF letter No. J-11015/310/2007-IA.II(M), dated 31st October 2008 for annual capacity of 0.40 MT with a peak production of 0.60 MTPA and Environmental Clearance for KTK OC Sector-I was obtained vide MoEF letter No. J-11015/692/2007-IA.II(M), dated 1st May 2008 for the production capacity of 1.50 MTPA and subsequently dated 19th March 2015 for the production capacity of 2.50 MT under one time capacity enhancement provision.

The proposed project is classified as category “A” under Mining of Minerals sector as per the MoEF notification SO 1533, dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent amendments. The present proposal involves mining in an area of 224.98 Ha. (Quarry area) and the total land required for the proposed project is 668.23 Ha. No forest land is involved in the present proposal. The present proposal is assessed for its environmental impacts.

The following factors contribute for selection of opencast method:

• Opencast method of work provides better recovery of coal and reduces gestation period.

• The present underground method of mining is not amenable for higher recovery of reserves as well as high rate of production.

• This project will produce 1.50 MTPA of “G-9” grade coal.

• The project will maintain the production capacity and productivity of Bhoopalpalli area of SCCL.

• The project will sustain coal supplies as per linkage Kakatiya Thermal Power Plant of Telangana State Generation Corporation (TSGENCO) located at 10 Km from the project.

• Better safety and economics with support price will be achieved.

• This project enables extraction of 17.00 MT of remnant coal locked in Underground workings of KTK 2 Incline.

• This project enables continuation of the existing manpower and use of available infrastructure of KTK OC Sector-I project.

2.2. NEED FOR THE PROJECT

The main consumers of SCCL are power sector companies like NTPC, TSGENCO, APGENCO, KPCL, MSEB and Captive Power Stations of cement and other industries like Heavy Water Plant, ITC and Brick kilns etc. The total coal demand for XII Plan ending is around 64.97 MTPA. Due to the increasing demand for the coal from various industries, to meet the production targets fixed by Government of India, to compensate the loss of production from the existing mines due to exhaustion of reserves and in order to reduce the demand-supply gap, SCCL is taking up the following steps for maintaining / increasing the coal production.

• Reconstruction of existing mines for optimum production by intermediate and high technology.



• Improving the productivity in the existing mines by improving the utilization of the equipment.

• Opening of new mines in the adjoining / superjacent areas / seams for higher production.

• Adopting opencast method of mining wherever possible for high rate of production.

• Conversion of shallow underground workings to opencast method for extraction of balance coal reserves.

• Extension of the existing opencast workings to further dip side up to optimum level.

Keeping the above objectives in view, the exploration activities have been intensified in the deeper areas as well as in the hitherto unexplored potential coal bearing areas of Godavari Valley Coal Field. The KTK 2&2A OCP Coal Block (KTK OC - 2) is one such block, which is amenable for opencast mining. Accordingly, SCCL has proposed for commencement of KTK OC - 2 Project for the production peak capacity of 1.50 MTPA.

2.3. LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The details of location of the project are furnished in the 1.3.4 of Chapter - 1. The project boundaries given in Table No. 2.3.1 and details of environmental settlings of the project are given in Table No. 2.3.2. The project location details are shown in Key Plan as Figure No. 2.3.1.

Table No. 2.3.1: The Boundaries of the Project

Direction Boundary

Northeast Fault-F1

Southeast Fault-F6

Southwest Fault-F3

Northwest Fault-F2

Table No. 2.3.2: Details of Environmental Settings

S.No. Particulars Details

1 Location As given in 1.3.4 of Chapter-1

2 Elevation 178.37 m - 204.22 m above MSL 3 Present land use at Mine lease area Forest Land : Nil

SCCL Land : 555.13 Ha. Land to be acquired : 113.10 Ha.

Government Land : 42.33 Ha Govt. assigned land : 1.80 Ha Private Land : 65.68 Ha

Total Land : 664.94 Ha

4 Nearest tourist place Warangal (62 Km) 5 Defense installations Nil (within 10 km from the project

boundary) 6 Archeologically listed important places Nil (within 10 km from project boundary)

7 Ecologically sensitive zones Nil (with in 10 km from project boundary) 8 Reserved / Protected Forest No forestland involved in the project.

Tadcherla Reserve Forest and small portions of Mulugu Reserve Forest and Mutharam Reserve Forest in buffer area.

9 Nearest streams/Rivers No major streams are flowing within the study area.

10 Other Industries/ Mines KTK OC Sector-I, 5 UG mines (KTK 1&1A,



KTK 2, KTK 5, KTK 6, KLP) of SCCL and KTPP of TSGENCO

11 Coal user Locations KTPP of TSGENCO

12 Socio-economic factors

Rehabilitation of Gadiganipalli , Faquirgadda and Balajinagar colonies of Jangedu village consists of 922 PDFs and 125 PAFs

13 Seismic zone Zone-III as per IS-1893 (Part-I) - 2002

2.4. SIZE OF THE PROJECT

As per the schedule of the EIA Notification SO 1533 and SO 3067, the project is categorized as “A” Category project. The brief details regarding the magnitude of operations (Design Parameters) in the proposed project is given in Table No. 2.4.1.

Table No. 2.4.1: The Physical Parameters

S. No Parameters Quantity

1 Maximum strike length along surface (m) 2560.00

2 Minimum strike length along surface (m) 2472.00

3 Maximum width along surface (m) 1090.00

4 Minimum width along surface (m) 636.00

5 Maximum strike length along floor (m) 2360.00

6 Minimum strike length along floor (m) 2155.00

7 Maximum width along floor (m) 715.00

8 Minimum width along floor (m) 390.00

9 Maximum Minimum depth (m) 250.00

10 Minimum depth (m) 36.00

11 Floor area of quarry (Ha) 121.66

12 Area of excavation on surface (Ha) 224.98

13 Total mine take area including safe barrier, drains etc (Ha) 664.94

14 Average gradient of the seams 1 in 3.0

15 KTK OC-2 Project External Dump Area (Ha) 64.43

16 Area of the dump formed by filling void of KTK OC Sector-I (Ha) 156.40

17 Area of the dump formed by filling void of proposed KTK OC -2 (Ha) 99.45

2.5. PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The proposed project activities will be commenced after obtaining Environmental Clearance under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 from Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change , New Delhi, Consent for Establishment from Telangana State Pollution Control Board under the Air and Water Acts, Ground Water permission from Telangana State Ground Water Department.

Rehabilitation of Gadiganipalli village and Faquirgadda & Balajinagar colonies of Jangadu Village and additional land required for the project will be taken up as per provisions of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement (RFCTLARR) Act, 2013 and subsequent amendments made from time to time.

After approval of the project by SCCL Board, a period of 16 months is provided for obtaining Environmental clearance. The date of Environmental clearance is considered as zero date for this project. This period will be utilized for floating of tenders for



construction of service buildings, construction of CHP civil works, OB removal work, acquisition of Private / Govt. land. The project implementation schedule for KTK OC - 2 Project along with activities is shown in Figure No. 2.5.1.

2.6. DETAILS OF MINING LEASE & MINING PLAN

The KTK OC - 2 Project is covering an area of the 668.23 Ha. and covered in Bhoopalpalli Mining Lease. This mining lease was granted for an area of 2792.00 Ha. of non forest land in Kompalli, Jangedu and Bhoopalpalli villages of Bhoopalpalli Mandal, Warangal Dist vide G.O.Ms.No. 14, dated 09.03.2010 for a period of 20 years under the provisions of Mines and Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act 1957 by Industries and Commerce (M.II) Department, Government of Andhra Pradesh

The survey numbers of project area has been furnished at Section 1.3.4. in Chapter 1.

The mining plan of the proposed project has been submitted to MoC, GoI Vide CRP/PP/F/602/631dated 17.08.2015 and approval is awaited.

The copy of Bhoopalpalli Mining Lease is enclosed as Annexure No. II.

2.7. TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.7.1. Mining Technology

Several design constraints combine to restrict the choice of primary excavation equipment & coal winning technology. Under the prevailing geo-mining conditions, with multiple seams, it is proposed to mine the property using shovel-dumper combination – which is considered most suitable.

2.7.2. Sequence of Mining Operations:

The mining sequence has been planned in such a way as to permit mining the coal reserves in a more effective manner and at the same time allows backfilling of considerable quantity of overburden. This aspect considerably mitigates the adverse environmental impact generally associated with opencast mining. Sequence of mining is also planned considering the lay and disposition of the deposit.

In the proposed project, the main haul road is planned at South-East corner of the proposed quarry. The pit progress will be in the dip direction during the first five years of operation to gain time for land acquisition in North-West side and to create space for internal dumping from the beginning of 11th year. From 6th year onwards, the progress of the quarry will be in both strike and dip directions.

The sequence of operations is planned by considering the following factors:

• Low stripping ratio zones at progressively increasing depths.

• Availability of sufficient coal exposure to sustain a steady level of production.

• To create a sufficient void for accommodating the OB internally

The schematic diagram of sequence of mining operations is as given below.



Various stages of mine operations like stage plan at initial stage and at the end of 1st year, 3rd year, 5th year, 10th year, final stage plan of coal production and mine closure plan showing the final void which are characteristic of mining operations including stage wise reclamation and afforestation have been given vide Figure Nos. 4.3.7.1 and 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.6.1.

The overburden to be excavated during initial one and half years will be accommodated in the external dump yard earmarked for the proposed project. Thereafter the OB will be filled in the left over void of KTK OC Sector - I up to 10th year of Project life (part of total void of existing KTK OC Sector - I Project will be filled with 42.48 M.Cum of OB to be excavated from the same quarry).

The external dump yard of proposed KTK OC - 2 Project and the dump yard that will come up in the void area of existing KTKOC Sector - I Project will be finally merged. Internal dumping will be started from 11th year onwards and will continue till end of life of the Project. Due to steepness of III seam which is bottom most seam of proposed quarry and restricted quarry dimensions, the total overburden that will be accommodated in decoaled area of KTK OC-2 is 29.46% only.

Total quantity of top soil to be excavated is 1.32 M.Cu.m. About 0.77 M.Cum top soil to be excavated in first six years will be stored in a separate top soil dump and preserved for retaining its fertility with suitable measures. The stored top soil along with the remaining quantity of 0.55 M.Cu.m will be spread over finished external dump yard of proposed KTK OC - 2 Project (0.32 M.Cum) and the dump yard formed by filling of the void of existing KTK OC Sector - I Project (1.00 M.Cum) from 6th year onwards.

2.7.3. Opening of Deposit

Before commencement of mining operations, 33 KV power transmission lines, nallah no.2 and road leading to KTK 1 Incline, KTKOC Sector-1 mines passing over quarry area will be diverted and the land will be cleared of trees / shrubs.

The proposed KTK OC - 2 quarry will be opened by initial box cut in the area of lowest depth of in crop of III seam with shovel-dumper combination. The main haul road is planned at Southeast corner of the proposed quarry.

The deposit is proposed to be opened along the strike by main haul road to touch in-crop of III seam and it is envisaged that local ramps will be suitably laid for transportation of coal and overburden. After sufficient widening of the initial cut, the bench will be deepened by 10 m. Top OB benches on the high wall side will be advanced thereby creating space for deepening of the quarry. Plan showing the initial position of mine operations i.e., stage plan at the end of 1st year of coal production is given in Figure No. 4.3.7.1.1.



Once the initial opening is formed, it is planned to extract the coal from roof to floor. Excavation from roof to floor is expected to result in less contamination at the coal / overburden interface. I, II (Bottom) and III seams are comparatively thick, whereas other seams are thin. Thin seams demand more attention to avoid dilution during excavation.

During this stage, the entire overburden will be dumped in the voids of existing KTK OC Sector - I and its external dump yard which are on the dip side of the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project to reduce fresh land requirement for dumping of OB.

2.7.4. Mining Scheme

2.7.4.1. Excavation

The opencast mining system adopted in KTK OC - 2 Project, both for coal and overburden, is Shovel - Dumper combination. It is proposed to remove entire OB by out sourcing. Besides, thin upper coal seams will be extracted by out sourced agency. Coal from thick seams will be extracted by SCCL.

The entry to the deposit, i.e. the main haul road is proposed to touch the floor of III seam at 1 in 16 gradient. Ramps at 1 in 16 gradient for evacuation of coal and OB from different working horizons will be required to be prepared while working the quarry.

Low wall side (in-crop side) benches are designed to have 5 m height, 10 m berm width and 700 with horizontal keeping in view the CIMFR report on slope stability. High wall benches are designed to have 10 m height, 6.36 m berm width and 700 angle with horizontal. The slope of final high wall be at 400 to 420 for better stability. Corridors of 20 m width at 100 m intervals are envisaged to ensure slope stability at high wall side and to serve as access for internal dump yards back filling. Working benches are designed to have 40 m width,10 m height and 700 slope to the horizontal. The slope of working benches has been designed to be at an angle of 70 degrees to the horizontal and working benches are proposed to have a width of 40 m and a height of 10 m and 700 slope to the horizontal.

For coal production, it is proposed to deploy 2 Nos of 3.0 Cum diesel hydraulic backhoes along with 35 T coal body dumpers since deployment of 2 shovels will provide flexibility in the event of breakdown and to account for time lost for shifting of the equipment from one seam to another. Moreover, the shovels will be required for cleaning of debris that will fall into the UG workings while blasting the OB bench immediately above the coal seam and removal of the blanketed OB used for protection against fire.

The annual quantity of material (coal and OB) to be re/handled by departmental 2 Nos. of 3.0 Cum shovels and annual capacity of the same are furnished hereunder.

Particulars Quantity (M.Cum)

Quantity of sand/extraneous material to be handled from galleries. 0.18

Quantity of blanketed OB to be re-handled. 0.03

Annual Coal production (1.50 MTPA peak). 0.94

Total quantity to be handled. 1.15

Capacity of shovels provided in FR 1.44

The quantities shown in the above table justify the provision of 2 Nos. of 3.0 Cum diesel hydraulic backhoes in the proposed Project

It has been envisaged that wherever possible, coal and OB faces will be staggered along the strike to avoid intermixing of material. Hydraulic backhoes and suitable numbers of dozers are provided to minimize the mixing of OB material so that the dilution is kept at a minimum possible extent.



2.7.4.2. Stability

The overall pit slope is planned to be 180-250 at low wall side and 400-420 at high wall side. This has been done to ensure safe working of the mine. The overall dump slope for OB dump is planned at 25.640 for a maximum height of 120 m.

2.7.5. Method Of Work

In Virgin Area

In this method, the equipment will be deployed on a horizontal plane and their movement will be along a particular horizon as the equipment is not able to stand / work along the inclined plane where inclination is 1 in 3. The mining area will be divided into number horizons with a height of 10 m each. The OB will be removed by deploying hired HEMM (shovels and other HEMM) in each horizon. The method of extraction of seams is shown in Figure No. 2.7.5.1.

For the extraction of coal where gradient is more, the equipment will be deployed in the immediate upper horizon of the seam roof. As shown in Figure No. 2.7.5.1, the drill machine will be deployed and blasting will be done in position 1. Lifting of OB will be done in position 2 where drilling and blasting is completed. In position 3 where the blasted OB is excavated, drilling, blasting and leveling of coal will be done. In position 4, leveling of blasted coal up to hard OB will be done for lifting the coal. For excavation of OB, the shovel will make a horizontal triangular trench cut above the roof of the seam. In this context, it may be mentioned that the shovel may not be able to remove the entire triangular patch of OB by itself in order to expose the coal seam. The movement of shovel will be restricted by the roof of the seam which is steep. In such case, dozer will be used for pushing the OB material at the roof of the seam to bring it to the reach of the shovel. This is required to avoid the intermixing of coal and OB. After cleaning the OB above the seam roof, the shovel will be deployed in the roof of the seam to extract the coal layer. The method has been described for bottom seam only. Similar method will be applied for upper seams also where the gradient of seams are more.

For extraction of upper thin seams, the overburden will be removed by hiring HEMM above the coal seam exposing the coal roof and thereon working away from it for a width of 40 m. Extraction of upper thin seams will be done by offloading agency itself as per the contract terms. The shovel belongs to offloading agency will be deployed at the bottom of the coal bench. If necessary, the shovel will be fed by dozer dozing blasted coal layer by layer.

In the extraction of coal, diesel operated hydraulic back-hoe shovels will be used to facilitate quick withdrawal of the machines in case it is required.

Figure No. 2.7.5.1 Method of extraction of seams



In UG Developed Area

Three seams viz. I,II and III to be worked within the KTK OC-2 Project area are partly developed by underground method.

In this case, the method of mining will slightly differ from the method envisaged for virgin area. A overburden layer of parting of minimum 6.0 m thick will be left over the developed seams and the equipment will be deployed above that parting so as to prevent them from falling into the u/g galleries Where the coal seam is developed in the upper horizon, the drilling will be done in solid parting and where coal seam is developed in the lower horizon, the drilling will be done both in solid parting and in coal seam together. The drilling will be done both in solid parting of 6.0 m thick and in coal seam together. Drilling should be done over the coal pillars and drilling over the galleries will be avoided. Then blasting will be carried out both in OB and coal. This will help in packing the galleries with blasted materials, which will prevent the heavy machinery from falling into the galleries. This method is firmed up based on the experience gained at Gauthamkhani OC and RG OC - III, SRP OC - I, SRP OC - II and JK - 5 OC Projects of SCCL, where developed pillars are being extracted by opencast method successfully.

The OB will be removed by deploying hired equipment (shovels and other equipment) on each horizon. Dozer will be used to push the OB material of triangular patch at the top of the seam to bring it within the reach of the shovel. This is required in order to avoid the mixing of OB and coal. After cleaning the OB above the seam roof, the shovel will be deployed (in the roof of the seam) in the same horizon to extract the coal layer. Here also dozer will be used to push the blasted coal to bring it within the reach of the shovel as the shovel movement will be restricted by the seam gradient.

During extraction of coal, diesel operated hydraulic backhoe will be used to facilitate selective mining and quick withdrawal of the machine in case of any eventuality.

While working in the area, where coal seams are developed, adequate safety precaution shall be taken to ensure safety of men and machinery. Safety rules in force and Coal Mines Regulations under the provisions of Mines Act 1952 shall be compiled with at the mine. Various precautions / guidelines as laid down in DGMS circulars issued by DGMS from time to time in this regard shall be implemented.

The main precautions are as follows:

• Underground workings will be clearly demarcated on the area of last overburden bench immediately above the coal seam, where drilling is planned.

• The thickness of parting over developed seam shall not be reduced to less than 6 m so as to prevent the heavy machinery from falling into the underground workings.

• Holes shall be drilled in the pillars only and the parting shall be allowed to cave in so as to fill up the void and the filled up void area shall be compacted for easy working of the heavy machinery.

• The spacing of the holes in the last overburden bench immediately above the developed coal seam shall be so adjusted that the holes shall not lie immediately above the existing underground galleries. It will be ensured that the blast holes will not blow out into the underground workings.

• The depth of hole, in the last overburden bench immediately above the developed coal seam, will be such as to leave at least 6 m of thickness of the overburden above the coal seam. A pilot hole will be drilled for each round of blasting to determine the total thickness of the overburden over the developed coal seam.

• The manner of extraction of pillars is by drilling and blasting holes only in the coal pillars from top down.



Extraction of Thin seams

As per the practice in vogue in other opencast mines of SCCL under operation, special care will be taken while extraction of thin coal seams. The drill hole will be terminated immediately above the coal seam. After exposing the coal seam, it is ripped by a Ripper Dozer and formed into a heap. Wherever the thickness is substantial and coal seam is hard, light blasting will be done. The heaped coal will be excavated by shovels / loaders and loaded into dumpers.

In order to reduce dilution, it has been envisaged that wherever possible, Coal and OB faces may be staggered along the strike to avoid intermixing of material. Suitable numbers of dozers have been provided to minimize the mixing of OB materials so that the dilution is kept at a minimum extent possible.

Precautions while working near a Fault

Faults are areas of disturbance which pose a threat to safety. Special care needs to be taken while approaching a fault. The heave zone of the fault often consists of unconsolidated strata which tend to collapse / slide resulting in slope / bench failure.

If a fault exist at the boundary of the quarry floor, the high wall benches should be formed cutting across the fault plane i.e., excavating the entire heave zone in the process.

As far as possible, benches should not be formed parallel to and abutting against a fault plane since they are likely to fail / slide. Thus, the safer method could be to align the benches perpendicular / oblique to the fault plane while approaching a fault. Wherever, benches are aligned parallel to fault plane, the excavation of benches should be form top to down.

The fault planes exposed on the floor of the quarry needs to be benched though it amounts to stripping additional quantities of OB.

2.8. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.8.1. Physiography of Core Zone:

The block area is gently sloping terrain towards "Are vagu" west side of the project with minor undulations. The slope is about 5.8 m/km. Sandy clay soil cover ranging in thickness from 1.5 m. to 4.6 m underlies the area. The topo graphic elevation of the block varies from 180 m above mean sea level in the west to 200 m above mean sea level in the east. The depth of existing KTK OC Sector-I quarry covered in the core zone is varying from 10 m to 165 m and the maximum height of external dump is 90 m. The surface contour plan is furnished as Figure No. 2.8.1.1

2.8.2. Physiography of Buffer Zone:

In general, the buffer area is of plain to gently undulatory sandy terrain that is imperfectly drained, and dotted with hillocks with a gentle slope towards West and NWW. The surrounding hillocks are of bevelled cuesta type with intermittent depressions. The eastern and south-eastern part of the area is hilly terrain. A structural hillock range is trending SE to NW is located in the south-eastern periphery of the area. There are few prominent hillocks located in the buffer area of the project viz., “Surnapakgutta” (353 m) & an unnamed hillock (305 m) in the central part and “Amundalapalli Gutta” (412 m), “Koppu Gutta” (380 m), “Banda Gutta” (340 m), “Pochamma Gutta” (241 m) & “Jenda Gutta” (439 m) on the eastern periphery. While, “Mallannagutta” (236 m) & “Kapram gutta” (265 m) on the northwestern side. The topographic elevation (excluding hilly area) varies from 220 m above MSL in southeast to 160 m above MSL in northwest with a mean topographic slope of about 4.15 m/km. The area is covered by sandy loam and sandy clay soils. The topographical map showing the surface features in the study area is furnished as Figure No. 2.8.2.1.



2.8.3. Drainage of Core Zone:

The drainage originating from the south western side (southeast of the project) of “Surnapak gutta”, subsequently it accumulates into breached “Nallacheruvu” (25.89 ha) which was located in the project area. The sluice water from this tank flows westerly and joins in the tank located near Kasimpalli village. The existing drainage within the project area is of 1st to 3rd orders of “Are vagu” flows towards west. As per the term (vii) of ToR issued to the project, contour map showing the drainage of core zone is furnished as Figure No. 2.8.3.1.

2.8.4. Drainage of Buffer Zone:

The buffer area of the project falls in the catchment of “Maneru River”, which is a tributary of River Godavari. Major part of the buffer area is drained by Northwesterly flowing “Are vagu”, “Tigala vagu” and “Boggula vagu” and northerly flowing “Bommarao vagu” which are intern tributaries to “Maner” River. In the north eastern part of the buffer area is drained by easterly flowing “Loru vagu” feeding the tanks namely “Polaram cheruvu” and “Vellapuram cheruvu” which are located beyond the study area.

The drainage system is well developed over the basement rocks and Kamthi hill ranges due to steeper gradient and low infiltration, while the plains and valleys underlain by Barakar and Barren measure Formations it is poorly developed in view of higher infiltration and gentle slope. The drainage in this area is mainly sub-dendritic to sub parallel and drainage density is 2.08 Km/sq.km. Number of ephemeral tanks is located in the central, south-western and south-eastern periphery of the buffer area. Yellareddypeta cheruvu (1.37 sq.km), on the South-eastern periphery is the chief irrigation source in this area. The drainage plan of the study area is given as Figure No. 2.8.4.1.

2.9. GEOLOGY AND COAL RESERVES

The Pranhita - Godavari Valley Coal field defines a NNW- SSE trending basin belt on Precambrian platform. It is one of the principal Gondwana basins in India and follows the course of Pranhita and Godavari rivers over a strike length of 470 km. The 350 km strike length of south eastern sector lying in the state of Telangana is referred as GVCF, while the northwest sector is known as Wardha Valley Coal Field. The GVCF covers an area of 17000 Sq. km falling in the districts of Adilabad, Karimnagar, Warangal, and Khammam Districts of Telangana State.

The Coal bearing Barakar formation mostly occurs along the south western peripheral parts of the basin as well as at a few places in the north eastern margin. The continuity of the seams is broken and missing at few places due to faulting and therefore the different Coal bearing areas occurring in isolated pockets are generally treated as separate Coal Belts.

2.9.1. Geology of the Mulug Coal Belt

The systematic geological investigations have revealed the occurrence of two coal measures i.e. the Lower coal measures of Barakar formation and Upper coal measures of Lower Kamthi formation in this coal belt. The stratigraphic succession of the Mulug coal belt is given in the Table No. 2.9.1.1 and Geological Plan of Mulug Coal Belt is shown as Figure No. 2.9.1.1:



Table No. 2.9.1.1. The Stratigraphic Succession in Mulug Coal Belt.

Age Group Formation Lithology Thickness (Apprx) (m)

Recent Soil cover P

E R

M I

A N

UP

PE

R

GO

ND

WA

NA

Upper Kamthi

Coarse grained ferruginous sandstone with sub ordinate clays. 500

Middle Kamthi

Medium grained white to greenish grey sandstone and shales. 600

L O

W E

R G

O N

D W

A N

A Lower

Kamthi

Medium to coarse grained greyish white sandstone with subordinate shales and coal seams.

350

Barren Measures

Medium to coarse grained, occasionally pebbly, greenish grey to greyish white, felspathic sandstone with subordinate shales.

400

Barakar

Occasionally coarse grained white sandstone with nine to ten regionally persistent coal seams and sub-ordinate shales with clays.

350

Talchir Fine grained, greenish sandstone, clays/ shale, conglomerate and boulder beds. 200

UNCONFORMITY

PROTEROZOIC Sullavai Medium to coarse grained white to brown

sandstones.

Pakhal Quartzite, phyllite and dolomite.

2.9.2. Geology of Bhopalpalli Block - I

The stratigraphic succession of the Bhoopalpalli Block - 1 is given in the Table No. 2.9.2.1. The proposed KTK OC - 2 is the part of Bhoopalpalli Block - I. The Geological Plan of KTK OC - 2 is shown as Figure No. 2.9.2.1. and plan showing geological sections is shown as Figure No. 2.9.2.2.

Table No. 2.9.2.1. The Stratigraphic Succession in Bhoopalpalli Block - 1.

Age Group Formation General Lithology Max.Thickness (m)

Recent Soil cover 6.20

P E

R M

I A

N

L O

W E

R G

O N

D

W A

N A

Barren Measures

Grey to greenish grey course to pebbly felspathic sand stones with clays.

111.80 (+)

BARAKAR

Upper Member: Dominantly felspathic sand stone with regionally persistent coal seams.

Lower Member : Predominantly argillaceous sand stones with thin coal bands and shales.

205.90

109.20

Talchir Fine to medium grained pale green sand stones

23.00 (+)



2.9.3. Description of Coal Seams

In Bhoopalpalli area, there are no out-crops of any coal seam. Normally up to a depth of 30 m - 40 m from surface, coal seams are represented by Clay / Carbonaceous shale. The detailed exploration in Bhoopalpalli area has revealed the existence of 15 coal seams / horizons. These coal seams / horizons are named as IB, IA (Top), IA (Bottom), I, II (Top), II (Bottom), IIIC, IIIB, IIIA, III, IVA, Index seam above IV, IV, Index seam below IV and V in descending order.

All the seams attained workable thickness of more than 0.30 m by opencast method throughout the project area. IA and II seams occur in two sections. IB seam, Index seam above IV and Index seam below IV are local in nature and has limited occurrence in the area. Besides, IB seam is inferior in quality. Extraction of thin V seam which occur at more depth is uneconomical.

Hence, It is proposed to work IA (Top), IA (Bottom), I, II (Top), II (Bottom), IIIB, IIIA, IIIC, III, IVA and IV seams up to 250 m depth of III seam in the proposed Project. In the Northwest side, floor of IV seam aligned with floor of III seam due to F2 fault. The details of extractable coal seams as obtained by depth and quality grids are furnished in the Table 2.9.3.1 given below:

Table No 2.9.3.1: The Details of Extractable Coal Seams.

Seam / section

Depth (m) In-Band Thickness (m)

No of Bore Holes

QUALITY

Moisture % Ash % GCV (kcal./kg.) Avg. Grade Min. Max. Min. Max Min Max Min. Max. Min. Max Average

IA Top 37.55 145.85 0.61 1.70 10 5.64 6.03 29.01 33.15 4551 4987 4756 G9

Bottom 35.80 149.90 0.50 3.12 14 4.73 6.88 15.76 33.92 4198 6344 5414 G7

I 37.00 138.80 0.85 4.44 18 4.54 6.68 28.00 37.12 3935 5412 4496 G10

II Top 39.60 158.10 0.20 2.35 22 4.15 6.60 26.10 43.46 3395 5782 4558 G10

Bottom 34.49 162.73 0.35 5.16 24 3.80 6.26 24.79 42.89 3874 5729 4742 G9

IIIC 36.50 179.00 0.05 1.00 19 6.10 6.1 27.20 27.20 5067 5067 5067 G8

IIIB 36.69 205.65 0.10 1.26 27 5.29 7.16 13.45 34.14 4140 6476 5142 G8

IIIA 42.78 221.93 0.20 1.33 29 4.60 7.40 10.51 34.67 4152 6858 5506 G6

III 36.80 237.35 0.10 4.30 41 4.46 7.00 13.57 35.75 3953 6755 5958 G5

IVA 40.02 249.25 0.10 1.65 34 5.99 6.22 17.95 21.41 5568 6994 6273 G4

IV 59.88 270.56 0.30 2.00 34 5.65 6.13 17.95 21.64 4986 7032 5950 G5

2.9.4. Quality and Reserves

The coal mined and marketed by the Singareni Collieries is graded as per the Gazette Notification No. 22021/1/2008-CRC-II, DT. 30.12.2011 issued by Government of India to switch over from UHV based gradation system to GCV based system.

Quality data available on 60% RH at 400C equilibrated basis is made use of in arriving at the grades of the seam. Basing on the ash and moisture percentages the Gross calorific values of seams are calculated. The following formula is used for deriving GCV grids from Ash % and Moisture % grids of the seams.

GCV = 85.56 (100 - 1.1 (Ash% + Moisture %)) - (60 x Moisture %)

The GCV grids derived are used in “CARLSON” Mine Planning Software to estimate quality of seams.

The seam wise quality is furnished in Table No. 2.9.4.1:



Table No. 2.9.4.1: Quality of Coal Seams

Seam GCV (K. Cal./ kg)

Avg. Grade Minimum Maximum Average

IA(Top) 4551 4987 4756 G9 IA(Bottom) 4198 6344 5414 G7 I 3935 5412 4496 G10 II(Top) 3395 5782 4558 G10 II(Bottom) 3874 5729 4742 G9 IIIC 5067 5067 5067 G8 IIIB 4140 6476 5142 G8 IIIA 4152 6858 5506 G6 III 3953 6755 5958 G5 IVA 5568 6994 6273 G4 IV 4986 7032 5950 G5

Reserves:

Estimation of seam wise geological reserves is done by using the “MINEX” Software. The Micro-meshing facility available with the “MINEX” is adopted as it is considered to be very accurate in estimation of reserves. A 10% deduction has been made from the geological reserves towards the un-foreseen geological disturbances to arrive at net geological reserves. Heave zones of the faults are excluded from reserves calculation.

Estimation of seam wise mineable reserves is done by using “CARLSON” Mine Planning Software. A 10% deduction has been made from the mineable reserves to account for the loss due to contamination during mining operations to arrive at net mineable reserves.

The details of seam-wise net geological, extractable, already extracted and balance extractable reserves with an average grade of coal are furnished in the Table No. 2.9.4.2

Table No. 2.9.4.2 Seam wise Geological and Extractable Coal Reserves

Seams Net

Geological Reserves (MT)

Extractable Reserves

(MT)

Already Extracted Reserves

(MT)

Net Extractable Reserves

(M.T)

Average GCV

Kcal/Kg

Average Grade

Workable seams

IA(Top) 0.86 0.71 - 0.71 4756 G9

IA(Bottom) 1.90 1.53 - 1.53 5414 G7

I 4.28 3.34 0.44 2.90 4496 G10

II(Top) 2.09 1.53 - 1.53 4558 G10

II(Bottom) 6.49 4.78 0.40 4.38 4742 G9

IIIC 0.69 0.50 - 0.50 5067 G8

IIIB 1.15 0.86 - 0.86 5142 G8

IIIA 1.23 0.91 - 0.91 5506 G6

III 5.77 4.21 0.81 3.40 5958 G5

IVA 0.20 0.18 - 0.18 6273 G4

IV 0.24 0.10 - 0.10 5950 G5

Sub total 24.90 18.65 1.65 17.00 G9

Unworkable seams

IB 0.71 0.00 -- -- -- --

Index above IV 0.07 0.00 -- -- -- --

Sub total 0.78 0.00

Grand total 25.68 18.65 1.65 17.00 G9



Total mineable reserves in the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project area are estimated as 19.25 MT considering reserves to be left in the batters, which are estimated as 6.43 MT. Coal reserves of 0.60 MT from IB, Index above IV seams are not considered for extraction since these seams are thin and not persistent. Hence, net mineable reserves are 18.65 MT. Reserves already extracted by UG method up to 31st March 2014 and to be extracted in an earmarked for proposed quarry are 1.65 MT. Therefore, balance extractable reserves are 17.00 MT.

2.10. HYDROGEOLOGY

The surface water potentiality, ground water potentiality and other hydro geological parameters like depth to water, water level fluctuations and water level trend in pre-monsoon and post monsoon over the period of time is furnished in the Chapter - 4 in detail.

2.11. LAND REQUIREMENT

The total land required for the project is 668.23 Ha. No forest land is involved in this project. Activity wise land requirement, Ownership details of required land, land use based on revenue records and satellite imagery is furnished in the below sections.

2.11.1 Activity Wise Land Requirement Breakup

Land required for the different activities involved in the project such as dumps, quarry, infrastructure, etc. is furnished in the Table No. 2.11.1.1 and shown in Figure No. 2.11.1.1.

Table No. 2.11.1.1: Activity Wise Land Requirement

Sl. No.

Activity Total land

Requirement in Ha.

Land under possession of SCCL in Ha.

Land to be acquired in

Ha. A. Project Area

1. Quarry Area ( Including drains, bund etc.) 276.61 175.36 101.25

2. External Dumpyards

(a) KTK OC Sector - I External Dump 143.54 143.54 --

(b) KTK OC Sector - I Void Area 156.40 156.40 --

(c) KTK OC - 2 External Dump yard 64.43 64.00 0.43

3. Service Buildings 8.70 8.48 0.22

4. Diversion of Road 5.33 0.49 4.84

5. Diversion of Nallah 9.93 6.86 3.07

Total Project Area 664.94 555.13 109.81

B. Area outside the Project

Built up area 3.29 -- 3.29

Total Land Requirement 668.23 555.13 113.10

2.11.2 Ownership Wise Land requirement Breakup:

Ownership wise land requirement breakup is furnished in the Table No. 2.11.2.1 and revenue plan is shown in Figure No. 2.11.2.1..



Table No. 2.11.2.1: Ownership Wise Land Requirement Breakup

Sl. No. Ownership of the Land Area in Ha Project Area

1. Land under SCCL possession 555.13

2. Land to be acquired

Govt. land 42.33

Govt. assigned land 1.80

Private land 65.68

Sub Total 109.81

3. Land within the Project Area 664.94

4. Land outside the Project Area

Private land (Built up area - to be acquired) 3.29

5. Total land to be acquired (2+4) 113.10

Total Land Requirement (3+4) 668.23

2.11.3 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project Area:

Pre-mining land use based on revenue records of the proposed project is furnished in the Table No. 2.11.3.1.

Table No. 2.11.3.1: Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project

Sl. No. Pre-mining Land use Area in (Ha) 1. KTK OC - I Quarry Area 133.38 2. KTK OC - I External Dump Area 105.96 3. Plantation 87.94 4. Built up area 13.83 5. Roads 24.00 6. Nallah 0.36 7. Surface water 1.56 8. Single crop 72.32 9. Land with scrubs 188.65 10. Fallow land 36.94

Total Project Area 664.94 11. Built up area outside Project Area 3.29

Total Area 668.23

Pre-mining land use breakup of the project obtained from the Tahsildar of Bhoopalpalli mandal is furnished as Annexure No. III

Pre-mining land use based on recent satellite imageries of the proposed project is furnished in the Table No. 2.11.3.2.



Table No. 2.11.3.2: Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project

Land Use Land Cover Class Area of Sub Class Area of Class

Area in Ha % of Usage Area in Ha % of Usage

Area within the Project

Agriculture 226.88 34.12

Crop Land 50.47 7.59

Fallow Land 81.32 12.23

Plantation 95.09 14.3

Waste Land 57.37 8.62

Barren Land 27.16 4.08

Land with/ without scrub 30.21 4.54

Others 380.69 57.26

Built Up Land 21.05 3.17

Mine pit 133.87 20.13

OB Dump 118.83 17.87

Coal Dump 2.99 0.45

Dump with plantation 57.36 8.63

Sand Dump 4.7 0.71

Roads 28.94 4.35

Water body 12.95 1.95

Total Project Area 664.94 100 664.94 100

Area outside the Project


Total Area 668.23 668.23

2.11.4 Stage of Acquisition

The total land required for the project is 668.23 Ha and no forest land is involved in the proposed project. SCCL is having 553.13 Ha. of land under its possession and the balance 113.10 ha. of land is to be acquired. Application was submitted to Revenue authorities for acquisition of balance land in the month of June 2015.

2.12. EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE

It is proposed to excavate the coal and overburden in the KTK OC - 2 Project with Shovel - Dumper combination. It is also proposed to utilize the existing HEMM of KTK OC Sector - I Expansion Project in the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project

The main HEMM projected is furnished In Table No. 2.12.1.



Table No. 2.12.1: The Main HEMM Projected

Sl. No. Description Existing New Total

I Coal 3.0 Cu.m. diesel hyd. back hoe shovel 1 1 2 35 T dumpers 7 5 12 150-160 mm diesel drill 1 1 150 mm steep gradient diesel drill 1 1 320 HP dozer 1 1 4.6 Cum front end loader -- 1 1

II Overburden OB removal by hiring HEMM Common 1.0 Cum diesel hyd. back hoe 1 -- 1 280 HP Motor grader -- 1 1 40T crane -- 1 1 10/12T crane -- 1 1

III Reclamation 320 HP Dozer 1 -- 1 145 / 280 HP Motor grader 1 -- 1 28 KL Water sprinkler 1 -- 1 Total 14 11 25

2.13. Calendar Programme of Coal and Overburden

The year wise coal and OB excavation schedule and the stage wise dumping schedule of both hard OB and Topsoil is furnished in Chapter - 4 under the heading of solid waste management.

2.14. Drilling and Blasting

The blast parameters during mining operations have to be established after actual field trials considering the local geo-mining conditions.

Whenever the mine boundary approaches the danger zone of 300 m from villages / dwellings / structures etc., controlled blasting and vibration study have to be conducted by any scientific agency for relaxation of danger zone, i.e., to work within 300 m. It is also proposed for rock breaker to avoid secondary blasting of boulders to reduce noise pollution and fly rock.

Drilling and blasting operations may be suitably modified to ensure separation in mining of Coal and OB depending on the local site conditions. However, based on experience on coal measure rocks of similar characteristics, it is proposed that burden and spacing of 4 m x 5 m is proposed for Coal / OB shovels (based on the experience at adjacent KTK OC Sector-I). The blasting operations are proposed with controlled blasting technology using Non-electric Detonators (NONEL) with Down the Hole (DTH) initiation system, which reduces the ground vibrations and fly rock to the great extent.

2.15. Explosive Consumption and Magazine Details

The following specific consumption of explosives has been adopted for estimating the annual requirement of explosives.

• OB benches - 0.40 Kg/Cum

• Coal benches - 0.23 Kg/Cum



The above specific consumption of explosives for coal and OB benches has been considered based on the consumption pattern in existing mines. These figures may be suitably modified to ensure desired fragmentation during actual blasting operation and to suit the local site conditions.

Based on specific consumption of explosives and calendar programme of excavation, the maximum requirement of explosive will be 19.71 Tones/day including daily requirement for secondary blasting. A 20T magazine is proposed for the project. However, if it is proposed to use site mixed slurry / emulsion explosives, magazine capacity will be considerably reduced, to cater to storage of detonators, cord-relays, detonating fuse, boosters etc. Till establishment of separate magazine, the existing magazine located at KTK-1&1A Incline will cater to the explosive needs of the project.

2.16. Energy Requirement

The source of power for the project will be from 132 KV substation at Chelpur. Already, 33 KV power supply is available to KTK 2 Incline and KTK OC Sector-I Project. The power requirement for this project is estimated to be 1.550 MVA as most of the HEMM for OB and Coal excavation are diesel operated. The other power indices are as given below.

Energy Requirement of the Project

Connected load : 3554 KW

Load in operation : 2831 KW

Active Load : 2022 KW

Maximum Demand : 1550 KVA

Annual Energy Consumption : 8222.85 MWH

System Power Factor : ≥ 0.93

Specific Consumption / tonne of coal : 6.58 KWH

2.17. Energy Conservation Measures

The following important points for proper utilization of energy have been considered while selecting the machinery for various purposes of the project.

2.17.1. Power Factor Improvement

The improvement of the power factor of the system will reduce the losses of energy and maximum demand of the project. Hence, suitable capacitor banks have been provided on the secondary side of the power transformers for improvement of the power factor above 0.93.

2.17.2. Energy Meters:

Energy meters will be fitted separately to the main feeders. This will help in measuring the power consumption by various groups of machinery and to bring awareness and take necessary steps for proper improvement of the system.

2.17.3. Selection of High Voltage Equipment and Transmission:

Power will be transmitted from the Sub-Station to the high voltage machinery and distribution transformers at 3.3 kV through short and convenient routes. Transmission of power and operation of machinery at high voltage will reduce the loss of energy.

2.17.4. Selection and Adjustments of Transformer Loads:

Transformer cores made of steel of high silicon content and of thin laminations will be used for minimizing the constant losses i.e., core or iron losses since the transformers will



always be working irrespective of the amount of load connected to it i.e., on varying load and no load conditions.

2.17.5. L.T. Motors:

The L.T. Motors will operate at 550 V. The supply to these motors will be fed from unitized transformers.

2.17.6. Illumination:

The lighting at the quarry will be arranged with suitable energy efficient Sodium Vapor Lamps. For street lighting in the colony etc., Fluorescent tube lights / M.V. Lamps / Sodium Vapor Lamps will be used.

2.17.7. Efficiency:

Care will be taken to select only the high efficiency equipment and machinery to effect saving in energy consumption.

2.17.8. General:

The philosophy of conserving power will be inculcated in people by suitable circulars, posters etc., so as to be prompt in switching off lights, fans, air coolers, air conditioners etc in cabins, offices and other departments whenever not needed.

2.18. Coal Evacuation from the Pit and Transportation

A pit head Coal Handling Plant is proposed at proposed KTK OC - 2 Project to receive ROM coal transported by 35 T rear dumpers. Two Nos. of 500 TPH feeder breakers will be provided to receive the ROM coal and reduce it to (-) 200 mm size. Then coal is elevated by a 1200 mm wide, 125 KW belt Conveyor to Pre-Weigh Bin bunker with 120 Cu.m. Surge hopper and 25T Pre weigh bin to stock and load coal into trucks for dispatch. Another set of 1200 mm wide, 75 KW belt Conveyor, 100 T bunker without Pre-Weigh Bin will be provided to supply superior grade to other customers, if required. In order to reduce the lead of the coal dumpers, Pit head CHP will be installed near the Box cut at the entrance of the Main Haul road.

The estimated capital requirement for CHP is Rs 846.68 lakhs. The layout of CHP is shown in Figure No. 2.18.1.

2.19. Manpower Requirement

The detailed manpower required for the project has been worked out as per the prevailing norms based on workload, the HEMM fleet and the working conditions. The average daily attendance required to achieve the rated production of 1.25 MTPA with a peak production of 1.50 MTPA is estimated to be 192. After considering 16.67% absenteeism towards authorized leave, sick etc., the men on roll for the project will be 220. Contractor manpower will be about 300 persons. The average daily production will be 3788T. The planned O.M.S. is 19.73T for 100% performance level. The required manpower will be met from the existing KTK OC Sector-I and KTK-2 Incline as these two mines will be closed at the time of commencement of the proposed project.

2.20. Water Requirement

The mine discharge is the source of water for meeting various requirements of the project. An approval will obtained from State Ground Water Department for drawl of ground water as part of mining operations.



Figure No. 2.20.1: Flow Chart of Water Requirement of the Project

The probable inflow of water into proposed project is 1658 KLD. Of this, 1260 KLD is required for dust suppression, 83 KLD is required for HEMM washing, 77 KLD is for domestic requirement and 10 KLD is for plantation requirement. The balance 228 KLD of surplus water is proposed to be let out into let out into nearby streams / tanks.

2.21. Township & Other Infrastructure Requirement

Township: The proposed project is planned as a relay project to the existing KTK OC Sector - I and conversion of KTK - 2 Incline mine in the existing coal belt of the company where well established infrastructure such as township with 2817 quarters, roads, street lighting, protected drinking water supply, sanitary network with 3.0 MLD STP, communication facilities, power supply arrangements, schools, collages, well established 50 bedded hospital with Specialist Docters, Dispensaries, Community Halls, Recreation Clubs, Stadium, Parks, Gardens, Temples, Church, Masque, Shoping Complex, etc. are available. As the manpower required for the proposed project is metfrom the existing manpower of KTK OC Sector-I and KTK-2 Incline, no additional township / other infrastructure facilities are required for the proposed project.

Buildings: It is proposed to utilize the existing office buildings of KTK 2 Incline for CHP. In addition some service buildings are proposed for the project at an estimated cost of ₹ 10.76 Crs.

The facilities that will be provided to the persons connected with mining operation whether direct or indirect are:

Rest shelters, canteen facilities at subsidized rates, washing / bathing facilities, provision of motor cycle / cycle sheds, provision of drinking water points, sanitation facilities, first aid, etc.

2.22. Facilities for Truck Drivers at Mine Premises

The following facilities will be provided for truck drivers at mine premises under various

rules and regulations.

• Rest Shelter

• Surface latrines and urinals

• Adequate quantity of drinking water

• Adequate water for washing

228 KLD

30 KLD

1353 KLD

1658 KLD

77 KLD

40 KLD

Mine Discharge

water Sedimentation tanks

Use of treated water for i) Washing of Machinery ii) Dust Suppression iii) Plantation

Surface runoff channeled

through drains

Settling tank

Excess Water

For ground water re-charging /

agricultural purposes

Sedimentation tank

Oil & grease Trap

Used for plantation

Domestic usage after disinfection

Septic Tank and

Soak pit

Washing of machinery



• First aid arrangements

• Canteen facility

2.23. Surface features and Diversions / shiftings involved

2.23.1. Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Gaddiganipalli village falling in quarry area and Faqeergadda and Balajinagar colonies of Jangedu village is falling in blasting zone. Therefore, these villages need to be rehabilitated.

The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in the proposed project is 922 and Project Affected Families (PAFs) is 125. It is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package as per the guidelines of the State Government for which Rs. 185.94 Crores has been provided. The number of PAFs and PDFs will be finalized through socio-economic survey conducted by the Administrator appointed by State Government in consultation with the District Administration. The R&R site also selected by the District Administration. The facilities at R&R site will be provided as per the guidelines of state government.

2.23.2. Diversion of roads:

One road from Bhoopalpalli town leading to KTK OC (Sector-1) via KTK 2 Incline and another road from Jangedu village leading KTK 1 Incline via Gaddiganipalli village passing through quarry area will be diverted along proposed OC mine statutory boundary. Since both roads will be diverted along mine boundary, the diversion length is about 3.00 km.

2.23.3. Diversion of Nallahs

Seasonal nallah no.2 will be diverted in the Southeast of the Project by the side of proposed CHP, service buildings and in the Southwest side parallel to in-crop. The diversion length is about 3.25 km.

2.23.4. Diversion of Power lines

Diversion of 33KV Transmission lines leading to KTK 1 Incline and KTK OC (Sector-1) will be done along statutory proposed OC mine boundary. The diversion length is about 4.00 km. About 6.50 km length of old 33KV/3.3KV transmission lines and 1.50 km length of old LT transmission lines passing over the proposed quarry area will be dismantled.

2.24. Dumping and Reclamation

The detailed dumping strategy including dumping in external dumps, internal dump, back filling, topsoil placement and preservation, design criteria of dumps, location of dumps, stage wise dumping schedules and details of reclamation have been discussed in the Chapter - IV

2.25. Description of Pollution Sources & Mitigation Measures

The best way of impact mitigation is to prevent the event occurring. Normally in opencast coal mines no major disaster affecting nearby residents is foreseen. However if the developmental activity produces an adverse impact, action will be taken to mitigate the same. The probable pollution sources and mitigative measures for minimization of adverse impacts along with stage wise land reclamation strategy, green belt development / plantation programme and mine closure / decommissioning plan have been indicated in Chapter No. 4.



2.26. Assessment of New and Untested Technology for Risk of Technology Failure

2.26.1 Mining Method

Several design constraints combine to restrict the choice of primary excavation equipment & coal winning technology. An evaluation regarding the applicability of different systems reveals the following:

2.26.2 Continuous Mining Technology:

Based on the available data on hardness of coal and OB, most of the strata will need to be prepared by undertaking drilling and blasting before excavation. Continuous mining technology has therefore been ruled out.

2.26.3 Discontinuous Mining Technology:

It is thus proposed to mine the deposit by discontinuous mining technology. In this, following options have been considered to select the best suited technology with the prevailing geo-mining conditions in this project.

• Dragline Application

• In pit-crushing & Conveying Technology

• Shovel - Dumper Combination

2.26.3.1 Dragline Application:

Small or very high partings, multiple seams dissected by multiple faults preclude the application of dragline.

2.26.3.2 In pit-crushing and Conveying Technology:

The space restriction imposed by block on account of multiple faults, multiple seams and multiple partings preclude the application of crushing-conveying system.

2.26.3.3 Shovel - Dumper Combination:

Under the prevailing geo-mining conditions, with multiple seams, it is proposed to mine the property using shovel-dumper combination – which is considered most suitable.

The cutting of coal and OB by Rock Breaker / Surface Miner or any other suitable technology is proposed to be done by outsourcing. The method of work comprises of -

• Initial opening of Box cut.

• Removal of topsoil and intermediate hard rock.

• Removal of OB to expose the coal seam.

• Excavation of coal.



CHAPTER - 3

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1. INTRODUCTION

Baseline Environmental studies have been carried out in and around the proposed Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project to know the present environmental status so that the likely impacts of future mining operations on various environmental attributes in the study area can be predicted in order to formulate a comprehensive Environment Management Plan for negating the adverse environmental impacts.

3.2. STUDY AREA, PERIOD, AGENCY & SCOPE OF BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL

STUDIES

Studty Area: The proposed project is “Category–A” project as per the SO 1533 dated 14.9.2006 and subsequent amendment vide SO 3067 dated 01.12.2009. As such, project area (Core Zone) and 10 Km area around the project area (Buffer Zone) is taken as study area. The mine is covered in Bhoopalpalli Village & Mandal, Warangal District of Telangana State. The location of the mining lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet No, 56 N/15 and the geographical co-ordinates of the lease area as follows:

SW Coordinates : X - 3088446.8953 Latitude - 18°26'41.6704"N

Y - 910695.2892 Longitude - 79°50'16.1445"E

NE Coordinates : X - 3092544.3738 Latitude - 18°28'7.0715"N

Y - 913339.7144 Longitude - 79°52'36.3261"E

The 10 km buffer zone of the KTK OC - 2 Project is falling in 56 N/14 and 56 N/15 SOI Toposheets and is covered in Bhupalapalli, Ghanpur, Regonda and Venkatapur Mandals of Warangal District and Malharrao, Mutharam and Kataram Mandals of Karimnagar District of Telangana State.

Study Period: The baseline data for pre-project environmental status was collected during (December 2014 - February 2015) for one season i.e. Winter season and is presented along with identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts due to project activities in the subsequent chapters.

Agency: The work of collection of the BLD was entrusted to Environmental Protection Training and Research Institute (EPTRI), Hyderabad, which is an autonomous Government Organization, recognized by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and accredited by National Accredition Board for Testing & Calibrtion of Laboratories (NABL).

Scope: The scope of BLD collection including, attributes, parameters to be monitored, sampling period, frequency and measurement method given in Table 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 3.2.3. A plan showing ambient air, ground water, noise and soil quality monitoring locations are furnished as Figure No. 3.2.1 and surface water monitoring locations are furnished in the drainage plan as Figure No. 2.8.4.1.



Table No. 3.2.1 : Scope of Baseline Data Generation

Sl. No.

Activity Parameters to be Monitored Sampling Period, Frequency & Measurement Method

1 Air Environment

A. Micro-Meteorological Study

i) Wind Speed & Direction along with Windrose Diagram

ii) Max. & Min. Temperature

iii) Relative Humidity

iv) Rainfall

v) Solar Radiation and

vi) Cloud Cover

Sampling Period: One Season

Frequency: Hourly observations for one seasons

Measurement Method: As per IMD Specifications

B. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring in Core and Buffer Zone

Particulate Matter (PM)

i) Particulate Matter <10µ (PM10)

ii) Particulate matter <2.5µ (PM2.5) Gaseous Pollutants (GP )

i) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

ii) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2)

Sampling Period:

24 hourly sample for Particulate Matter (PM) and 8 hourly samples for Gaseous Pollutants and averaged for 24 hours.

Frequency: Twice a week for one season

Measurement Method: PM10: Gravimetric (High-Volume Sampler)

PM2.5: Gravimetric (Fine Dust Sampler)

SO2: EPA modified West & Geake Method.

NOX: Arsenate Modified Jacob - Hochheiser Method.

C. Mineralogical Composition of Particulate Matter

i) Silica Content and

ii) Heavy Metals like such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As etc., and

iii) Particle Size Distribution

Frequency: Once in a season for all the stations

Measurement Method: As per standards (ED-XRF 70 HS Qualitative)

D. Characteristics of Coal

i) Grade of Coal

ii) Other Characteristics - Ash, Sulphur and

iii) Heavy Metals including levels of Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc.

Frequency: Once in a season for all the stations

E. Traffic Density Study

i) Traffic density on major roads / coal transportation roads nearer the project site with regard to the number of two wheelers, three wheelers, four wheelers and heavy vehicles and

ii) Estimation of baseline status of emissions due to vehicular traffic.

Frequency: Once in a season for 24 hrs duration

Measurement Method: Manual Count Method

2 Water Environment

A. Ground Water Quality

Physico-chemical and biological characteristics as per IS -10500, 1993 Standards

Frequency:

At least one grab sample per location per season.



Sl. No.


B. Surface Water Quality

Physico-chemical and biological characteristics as per IS-2296, 1982 Standards and as per the water quality criteria for different uses as specified by CPCB.

Frequency:


C. Industrial Effluents

As per GSR 801 (E), 1986, dated Dec. 31, 1993

Frequency:


D. Phreatic Surface Levels

Water level in the existing wells within 10 Km radius of the project

Frequency:

Once in a season

Measurement Method: Piezometer / Water Level Indicator

3 Noise In accordance with Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000, notified by MoEF

Frequency:

Hourly equivalent noise levels Leq, Leq(Day) and Leq(Night) for one day in a season.

Measurement Method: Precision Integrated Micro Computer Sound level meter

4 Land Environment

A. Land Use Pattern

The land use / land cover classification as per Annexure-2 of EIA Guidance Manual-Mining of Minerals, issued by MoEF.

Frequency:

Once in a season

Measurement Method:

The land use / land cover study within core zone done by using IRS R2 Satellite Liss - IV data.

IRS P 6 Satellite Liss III data used for land use / land cover study in buffer zone of the project.

The land use maps in 1:5000 scale for core zone (mine lease area) and 1:25,000 scale for buffer zone.

B. Soil Quality

i) Particle size distribution

ii) Texture

iii) Organic carbon

iv) pH

v) Electrical conductivity

vi) Exchangeable Cations and Cation exchange capacity (CEC)

vii) Alkali metals

viii) Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) of soils

ix) Heavy metals in soil viz. Cd,Cr,Pb,Ni,Cu ,Zn, Mn

x) Infiltration rate in mm/hr

xi) Water Holding Capacity

xii) Porosity

xiii) NPK contents

Frequency:


Measurement Method: As per soil analysis reference books of M.L.Jackson, C.A. Black and other relevant standards.



Sl. No.


5 Biological Environment

A. Flora

i) Study of existing fauna within the study area 10 Km radius by Bio-diversity experts.

ii) Description of vegetation in core and buffer zone

iii) Assessment of plant species with respect to their dominance, density, frequency, abundance, diversity index, similarity index, importance value Index.

iv) Quantitative estimation of forest and non-forest flora

v) Type of forest in study area and its conservation status.

vi) Information on the dependence of local people on minor forest produce

vii) Location of National Parks, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, Elephant Reserve, if any.

viii) Wild life migratory routes in core and buffer zones, if any.

Frequency:

Once in a season

B. Fauna i) Assessment of fauna and fauna.

ii) List out endangered and endemic species as per the schedule of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972

iii) Information on breeding and hibernating sites in core and buffer zone.

iv) The list of fauna in the study area as per formats 4.11 to 4.15 of EIA Guidance Manual - Mining of Minerals, issued by MoEF.

Frequency:

Once in a season

6 Socio-economic Environment

i) The status of the people living in the villages falling under both core zone and buffer zone of the project (based on UNDP Human Development Report)

ii) Socio-economic survey covering Demographic Structure, Infrastructure resource base, Economic resource base, Health status: Morbidity pattern, Cultural and aesthetic attributes and Education through proportionate, stratified and random sampling method, primary data, questionnaire, secondary data collected from census records, statistical hand books, topo sheets, health records and relevant official records.

Frequency:

Once in a season



Sl. No.


Socio-economic Environment

iii) Representing entire cross-section of the people to evaluate the socio-economic status of local inhabitants either by a field survey or directly interacting with people through a questionnaire covering the following aspects:-

iv) Composition and size of the families

v) Educational status

vi) Homestead land Information on agricultural situation (land holding size, cropping pattern, productivity, net return etc.)

vii) Employment (source of employment)

viii) Annual income from various sources

ix) Information on family budget

x) Savings

xi) Family assets

xii) Respondent’s perception about the proposed mining project

xiii) Quality of life

Frequency:

Once in a season

7 Health Environment

i) Baseline health status of people living in the villages falling within the study area of the project shall be collected from the primary health centers covering the villages within 2 and 5 Km radius of the project.

Frequency:

Once in a season

Table No. 3.2.2: Collection of Data on Land Use Pattern

S No. Land use Methodology

1. Location of the project

Land use studies

using topo sheets

2. Total project area

3. Cultivated land, Forest, Plantations, Water bodies and settlements

4. Biological Environment

Table No. 3.2.3 : Socio-economic Details of Study Area of the Project

S No. Socio-economic data Base of Survey

1. • Demographic Structure • Infrastructure resource base • Economic resource base • Health status: Morbidity pattern • Cultural and aesthetic attributes • Education

Socio-economic survey is conducted based on proportionate, stratified and random sampling method



3.3. DESCRIPTION OF PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.3.1 Micro-Meteorology

Significance of meteorological studies in air quali ty monitoring

The quality of air pollutants is influenced by the movements and characteristics of the air mass into which they are emitted. If the air is calm and pollutants cannot disperse then the concentration of these pollutants will build up. Conversely, if a strong, turbulent wind is blowing, pollution generated will be rapidly dispersed into the atmosphere and will result in lower concentrations near the pollution source. The measurements of wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity, rainfall and solar radiation are important parameters used in the study of air quality monitoring. The measurement of meteorological parameters is important to have an understanding of the impacts of a region's meteorology on air pollutant concentrations and is also used to simulate and predict air quality using computer models.

Summary of Micro-meteorological Data (01.12.2014 to 28.02.2015)

The predominant wind direction is from North East (NE) direction and Calm conditions prevailed for 31.88% during the season. The maximum wind speed recorded was 12.3 m/s. The maximum temperature recorded was found to be 40.500C, while the minimum temperature was 12.100C and the average temperature is 24.60C. The average relative humidity was found to be 55.3%. The total rainfall observed was 44.9 mm The summary of monthly micro-meteorological data (wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and rainfall) for entire study period is given in Table 3.3.1.1 , Summary of micro-meteorological data generated for the entire study period (December 2014 - February 2015) is given in Table 3.3.1.2 and the monthly wind rose diagrams along with Winter season is shown in Fig. 3.3.1.1.

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

39

Tab

le 3

.3.1

.1 S

umm

ary

of m

onth

ly m

icro

-met

eoro

logi

cal

dat

a

Mon

th

Win

d S

peed

(m

/s)

Tem

pera

ture

(ºC

) R

elat

ive

Hum

idity

(%

) R

ainf

all(m

m)

Mea

n M

ax

% o

f C

alm

M

ean

Max

M

in

Mea

n M

ax

Min

T

otal

H

ourly

hi

ghes

t

DE

C -

201

4 1.

79

12.3

36

.96

22.9

36

.0

12.1

62

.3

95.2

18

.6

0.0

0.0

JAN

- 2

015

2.77

11

.6

19.2

7 24

.6

34.0

12

.4

55.5

95

.2

8.5

44.9

36

.1

FE

B -

201

5 2.

80

12.1

39

.43

26.5

40

.5

15.9

48

.3

95.3

9.

8 0.

0 0.

0

Tab

le 3

.3.1

.2 S

umm

ary

of m

icro

-met

eoro

logi

cal d

ata

gene

rate

d fo

r th

e en

tire

stud

y pe

riod

S.N

o P

aram

eter

M

in

Max

M

ean

1.

T

empe

ratu

re (

0 C)

12.1

40

.5

24.6

2.

W

ind

Spe

ed (

m/s

) C

alm

(31

.88%

) 12

.3

2.45

3.

R

elat

ive

Hum

idity

(%

) 8.

5 95

.3

55.3

4.

P

redo

min

ant W

ind

dire

ctio

n fo

r th

e en

tire

stud

y pe

riod

Nor

th E

ast (

NE

)

5.

T

otal

rai

nfal

l (m

m)

44.9

0



Fig. 3.3.1.1 Monthly and Season Windrose diagrams

Wind Rose diagram - December 2014 Wind Rose diagram - January 2015

Wind Rose diagram - February 2015 Wind Rose diagram - Winter Season,

2015 WIND SPEED

(m/s)

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

3%

6%

9%

12%

15%

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

3%

6%

9%

12%

15%

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

3%

6%

9%

12%

15%

Calm Period December 2014 : 36.96%

January 2015 : 19.27%

February 2015 : 39.43%

Winter Season : 31.65%



3.3.2 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ)

3.3.2.1 Monitoring and Analytical Procedure

Different air pollution parameters like Particulate Matters less than 10µ (PM10), Particulate Matter less than 2.5µ (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides have been identified as critical parameters relating to project activities for representing baseline status of ambient air quality within the study area in accordance with the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change vide J-11015/162/2015-IA-II(M), dated 18th June 2015. To assess the base line ambient air quality, ten air quality monitoring locations were selected covering core and buffer zone of the project within 10 Km. radius of study area. two air sampling location represents core zone and eight locations represents the buffer zone of the project site. Details of sampling locations are given in Table No.3.3.2.1.1. The Mallampalli Village (B7) station is identified in up wind direction as Control & Non Polluting Station.

Table No.3.3.2.1.1: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Sl. No.

Name of the station with code

Distance (km) and direction w.r.t to core zone area

Reasons for selection Category

Core Zone

1 KTK OC Sector - 1(C1) Core Zone To assess the pollution levels in existing mining area

I

2 KTK 2& 2A Incline (C2) Core Zone To assess the pre--mining pollution levels in proposed Project area

I

Buffer Zone

3 Peddakuntapalli Village (B1) 2.23-SSW To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

4 Veshalapalli Village (B2) 1.71-SW To assess the pollution levels in the Veshalpalli village area in down – wind direction

R

5 Kashimpalli Village (B3) 1.63-W To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

6 Jangedu Village (B4) 0.50-WSW To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

7 Peddalonipalli Village (B5) 1.00-WNW To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

8 BHPL (Krishna Colony) (B6) 1.26-SE To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

9 Mallampalli Village (B7) 3.16-E To assess the pollution levels in the village area in up-wind direction as Control & Non Polluting Station

R

10 Kamalapuram Village (B8) 5.88-ENE To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

Note: C - Core Zone, B - Buffer Zone.



3.3.2.2 Description of Monitoring Locations with re spect to Surroundings

Core Zone: Core zone area is surrounding by mining activities, plantation, Forest areas, open lands, roads and residential areas.

Buffer Zone: Buffer zone area is surrounding by Agircultural land, open land, Forest area, waste land, residential area, mining activity, open lands and roads.

3.3.2.3 Summary of Ambient Air Quality

The pollutant concentrations are compared with Coal Mines Standards for core zone samples and National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards as notified by CPCB for buffer zone samples. The Summary of ambient air quality data generated for the winter season is presented in Table No. 3.3.2.2.1 .

3.3.2.3.1 Interpretation of Summary of Ambient Air Quality

Core Zone PM10 concentration ranges from 169 µg/m3 to 217 µg/m3 minimum at KTK - 2A Incline area and maximum at KTK OC - I. PM2.5 concentration ranges from 63.5 µg/m3 to 86.7 µg/m3 minimum at KTK - 2A Incline and maximum at KTK OC - I. The maximum values are observed at KTK OC - I. The values are higher at KTK OC - I location which is inside the mine boundary due to on going mining activities.

SO2 and NO2 concentrations are in the range from 13.8 µg/m3 to 18.9 µg/m3 and 19.8 µg/m3 to 29.4 µg/m3.The minimum concentration for SO2 and NO2 was observed at KTK -2A Incline and the maximum concentration for SO2 and NO2 were observed at KTK OC-I.

Buffer Zone PM10 concentrations ranges from 54 µg/m3 to 85 µg/m3, minimum concentration was observed at Kamalapuram village and maximum at Bhoopalpalli village. PM2.5

concentrations were in the range of 27.3 µg/m3 to 50.2 µg/m3.The minimum concentration was observed at Kamalapuram village and maximum at Kashimpalli Village.

SO2 and NO2 concentrations are in the range from 10.2 µg/m3 to 16.5 µg/m3 and 12.1 µg/m3 to 20.3 µg/m3.The minimum concentration for SO2 and NO2 was observed at Kamalapuram village and the maximum concentration for SO2 and NO2 were observed at Veshalapalli village and Jangedu & Bhoopalpalli villages.

The study revealed that the observed concentrations are well within the NAAQ Standards as notified on 18.11.2009 by CPCB.



Table: 3.3.2.2.1 Summary of AAQ data monitoring for KTK OC - 2 Project & it’s environ for the Winter Season, 2015

For Particulate Matter (All values in µg/m 3)

Location

No.

of s

ampl

es

draw

n

Cat

egor

y

Sta

ndar

ds

PM10

Sta

ndar

ds

PM2.5

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Core Zone

KTK OC Sector - 1 24 R 250 179 217 199 216 - 69.8 86.7 75.7 84.7

KTK 2& 2A Incline 24 R 250 169 194 180 192 - 63.5 79.6 71.9 79.0

Buffer Zone

Peddakuntapalli 24 R 100 62 79 71 78 60 37.3 45.7 41.0 44.8

Veshalapalli Village 24 R 100 64 77 71 77 60 39.2 47.9 42.9 47.1

Kashimpalli Village 24 R 100 68 80 73 80 60 39.4 50.2 44.4 49.8

Jangedu Village 24 R 100 67 83 74 83 60 36.4 50.1 43.7 49.7

Peddalonipalli Village 24 R 100 63 75 70 75 60 35.1 48.4 42.9 48.2

BHPL - Krishna Colony 24 R 100 66 85 75 85 60 39.1 50.1 43.9 49.5

Mallampalli Village 24 R 100 56 69 62 69 60 28.7 37.6 33.2 37.5

Kamalapuram Village 24 R 100 54 67 61 67 60 27.3 41.1 35.1 40.7

For Gaseous Pollutants (All values in µg/m 3)

Location

No.

of s

ampl

es

draw

n

Cat

egor

y

Sta

ndar

ds

SO2

Sta

ndar

ds

NO2

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Core Zone

KTK OC Sector - 1 72 I 120 14.3 18.9 16.6 18.7 120 20.3 29.4 24.4 28.9

KTK 2& 2A Incline 72 I 120 13.8 18.1 16.5 18.1 120 19.8 27.4 22.8 27.2

Buffer Zone

Peddakuntapalli 72 R 80 10.8 14.9 12.7 14.7 80 13.9 17.6 15.9 17.6

Veshalapalli Village 72 R 80 12.9 16.5 14.6 16.4 80 16.8 19.6 17.8 19.4

Kashimpalli Village 72 R 80 11.8 15.0 16.3 18.2 80 14.5 18.6 16.3 18.2

Jangedu Village 72 R 80 10.9 16.2 13.7 16.2 80 14.3 20.3 17.5 20.1

Peddalonipalli Village 72 R 80 12.2 16.4 14.1 16.2 80 14.8 19.4 16.8 19.1

BHPL - Krishna Colony 72 R 80 11.2 16.2 14.0 16.2 80 15.1 20.3 17.8 20.0

Mallampalli Village 72 R 80 10.5 14.8 12.4 14.7 80 12.6 15.6 14.2 15.6

Kamalapuram Village 72 R 80 10.2 13.6 12.2 13.5 80 12.1 15.2 14.0 15.1 Note: - I - Industrial, R - Residential.



3.3.3 MINEROLOGICAL COMPOSITION OF RPM

The mineralogical composition for the Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM) collected at all the air quality monitoring stations (one sample per location, which was based on maximum RPM concentration) with in the 10 Km radius of the study area and analyzed as per the standards. The summary of mineralogical composition of RPM are given in the Table No. 3.3.3.1

Table No. 3.3.3.1 Summary of mineralogical composit ion of RPM

Sl.N

o

Par

amet

ers

Uni

ts

Station Name

KT

KO

C S

ecto

r -

I

KT

K-2

A In

clin

e

Ped

daku

ntap

alli

Ves

hala

palli

Vill

age

Kas

him

palli

Vill

age

Jang

edu

Vill

age

Ped

dalo

nipa

lli

Bho

opal

palli

vill

age

Mal

lam

palli

Vill

age

Kam

alap

uram

vill

age

1 RPM µg/m3 217 194 79 77 80 83 75 85 69 67

2 K2O µg/m3 BDL 0.94 1.74 1.47 1.61 BDL 0.41 1.31 0.18 0.8

3 Al2O3 µg/m3 3.81 1.39 3.28 3.82 2.23 9.87 0.11 6.56 3.96 5.62

4 CaO µg/m3 BDL 0.06 0.66 0.55 0.46 0.3 0.17 BDL 0.06 BDL

5 ZnO µg/m3 0.02 0.10 0.23 0.22 0.26 0.1 0.17 0.15 0.19 0.11

6 Fe2O3 µg/m3 0.26 0.14 0.29 0.29 0.24 0.31 0.04 0.46 0.38 0.55

7 SrO µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 ZrO2 µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

9 BaO µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

10 As2O3 µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

11 PbO µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

12 HgO µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

13 CdO µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

14 MgO µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

15 CrO µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Note: BDL: Below Detectable Limit; least detectable limit–10 ppm.

3.3.4 Characteristics of Coal

The coal sample collected from conveyer belt was analysed for the metal parameters Chromium (Cr), Cadmium (Cd), Lead (Pb), Zinc (Zn), Iron (Fe), Cobalt (Co), Manganese (Mn), Copper (Cu), Molybdenum(Mo), Nickel (as Ni), Vanadium (V), Silver (Ag), Aluminium (Al) and Selenium (Se). The results for these paramerts are presented in Table – 3.3.4.1



Table No. 3.3.4.1 Characteristics of Coal

Parameter(s) Test Method Units Results

Chromium SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 14

Cadmium SW-846-6010.B mg/kg BDL

Lead SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 6.32

Zinc SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 11

Iron SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 1941

Cobalt SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 11

Managanese SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 18

Copper SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 16

Molybdenum SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 0.86

Nickel SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 21

Vanadium SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 25

Silver SW-846-6010.B mg/kg BDL

Aluminium SW-846-6010.B mg/kg 2188

Arsenic SW-846-6010.B mg/kg BDL

Selenium SW-846-6010.B mg/kg BDL

Mercury 7471 B mg/kg BDL

Sulphur As per CHNS Instrument Manual % 0.619

Coal Grading (UHV) --- --- G

Ash Content M L Jackson % 26.74

BDL: Below Detection Limit: Cr: 0.5 mg/Kg, Cd: 0.1 mg/Kg, Pb: 0.5 mg/Kg, Co: 0.5 mg/Kg, Ni: 0.5 mg/Kg

3.3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The impact of the proposed project on the water environment was assessed by studying the quality of groundwater and surface water bodies in the study area. The sampling locations were selected considering their proximity to the project site. A total of 11 water samples i.e., 5 samples from surface water, 5 samples from groundwater and one effluent water were collected and analyzed for various physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters during study period. The groundwater quality results are compared with IS: 10500 and surface water quality with IS 2296, 1982 and CPCB Water Quality Criteria, Class - A (Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after Disinfection), Class - B (Outdoor bathing (organized) and Class - C (Drinking Water Source with conventional treatment and after Disinfection), Class - D propagation of wild life fisheries and Class-E (Irrigation, Industrial cooling, controlled waste disposal).

The details of the surface water and groundwater & effluent water sampling locations are given in Tables 3.3.5.1 and 3.3.5.2 respectively. The analytical results for surface water, groundwater and KTK OC - I Mine Discharge Water are presented in Table Nos. 3.3.5.3, 3.3.5.4 and 3.3.5.5 respectively



Table No. 3.3.5.1: Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sl. No. Sampling Location (Code) Latitude Longitude

Date of sampling

1 Tank Near Kashimpally (SW1) N 18˚26’59.0” E 79˚49’46.1” 29.01.2015

2 Tank Near Gaddiganipalli (SW2) N 18˚27’41.9” E 79˚50’25.1” 29.01.2015

3 Arevagu (SW3) N 18˚29’14.9” E 79˚52’31.0” 29.01.2015

4 Boggula Vagu (SW4) N 18˚28’40.7” E 79˚52’31.0” 29.01.2015

5 Veshalapalli Village N 18˚21’46.9” E 79˚49’57.2” 29.01.2015

Table No. 3.3.5.2: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sl. No. Sampling Location (Code) Latitude Longitude

Date of sampling

1 Bore well near Veshalapalli (B2) N 18°26'21.1" E 79°50' 22.4" 29.01.2015

2 Bore well near Kashimpalli (B3) N 18°27'27.3" E 79°49' 45.9" 29.01.2015

3 Bore well near Jangedu (B4) N 18°26'44.4" E 79°50' 29.3" 29.01.2015

4 Bore well near Peddalonipalli (B5) N 18°27'53.0" E 79°50' 10.4" 29.01.2015

5 Bore well near Gaddiganipalli (B9) N 18˚27’32.2” E 79˚50’53.0” 29.01.2015

6 * KTK OC-1 Mine discharge (B10) N 18˚27’46.5” E 79˚50’48.9” 29.01.2015 Note: * Indictaes Effluet Water

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

47

Tab

les

3.3.

5.3.

Phy

sico

-Che

mic

al a

nd B

acte

riolo

gica

l Cha

ract

eris

tics

of S

urfa

ce W

ater

at S

elec

ted

Loca

tions

in th

e S

tudy

Are

a

Sl.

No.

P

aram

eter

s U

nit

Tes

t Met

hod

Tol

eran

ce

Lim

its IS

: 22

96 -

19

82

CP

CB

Wat

er Q

ualit

y C

riter

ia

RE

SU

LT

SW

- 1

S

W -

2

SW

- 3

S

W -

4

SW

- 5

Cla

ss C

C

lass

A

Cla

ss B

C

lass

C

1.

pH

- 45

00-H

+B

6.

5-8.

5 6.

5 -8

.5

6.5

-8.5

6.

5 -

9 7.

2 7.

6 7.

8 7.

9 7.

9

2.

Tem

pera

ture

ºC

25

50. B

--

--

--

--

25

.0

25.0

25

.0

24.9

25

.1

3.

Ele

ctric

al C

ondu

ctiv

ity

µm

os/c

m

2510

-B

--

--

--

--

970

1040

52

9 35

2 41

8

4.

Tur

bidi

ty

NT

U

2130

. B

--

--

--

--

0.16

0.

18

0.21

0.

28

0.62

5.

Chl

orid

es a

s C

l- m

g/L

4500

-Cl- .B

60

0 --

--

--

14

7 10

6 60

53

36

6.

Col

our

Pt-

co-

2120

. B

300

--

--

--

5 5

5 5

10

7.

Bor

on a

s B

m

g/L

3120

-B

--

--

--

--

BD

L 0.

02

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

8.

Sul

phat

es a

s S

O42-

m

g/L

4500

-SO

42- .E

40

0 --

--

--

18

8 24

5 15

24

23

9.

Nitr

ates

as

NO

3 m

g/L

PD

A

50

--

--

--

1.40

7 0.

623

1.31

8 0.

730

2.70

7

10.

Nitr

ites

as N

O2

mg/

L 45

00-N

O2- .B

--

--

--

--

0.

06

0.03

0.

05

0.02

0.

09

11.

Flu

orid

e as

F-

mg/

L 45

00-F

- .C

1.5

--

--

--

0.62

9 0.

863

0.65

4 0.

596

0.57

8

12.

TD

S a

t 180

o C

m

g/L

2540

.C

1500

--

--

--

65

4 68

0 31

2 26

0 25

2

13.

Cal

cium

as

Ca

mg/

L 35

00-C

a.B

--

--

--

--

95

80

56

29

35

14.

Mag

nesi

um a

s M

g m

g/L

3500

-Mg.

B

--

--

--

23

19

14

7

8

15.

Mer

cury

as

Hg

mg/

L 35

00-H

g.B

--

--

--

--

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

16.

Ars

enic

as

As

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

2 --

--

--

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

17.

Iron

as

Fe

mg/

L 31

20-B

50

--

--

--

3.

37

0.06

B

DL

0.05

0.

13

18.

Lead

as

Pb

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

1 --

--

--

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

19.

Zin

c as

Zn

mg/

L 31

20-B

15

--

--

--

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

20.

Cad

miu

m a

s C

d m

g/L

3120

-B

--

--

--

--

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

21.

Chr

omiu

m a

s C

r m

g/L

3120

-B

--

--

--

--

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

22.

Nic

kel a

s N

i m

g/L

3120

-B

--

--

--

--

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

48

Sl.

No.

P

aram

eter

s U

nit

Tes

t Met

hod

Tol

eran

ce

Lim

its IS

: 22

96 -

19

82

CP

CB

Wat

er Q

ualit

y C

riter

ia

RE

SU

LT

SW

- 1

S

W -

2

SW

- 3

S

W -

4

SW

- 5

Cla

ss C

C

lass

A

Cla

ss B

C

lass

C

23.

Pes

ticid

es:

α

–BH

C, β

-BH

C,

γ-B

HC

, δ-B

HC

, o,p

-DD

T, p

, p’

–D

DT

,

α

- E

ndos

ulfa

n,

β-

End

osul

fan,

A

ldrin

, Die

ldrin

µg/

L 66

30. D

--

--

--

--

N

D

ND

N

D

ND

N

D

2,

4-D

, Car

bory

l (C

arbo

nate

) M

alat

hion

Met

hyl P

arat

hion

A

nilo

phos

, Chl

orop

yrip

hos

Qua

litat

ive

anal

ysis

66

30. D

--

--

--

--

N

D

ND

N

D

ND

N

D

24.

Tot

al C

olifo

rm

MP

N/1

00m

L 92

21A

& B

50

00

50 o

r <

50

0 or

<

5000

or

<

350

>16

00

1600

34

16

00

25.

Fec

al C

olifo

rm

MP

N/1

00m

L 92

21 E

--

--

--

--

24

0 92

0 24

0 17

54

0 26

. E

. Col

i P

rese

nce

/ A

bsen

ce

9221

F

--

--

--

--

Pre

sent

P

rese

nt

Pre

sent

<

1.8

<1.

8

27.

Odo

ur

TO

N

2150

. B

--

--

--

--

No

No

No

No

No

28.

Dis

solv

ed O

xyge

n m

g/L

4500

-O.C

4

6 m

g/l o

r m

ore

5 m

g/l o

r m

ore

4 m

g/l o

r m

ore

6.1

6.5

7.6

6.7

6.9

29.

Bio

CO

D fo

r 5

days

20o C

m

g/L

5210

-B

3 2

mg/

l or

less

3

mg/

l or

less

3

mg/

l or

less

5

6 6

BD

L 5

30.

Am

mon

ical

Nitr

ogen

as

N

mg/

L 45

00-N

H3 -C

--

--

--

--

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

31.

TS

S a

t 105

o C

m

g/L

2540

. D

1500

--

--

-

10

8 9

6 11

32.

Tot

al P

hosp

hate

s m

g/L

4500

-P-D

--

--

--

--

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

0.08

0 0.

0971

33.

Che

mic

al O

xyge

n D

eman

d m

g/L

5220

. D

--

--

--

--

18

20

20

16

18

34.

Oil

& G

reas

e m

g/L

5520

. B

--

--

--

--

<1

<1

<1

<1

<1

35.

Sod

ium

as

Na

mg/

L 35

00-N

a.B

--

--

--

--

85

89

35

44

42

36.

Pot

assi

um a

s K

m

g/L

3500

-K.B

--

--

--

--

9.

3 5.

2 3.

3 2.

9 3.

7

37.

Car

bona

tes

as C

O3

mg/

L 23

20. B

--

--

--

--

N

IL

NIL

N

IL

NIL

N

IL

38.

Bi-c

arbo

nate

s as

HC

O3

mg/

L 23

20. B

--

--

--

--

14

0 19

7 18

1 14

0 14

0

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

49

Sl.

No.

P

aram

eter

s U

nit

Tes

t Met

hod

Tol

eran

ce

Lim

its IS

: 22

96 -

19

82

CP

CB

Wat

er Q

ualit

y C

riter

ia

RE

SU

LT

SW

- 1

S

W -

2

SW

- 3

S

W -

4

SW

- 5

Cla

ss C

C

lass

A

Cla

ss B

C

lass

C

39.

Pol

yaro

mat

ic

Hyd

roca

rbon

s (P

AH

’s):

A

cena

phth

ene,

A

cena

phth

ylen

e,

Ant

hrac

ene,

B(a

)A, B

(a)P

, B

(b)F

, B(k

)F, P

yren

e,

Dib

enz(

a,h)

ant

hrac

ene,

F

luor

anth

ene,

Flu

oren

e,

Inde

no(1

,2,3

-(d)

Pyr

ene,

N

apht

hale

ne, h

enan

thre

ne,

Pyr

ene,

Met

hyl

Nap

htha

lene

µg/

L 64

40.C

--

--

N

D

ND

N

D

ND

N

D

NT

U –

Nep

helo

met

ric T

urbi

dity

Uni

t; T

ON

– T

hres

hold

Odo

ur N

umbe

r; B

DL

– B

elow

Det

ectio

n Li

mit,

Det

ectio

n Li

mit

– B

oron

– 0

.05

mg/

L; N

itrite

s –

0.02

mg/

L; A

mm

onic

al N

itrog

en –

5 m

g/L;

Pho

spha

tes

– 0.

02 m

g/L;

Bio

che

mic

al O

xyge

n D

eman

d as

BO

D –

3 m

g/L;

Ars

enic

–0.

02 m

g/L;

Lea

d –

0.04

m

g/L;

Cad

miu

m –

0.0

1 m

g/L;

Chr

omiu

m –

0.0

2 m

g/L;

Nic

kel

– 0.

02 m

g/L;

Zin

c as

Zn

– 0.

01 m

g/L;

; M

ercu

ry a

s H

g-0.

02 m

g/L

, N

D-N

ot D

etec

ted;

P

estic

ides

Det

ectio

n Li

mit

– 0.

1 pp

m

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

50

Tab

les

3.3.

5.4.

Phy

sico

-Che

mic

al a

nd B

acte

riolo

gica

l Cha

ract

eris

tics

of G

roun

d W

ater

at S

elec

ted

Loca

tio

ns in

the

Stu

dy A

rea

Sl.

No.

P

aram

eter

s U

nit

Tes

t Met

hod

IS: 1

0500

D

esira

ble

Lim

its

IS: 1

0500

P

erm

issi

ble

Lim

its

RE

SU

LT

B -

2

B -

3

B -

4

B -

5

B -

9

1.

pH

- 45

00-H

+B

6.

5 to

8.5

N

o re

laxa

tion

6.9

6.9

6.8

6.6

6.9

2.

Tem

pera

ture

ºC

25

50. B

--

--

25

.1

25.1

25

.1

25.1

25

.1

3.

Tur

bidi

ty

NT

U

2130

. B

1 5

0.08

0.

08

0.12

2.

4 0.

26

4.

Ele

ctric

al C

ondu

ctiv

ity

µm

hos/

cm

2510

-B

- -

1110

12

30

1420

44

9 84

2

5.

Col

our

Pt-

co-

2120

. B

5 15

<

5 <

5 <

5 10

<

5

6.

Tot

al H

ardn

ess

as C

aCO

3 m

g/L

2340

. C

200

600

558

616

563

539

380

7.

Chl

orid

es a

s C

l- m

g/L

4500

-Cl- .B

25

0 10

00

290

326

471

164

104

8.

Flu

orid

e as

F-

mg/

L 45

00-F

- .C

1.0

1.5

1.65

0.

919

0.96

5 0.

583

0.93

9

9.

TD

S a

t 180

o C

m

g/L

2540

.C

500

2000

12

06

1510

13

04

880

542

10.

Cal

cium

as

Ca

mg/

L 35

00-C

a.B

75

20

0 89

82

13

8 14

8 83

11.

Mag

nesi

um a

s M

g m

g/L

3500

-Mg.

B

30

100

22

20

33

36

20

12.

Sul

phat

es a

s S

O42-

m

g/L

4500

-SO

42- .E

20

0 40

0 10

6 93

14

3 19

4 75

13.

Nitr

ates

as

NO

3 m

g/L

4500

-NO

3- .B

45

No

rela

xatio

n 61

.98

62.7

79

.8

2.38

5.

29

14.

Nitr

ites

as N

O2

mg/

L 45

00-N

O2- .B

--

--

0.

11

0.45

0.

25

0.04

0.

41

15.

Phe

nolic

com

pds.

as

C6H

5OH

m

g/L

5530

-D

0.00

1 0.

002

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

16.

Mer

cury

as

Hg

mg/

L 35

00-H

g.B

0.

001

No

rela

xatio

n B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

17.

Cya

nide

as

CN

- m

g/L

4500

-CN

- .F

0.05

N

o re

laxa

tion

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

18.

Tot

al A

lkal

inity

as

CaC

O3

mg/

L 23

20. B

20

0 60

0 52

3 61

1 54

9 32

1 27

5

19.

Bor

on a

s B

m

g/L

3120

-B

0.5

1.0

0.10

0.

08

0.14

0.

02

0.01

20.

Hex

aval

ent C

hrom

ium

as

Cr+

6 m

g/L

3500

-Cr+

6 .B

- -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

21.

Iron

as

Fe

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

3 N

o re

laxa

tion

0.07

9 1.

53

0.08

0.

78

3.51

22.

Cop

per

as C

u m

g/L

3120

-B

0.05

1.

5 B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

23.

Man

gane

se a

s M

n m

g/L

3120

-B

0.1

0.3

BD

L 0.

01

0.01

0.

13

0.10

24.

Cad

miu

m a

s C

d m

g/L

3120

-B

0.00

3 N

o re

laxa

tion

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

25.

Sel

eniu

m a

s S

e m

g/L

3120

-B

0.01

N

o re

laxa

tion

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

26.

Ars

enic

as

As

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

01

0.05

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

51

Sl.

No.

P

aram

eter

s U

nit

Tes

t Met

hod

IS: 1

0500

D

esira

ble

Lim

its

IS: 1

0500

P

erm

issi

ble

Lim

its

RE

SU

LT

B -

2

B -

3

B -

4

B -

5

B -

9

27.

Lead

as

Pb

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

01

No

rela

xatio

n B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

28.

Cob

alt a

s C

o m

g/L

3120

-B

- -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

29.

Lith

ium

as

Li

mg/

L 31

20. B

-

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

30.

Ant

imon

y as

Sb

mg/

L 31

20. B

-

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

31.

Van

adiu

m a

s V

m

g/L

3120

. B

- -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

32.

Sili

ca a

s S

iO2

mg/

L 31

20. B

-

- 7.

24

6.17

4.

72

6.37

7.

41

33.

Zin

c as

Zn

mg/

L 31

20-B

5

15

BD

L 0.

25

0.26

0.

13

0.02

34.

Alu

min

ium

as

Al

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

03

0.2

BD

L B

DL

BD

L 0.

80

BD

L

35.

Bar

ium

as

Ba

mg/

L 31

20. B

0.

7 N

o re

laxa

tion

0.22

0.

03

8.06

0.

02

0.04

4

36.

Chr

omiu

m a

s C

r m

g/L

3120

-B

0.05

N

o re

laxa

tion

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

37.

Silv

er a

s A

g m

g/L

3120

. B

0.1

No

rela

xatio

n B

DL

0.40

B

DL

BD

L 0.

84

38.

Mol

ybde

num

as

Mo

mg/

L 31

20. B

0.

07

No

rela

xatio

n B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

39.

Nic

kel a

s N

i m

g/L

3120

-B

0.02

N

o re

laxa

tion

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

40.

Tot

al C

olifo

rm

MP

N/1

00 m

l 92

21A

& B

--

--

<

1.8

<1.

8 <

1.8

<1.

8 <

1.8

41.

Fec

al C

olifo

rm

MP

N/1

00 m

l 92

21 E

--

--

<

1.8

<1.

8 <

1.8

<1.

8 <

1.8

42.

E. C

oli

Pre

senc

e/ A

bsen

ce

9221

F

--

--

<1.

8 <

1.8

<1.

8 <

1.8

<1.

8

43.

Odo

ur

TO

N

2150

. B

Agr

eeab

le

Agr

eeab

le

No

odou

r N

o od

our

No

odou

r N

o od

our

No

odou

r

44.

Tas

te

FT

N

2160

. B

Agr

eeab

le

Agr

eeab

le

No

flavo

ur

No

flavo

ur

No

flavo

ur

No

flavo

ur

No

flavo

ur

45.

Bio

CO

D fo

r 3

days

at 2

7o C

mg/

L IS

: 302

5 -

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

46.

Res

idua

l fre

e ch

lorin

e m

g/L

4500

-Cl- .B

0.

2 1

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

47.

TS

S a

t 105

o C

m

g/L

2540

. D

1500

-

6 8

8 10

9

48.

Ort

hoph

osph

ates

m

g/L

4500

-P-D

--

--

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

49.

Ani

onic

Det

erge

nts

mg/

L IS

:134

28

0.2

1.0

<0.

2 <

0.2

<0.

2 <

0.2

<0.

2

50.

Min

eral

Oil

mg/

L IS

:302

5 (p

art3

9)

0.5

No

rela

xatio

n A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t

51.

Fre

e A

mm

onia

m

g/L

4500

-NH

3 -D

-

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

52.

Che

mic

al O

xyge

n D

eman

d m

g/L

5220

. D

--

--

8 7

8 10

8

53.

Oil

& G

reas

e m

g/L

5520

. B

--

- <

1 <

1 <

1 <

1 <

1

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

52

Sl.

No.

P

aram

eter

s U

nit

Tes

t Met

hod

IS: 1

0500

D

esira

ble

Lim

its

IS: 1

0500

P

erm

issi

ble

Lim

its

RE

SU

LT

B -

2

B -

3

B -

4

B -

5

B -

9

54.

Sod

ium

as

Na

mg/

L 35

00-N

a.B

--

--

29

0 53

3 83

10

9 67

55.

Pot

assi

um a

s K

m

g/L

3500

-K.B

--

--

3.

9 1.

5 2.

5 6.

3 2.

7

56.

Car

bona

tes

as C

O3

mg/

L 23

20. B

--

--

N

IL

NIL

N

IL

NIL

N

IL

57.

Bi-c

arbo

nate

s as

HC

O3

mg/

L 23

20. B

--

--

52

3 61

1 54

9 32

1 27

5

58.

Tot

al P

hosp

hate

s m

g/L

4500

-P-D

-

- 0.

02

0.03

0.

2 0.

03

0.02

59.

Sod

ium

Abs

orpt

ion

Rat

io

- B

y ca

lcul

atio

n -

- 7.

1 13

.7

1.65

2.

09

1.71

60.

Res

idua

l Sod

ium

Chl

orin

e m

g/L

--

2.32

4.

27

-0.6

0 -5

.08

-1.2

8

61.

Sul

fide

as S

2-

mg/

L 45

00. S

2 - G

-

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

62.

Pol

ychl

orin

ated

bip

hen

yl

(PC

B)

mg/

L IS

: 134

28

0.00

05

No

rela

xatio

n N

D

ND

N

D

ND

N

D

63.

Pol

ynuc

lear

aro

mat

ic

hydr

ocar

bons

(P

AH

) m

g/L

AP

HA

: 64

40

0.00

01

No

rela

xatio

n N

D

ND

N

D

ND

N

D

64.

Tot

al T

rihal

omet

hane

s

(i)

Bro

mof

orm

m

g/L

AP

HA

. 623

2 0.

1 N

o re

laxa

tion

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(ii)

D

ibro

moc

hlor

omet

hane

m

g/L

AP

HA

. 623

2 0.

1 N

o re

laxa

tion

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(iii)

B

rom

odic

hlor

omet

hane

m

g/L

AP

HA

. 623

2 0.

06

No

rela

xatio

n B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

(iv)

C

hlor

ofor

m

mg/

L A

PH

A. 6

232

0.2

No

rela

xatio

n B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

65.

Pes

ticid

es :

(i)

Ala

chlo

r µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

25.2

20

-

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(ii)

A

traz

ine

µg/

L U

SE

PA

. 525

.2

2 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(iii)

A

ldrin

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

08

0.03

-

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(iv)

D

ield

rin

µg/

L U

SE

PA

. 508

0.

03

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

(v)

Alp

ha H

CH

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

08

0.01

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(vi)

B

eta

HC

H

µg/

L U

SE

PA

. 508

0.

04

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

(vii

) B

utac

hlor

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

25.2

12

5 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(vii

i) C

hlop

yrifo

s µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

25.2

30

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(ix)

D

elta

HC

H

µg/

L U

SE

PA

. 508

0.

04

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

(x)

2,4-

Dic

hlor

ophe

noxy

acet

ic

acid

µ

g/L

US

EP

A 5

15.1

30

-

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

53

Sl.

No.

P

aram

eter

s U

nit

Tes

t Met

hod

IS: 1

0500

D

esira

ble

Lim

its

IS: 1

0500

P

erm

issi

ble

Lim

its

RE

SU

LT

B -

2

B -

3

B -

4

B -

5

B -

9

(xi)

o.

p-D

DE

, o.p

-DD

D, p

.p-D

DE

, o.

p-D

DT

, p.p

-DD

D, p

.p-D

DT

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

08

1 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(xii)

A

lpha

End

osul

fan,

Bet

a

End

osul

fan,

and

E

ndos

ulfa

n,

Sul

fate

) µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

08

0.4

B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

(xiii

) E

thio

n µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

08

3 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(xiv

) G

amm

a H

CH

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

08

2 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(xv)

Is

opro

turo

n µ

g/L

US

EP

A..

532

9 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(xvi

) M

alat

hion

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

25.2

19

0 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(xvi

i) M

eth

yl P

arat

hion

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

25.2

0.

3 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

(xvi

ii)M

onoc

roto

phos

µ

g/L

US

EP

A. 5

25.2

1

- B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

(xix

) P

hora

te

µg/

L U

SE

PA

. 525

.2

2 -

BD

L B

DL

BD

L B

DL

BD

L

Not

e: R

esid

ualS

odiu

m c

arbo

nate

: <1.

25 M

el—

Sui

tabl

e, 1

.25

– 2.

50 m

eL-M

argi

nal c

lass

, >2.

50 m

eL-

Uns

uita

ble.

NT

U –

Nep

helo

met

ric T

urbi

dity

Uni

t; T

ON

– T

hres

hold

Odo

ur N

umbe

r; F

TN

– F

lavo

r T

hres

hold

Num

ber;

BD

L –

Bel

ow D

etec

tion

Lim

it, D

etec

tion

Lim

it –

Res

idua

l fre

e ch

lorin

e –

1 m

g/L;

Nitr

ites

– 0.

02 m

g/L;

Ort

hoph

osph

ates

– 0

.05

mg/

L; P

heno

ls –

0.1

mg/

L; M

ercu

ry a

s H

g –

0.02

mg/

L; C

yani

de –

0.0

5 m

g/L

; B

io c

hem

ical

Oxy

gen

Dem

and

as B

OD

– 3

mg/

L; F

ree

Am

mon

ia –

0.

03m

g/L;

Sul

fide

as S

2-0.

05 m

g/L;

Bar

ium

as

Ba

– 0.

01 m

g/L;

Bor

on –

0.0

1 m

g/L;

Zin

c as

Zn

– 0.

01 m

g/L;

Hex

. C

hrom

ium

– 0

.05

mg/

L; C

oppe

r –

0.02

mg/

L; M

anga

nese

– 0

.01

mg/

L; C

adm

ium

–

0.01

mg/

L;S

elen

ium

– 0

.04

mg/

L; M

olyb

denu

m a

s M

o –

0.02

mg/

L; S

ilver

as

Ag

– 0.

01 m

g/L

; A

rsen

ic –

0.02

mg/

L; L

ead

– 0.

04 m

g/L;

A

lum

inum

– 0

.04

mg/

L; C

hrom

ium

– 0

.02

mg/

L; N

icke

l – 0

.02

mg/

L; L

ithiu

m a

s Li

-0.

02 m

g/L;

Ant

imon

y as

Sb

-0.0

4 m

g/L;

Van

adiu

m a

s V

-0.0

1 m

g/L.

ND

-Not

Det

ecte

d D

etec

tion

Lim

it:

Pes

ticid

es –

0.00

002

mg/

L; T

otal

Trih

alom

etha

nes

– 0.

01 m

g/L;

PC

B –

0.0

0002

mg/

L; P

AH

– 0.

0000

2 m

g/L.

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

54

Tab

les

3.3.

5.5.

E

fflue

nts

Qua

lity

(As

per

part

- A

of

gen

eral

sta

ndar

ds fo

r di

scha

rge

of e

nviro

nmen

tal

pol

luta

nts

Par

t –A

: effl

uent

s (G

SR

801

) (E

))

Sl.

No.

T

est P

aram

eter

(s)

Uni

t T

est M

etho

d

Sta

ndar

ds

Par

t –A

: effl

uent

s (G

SR

801

) (E

) R

esul

t

GW

- 6

In

land

sur

face

wat

er (

a)

Pub

lic

sew

ers

(b)

Land

for

irrig

atio

n (c

) 1.

C

olou

r P

t-co

-Sca

le

2120

. B

* --

*

<5

2.

Odo

ur

TO

N

2150

. B

* --

*

No

Odo

ur

3.

Tot

al S

uspe

nded

Sol

ids

mg/

L 25

40. D

10

0 60

0 20

0 10

4.

Par

ticle

siz

e of

Sus

pend

ed S

olid

s m

g/L

S

hall

pass

850

Mic

ron

IS s

ieve

--

--

P

ass

5.

pH

--

4500

-H+B

5.

5 to

9.0

5.

5 to

9.0

5.

5 to

9.0

7.

1 6.

T

empe

ratu

re

°C

2550

. B

Sha

ll be

<5˚

C a

bove

the

rece

ivin

g w

ater

tem

pera

ture

--

--

24

.9

7.

Oil

& G

reas

e m

g/L

5520

. B

10

20

10

<1

8.

Am

mon

ical

Nitr

ogen

m

g/L

4500

-NH

3 -C

50

50

--

B

DL

9.

BO

D fo

r 3

days

at 2

7°C

m

g/L

IS:3

025

30

350

100

BD

L

10.

Che

mic

al O

xyge

n D

eman

d m

g/L

5220

. D

250

--

--

10

11.

Ars

enic

as

As

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

2 0.

2 0.

2 B

DL

12.

Mer

cury

as

Hg

µg/

L 35

00-H

g.B

0.

01

0.01

--

B

DL

13.

Lead

as

Pb

mg/

L 31

20-B

0.

1 1.

0 --

B

DL

14.

Cad

miu

m a

s C

d m

g/L

3120

-B

2.0

1.0

--

BD

L

15.

Tot

al C

hrom

ium

as

Cr

mg/

L 31

20-B

2.

0 2.

0 --

B

DL

16.

Zin

c as

Zn

mg/

L 31

20-B

5.

0 15

--

B

DL

17.

Nic

kel a

s N

i m

g/L

3120

-B

3.0

3.0

--

BD

L

18.

Flu

orid

e as

F-

mg/

L 45

00-

F- .C

2.

0 15

--

0.

57

19.

Iron

as

Fe

mg/

L 31

20-B

3

3 --

0.

11



3.3.5.1 Summary of Surface Water Quality

The surface water samples analysis results are compared with IS: 2296-1982, Tolerance limits. The analytical results of all the surface water samples along with Tolerance limits for various parameters as per IS 2296-1982 standards are shown in the Table No. 3.3.5.3. As the standard (IS2296-1982) has been withdrawn by IS, the surface water quality is also compared with CPCB water quality criteria. Though IS 2296-1982 has been withdrawn, the analysed data has been compared with this standard, to have better understanding about the nature of surface water bodies in the study area, as CPCB water quality criteria, prescribes only few parameters.

Comparison with IS: 2296-1982, Tolerance limits.

pH values were found to be in the range between 7.2 to 7.9. The least pH value of 7.2 was found at Tank near Kashimpalli Village (SW-1). Colour, TSS, Chloride concentrations were well within the tolerance limits.

Total coli forms and fecal coli forms were present in all the surface water samples collected in the study area. E. coli was present in all the surface water samples collected within the study area and it is <1.8 MPN/100 mL for the samples collected at SW-4 and SW-5. The presence of coli forms indicates that the contamination might be due to the runoff water with bacteria in soil or sewage. Faecal coli forms and E. Coli presence might be due to animal droppings or human fecal contamination.

Comparison with CPCB water quality criteria

In accordance with CPCB water quality criteria, parameters studied were pH, DO, BOD and total coli forms. It may be observed that all the surface water samples have DO values ranging from 6.1 mg/L to 7.6 mg/L and BOD was found to be Below Detection Limit (BDL) for the sample collected at SW - 4 and it is above 3 mg/L at SW - 1, SW - 2, SW - 3 and SW - 5, fell under the CPCB water quality criteria below Class - E.

The surface water sample collected at SW - 4 fell under the CPCB water quality criteria Class - A (Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection), as total coli forms are less than 50 MPN/mL.

From the analytical results it can be observed that the surface water samples collected from all the locations require suitable treatment to make them potable.

3.3.5.2 Summary of Ground Water Quality

The groundwater samples analysis results were compared with IS:10500 Acceptable and Permissible limits, which are stipulated for water to be fit for drinking purpose with ground water as source. The results along with the Acceptable and Permissible limits of various parameters as per the IS: 10500, 2012 standards are shown in the Table No. 3.3.5.4.

pH values were in the range between 6.6 to 6.9 in the groundwater samples collected within the study area. The turbidity values were well within the permissible limits. The total alkalinity concentration for the samples collected at all the locations was below the permissible limit of 600 mg/L, except for the sample collected at B - 3 (611 mg/L).

TDS concentration was observed to be above the acceptable limit of 500 mg/L and within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L for all the locations. Total hardness concentration was observed to be within the permissible limit of 600 mg/L for all the locations, except for the sample collected at B- 3 (616 mg/L). Calcium concentration at all the locations was within the permissible limit of 200 mg/L. Magnesium concentration at all the locations was below the permissible limit of 100 mg/L.

Nitrates concentration in all the groundwater samples observed to be below the permissible limit of 45 mg/L, except for the samples collected at B - 4 (80 mg/L), B - 3 (64 mg/L) and B - 2 (62 mg/L). Sulphates concentration in all the groundwater samples observed to be below the permissible limit of 400 mg/L. Fluoride concentration in all the groundwater samples observed to be well within the permissible limit of 1.5 mg/L, except for the sample collected at B - 2 (1.65 mg/L). Cyanide, Anionic detergents, Hexavalent



Chromium, Boron, and Mineral Oil were below their detectable limits.

The concentrations of heavy metal Iron (as Fe), is above the permissible limit of 0.3 mg/L for samples collected at B - 9 (3.5 mg/L), B - 5 (0.78 mg/L) and B - 3 (1.5 mg/L). Concentrations of Aluminium (as Al) are below the detection limit for all the samples except for B - 5 (0.8 mg/L). Barium concentration in all the groundwater samples observed to be well within the permissible limit of 0.7 mg/L, except for the sample collected at B - 4 (8.1 mg/L). The concentrations of Silver (as Ag) are within the permissible limit of 0.1 mg/L for all the samples except for B - 9 (0.8 mg/L) and B - 3 (0.4 mg/L).

The concentrations of Cadmium (Cd), Manganese (as Mn), Copper (Cu), Lead (Pb), Zinc (as Zn), Selenium (as Se), Arsenic (as As), Chromium (Cr) and Nickel (Ni) were either below the detection limits or below the permissible limits.

Groundwater quality at Veshalapalli Village (B - 2)

Groundwater results indicate that fluoride concentration has exceeded the permissible limit, whenever these concentration exceed the permissible limit, the RO membrane Technology based on de fluoridation plants developed by Indian Institute of Chemical Technology (IICT), Hyderabad (CSIR Laboratory) may be used.

Groundwater results indicate that Nitrates concentration has exceeded the permissible limits. Whenever these concentrations exceed the permissible limits, by deploying reverse Osmosis, Electro Dialysis Distillation, Ion-Exchange procedures and Solar Still, they may be removed.

Groundwater quality at Kashimpalli Village (B - 3)

Groundwater results indicate that, total hardness, Nitrates, total alkalinity and Iron concentration has exceeded the permissible limits. Whenever these concentrations exceed the permissible limits, by deploying reverse Osmosis, Electro Dialysis Distillation, Ion-Exchange procedures and Solar Still, they may be removed.

Groundwater quality at Jangedu Village (B - 4)

Groundwater results indicate that Nitrates and Barium concentration has exceeded the permissible limits. Whenever these concentrations exceed the permissible limits, by deploying reverse Osmosis, Electro Dialysis Distillation, Ion-Exchange procedures and Solar Still, they may be removed.

Groundwater quality at Peddalonipalli Village (B - 5)

Groundwater results indicate that Iron and Aluminium concentration has exceeded the permissible limits. Whenever these concentrations exceed the permissible limits, by deploying reverse Osmosis, Electro Dialysis Distillation, Ion-Exchange procedures and Solar Still, they may be removed.

Groundwater quality at Gaddiganipalli (B - 9)

Groundwater results indicate that Iron concentration has exceeded the permissible limits. Whenever these concentrations exceed the permissible limits, by deploying reverse Osmosis, Electro Dialysis Distillation, Ion-Exchange procedures and Solar Still, they may be removed.

The graphical presentation for some parameters, exceeding the permissible limits is shown in Figure Nos. 3.3.5.1 & 3.3.5.2.



Figure No. 3.3.5.1 Graphical presentation of Nitrat es Concentrations

Figure No. 3.3.5.2 Graphical presentation of Iron C oncentrations

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

B - 2(Veshalpalli)

B - 3(Kashimpalli)

B - 4(Jangedu)

Nitr

ates

mg/

L

Ground Water Sample Locations

Nitrates Permissible limits

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

B - 3Kashimpalli

B - 5(Peddalonipalli)

B - 9(Gaddiganipalli)

Iron

mg/

L

Ground Water Sample Locations

Iron Permissible limits



3.3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

A detailed survey on noise environment was carried in and around the mine site to study the hourly equivalent noise levels as per IS: 4594-1968. This study was necessary as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment, including structures, domestic animals and natural ecological systems. Spot noise levels were measured for 24 hours on hourly basis by using a High Precision Sound Level Meter at six locations within the study area. Average Leq values have been recorded at each location for every hour both during day and night time. Noise monitoring locations are presented in Table No. 3.3.6.1.

The summary of noise level is given in Table No. 3.3.6.2 and the same was graphically represented as Figure No. 3.3.6.1 . From the data generated, it is observed that noise levels in terms of Leq (day) and Leq (night) are well within the standards stipulated at all the locations.

Table No.3.3.6.1 : Noise quality monitoring locations

Sl. No.

Name of the station with code Category Latitude Longitude

1 KTK OC Sector - 1(C1) Industrial N 18°26'57.2" E 79° 51' 51.1"

2 Kashimpalli Village (B3) Residentia N 18°27'27.3" E 79° 49' 45.9"

3 Jangedu Village (B4) Residentia N 18°26'44.4" E 79° 50' 29.3"

4 Peddalonipalli Village (B5) Residentia N 18°27'53.0" E 79° 50' 10.4"

5 Bhoopalpalli (Krishna Colony) (B6) Residentia N 18°26'00.9" E 79° 52' 34.0"

6 Mallampalli Village (B7) Residentia N 18°27'49.3" E 79° 53' 48.6"

Table 3.3.6.2. Summary of Noise level data

Sl. No.

Name of the station with code

Limits in dB(A)

Day time noise levels

in dB(A)

Night time noise levels

in dB(A) Day time

Night time Day Leq Night Leq

1 KTK OC Sector - 1(C1) 75 70 68.8 51.2

2 Kashimpalli Village (B3) 55 45 48.4 36.7

3 Jangedu Village (B4) 55 45 51.6 39.1

4 Peddalonipalli Village (B5) 55 45 50.5 38.3

5 Bhoopalpalli (Krishna Colony) (B6) 55 45 51.4 43.8

6 Mallampalli Village (B7) 55 45 41.8 36.2

Final Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kakat

3.3.7 LAND USE / LAND

3.3.7.1 Scope of the Study

The scope of the study involves preparation of the report on land use land cover details of the Core Zone (Mine Lease Area) and the Buffer Zone (10 km radius from the Mine lease area boundary) using latest possible satellite imageries.topography and the drainage pattern.

3.3.7.2 Location of the Project

The mine is covered in Bhupalpalle Village of Bhupalpalle Mandal, Warangal district. The location of the Mining lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet the geographical co-ordinates of the lease area as follows:

Nort West Corner

South East Co

The 10km buffer Zone of the KAKATIYAN/11, 56 N/14 and 56 N/15 SOI Toposheets. The buffer zone is covered inGhanapur, Regonda and Venkatapur mandals of Warangal District, Kataram, Malharrao and Mutharam Mandals ofshown in Figure No. 3.3.7.2.1

3.3.7.3 Tools and Resources

In order to meet the projectdata for the study area from

For 10 km Buffer Zone:

In order to meet the project requirements, TECDATUM has acquired the following satellite data for the study area from National Remote Sensing Centre, Hyderabad.

Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kakatiya Khani Opencast

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited59

LAND COVER PATTERN.

Study

The scope of the study involves preparation of the report on land use land cover details of the Core Zone (Mine Lease Area) and the Buffer Zone (10 km radius from the Mine lease area boundary) using latest possible satellite imageries. The scope includes studying the topography and the drainage pattern.

Project

The mine is covered in Bhupalpalle Village of Bhupalpalle Mandal, Warangal district. The location of the Mining lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet

ordinates of the lease area as follows:

Nort West Corner : Latitude - 180 21' 0.08” N

Longitude - 790 52' 27.74" E

Corner : Latitude - 180 23' 36.55" N

Longitude - 790 55' 45.56"E

Zone of the KAKATIYA KHANI OPENCAST - 2 is falling in 56 N/10, 56 56 N/14 and 56 N/15 SOI Toposheets. The buffer zone is covered in

Ghanapur, Regonda and Venkatapur mandals of Warangal District, Kataram, Malharrao and Mutharam Mandals of Karimnagar District. Location plan of the proposed project

3.3.7.2.1.

Resources

project requirements, Tecdatum has acquired thefrom National Remote Sensing Centre, Hyderabad.


hani Opencast - 2 Project


The scope of the study involves preparation of the report on land use land cover details of the Core Zone (Mine Lease Area) and the Buffer Zone (10 km radius from the Mine lease

The scope includes studying the

The mine is covered in Bhupalpalle Village of Bhupalpalle Mandal, Warangal district. The location of the Mining lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet No, 56N/15 and

2 is falling in 56 N/10, 56 56 N/14 and 56 N/15 SOI Toposheets. The buffer zone is covered in Bhupalpalle,

Ghanapur, Regonda and Venkatapur mandals of Warangal District, Kataram, Malharrao plan of the proposed project is

the following satellite Hyderabad.




Kharif Season

Satellite : IRS Resource sat 2

Sensor : Liss IV FX Path : 101 Row : 059 Spatial Resolution : 5.8 m Date of pass : 29th October-2014

Rabi Season

Satellite : IRS Resource sat 2 Sensor : Liss IV FX Path : 101 Row : 059 Spatial Resolution : 5.8 m Date of pass : 22nd March 2015

The IRS Resource sat 2 Satellite Liss IV data of the buffer zone in Kharif and Rabi seasons are shown in the Figure No. 3.3.7.3.1 and 3.3.7.3.2 respectively.

For Core zone:

Multispectral Data:

Satellite : IRS Resource sat 2 Sensor : Liss IV Path : 101 Row : 059 Spatial Resolution : 5.8 m Date of pass : 22nd March 2015

The IRS R2 Satellite Liss IV data of the Core zone is shown in the Figure No. 3.3.7.3.3. High Resolution Panchromatic Data:

Satellite : IRS Cartosat Sensor : PAN A Path : 0551 Row : 0311 Spatial Resolution : 2.5 m Date of pass : 26th May 2015

The IRS Resource sat 2 imageries have been merged with the Cartosat Pan A imageries for the core zone. The IRS Cartosat Pan A data of the core zone is shown in Figure No. 3.3.7.3.4 and the merged data of IRS R2 Liss IV data and IRS Cartosat Pan A data is shown in Figure No. 3.3.7.3.5.

3.3.7.4 Limitations:

The limitations of Remote Sensing, Image Processing, Geographical Information Systems, cartography and GPS are applicable in this study.

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

61

Fig

ure

No.

3.3

.7.2

.1 L

ocat

ion

Map

of C

ore

and

Buf

fer

Zon

e

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

62

Fig

ure

No.

3.3

.7.3

.1: I

RS

Res

ourc

esat

2 L

iss

IV (

Kha

rif S

easo

n) d

ata

of b

uffe

r zo

ne (

10km

buf

fer)

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

63

Fig

ure

No.

3.3

.7.3

.2: I

RS

Res

ourc

esat

2 L

iss

IV (

Rab

i Sea

son)

dat

a of

buf

fer

zone

(10

km

buf

fer)

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

64

Fig

ure

No.

3.3

.7.3

.3: I

RS

Res

ourc

e sa

t 2 L

iss-

IV (

Rab

i Sea

son)

dat

a of

cor

e zo

ne

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

65

Fig

3.3

.7.3

.4.

IRS

PV

Car

tosa

t Pan

A d

ata

of c

ore

zone

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

66

Fig

3.3

.7.3

.5. I

RS

PV

Car

tosa

t Pan

A a

nd IR

S R

esou

rces

at 2

Lis

s IV

mer

ged

data

of c

ore

zone



3.3.7.5 METHODOLOGY

Pre processing of data

The Digital Image Processing has been performed using ERDAS Imagine software tools.

The IRS Resourcesat2 Liss IV Multispectral image has been geometrically corrected with respect to the Survey of India Toposheets. To carry out the geo-referencing, ground control points (GCPs) were identified on the maps and raw satellite data. The coefficients for two co-ordinate transformation equations were computed based on polynomial regression between GCPs on map and satellite data. Alternate GCPs were generated till the Root Mean Square (RMS) error was less than 0.5 pixels and then both the images were co-registered.

This IRS Resourcesat2 Liss IV Multispectral satellite data has used for the Land Use Land Cover Analysis of Core and Buffer Zone. The satellite imageries were analyzed digitally by the method of supervised classification with necessary Ground truthing using the reference map as well as GPS instrument.

IRS Cartosat Pan F data (of Core Zone) is geo-referenced data supplied by NRSC, Hyderabad. This For better spatial resolution of multi-spectral, the satellite datasets - IRS Resourcesat2 Liss IV and IRS Cartosat Pan F have been merged for Core Zone to achieve better spatial resolution.

The hybrid method of Digital Interpretation and visual interpretation has been used to classify the Core Zone to achieve accuracy levels.

The coordinates of the boundary were collected using the hand held GPS for geo-referencing the boundary, during Ground truthing phase.

3.3.7.6 Land use / Land cover Classification for bu ffer zone

Digital image processing was carried out to delineate various land use/ land cover categories in 10 km buffer Zone viz. built up area, crop lands, forests, scrubs, land with or without scrub, water bodies by assigning necessary training sets, which were identified based on tone, texture, size, shape pattern and location information. Necessary care has been taken to identify proper land use class, where there is conflict between signatures of various classes. The interpreted map was verified on ground at limited points and final land use / land cover map was prepared.

3.3.7.7 Various Land Use Classes considered

The buffer zone can be broadly classified into forest areas, built-up areas, agriculture areas and other land with or without Scrub. The definitions of various land use classes are given below. Forest Blank and Forest Plantation are additional classes shown in the classification compared to the classes followed by Forest Survey of India (FSI).

FOREST AREA

All the areas declared as reserve forest areas are shown in this class. The forests can be classified based on density into following classes:

Moderate Dense Forest : Forests with canopy coverage between 40%-70%

Open Forest: Forests with tree canopy coverage between 10%-40%

Degraded Forest: Forests with tree canopy coverage between 1%- 10%.

Forest Blanks: Forests with tree canopy coverage less than 1%. Forest encroachments and illegal agriculture also will be shown in this class.

Plantations: The plantations raised with in the reserve forest boundaries are shown in these classes.



AGRICULTURE AREA

Single Crop Land: The areas where farmers practice cultivation for single season (Kharif) in a year.

Double Crop Land: The areas where farmers practice cultivation for two seasons (Kharif & Rabi) in a year.

Fallow Land: The areas not cultivated in current year/ years.

Plantations: The private areas with horticulture/other plantations.

WASTE LANDS

Areas with/ without Scrub: Generally waste lands-non agriculture and non forest areas covered with or without scrubs.

Barren lands: Land without any usage and without scrubs and sometimes they are rocky exposed areas.

Built-up Area: The habitations are like villages/ colonies/ Industries will be shown in this class.

Mining Areas: The areas, where the mining activity is being carried out/ has been done are shown in this class.

Water Bodies: The oceans, rivers, streams, lakes, tanks, reservoirs, canals etc will be identified in this class.

3.3.8 Land Use Land Cover Details of Buffer Zone

The satellite imagery of the study area around 10 Km from mine site (Core zone boundary) as captured by satellite is presented in Figure Nos. 3.3.7.3.1 & 3.3.7.3 .2 The Land use land cover in this study area is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.8.1 . Total 56.46 % of the buffer zone is covered in Reserve Forest area under various density categories and 30.45 % of the area is under cultivation. The various classes and their respective areas with percentage of coverage are given given in Table No. 3.3.8.1. Pie Chart showing Land Use / Land Cover details of buffer zone is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.8.2

Table 3.3.8.1 Land use Land Cover details of 10 km Buffer zone.

Land Use Land Cover Class Area of Sub Class Area of Class Area in

Ha % of

Usage Area in

Ha % of

Usage Agriculture 13179.05 30.45

Double crop 3536.76 8.17

Single crop 7793.33 18.01


Plantations 272.9 0.63

Forest Cover 24433.28 56.46

Open Forest 17491.88 40.42

Degraded Forest 4532.01 10.47

Forest Blank 1471.52 3.4

Forest Plantation 937.87 2.17

Waste Land 2801.45 6.47


Land with / without scrub 2215.35 5.12



Land Use Land Cover Class Area of Sub Class Area of Class Area in

Ha % of

Usage Area in

Ha % of

Usage Others 2863.89 6.62


Mining area 147.9 0.34

Mine Dump 132.98 0.31

Mine Dump with plantation 33.74 0.08

Ash Pond 60.24 0.14

Industrial Establishments 222.4 0.51

Surface Water 1019.26 2.36

Total Area 43277.67 100 43277.67 100

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

70

Fig

ure

No.

3.3

.8.1

: Lan

d U

se /

Land

Cov

er p

atte

rn m

ap o

f the

Buf

fer

Zon

e of

the

min

e



Figure No. 3.3.8.2 Pie Chart showing Land Use/ Land Cover details of Buffer zone

3.3.9 Land Use Land Cover Study of Core Zone

The Satellite data of the core zone of 664.94 Ha has been presented in Figure Nos. 3.3.7.3.3, 3.3.7.3.4 and 3.3.7.3.5 (IRS R2 Liss IV, Cartosat Pan A and Cartosat Pan A + IRS R2 Liss IV Merged data respectively). The IRS R2 Liss IV and Cartosat Pan merged data has been interpreted to delineate various land use classes in core zone.

The hybrid method of digital and visual interpretation procedures was followed for Core mine area on the merged data of Liss IV Multispectral and Cartosat Pan A Datasets for identifying various classes.

The classified data of the mine core zone is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.9.1. The extents of various Land Use / Land Cover classes pertaining to the study area are given in Table No. 3.3.9.1. The Pie Chart showing Land Use / Land Cover details of core zone is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.9.2

Table No. 3.3.9.1 Land Use/ Land Cover details of core zone

Land Use Land Cover Class

Area of Sub Class Area of Class

Area in Ha

% of Usage

Area in Ha

% of Usage

Agriculture 226.88 34.12

Crop Land 50.47 7.59


Plantation 95.09 14.3

Waste Land 57.37 8.62


Land with/ without scrub 30.21 4.54

Others 380.69 57.26


Mine pit 133.87 20.13

OB Dump 118.83 17.87

Coal Dump 2.99 0.45



Land Use Land Cover Class

Area of Sub Class Area of Class

Area in Ha

% of Usage

Area in Ha

% of Usage

Dump with plantation 57.36 8.63

Sand Dump 4.7 0.71

Roads 28.94 4.35

Water body 12.95 1.95 Total Area 664.94 100 664.94 100

Figure No. 3.3.9.2 - Pie Chart showing Land Use/ Land Cover details of core zone.

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

73

Fig

ure

No.

3.3

.9.1

Lan

d U

se /

Land

Cov

er p

atte

rn m

ap o

f the

Cor

e zo

ne.



BOUNDARY COORDINATES

The geographic coordinates of the boundary have been collected with Handheld GPS. The locations of the GCPs are shown below and shown in Figure No. 3.3.9.3.

Table showing the coordinates of the GCPs of the core zone

Point No. Longtitude Lattitude

1. 79° 50' 16.280" E 18° 27' 35.909" N

2. 79° 50' 45.593" E 18° 27' 49.617" N

3. 79° 50' 59.760" E 18° 27' 42.925" N

4. 79° 51' 08.738" E 18° 27' 58.595" N

5. 79° 51' 40.161" E 18° 28' 01.834" N

6. 79° 52' 11.032" E 18° 28' 07.034" N

7. 79° 52' 22.833" E 18° 27' 49.134" N

8. 79° 52' 17.705" E 18° 27' 42.730" N

9. 79° 52' 36.021" E 18° 27' 22.998" N

10. 79° 52' 24.003" E 18° 27' 11.900" N

11. 79° 52' 01.278" E 18° 26' 54.708" N

12. 79° 51' 52.721" E 18° 26' 50.700" N

13. 79° 52' 09.259" E 18° 26' 48.691" N

14. 79° 52' 25.398" E 18° 26' 51.167" N

15. 79° 51' 51.472" E 18° 26' 48.848" N

16. 79° 51' 34.832" E 18° 26' 43.694" N

17. 79° 51' 16.533" E 18° 26' 42.320" N

18. 79° 51' 09.254" E 18° 26' 50.448" N

19. 79° 50' 43.564" E 18° 27' 09.839" N

Figure No. 3.3.9.3. Map showing the mine boundary and the respective coordinates.



3.3.10 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

To assess impact of the mining on soil in and around project site and the effect on agricultural field, baseline soil quality of the area has been evaluated with respect to physical and chemical parameters. The physico-chemical properties of soil, which are important for plant growth and agricultural productivity i.e. texture, bulk density, moisture content, water holding capacity, pH, EC, Organic Carbon and Nutrients are analyzed for four soil samples in the study area. The soil sampling locations are furnished in Table Nos. 3.3.10.1.

Table No.3.3.10.1: Soil Quality Monitoring Stations

Sl. No.

Sampling Location with code Latitude Longitude Date of

Sampling 1 Kashimpalli Village (B-3) N 18°27'27.3" E 79° 49' 45.9" 29.01.2015

2 Jangedu Village (B-4) N 18°26'44.4" E 79° 50' 29.3" 29.01.2015

3 Peddalonipalli Village (B-5) N 18°27'53.0" E 79° 50' 10.4" 29.01.2015

4 Gaddiganipalli (B-9) N 18˚27’28.0” E 79˚50’53.6” 29.01.2015

3.3.10.1 Characteristics of Soil in the Study Area

Physical Properties of Soil

Air-dried and sieved samples were used for determination of physical properties of soil. Soil characteristics such as the texture of the soil vary from sandy clay loam, sandy clay and clay loam as shown in Table 3.3.10.1.1 .

The physical characteristics of soils viz., particle size distribution (sand, silt and clay), porosity and water holding capacity are presented in Table 3.3.10.1.2 . The porosity and water holding capacity are in the range of 38.6 - 45.4% and 24.4 - 45.6% respectively.

Table 3.3.10.1.1 Textural Class of Soil

Sl. No.

Sampling Location with code Soil Texture Soil Depth

1 Kashimpalli Village (B-3) Clay Laom 30 cm

2 Jangedu Village (B-4) Sandy Clay Laom 30 cm

3 Peddalonipalli Village (B-5) Sandy Clay 30 cm

4 Gaddiganipalli (B-9) Sandy Clay Laom 30 cm

Table 3.3.10.1.2. Physical Characteristics of Soil

Sl. No.

Sampling Location with code

Particle Size

Distribution Water

Holding Capacity %

Porosity % Sand

% Silt %

Clay %

1 Kashimpalli Village (B-3) 28.5 14.2 57.1 45.6 45.4

2 Jangedu Village (B-4) 52.7 5.5 41.6 25.2 38.8

3 Peddalonipalli Village (B-5) 60.0 6.0 34 31.1 43.9

4 Gaddiganipalli (B-9) 54.4 11.1 34.4 24.4 38.6

Chemical Properties of Soil

The collected soil samples were analyzed for various chemical properties. The parameters selected were pH, Electrical Conductivity, Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC),



Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR), Organic Carbon, Ex.Ca, Ex.Mg, Ex.Na, Ex.K and Nutrients. The results are presented in Table No. 3.3.10.1.3 , 3.3.10.1.4 and Table 3.3.10.1.5.

pH is an important parameter which indicates the alkaline or acidic nature of soil. Soil of all the villages of the study area are slightly acidic to slightly alkaline in nature having pH in the range of 6.2 to 7.9.

The EC for the soil samples are in the range of 0.080-0.414 mmhos/cm. Cation exchange capacity which was found to be in the range of 1.43 to 4.08 meq/100gr.

Nutrient Status

The macro nutrients Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), Potassium (K) were analyzed in the study area.

Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium were found to be in the range as given below. Nitrogen values ranged from 111 to 173 kg ha-1 indicating that the values are in good to better category. Minimum value was observed at Peddalonipalli village and the maximum value was observed at Kashimpalli village. Phosphorus values ranged from 0.59 to 1.9 kg ha-1 indicating that the values fall in very less category. The maximum value of 1.9 kg ha-1 was found at Kashimpalli village and the minimum value of 0.59 kg ha-1 at Gaddiganipalli village. Potassium values ranged from 148 to 305 kg ha-1 indicating that the values are observed to be in less to better category. The maximum value was found at Kashimpalli village and the minimum value was observed at Peddalonipalli village.

Available Nitrogen : 111 to 173 kg ha-1

Available Phosphorous : 0.59 to 1.9 kg ha-1

Available Potassium : 148 to 305 kg ha-1

Tables 3.3.10.1.3 Chemical Characteristics of Soil Extract

Sl. No.

Sampling Location with code pH

EC (mmhos

/cm)

CEC (meq/100gr)

SAR Organic Carbon

(%)

1 Kashimpalli Village (B-3) 7.6 0.158 4.08 0.04 0.29

2 Jangedu Village (B-4) 7.9 0.414 3.02 0.04 0.86

3 Peddalonipalli Village (B-5) 6.2 0.080 2.54 0.03 0.56

4 Gaddiganipalli (B-9) 6.3 0.166 1.43 0.05 0.3

Table 3.3.10.1.4 Exchangeable Cations of Soil

Sl. No.


Ex-Ca Ex-Mg Ex-Na Ex-K

(meq/100gr)

1 Kashimpalli Village (B-3) 1.18 2.2 0.35 0.34

2 Jangedu Village (B-4) 0.98 1.4 0.31 0.33

3 Peddalonipalli Village (B-5) 1.58 0.6 0.19 0.16

4 Gaddiganipalli (B-9) 0.39 0.6 0.24 0.2



Table 3.3.10.1.5.Fertility Status of Soils in Study Area

Sl. No.


N P2O5 K2O Kg/ha

1 Kashimpalli Village (B-3) 173 1.9 305

2 Jangedu Village (B-4) 162 1.4 293

3 Peddalonipalli Village (B-5) 111 1.3 148

4 Gaddiganipalli (B-9) 137 0.59 177

Trace Metals:

The trace metals present in the soil are presented in Table 3.3.10.1.6.

Table 3.3.10.1.6 . Trace Metals Content in Soil

Sl. No.


Cd Cr Pb Ni Cu Zn Mn mg/kg

1. Kashimpalli Village (B-3) 0.64 23.22 1.94 19.4 10.22 14.68 272.2

2. Jangedu Village (B-4) 0.44 26.12 BDL 16.8 9.58 16.48 184.12

3. Peddalonipalli Village (B-5) 0.34 19.24 6.42 10.3 7.02 6.58 192.6

4. Gaddiganipalli (B-9) 0.48 23.34 3.24 13.42 7.66 5.20 148.84

BDL: Below Detection Limit. Detection Limit – Cd – 0.03 mg/kg; Ni – 0.4 mg/kg

3.3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.3.11.1 Scope and Objective

Biodiversity forms the basis of human survival on the earth. Biodiversity conservation therefore is of prime importance. In this context, an attempt has been made to understand the distribution pattern of flora and fauna of different habitats of KTK OC - 2 Project.

The proposed site KTK OC - 2 Project is located near Bhupapalli Village & Mandal, Warangal district of Telangana. The proposed mine is being undertaken by Singereni Collieries Company Limited, a Government Company for coal mining.

The primary scope of the present study is to conduct a rapid floral and faunal appraisal and examine the impacts of KTK OC - 2 Project on biologicals (terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna) and surrounding ecology.

The core objectives of the study are

1 To assess flora of core and buffer zones (aquatic and terrestrial) including crop species and medicinal plants.

2 Quantitative estimation of forest flora like Frequency, Density, Abundance, Important Value Index (IVI), Diversity Index, Dominance Index, and Similarity Index.

3 To document the types of forests in the study area and its conservation status.

4 To gather information on the dependence of local people on minor forest produce.

5 To highlight probable impact on flora and fauna available in and around the study area.

6 To recommend suitable mitigation measures to ensure conservation of endangered fauna / flora.

3.3.11.2 The study site

The staff of ENVIS Division, EPTRI, Hyderabad surveyed the proposed site of KTK OC-2 Project in and around 10 km radius of the project boundary



3.3.11.3 Methodology

Flora

The bio-geographical region in which the study area located is identified and general information on characteristic of flora and fauna was obtained. To identify the native plant species of the area, a manual of native plant species was prepared for identification during the field survey. The study was aimed at enumeration of the available plant resources and obtaining a broad representation of the existing floristic variations in the mine lease area and surrounding mine lease areas. In and around of the proposed project site was surveyed through criss-cross walking and collected plant specimens for the study of floristic diversity. All the species encountered were recorded and identified. The vegetations of in and around the study site were sampled through random quadrat sampling method. Sample plots were selected in such a way to get maximum representation of different types of vegetation and plots were laid out in different parts of the areas within the mine area and as well as the surrounding mine area. Aquatic plants were also collected by visiting different water bodies.

Selection of sites for vegetation data was done by random sampling procedure. Accordingly, quadrats of 10 m x 10 m for the study of trees were laid. Within these sample plots, sub-plots of 3 m x 3 m were laid out randomly for studying the shrub layer and regeneration of tree species. For information on ground layer including herbaceous species, quadrats of 1 m x 1 m size were laid out within the tree quadrats.

The plants were identified using different books on flora [Gamble (1915-36), Saxena and Brahmam (1994-96), Pullaiah and Chennaiah (1997), Pullaiah and Ali Moulali (1997) and Pullaiah (1997) and Chetty et. al. (2007)]

The primary data recorded on number of individuals in a species were utilized to derive secondary attributes like density and frequency following standard phyto-sociological methods of Misra (1968).

Formulae used for various calculations are:

�� =� ��

� ��

FrequencyF="��

� �� ×100

Species diversity indices like Shannon-Wiener Index (H`) and Simpson’s Index (λ) were

calculated as per Magurran (1988) using following formulae:-

Shannon-Wiener Diversity Index (H’) = -∑ pi ln pi

Simpson’s Dominance index (λ) = ∑ pi2

where, pi is the proportion of individuals of the Ith species; pi = Ni / N Ni is the number of individuals in the Ith species and N is the total number of individuals of all species in the stand.

Fauna

Intensive surveys was conducted by using transect method in all major habitats and recorded the species through direct and indirect evidences. A linear transect of 1 km each was chosen for sampling at each site. For sampling butterflies, the standard ‘Pollard Walk’ method was employed and all the species were recorded. For sampling birds, ‘point sampling’ along the fixed transect (foot trails) was carried out. All the species of birds were observed through a binocular and identified with the help of field guides and photographs. For sampling mammals, ‘direct count on open width transect was used. In



addition, information on recent sightings/records of mammals by the villagers and locals was also collected. In case of reptiles mainly lizards were sampled by ‘direct count on open width transects’. Aquatic animals were also recorded by visiting various aquatic ecosystems.

3.3.11.4 RESULTS

Floral Study

(a) Core Zone - Terrestrial

Floristic composition varies depending upon the site and its environmental features and it is one of the major characteristic features of any plant community. The flora of the project area is mainly of dry deciduous and Cassia auriculata scrub forest type and vegetation consisted of 151 species belonging to 129 genera and 53 families. The list of plants present in the project site is furnished in Table No. 3.3.11.4.1 . The family Fabaceae and Poaceae was most specious families with 12 species each followed by Rubiaceae and Euphorbiaceae (10 species each). A total of 21 families were represented by one species each whereas 16 families were represented by two species each. The flora comprises of 54 trees, 22 shrubs, 62 herbs and 13 climbers. Out of all the species encountered, 80 species were found to be medicinally important, the detail of which is presented in Table No. 3.3.11.4.1.

Some of the photographs of flora taken while conducting field survey are presented from Figure Nos. 3.3.11.4.1 to 3.3.11.4.12.

(b) Core Zone - Aquatic

Four species of aquatic plants belongs to 4 genera and 4 families were recorded from the core area of the project site near Bhoopalpalli, namely, Bacopa Monnieri, Hygrophila Auriculata, Ipomoea Carnea and Typha Angustata and the same are presented in Table No. 3.3.11.4.2.

(c) Buffer Zone - Terrestrial

From the buffer area of proposed mine Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project, 165 plant species belonging to 138 genera and 60 families were recorded by excluding the plant species that were recognized in the core zone. The family Fabaceae is the most specious family with 21 species followed by Malvaceae (13 species), Euphorbiaceae (9 species) and Poaceae with 8 species. Thirty two (32) families were represented by only one species each whereas 6 families were represented by 2 species each. The flora of project surrounding area consists of 55 trees, 22 shrubs, 62 herbs and 26 climbers. Of 165 species, 71 are medicinally important. The species list of trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and medicinal plants are presented in Table No. 3.3.11.4.3.

(d) Buffer Zone - Aquatic

Aquatic plants were collected by visiting different water bodies in the core zone and buffer zone. Two aquatic plant species belonging to 2 genera and 2 families were identified namely, Ipomoea aquatic and Marsilea minuta and the same are presented in Table No. 3.3.11.4.4.

There were no endangered, threatened and endemic species were encountered in the study area of proposed Kakatiya Khani OC - 2 Project.

Phytosociology Primary information collected on the vegetation from project lease area and surrounding area were analyzed to arrive at different phytosociological attributes, namely, density, frequency, Shannon-Weiner diversity index and Simpson’s dominance index.



a. Core zone

Phytosociological parameters of trees, shrubs and herbs encountered in the sample plots in the core area of Kakatiya Khani Opencast Sector-II mine are provided in Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.5, 3.3.11.4.6 and 3.3.11.4.7. The density of tree species varied from 10 stems/ha to 200 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Chloroxylon sweitenia (200 stems/ha) followed by Erythroxylon monogynum, Aegle marmelos, Lagerstroemia parviflora, Cassia fistula and Diospyrus chloroxylon (130 stems/ha each). The strand density of tree species was 1900 stems/ha (Table No. 3.3.11.4.5 ).

As shown in the Table No. 3.3.11.4.6 , the density of shrubs varied from 222.2 stems/ha to 1444.4 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Cassia auriculata followed by Ailanthus excelsa (1111.1 stems/ha). The stand density values for different species of shrubs was 9333.3 stems/ha.

The stand density in the case of herbaceous species was 16.2 stems/m2 (Table No. 3.3.11.4.7) and the strata was dominated by Waltheria indica (2.2 stems/m2) and the lowest density exhibited by Crotalaria hirsuta (0.3 stem / ha).

The diversity values for different life forms, namely, trees, shrubs and herbs showed that the area is comparatively more diverse in case of trees when compared to shrubs and herbs. There are two important indices to denote the diversity i.e., Shannon Wiener Index (H′) and Simpson’s Index (λ). The mine lease area showed the Shannon Wiener Index (H′) value of 2.913 for trees, 2.442 for shrubs and saplings, 2.557 for herbs and seedlings and Simpson’s Index (λ) values of 0.059 for trees, 0.095 for shrubs and tree saplings and 0.091 for herbs (Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.5, 3.3.11.4.6 and 3.3.11.4.7 ).

b. Buffer Zone

Phytosociological studies of trees, shrubs and herbs encountered in the sample plots in the buffer area of KTK OC - 2 are provided in Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.8, 3.3.11.4.9 & 3.3.11.4.10. The density of tree species varied from 40 stems/ha to 250 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Cassia fistula followed by chloroxylon switenia (190 stems/ha). The strand density of tree species was 2230 stems/ha (Table No. 3.3.11.4.8 ).

Table No. 3.3.11.4.9 depicts the density of shrubs varied from 444.4 stems/ha to 2333.3 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Wrightia tictorea followed by Cleistanthus collinus (2222.2 stems/ha). The stand density values for different species of shrubs was 26777.8 stems/ha.

Table No. 3.3.11.4.10 shows the density of herbs ranged between 0.3 and 2.7. The strata was dominated by Aristida setacea (2.7 stems/m2) followed by Coldenia procumbens (1.5 stems/m2) and the lowest density exhibited by Sida cordata, Alternanthera sessilis, Lindernia antipoda and Spermacoce hispida (0.3 stems/m2 each). The stand density in the case of herbaceous species was 16.6 stems/m2.

The diversity values for different life forms, namely, trees, shrubs and herbs showed that the area is comparatively more diverse in case of herbs when compared to shrubs than trees. There are two important indices to denote the diversity i.e., Shannon Wiener Index (H′) and Simpson’s Index (λ). The buffer area showed the Shannon Wiener Index (H′) value of 3.018 for trees, 2.827 for shrubs and saplings, 2.878 for herbs and seedlings and Simpson’s Index (λ) values of 0.055 for trees, 0.062 for shrubs and tree saplings and 0.069 for herbs (Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.8, 3.3.11.4.9 & 3.3.11.4.10 ).

Faunal Diversity

Faunal survey was carried out in and around KTK OC - 2 to assess the faunal resources. A total of 25 butterflies, 6 odonates, 51 birds, 10 reptiles and 12 species of Mammals were recorded. The details of occurrence of fauna found in and around the KTK OC - 2 during the field survey is presented in Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.11 to Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.16 Some of the photographs of fauna taken during the field survey are presented from Figure Nos. 3.3.11.4.13 to 3.3.11.4.18.



3.3.11.5 ENDANGERED SPECIES OF PLANTS AND ENDEMIC S PECIES

As per IUCN Redlist, no endangered or endemic flora was encountered during the present study in and around the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project in Warangal District, Telangana State.

3.3.11.6 STATUS OF FAUNA AS PER INDIAN WILDLIFE PRO TECTION ACT, 1972

The fauna listed consist of mostly ‘common’ and ‘generalist’ species and none of the species is threatened globally as per the IUCN Red List 2012.

25 species of Butterfiles and Six (6) species of Odonates were recorded during the study period. None of the species is threatened globally as per IUCN Red List 2008 or Wildlife Protection Act [WPA]. The list of fauna with their status under WPA, 1972 are provided in Table No. 3.3.11.4.11.

A total of 51 species of birds were recorded in and around the study area. Among them Phalacrocorax fuscicollis, Ardea modesta Ardeola grayii, Bubulcus ibis, Ardea cinerea, Nettapus coromandelianus, Dendrocygna javanica, Anas crecca, Anas poecilorhyncha, Falco tinnunculus, Coturnix coturnix, Perdicula asiatica, Eudynamys scolopaceus, Centropus bengalensis, Tyto alba, Halcyon smyrnensis, Dicrurus macrocercus, Pycnonotus cafer and Pycnonotus jocosus are under Schedule - IV and Corvus splendens is under Schedule - V of the WPA. Pavo cristatus is under schedule 1 of the WPA 1972. (Table No. 3.3.11.4.12).

As many as 11 species of Reptiles were recorded in and around project area. Naja naja, Daboia russelii, Chamaeleo zeylanicus, Ptyas mucosus and Xenochrophis piscator are under Schedule II of the Wildlife Protection Act [WPA] 1972. (Table No. 3.3.11.4.13).

Four species of Amphibians were recorded in and around the study area and the same are presented in Table No. 3.3.11.4.14 .

Out of 11 species of mammals recorded in and around project site, species, namely, Xenochrophis piscator, Chamaeleo zeylanicus, Ptyas mucosus, Daboia russelii and Naja naja are under Schedule - II (Table No. 3.3.11.4.15 ).

Five species of Spiders were recorded in and around the study area and the same are presented in Table No. 3.3.11.4.16 .

3.3.11.7 TYPES OF FORESTS IN THE STUDY AREA AND ITS CONSERVATION

STATUS

The forest areas in buffer area of KTK OC - 2 Project basically come under Dry Deciduous and Shrub Jungle Forest. The forest areas present in the buffer area of the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project are falling under 3 Reserve forests (RF) namely Mulug RF, Tadicherla RF and Mutharam RF.

3.3.11.8 DEPENDENCE OF LOCAL PEOPLE ON MINOR FOREST PRODUCES

The study area has a diversity of plants of day-to-day importance which have been used by the local communities for centuries as the only means of sustenance. The different tribes living in this area frequently use the plant materials for their daily needs as food, medicine, fiber, fodder, fuel wood and timber and various minor forest products. The usage of various plant species by the local tribes varies with the altitude and availability of resources in the surrounding areas. A comprehensive account of these plant resources are given below:

Medicinal Plants

The study area has a wide range of medicinal plants which can be used in Ayurvedic, Homoeopathic and Unani medicines or can be used by the local people. Some of the medicinal plants are used internally / externally to treat various ailments.



Food Plants

There are a number of wild edible plants in the form of tubers, rhizomes, shoots, flowers, fruits, seeds, etc. are used from the forests to supplement their diet. The local villagers have evolved sound techniques for the safe consumption of these forest products through ages. The local people have knowledge on poisonous or toxic plants that can not be consumed raw and this information was passed on to the next generation also. Some edible plants consumed are the leaves and young twigs. The rhizomes and tubers of Colocasia esculenta, and Zingiber officinale are commonly consumed as vegetables.

Horticultural Fruits

Naredupallu (Syzizium cumini), Panasa (Artocarpus heterophyllus), Lemon (Citrus limon) mango (Mangifera indica) (Aam), Badam (Terminalia catapa), Usirikaya (Phyllanthus emblica)), Sethaphal (Annona squamosa), Regu (Ziziphus zujuba), Guava (Psidium guajava) etc are some of the horticultural fruits yielding plants in the study area.

Timber, Fuelwood and Fodder Plants

The local people near the forest area are dependent on naturally growing trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses for the fodder requirements of their cattle and livestock as well as for fuelwood. In addition to these trees, some timber yielding plants are used by the local people.

3.3.11.9 LOCATION OF NATIONAL PARK, SANCTUARY, BSR, TIGER RESERVE,

IF ANY

There are no Wildlife Sanctuaries and cause no habitat damage due the proposed mining activity. Neither any Tiger reserve nor Elephant corridor and BSR are coming in the immediate vicinity and around 10 km radius of the proposed mining. The buffer zone of KTK OC - 2 Project is coming under 3 Reserve forests such as Mulug RF, Tadicherla RF and Mutharam RF of the proposed mining project.

3.3.11.10 WILDLIFE MIGRATORY ROUTES IN CORE AND BUF FER ZONES, IF ANY

The study did not reveal reports of any schedule wildlife sighting in the core and buffer zones of KTK OC - 2 Project site through direct field observations and indirect secondary data through questionnaire/survey from local stakeholders, public and forest department officials. Further, did not find indirect evidences i.e. pug marks, squats, feathers or dead remains etc. Therefore the proposed mining activity would not affect the wildlife migratory routes / corridors.

3.3.11.11 BREEDING AND HIBERNATING SITES IN CORE AN D BUFFER ZONE OF

THE PROJECT, IF ANY

Information on hibernation and breeding of schedule animals in the core and buffer zone of the proposed mining sites were gathered and found no report of the schedule animals breeding or hibernating in and around the proposed minig area.



Table No. 3.3.11.4.1: List of Terrestrial Plants in the core zone of KTK OC - 2 Project

Sl. No. Name of the Species Telugu Name Family Ha M U

1. Abrus precatorius L. Guravindha Fabaceae C Y

2. Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn. Ex Benth Ari, Australia thumma Mimosaceae T N

3. Acacia leucoceploea (Roxb.) Willd. Tella thumma Mimosaceae T N

4. Acacia nilotica (L.) Willd.ex Del. Nalla thumma Mimosaceae T Y

5. Achyranthes aspera L. Uttareni Amaranthaceae H Y

6. Aegle marmelos (L.) Corr. Maredu, Bilvumu Rutaceae T Y

7. Aerva lanata (L.) Juss.ex Schult. Thelaga pindi Amaranthaceae H Y

8. Ageratum conyzoides L. Vasavi Asteraceae H Y

9. Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Pedda manu Simaroubaceae T Y

10. Albizia lebbeck (L.) Benth. Bagichettu Mimosaceae T Y

11. Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R.Br. Ronaganthi aku Amaranthaceae H Y

12. Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. Amera Fabaceae H Y

13. Ammannia baccifera L. Agnivendrapakku Lythraceae H Y

14. Andrographis paniculata (Burm.f.) Wall.ex Nees. Belavemu Acanthaceae H Y

15. Annona squamosa L. Seetaphalam Annonaceae T Y

16. Anogeissus latifolia (Roxb.ex DC) Wall. & Perr. Sirimanu Combretaceae T N

17. Apluda mutica L. Adavikorre gaddi Poaceae H N

18. Aristida adscensionis L. Cheepuru gaddi Poaceae H N

19. Aristida setacea Retz. Cheepuru gaddi Poaceae H N

20. Atylosia scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. -- Fabaceae H N

21. Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Vepa chettu Meliaceae T Y

22. Bambusa arundinacea (Retz.) Roxb. Veduru Poaceae H N

23. Barleria prionitis L. Pachagorinta Acanthaceae H Y

24. Barringtonia acutangula (L.) Gaertn. Kurpa Lecythidaceae T Y

25. Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Arichettu Caesalpiniaceae T N

26. Boerhavia diffusa L. Atikimamidi Nyctaginaceae H Y

27. Borassus flabellifer L. Tati Arecaceae T Y

28. Breynia vitis-idea (Burm.f.) Fisch. Nalla purugudu Euphorbiaceae S N

29. Bridellia montana (Roxb.) Willd. Balli. Patangi Euphorbiaceae T Y

30. Buchanania lanzan Spr. Chinnasara Anacardiaceae T Y

31. Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Modhuga Fabaceae C Y

32. Calotropis gigantea (L.) R.Br. Tella Jelledu Asclepiadaceae S Y

33. Calycopteris floribunda Lam. Putangiteega Combretaceae C Y

34. Canthium parviflorum Lam. Balasa Rubiaceae S N

35. Carissa spinarum L. Chinna kalimi Apocynaceae S N

36. Cassia auriculata L. Thangedu Caesalpiniaceae S N

37. Cassia fistula L. Rela, Semarela Caesalpiniaceae T Y

38. Cassia mimosoides L. Nelaponna Caesalpiniaceae S N

39. Cassia occidentalis L. Eddukomimaku Caesalpiniaceae S Y

40. Cassia siamea L. Seema thangedu Caesalpiniaceae T N

41. Catunaregam spinoa (Thunb.) Tirven. Manga Rubiaceae S N

42. Celosia argentea L. Gurugu Amaranthaceae H N

43. Chloris barbata Sw. Jada kunchula gaddi Poaceae H N

44. Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Billudu Flindersiaceae T Y

45. Cissampelos pareira L. Adivibanka teega Menispermaceae C Y

46. Cleistanthus collinus (Roxb.) Benth.ex Hook.f. Wodisiaku Euphorbiaceae S Y




47. Cleome viscosa L. Kukka vominta Cleomaceae H N

48. Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diers. Chinnadusar teega Menispermaceae C Y

49. Coldenia procumbens L. Hamsapadu Boraginaceae H N

50. Commelina benghalensis L. Yanadra aku Commelinaceae H Y

51. Commelina longifolia Lam. -- Commelinaceae H N

52. Crotalaria hirsuta Willd. -- Fabaceae H N

53. Crotalaria medicaginia -- Fabaceae H N

54. Croton bonplandianum Baill. Vanamokka Euphorbiaceae H Y

55. Cryptolepis buchananii Roem. & Schult. Advi pala teega Periplocaceae C N

56. Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Passi teega Cuscutaceae C N

57. Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Garika Poaceae H N

58. Cyperus rotundus L. Moth Cyperaceae H Y

59. Dactyloctenium aegyptium (L.) Willd. Nela ragi Poaceae H N

60. Dalbergia sisso Roxb Sisso Fabaceae T N

61. Dendropthoea falcata (L.f.) Ett. Kukka naluka Loranthaceae S Y

62. Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Ullinda Ebenaceae T N

63. Diospyros ebenum Koenig.ex Retz. Nalluti Ebenaceae T N

64. Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Beediakulu Ebenaceae T N

65. Dodonea viscosa (L.) Jacq. Banderu Sapindaceae S N

66. Dolichandrone falcata (Wall.ex DC.) seem. Var falcata Chinnavadi Bignoniaceae T N

67. Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Mant. Guntagalagara Asteraceae H Y

68. Elytratia acaulis (L.f.) Lindau. Yeddu adugu Acanthaceae H Y

69. Eragrostis ciliaris (L.) R.Br. -- Poaceae H N

70. Eragrostis coarctata Stapf. -- Poaceae H N

71. Eragrostis tenella (L.) Beauv.. Chinna garikigaddi Poaceae H N

72. Erythroxylum monogynum Roxb. Devadaru Erythroxylaceae T Y

73. Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Neelagiri thylam Myrtaceae T Y

74. Euphorbia hirta L. Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae H Y

75. Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Vishnukrantha Convolvulaceae H Y

76. Evolvulus nummularius (L.) L. Chiti elukacheviaku Convolvulaceae H Y

77. Ficus benghalensis L. Marri Moraceae T Y

78. Ficus hispida L.f. Bemmedu akulu Moraceae T Y

79. Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Pullelaka Flacourtiaceae S N

80. Gardenia gummifera L.f. Bikki Rubiaceae T N

81. Grewia hirsuta Vahl. Janichettu Tilliaceae S N

82. Gymnema sylvestre (Retz.) R. Br. Padapatri Asclepiadaceae C Y

83. Haldina cordifolia(Roxb.) Ridsd. Rudraganapa Rubiaceae T N

84. Helictres isora L. Gooba thada Sterculiaceae S Y

85. Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. Sugandhapala Periplocaceae C Y

86. Heteropogon contortus (L.) Beauv.ex Roem & Schult. Eddigaddi Poaceae H N

87. Holarrhena pubescens (Buch.-Ham.) Wall.ex G. Don Kolamukhi Apocynaceae T Y

88. Hybanthus enneaspermus (L.) Muell. Ratna purusha Violaceae H Y

89. Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Roit. Danthitulasi Lamiaceae H Y

90. Indigofera linnaei Ali Yerrapalleru Fabaceae H N

91. Indigofera trifoliata L. Baragadhamu Fabaceae H N

92. Ixora arborea Roxb.ex Sm. Korivi chettu Rubiaceae T N

93. Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. Chennangi Lythraceae T N




94. Lanneaa coromandelica (Houtt.) Mann. Gumpana chettu Anacardiaceae T Y

95. Lantana camara L. Cheeki, Pulikampa Verbenaceae S Y

96. Lepidagathis cristata Willd. Nakka pintuka Acanthaceae H Y

97. Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link. Tummi Lamiaceae H Y

98. Limonia acidissima L. Velaga Rutaceae T Y

99. Madhuca latifolia (Roxb.) Cheval Ippa Sapotaceae T Y

100. Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) Ding. Danthi Celastraceae S Y

101. Mimusops hexandra Roxb. Palachetu Sapotaceae T N

102. Mitragyna parviflora (Roxb.) Korth Battaganapa Rubiaceae S N

103. Mollugo nudicaulis Lam. Peddaparapatakamu Molluginaceae H N

104. Morinda pubescens J. E. Smith Togaru, Pedda papidi Rubiaceae T Y

105. Morinda tinctoria Roxb. -- Rubiaceae T N

106. Muntingia calabura L. Nkka regu, Kukka mogi Elaeocarpaceae T N

107. Parthenium hysterophorus L. Vayyaribhama Asteraceae H N

108. Pavonia zeylanica (L.) Cav. Karubenda Malvaceae H Y

109. Peltophorum pterocarpum Baker ex Heyne Kondachintha Caesalpiniaceae T N

110. Pergularia daemia (Forsk.) Chiov. Dustapa teega Asclepiadaceae C Y

111. Perotis indica (L.) Ktze. Nakka thoka Poaceae H N

112. Phoenis sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Etha chettu Arecaceae S N

113. Phyllanthus acidus (L.) Skeels Racha usiri Euphorbiaceae T Y

114. Phyllanthus amarus Schum & Thonn. Nelausiri Euphorbiaceae H Y

115. Phyllanthus maderaspatensis L. -- Euphorbiaceae H N

116. Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Purugudu Euphorbiaceae S Y

117. Phyllanthus virgatus Forst. Gadhausiri Euphorbiaceae H Y

118. Physalis minima L. Budda bhushada Solanaceae H N

119. Plumbago zeylanica L. Tellachitramulamu Plumbaginaceae S Y

120. Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pier. Ganuga, Kanuga Fabaceae T Y

121. Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. Gaddi chikkudu Fabaceae C N

122. Rostellularia prostrata (Roxb.ex Clarke) Majumdar -- Acanthaceae H N

123. Rungia repens (L.) Nees. In Wall Khamor Acanthaceae H Y

124. Samanea saman (Jacq.) Druce. Nidraganeru Mimosaceae T N

125. Sida cordata (Burm.f.) Dorss. Athibala Malvaceae H Y

126. Solanum surattense Burm.f. Challamulaka Solanaceae H Y

127. Spermacoce hispida L. Madhanakattu Rubiaceae H N

128. Sphaeranthus indicus L. Bodasaramu Asteraceae H N

129. Sterculia urens Roxb. Errapoliki Sterculiaceae T Y

130. Strychnos potatorum L.f. Chillanginja chettu Strychnaceae T Y

131. Strychnus nux-vomica Mustichettu Strychnaceae T Y

132. Syzigium cumini (L.) Skeels. Neredu chettu Myrtaceae T Y

133. Tamarindus indica L. Chinta Caesalpiniaceae T Y

134. Tarenna asiatica (L.) Kuntz.ex schum Kommi chettu Rubiaceae S N

135. Tectona grandis L. Teku Verbenaceae T N

136. Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Vempali Fabaceae H N

137. Terminalia arjuna (Roxb.ex DC.) Wt. & Arn. Tellamaddhi Combretaceae T Y

138. Terminalia catappa L. Badham chettu Combretaceae T Y

139. Terminalia tomentosa Roxb. (ex DC) Wight & Arn Inna Maddi Combretaceae T Y

140. Tribulus terrestris L. Palleru Kaya Zygophyllaceae H N




141. Trichuriella monsoniae (L.f.) Bennet. Era pindi Amaranthaceae H Y

142. Tridex procumbens L. Bella paku Asteraceae H Y

143. Tylophora indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Telegapala Asclepiadaceae C Y

144. Urena lobata L. Anturasam Malvaceae H Y

145. Vernnonia cinerea (L.) Less. Sahadevi Asteraceae H N

146. Vitex negundo L. Nalla vavilli Verbenaceae S Y

147. Waltheria indica L. Nallabenda Sterculiaceae H N

148. Wrightia arborea Adaviankudu Apocynaceae T N

149. Wrightia tinctoria (Roxb.) R. Br. Reppala Apocynaceae T N

150. Ziziphus oenoplia (L.) Mill. Pariki kampa Rhamnaceae C N

151. Ziziphus rugosa Lam. Pindu parighamu Rhamnaceae T N

Note: Ha - Habit; M U - Medicinal Uses; T - Trees; S-Shrub; H - Herb; C - Climbers; Y - Yes; N - No

Table No. 3.3.11.4.2: List of Aquatic Plants in the buffer zone of KTK OC - 2 Project


1. Bacopa monnieri (L.) Pennel. Neeru Sambhrani Scrophulariaceae H Y

2. Hygrophila auriculata (Schum.) Heine Mulla gobbi Acanthaceae H Y

3. Ipomoea carnea Jack. Pandiri thooti Convolvulaceae S Y

4. Typha angustata Bory & Chaub. Jammu Typhaceae H N

Table No. 3.3.11.4.3 List of Terrestrial Plants in buffer zone of the KTK OC - 2 Project


1. Abelmoschus esculentus Moench. Benda Malvaceae S N

2. Abutilon hirtum (Lam.) Sweet. Palabenda Malvaceae H N

3. Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Thuttutubenda Malvaceae H N

4. Adhatoda vasica Nees Addasaram Acanthaceae S Y

5. Agave americana L. Kathai chettu Agavaceae S N

6. Aglaia elaeagnoidea (Juss.) Benth. Yerr adugu Meliaceae T N

7. Alangium salvifolium (L.f.) Wang. Nallaoodaga Alangiaceae T Y

8. Albizia amara (Roxb.) Boiv. Konda sigara Mimosaceae T N

9. Alstonia scholaris (L.) R. Br. Edakula ponna Apocynaceae T Y

10. Alysicarpus vaginalis (L.) DC. Baramthalu chettu Fabaceae H N

11. Amaranthus viridis Chilakathotakoora Amaranthaceae H Y

12. Anacardium occidentale L. Jidi mamidi Anacardiaceae T Y

13. Andrographis echioides Noogu Nelayemi Acanthaceae H Y

14. Anogeissus acuminata Guill. & Perr. Pasichettu Combretaceae T N

15. Aristolochia indica L. Govela teega Aristolochiaceae C Y

16. Asystasia gigantia (L.) T. And. In Thw Podabeera Acanthaceae H N

17. Atylosia scarabaeoides (L.) Benth. -- Fabaceae H N

18. Bauhinia purpurea L. Bodhanta Caesalpiniaceae T N

19. Bauhinia tomentosa L. Kanchini chettu Caesalpiniaceae T N

20. Bauhinia variegata L. Madapaku Caesalpiniaceae T N

21. Blumea mollis (D. Don.) Merr. Kukkapogaku Asteraceae H N

22. Bombax ceiba L. Buruga Malvaceae T Y

23. Boswellia serrata Roxb. Guggilum Burseraceae T N

24. Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Bogana malli Nyctaginaceae S N




25. Brachiaria distichya (L.) Stapf. Korannagaddi Poaceae H N

26. Brassica nigra (Linn.) Avalu Brassicaceae H N

27. Bridelia retusa (L.) Spreng Koranmadi Phyllanthaceae T N

28. Butea superba Roxb. Tiga modugu Fabaceae C N

29. Cajanus cajan (L.) Mill. Kandhi Fabaceae S Y

30. Canavalia gladiata (Jacq.) DC. Thamba jalari, Fabaceae C N

31. Capsicum frutescens L. Mirapa Solanaceae H Y

32. Carallia brachiata (Lour.) Merr. Gijuru chettu Rhizophoraceae T Y

33. Cardiospermum halicacabum L. Budda teega Sapindaceae C Y

34. Carica papaya L. Boppaya Caricaceae T Y

35. Cassia alata L. Metta thamara Caesalpiniaceae H N

36. Cassia tora L. Thantipumokka Caesalpiniaceae H N

37. Cassytha filiformis L. Pasuputivva Lauraceae C Y

38. Catharanthus roseus (L.) G. Don Billananneru Apocynaceae H Y

39. Ceiba pentandra (L.) Tella buruga Malvaceae T Y

40. Chrozophora rottleri (Geisel.) Juss. Linga mirapa Euphorbiaceae H Y

41. Cipadessa baccifera (Roth.) Miq. Chedubira Meliaceae S N

42. Clitorea ternatea L. Sankupulu Fabaceae C Y

43. Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigh. Donda, Kakidonda Cucurbitaceae C N

44. Coclospermum religiosum (L.) Alston. Kondagogu Cochlospermaceae T Y

45. Cocos nucifera L. Kobbari Arecaceae S Y

46. Cordia dichotoma Forst.f Iriki Cordiaceae T N

47. Crotalaria medicaginia -- Fabaceae H N

48. Cucurbita maxima Duch.ex Lam. Tiyya Gummadi Cucurbitaceae C Y

49. Curculigo orchioides Gaertn. Nelathati Hypoxidaceae H Y

50. Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Passi teega Cuscutaceae C N

51. Cyanotis cristata (L.) D. Don. Netha kina Commelinaceae H N

52. Cyperus flavidus Retz. -- Cyperaceae H N

53. Cyperus tennuispermum L. -- Cyperaceae H N

54. Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Pachari Fabaceae T Y

55. Datura innoxia Mill. Karu ummetta Solanaceae S Y

56. Delonix regia (Boj.ex Hook.) Rafin Agnipoolu Caesalpiniaceae T N

57. Derris scandens (Roxb.) Benth. Nallateega Fabaceae C N

58. Desmodium triflorum (L.) DC. Munthamandhu Fabaceae H N

59. Desmodium velutinum (Willd.) DC. Chiva modhu Fabaceae H N

60. Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Chenchela koora Amaranthaceae H N

61. Dillenia pentagyna Roxb. Chainna kalinga Dilleniaceae T Y

62. Dioscorea oppositifolia L. Yella gadda Dioscoreaceae C Y

63. Dioscorea pentaphylla L. Monyakku pendalam Dioscoreaceae C Y

64. Diospyros ebenum Koenig.ex Retz. Nalluti Ebenaceae T N

65. Dolichos lablab L. Chikkudu Fabaceae C N

66. Duranta repens L. Verbenaceae S N

67. Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. Sadamani, kunka Asteraceae H Y

68. Eragrostis ciliaris (L.) R.Br. -- Poaceae H N

69. Eragrostis unioloides Nees ex Steud. Udara gaddi Poaceae H N

70. Eragrostis viscosa (Retz.) Trin. Banka sigarantha Poaceae H N

71. Eranthemum capense L. -- Acanthaceae H N




72. Euphorbia indica Lam. Marieclaire Euphorbiaceae H Y

73. Ficus racemosa L. Medi Moraceae T Y

74. Ficus religiosa L. Ragi, Ravi Moraceae T Y

75. Fimbristylis cymosa R. Brown -- Cyperaceae H N

76. Fimbristylis miliacea (L.) Valhl. -- Cyperaceae H N

77. Gmelina arborea Roxb. Gummadi teku Verbenaceae T N

78. Gomphrena globosa L. Bendumalli Amaranthaceae H N

79. Gossypium herbaceum L. Patti, Pishuvu Malvaceae S N

80. Grevillea robusta Cunn. Parana Proteaceae T N

81. Guazuma ulmifolia L. Bhadraksha Sterculiaceae T N

82. Hedyotis umbellata (L.) Lamk. Chiriveru Rubiaceae H N

83. Hemigraphis latebrosa Heyne Kallumuntha chettu Acanthaceae H N

84. Hibiscus rosasinensis L. Dhasari Malvaceae S Y

85. Holoptelia integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Tapase, Tambachi Ulmaceae T Y

86. Hugonia mystax L. Kakibeera Linaceae C Y

87. Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) R. Br. Nalla teega Apocynaceae C Y

88. Indigofera hirsuta L. Kola pettitulu Fabaceae H N

89. Indigofera linifolia (L.f.) Retz. Baraputram Fabaceae H Y

90. Indigofera trifoliata L. Baragadhamu Fabaceae H N

91. Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker-Gawl. Kisaraaku teega Convolvulaceae C N

92. Jasminum arborescens Roxb. Tivva malli Oleaceae S N

93. Jatropha gladulifera Roxb. Dundigamu Euphorbiaceae S Y

94. Lawsonia inermis L. Gorinta Lythraceae S Y

95. Leucaena leucocephala De Wit. Subabulu Mimosaceae T Y

96. Limophila indica (L.) Druce. Burada bokkena Scrophulariaceae H N

97. Lindernia antipoda (L.) Alston. Neella pundu Scrophulariaceae H N

98. Luffa acutangula (L.) Roxb. Beerakaya Cucurbitaceae C N

99. Lycopersicon esculantum Mill. Tamato Solanaceae S Y

100. Macroptilium atropurpureum Urban -- Fabaceae H N

101. Madhuca longifolia(Koen.) Macbr. Natu ippa Sapotaceae T Y

102. Mangifera indica L. Mamidi Anacardiaceae T Y

103. Manihot esculenta Crantz. Koyyaganusagadda Euphorbiaceae S N

104. Melia azedarach L. Turuaka vepa Meliaceae T Y

105. Merremia gangetica Yeluka chevula teega Convolvulaceae C N

106. Merremia tridentata (L.) Hall. Mududantla Convolvulaceae C N

107. Mimosa pudica L. Attipathi Mimosaceae H Y

108. Mimusops elengi L. Pagada Sapotaceae T Y

109. Mimusops hexandra Roxb. Palachetu Sapotaceae T N

110. Mollugo pentaphylla L. Pichichatraku Molluginaceae H N

111. Momordica carantia L. Karaka Cucurbitaceae C Y

112. Morinda tinctoria Roxb. -- Rubiaceae T N

113. Moringa pterygospema Gaertn. Munanga Moringaceae T Y

114. Mucuna pruriens (L.) DC. Dulagondi Fabaceae C Y

115. Naringi crenulata Kukka velaga Rutaceae T Y

116. Nyactanthes arbortristis L. Parijatham Oleaceae T Y

117. Ocimum basilucum L. Kammagaggiri aku Lamiaceae H Y

118. Ocimum tenuiflorum L. (Sanctum) Thulasi Lamiaceae H Y




119. Oriza sativa L. Vari Poaceae H N

120. Oroxylum indicum (L.) Benth. ex Kurz. Gogudu chettu Bignoniaceae T N

121. Osbeckia zeylanica L.f. Buradha Alli Melastomaceae H N

122. Passiflora foetida L. Tellajumiki Passifloraceae C N

123. Pavonia odorata Willd. Poodu bodaku Malvaceae H N

124. Pedilanthus tithymaloides (L.) Poit. Addala kalli Euphorbiaceae H N

125. Peristrophe paniculata(Forssk.) Burm. Chebera Acanthaceae H N

126. Phyla nodiflora (L.) Greene Bokkenaku Verbenaceae H N

127. Phyllanthus emblica L. Usirikaya Euphorbiaceae T Y

128. Phyllanthus maderaspatensis L. -- Euphorbiaceae H N

129. Piper nigrum L. -- Piperaceae H N

130. Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Seemasinthaguddu Mimosaceae T N

131. Plumeria rubra L. Erra devaganneru Apocynaceae T Y

132. Prosopis chilensis (Molina) Stuntz. Karkar tumma Mimosaceae T N

133. Prosopis juliflora -- Mimosaceae T N

134. Psidium guajava L. Jama Myrtaceae T Y

135. Quisqualis indica L. Rangoon malle Combretaceae C N

136. Ricinus communis L. Amudamu Euphorbiaceae S N

137. Sapindus emarginatus Vahl. Knkudu Sapindaceae T Y

138. Scoparia dulcis (L.) G. Don Potti boli Scrophulariaceae H N

139. Semicarpus anacardium L.f. Nalla jeedi Anacardiaceae T Y

140. Sesbania bispinosa (Jacq.) Wt. Netti podha Fabaceae S Y

141. Sesbania sesban (L.) Men. Jeeluga Fabaceae T Y

142. Sida acuta Burm.f. Medabirusaku Malvaceae S N

143. Sida cordifolia L. Bala, Tellagorra Malvaceae H N

144. Sida rhombifolia L. Gubathada Malvaceae H Y

145. Sida spinosa L. Nagabala Malvaceae H Y

146. Smilax zeylanica L. -- Smilacaceae C N

147. Spinacia oleracea L. Pala koora Chenopodiaceae C Y

148. Stereospermum chelonoides (L.f.) DC. Kokkesa Bignoniaceae T Y

149. Streblus asper Lour Barraniki Moraceae T Y

150. Tabernaemontana divaricata L. Nandivardhanam Apocynaceae S Y

151. Tecoma stans (L.) Kunth. Pasupu ganneru Bignoniaceae T N

152. Tephrosia villosa (L.) Pers. Nuguvempali Fabaceae C N

153. Terminalia alata Heyne ex Roth. Nllamaddhi Combretaceae T Y

154. Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb. Thandra Combretaceae T Y

155. Terminalia chebula Retz. Nallakaraka Combretaceae T Y

156. Terminalia tomentosa Roxb. (ex DC) Wight & Arn Inna Maddi Combretaceae T Y

157. Themeda quadrivalvis (L.) Kuntz. Caddi mulwati Poaceae H N

158. Themeda triandra Forssk. Pedda yetra Poaceae H N

159. Thespesia populnea (L.) Gangaraavi Malvaceae T N

160. Tragia involucrata L. Teega dulagondi Euphorbiaceae H Y

161. Vigna radiata (L.) Wilez. Pesalu Fabaceae H N

162. Xanthium indicum Koen. Marulamathangi Asteraceae H Y

163. Zea mays L. Mokka jonna Poaceae H N

164. Ziziphus mauritiana Lam. Regi chettu Rhamnaceae S N

165. Ziziphus nummularia Wt. & Arn. Nelaregu Rhamnaceae S N



Table No. 3.3.11.4.4 List of Aquatic Plants in the buffer zone of KTK OC - 2 Project


1. Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. Thootiloora Convolvulaceae H Y

2. Marsilea minuta L. -- Marsileaceae H Y

Table No. 3.3.11.4.5 Phytosociological parameters f or trees of core zone KTK OC - 2 Project

Sl. No. Name of the Species Frequency Density /

ha pi pi ln pi pi2

1. Ailanthus excelsa 60.0 90.0 0.047 -0.144 0.002

2. Chloroxylon sweitenia 70.0 200.0 0.105 -0.237 0.011

3. Semecarpus anacardium 40.0 50.0 0.026 -0.096 0.001

4. Diospyrus chloroxylon 70.0 130.0 0.068 -0.184 0.005

5. Bauhinia racemosa 40.0 50.0 0.026 -0.096 0.001

6. Erythroxylon monogynum 60.0 130.0 0.068 -0.184 0.005

7. Acacia nilotica 40.0 60.0 0.032 -0.109 0.001

8. Cassia fistula 70.0 130.0 0.068 -0.184 0.005

9. Madhuca longifolia 50.0 80.0 0.042 -0.133 0.002

10. Dendrocalamus strictus 40.0 100.0 0.053 -0.155 0.003

11. Buchnania lanzan 50.0 100.0 0.053 -0.155 0.003

12. Anogeisus latifolia 70.0 120.0 0.063 -0.174 0.004

13. Aegle marmelos 70.0 130.0 0.068 -0.184 0.005

14. Azadirachta indica 20.0 20.0 0.011 -0.048 0.000

15. Borassus flabellifer 60.0 100.0 0.053 -0.155 0.003

16. Lagerstroemia parviflora 60.0 130.0 0.068 -0.184 0.005

17. Wrightia arborea 50.0 70.0 0.037 -0.122 0.001

18. Clesthanthus collinus 60.0 80.0 0.042 -0.133 0.002

19. Tectona grandis 60.0 90.0 0.047 -0.144 0.002

20. Sesbania sesban 10.0 10.0 0.005 -0.028 0.000

21. Ziziphus oenoplia 30.0 30.0 0.016 -0.066 0.000

1080.0 1900.0 1.000 -2.913 0.059

Table No. 3.3.11.4.6 Phytosociological analysis for shrubs in core zone of KTK OC - 2


ha pi pi ln pi pi2


2. Chloroxylon sweitenea 30.0 555.6 0.060 -0.168 0.004

3. Clesthanthus collinus 50.0 666.7 0.071 -0.189 0.005

4. Maytenus emarginata 30.0 444.4 0.048 -0.145 0.002

5. Lantana camera 40.0 777.8 0.083 -0.207 0.007

6. Diospyros chloroxylon 50.0 1000.0 0.107 -0.239 0.011

7. Wrightia tinctorea 40.0 888.9 0.095 -0.224 0.009

8. Cassia auriculata 70.0 1444.4 0.155 -0.289 0.024

9. Zizyphus oenoplia 40.0 777.8 0.083 -0.207 0.007

10. Dichrostachys cinerea 20.0 333.3 0.036 -0.119 0.001

11. Calotropis gigantea 20.0 222.2 0.024 -0.089 0.001

12. Calotropis procera 20.0 222.2 0.024 -0.089 0.001

13. Vitex negundo 60.0 888.9 0.095 -0.224 0.009

520.0 9333.3 1.000 -2.442 0.095



Table No. 3.3.11.4.7 Phytosociological analysis for herbs in core zone of KTK OC - 2


ha pi pi ln pi pi2

1. Sphaeranthus indicus 60.0 1.5 0.093 -0.220 0.009

2. Grewia hirsuta 60.0 0.9 0.056 -0.161 0.003

3. Pavonia odorata 30.0 0.4 0.025 -0.091 0.001

4. Tridax procumbens 40.0 1.0 0.062 -0.172 0.004

5. Hyptis sauveolens 100.0 2.1 0.130 -0.265 0.017

6. Indigofera linnaei 40.0 0.5 0.031 -0.107 0.001

7. Leucas aspera 30.0 0.4 0.025 -0.091 0.001

8. Waltheria indica 80.0 2.2 0.136 -0.271 0.018

9. Apluda mutica 100.0 2.0 0.123 -0.258 0.015

10. Crotalaria hirsuta 20.0 0.3 0.019 -0.074 0.000

11. Ocimum basilucum 20.0 0.4 0.025 -0.091 0.001

12. Boerhavia diffusa 40.0 0.6 0.037 -0.122 0.001

13. Aristida sitacea 70.0 2.0 0.123 -0.258 0.015

14. Hemidesmus indicus 60.0 0.9 0.056 -0.161 0.003

15. Abrus precatorius 30.0 0.4 0.025 -0.091 0.001

16. Ageratus conizoides 40.0 0.6 0.037 -0.122 0.001

820.000 16.200 1.000 -2.557 0.091

Table No. 3.3.11.4.8 Phytosociological analysis for trees in buffer zone of KTK OC - 2


ha pi pi ln pi pi2

1. Acacia sundra 70.0 100.0 0.045 -0.139 0.002

2. Aegle marmelos 60.0 110.0 0.049 -0.148 0.002


4. Anacardium occidentale 30.0 50.0 0.022 -0.085 0.001

5. Pithecellobium dulce 30.0 40.0 0.018 -0.072 0.000

6. Anogeisus latifolia 60.0 100.0 0.045 -0.139 0.002

7. Bombax ceiba 60.0 80.0 0.036 -0.119 0.001

8. Butea monosperma 40.0 80.0 0.036 -0.119 0.001

9. Cassia fistula 100.0 250.0 0.112 -0.245 0.013

10. Chloroxylon swietenia 90.0 190.0 0.085 -0.210 0.007

11. Gardenia gumifera 70.0 110.0 0.049 -0.148 0.002

12. Limonia acidissima 60.0 80.0 0.036 -0.119 0.001

13. Carissa carandas 50.0 70.0 0.031 -0.109 0.001

14. Manilkara hexandra 50.0 90.0 0.040 -0.130 0.002

15. Prosopis cinerea 30.0 40.0 0.018 -0.072 0.000

16. Strychnos nux-vomica 50.0 90.0 0.040 -0.130 0.002

17. Syzygium cumini 30.0 40.0 0.018 -0.072 0.000

18. Hardwickia binata 80.0 150.0 0.067 -0.182 0.005

19. Xylia xylocarpa 30.0 50.0 0.022 -0.085 0.001

20. Terminalia tomentosa 50.0 60.0 0.027 -0.097 0.001

21. Tamarindus indica 60.0 120.0 0.054 -0.157 0.003

22. Wrightia arborea 80.0 150.0 0.067 -0.182 0.005

23. Terminalia chebula 50.0 70.0 0.031 -0.109 0.001

1300.0 2230.0 1.000 -3.018 0.055



Table No. 3.3.11.4.9 Phytosociological analysis for shrubs in buffer zone of KTK OC - 2


ha pi pi ln pi pi2

1. Agave americana 30.0 444.4 0.017 -0.068 0.000

2. Cassia fistula 80.0 2333.3 0.087 -0.213 0.008

3. Wrightia tictorea 80.0 1444.4 0.054 -0.158 0.003

4. Calycopteris floribunda 70.0 1666.7 0.062 -0.173 0.004

5. Diopyrus melanoxylon 70.0 1777.8 0.066 -0.180 0.004

6. Canthium parviflorum 40.0 888.9 0.033 -0.113 0.001

7. Cleistanthus collinus 90.0 2222.2 0.083 -0.207 0.007

8. Butea superba 40.0 777.8 0.029 -0.103 0.001

9. Cassia auriculata 60.0 1444.4 0.054 -0.158 0.003

10. Grewia hirsuta 90.0 1777.8 0.066 -0.180 0.004

11. Helicteres isora 40.0 1333.3 0.050 -0.149 0.002

12. Zizyphus oenoplia 80.0 1888.9 0.071 -0.187 0.005

13. Hardwickia binata 70.0 1888.9 0.071 -0.187 0.005

14. Erythroxylum monogynum 80.0 2111.1 0.079 -0.200 0.006

15. Maytenus emarginata 60.0 1333.3 0.050 -0.149 0.002

16. Dodonaea viscosa 50.0 1333.3 0.050 -0.149 0.002

17. Carissa carandas 60.0 1222.2 0.046 -0.141 0.002

18. Gardenia gumifera 40.0 888.9 0.033 -0.113 0.001

1130.0 26777.8 1.000 -2.827 0.062

Table No. 3.3.11.4.10 Phytosociological analysis fo r herbs in buffer zone of KTK OC - 2


ha pi pi ln pi pi2

1. Hemidesmus indicus 50.0 0.7 0.042 -0.134 0.002

2. Caissa carandus 30.0 0.4 0.024 -0.090 0.001

3. Solanum surrentense 40.0 0.7 0.042 -0.134 0.002

4. Tinospora cordifolia 50.0 0.6 0.036 -0.120 0.001

5. Achyranthus aspera 50.0 0.6 0.036 -0.120 0.001

6. Sida cordata 10.0 0.3 0.018 -0.073 0.000

7. Eragrostis coarctata 60.0 1.1 0.066 -0.180 0.004

8. Aristida setasea 80.0 2.7 0.163 -0.295 0.026

9. Eragrosits tenula 30.0 0.7 0.042 -0.134 0.002

10. Alternanthera sessilis 30.0 0.3 0.018 -0.073 0.000

11. Apluda mutica 50.0 1.0 0.060 -0.169 0.004

12. Waltheria indica 60.0 1.4 0.084 -0.209 0.007

13. Spermacoce hispida 20.0 0.3 0.018 -0.073 0.000

14. Aerva lanata 30.0 0.5 0.030 -0.105 0.001

15. Cassytha filiformis 40.0 0.7 0.042 -0.134 0.002

16. Barleria prionitis 50.0 0.9 0.054 -0.158 0.003

17. Coldenia procumbens 70.00 1.50 0.090 -0.217 0.008

18. Commelina benghalensis 20.00 0.50 0.030 -0.105 0.001

19. Pergularia daemia 40.00 0.60 0.036 -0.120 0.001

20. Lepidagathis cristata 10.00 0.10 0.006 -0.031 0.000

21. Evolvulus alsinoides 40.00 0.70 0.042 -0.134 0.002

22. Lindernia antipoda 20.00 0.30 0.018 -0.073 0.000

880.00 16.60 1.000 -2.878 0.069



Table No. 3.3.11.4.11 List of Lepidoptera & Odonate s recorded from core and buffer areas

Sl. No. Common Name Scientific name Status

A. Lepidoptera

1. Crimson rose Pachliopta hector Least concern

2. Common Mormon Papilio polytes Least concern

3. Common bluebottle Graphium sarpedon Least concern

4. Common emigrant Catopsilia pomona Least concern

5. White orange tip Ixias marianne Least concern

6. Small orange tip Colotis etrida Least concern

7. Common evening brown Melanitis leda Least concern

8. Common three-ring Ypthima pandocus corticaria Least concern

9. Common sailor Neptis hylas Least concern

10. Common leopard Phalanta phalanta Least concern

11. Lemon pansy Junonia lemonias Least concern

12. Yellow pansy Junonia hierta Least concern

13. Dark blue tiger Tirumala septentrionis Least concern

14. Plain tiger Danaus chrysippus Least concern

15. Striped tiger Danaus genutia Least concern

16. Gram blue Euchrysops cnejus Least concern

17. Indian cupid Chilades parrhasius Least concern

18. Red pierrot Talicada nyseus Least concern

19. Zebra blue Leptotes plinius Least concern

20. Tiny grass blue Zizula hylax Least concern

21. Dark grass blue Zizeera knysna Least concern

22. Dark palm dart Telicota ancilla Least concern

23. Rounded pierrot Tarucus nara Least concern

24. Common grass dart Taractrocera maevius Least concern

25. Common silver line Spindasis vulcanus Least concern

B. Odonates

1. Common Club tail - Ictinogomphus rapax --

2. Common picture wing Rhyothemis variegata --

3. Ground Skimmer Diplacodes trivialis --

4. Black Ground Skimmer Diplacodes lefebvrei --

5. Green Marsh Hawk Orthetrum sabina --

6. Golden Dart let Ischnura aurora --



Table No. 3.3.11.4.12: List of Aves recorded from c ore and buffer areas


1. Median egret Mesophoyx intermedia Least concern

2. Asian open bill stork Anastomus oscitans Least concern

3. Large cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

4. Large Egret Ardea modesta Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

5. Indian pond heron Ardeola grayii Least concern,, WPA Schedule IV

6. Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Least concern,WPA Schedule IV

7. Little egret Egretta garzetta Least concern

8. Grey heron Ardea cinerea Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

9. Asian open-billed stork Anastomus oscitans Least concern

10. Comb duck Sarkidiornis melanotos Least concern

11. Common shelduck Tadorna tadorna Least concern

12. Pintail Anas acuta Least concern

13. Cotton teal Nettapus coromandelianus Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

14. Lesser Whistling duck Dendrocygna javanica Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

15. Common teal Anas crecca Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

16. Spot-billed duck Anas poecilorhyncha Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

17. Common kestrel Falco tinnunculus Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

18. Common quail Coturnix coturnix Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

19. Jungle Bush quail Perdicula asiatica Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

20. Indian peacock Pavo cristatus Least concern, WPA Schedule I

21. Red wattled lapwing Vanellus indicus Least concern

22. Yellow wattled lapwing Vanellus malabaricus Least concern

23. Common sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos Least concern

24. Wood sandpiper Tringa glareola Least concern

25. Black-winged stilt Himantopus himantopus --

26. Spotted dove Streptopelia chinensis Least concern

27. Rose ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri Least concern

28. Asian koel Eudynamys scolopaceus Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

29. Lesser coucal Centropus bengalensis Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

30. Spotted owlet Athene brama Least concern, WPA Schedule I

31. Barn owl Tyto alba Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

32. Lesser pied kingfisher Ceryle rudis Least concern

33. Small blue kingfisher Alcedo atthis Least concern

34. White-breasted kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

35. Chest nut headed bee-eater Merops leschenaulti Least concern

36. Small bee-eater Merops orientalis Least concern

37. Indian roller Coracias benghalensis Least concern,

38. House swallow Hirundo rustica Least concern

39. Black Drongo Dicrurus macrocercus Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

40. Common myna Acridotheres tristis Least concern

41. House crow Corvus splendens Least concern, WPA Schedule V

42. Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

43. Red-whiskered bulbul Pycnonotus jocosus Least concern, WPA Schedule IV

44. Common babbler Turdoides caudatus Least concern,

45. Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus Least concern




46. Asian paradise flycatcher Terpsiphone paradisi Least concern

47. Ashy Prinia Prinia socialis Least concern

48. Oriental magpie robin Copsychus saularis Least concern

49. Indian robin Saxicoloides fulicata Least concern

50. Large grey wagtail Motacilla maderaspatensis Least concern

51. Spotted munia Lonchura punctulata Least concern

Table No. 3.3.11.13: List of Reptiles recorded from core and buffer areas


1. Checkered keel back Xenochrophis piscator Least concern, WPA schedule II

2. Forest Calotis Calotes rouxiI Least concern

3. Indian Monitor Lizard Varanus bengalensis Least concern

4. Fan-throated Lizard Sitana ponticeriana Least concern

5. Green vine snake Ahaetulla nasuta Least concern

6. Chamellion Chamaeleo zeylanicus WPA schedule II

7. Common skink Mabuya carinata Least concern

8. Indian Rat snake Ptyas mucosus Least concern, WPA schedule II

9. Oriental Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Least concern

10. Russell’s viper Daboia russelii Least concern, WPA schedule II

11. Spectacled cobra Naja naja Least concern, WPA schedule II

Table No. 3.3.11.14: List of Amphibians recorded fr om core and buffer areas


1. Common Indian toad Bufo melanostictus Least concern

2. Ornate Narrow-mouthed Frog Microhyla ornata Least concern

3. Narrow-mouthed frog Microhyla rubra Least concern

4. Indian Bullfrog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Least concern

Table No. 3.3.11.15: List of mammals recorded from core and buffer areas


1. Indian field mouse Mus booduga WPA Schedule V

2. Indian Grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii WPA Schedule II

3. Wild Boar Sus scrofa cristatus Wagner Least Concern, WPA Schedule III

4. House mouse Mus muscuius castaneus Least Concern

5. Indian Palm squirrel Funambuus palmarum palmarum Least Concern, WPA Schedule IV

6. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Least Concern, WPA Schedule IV

7. Indian Crested Porcupine Hystrix indica Least Concern, WPA Schedule IV

8. Rheus macaque Macaca mulatta Least Concern Sch II (Part I)

9. Jackal Canis aureus Least Concern, WPA Schedule II

10. Spotted deer Axis axis Least Concern, WPA Schedule III

11. Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis Least Concern, WPA Schedule II



Table No. 3.3.11.16: List of spiders recorded from core and buffer areas Sl. No. Common Name Scientific name Status

1. Single striped grass spider Perenethis venusta --

2. Spiny orb-weaver Gasteracantha arcuata --

3. Common social spider Stegodyphus sarasinorum --

4. Two-tailed spider Hersilia tibialis --

5. Lined lynx spider Oxyopes lineatus --



Plants photographed during field survey of KTK OC - 2 P

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.1 Dichrostachys cinerea Figure No. 3.3.11.4.2 Tamarindus indicus

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.3 Strychnos potatorum Figure No. 3.3.11.4.4 Themeda quadrivalvis

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.5 Phyllanthus virgatus Figure No. 3.3.11.4.6 Cultivation of Oryza sativa



Figure No. 3.3.11.4.7 EPTRI & SCCL Staff Figure No. 3.3.11.4.8 Erythroxylum Monogynum

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.9 Vicoa indica Figure No. 3.3.11.4.10 View of buffer zone

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.11 Pergularia daemia Figure No. 3.3.11.4.12 Justicia adhatoda



Fauna photographed during field survey of KTK OC - 2 P

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.13 Macaca radiata Figure No. 3.3.11.4.14 Euploea core

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.15 Centropus bengalensis Figure No. 3.3.11.4.16 Bubulcus ibis

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.17 Calotes Versicolor Figure No. 3.3.11.4.18 Ardeola grayii



3.3.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS

3.3.12.1 Introduction

M/s Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) hired the services of EPTRI to carry out baseline socio economic study for KTK OC - 2 Project at Warangal District. The study site is surrounded by 21 villages within 10 km radius. The socio economic aspects, demographic structure, economic and livelihood pattern of the 12 villages was analyzed based on the primary data.

Primary data is generated by adopting a simple random sampling method. Among all the 21 villages, 12 villages were identified which have maximum number of households. Within these villages, nearly 5% of households was taken randomly and attained the sample size of 200 households.

This chapter contains the socio economic analysis of 12 villages and the analysis of 200 sample households based on the primary data generated through field survey.

3.3.12.2 Methodology

Secondary data was collected from the Govt. departments / agencies, Census 2011 in respect of the proposed site KTK OC - 2 Project in Bhupalapalli mandal of Warangal district. In this baseline study the respondents residing near the new mine area served as the unit of observation and relevant information was obtained from these respondents that is necessary for the socio-economic analysis.

The study included both primary and secondary data collection. The primary data was generated through formal scheduled interview with the respondents in the study area.

Keeping in view the objectives of the baseline study and the research model for the study, the following parameters were taken into consideration in the interview schedule to elicit the baseline information from the respondents residing within 10 km radius of the proposed mine exploration area.

• Basic household profile: age, sex, marital status, religion, caste, occupation, sources of income, family size, educational status

• Occupation

• Annual income from various sources

• Information on family budget

• Savings

• Family assets

• Existing social infrastructure facilities

• Quality of life

• Multidimensional Poverty Index

• Health status

• Cultural and aesthetic attributes

• Project awareness

Primary data has been generated from 200 households by door to door field survey through transact walk in all the 12 villages within the 10 km radius of the proposed mine. The baseline information has been presented by aggregating the findings of all the respondents from the project area in the form of tables, graphs and pie diagrams.

3.3.12.3 Demographic Profile of the study area as p er census report

To assess the anticipated impacts of the proposed activities on the socio economic aspects of people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area. The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements, demography


and social strata and literacyThe economic aspect includesdemographic and socio-economichave been described basedoccupational status, eductional, Infrastructural facilities wereTable Nos. 3.3.12.3.1 to 3.3.12.3.5

3.3.12.4 Demographic Structure

The study area of the proposed mine has the total population of 91,734 (2011 census) from 24,078 households covering 21 villages. Among 21 villages only one village i.e. Gaddiganipalli comes under core zone and the remaining 20 falls details of the population and

Particulars

Population

No. of villages

No. of households

50.6% population constitutes male female population. SC population is 18803 while the ST population is 7411.

3.3.12.5 Literacy Profile

As per the Indian census, any person who is able to read and write in any language with understanding is treated as literate. Literacy rate in the study area is about 61% and the illiteracy rate is 39% (census 2011). Details on education and literacy profpresented as below. More males are literate than females. Illiteracy is rampant among females.

3.3.12.6 Economic activity

Working population is the one that participates in an economical productive activity. The persons working for at least 8 months or more in a year are considered as main workers, while all those working for less than 4 months in a year are treated as marginal workers. Person engaged in household duties, students, dependents, retired persons and beggare grouped as non-workers.

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

60000

Tot

al L

itera

tes

5570

4



literacy levels as well as infrastructure facilities availableincludes occupational structure of people.

economic characteristics with regard to demography,based on the data obtained from the Census ofductional, medical facilities, land utilization & irrigation

were described based on 2001 census of Indiato 3.3.12.3.5.

Structure

The study area of the proposed mine has the total population of 91,734 (2011 census) from 24,078 households covering 21 villages. Among 21 villages only one village i.e. Gaddiganipalli comes under core zone and the remaining 20 falls under Buffer zone.

and no of households in the study are shown in

Particulars Within 10 km of the project site

91734

21

households 24078

50.6% population constitutes male population and 49.4% female population. SC population is 18803 while the ST

Profile

As per the Indian census, any person who is able to read and write in any language with understanding is treated as literate. Literacy rate in the study area is about 61% and the illiteracy rate is 39% (census 2011). Details on education and literacy profpresented as below. More males are literate than females. Illiteracy is rampant among

activity and Livelihood pattern

Working population is the one that participates in an economical productive activity. The or at least 8 months or more in a year are considered as main workers,

while all those working for less than 4 months in a year are treated as marginal workers. Person engaged in household duties, students, dependents, retired persons and begg

workers.

Tot

al Il

liter

ates

Mal

e Li

tera

tes

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

s

Mal

e Ill

itera

tes

Fem

ale

Illite

rate

s

5570

4

3603

0

3138

2

2432

2

1505

8

2097

2

Literacy Profile

Total Literates

Total Illiterates

Male Literates

Female LiteratesMale Illiterates

Female Illiterates



available in the area. people. The baseline

demography, literacy of India 2011. The rrigation and other

India is furnished in

The study area of the proposed mine has the total population of 91,734 (2011 census) from 24,078 households covering 21 villages. Among 21 villages only one village i.e.

under Buffer zone. The in the table below.

of the project site

and the illiteracy rate is 39% (census 2011). Details on education and literacy profile are presented as below. More males are literate than females. Illiteracy is rampant among

Working population is the one that participates in an economical productive activity. The or at least 8 months or more in a year are considered as main workers,

while all those working for less than 4 months in a year are treated as marginal workers. Person engaged in household duties, students, dependents, retired persons and beggars

Total Literates

Total Illiterates

Male Literates

Male Illiterates



The working population in the project area includes cultivators, agricultural labourers, household industry workers, marginal workers and the other workers. As per 2011 census, 43% of the total population constitutes the working population and the remaining 57% constitute the non-working population shown below.

Details of workers and non workers are presented below

S.No. Categories Numbers 1 Cultivators 7079 2 Agricultural labourers 12896 3 Household Industry Workers 392 4 Marginal workers 4637 5 Other Workers 14576 6 Non Workers 52154

Total 91734

In the study area, among workers agricultural labourers constitute about 14% and other workers constitutes 16% of the total working population. 0.5% of the population is engaged in industrial activity. Other work is the most available occupation as compared to the other existing occupations in the study area as their major source of livelihood.

3.3.12.7 Socio-Economic Profile of the project area

Socio-economic descriptions viz. population growth, density, sex ratio, health, work force participation, occupational structure, literacy etc, play an important role in determining the impact of the proposed project on human population of the study area, directly or indirectly. These impacts may be beneficial or detrimental. Socio economic environment includes description of demography, available basic amenities like housing, health care services, transportation, communication, education and cultural activities. The present section deals with the profile of the study area as per

3.3.12.8 State Profile

Telangana state is situated on the southern part of country. It is India's twelfth largest State and is bounded by the states of Maharashtra in the north and north-west, Karnataka in the west, Chhattisgarh in the north-east and Andhra Pradesh in the south and east. According to 2011 Census total population is 35,193,978 with the growth rate of 13.58% and Sex ratio of 987:1000. Population density is 307 persons per square kilometer. SC and ST population accounted for 15.43% and 9.33% respectively. Literacy rate is 66.46%. A large number of people work in the agricultural sector as farmers and agricultural labourers. There are many industrial workers as well. The State has a high skilled labour force. Higher educated group prefers the occupation in non-agricultural sector. Non-agricultural sector earns more than the agricultural sector. Administratively, the state is divided into 10 districts, 464 mandals and around 10128 villages.

3.3.12.9 Warangal District

Warangal is one of the districts in Telangana, India. The district is situated 145 km northern region of Hyderabad in Telangana. The district is bounded by Khammam district on East, Karimnagar district on North, Nalgonda on the South and Medak on the West. Many large scale companies like Bollapur Industries Ltd. Kamalapur, Sri Venkata Narasimha Solvent oil Ltd, Nakkalapalli, ABK Publications Ltd., Vaartha Buildings, Warangal, Lamansion Granites (P) Ltd, Arepalli, Singareni Colleries, Bhoopalpalli, Balaji Stake Industries,



Hasamparthy etc,. Holy places like the thousand pillar temple, Ramappa temple, Bhadra kali temple, Jain Temple, Siddeshwara Temple, Warangal fort, Medaram, Padmakshi Gutta, Govinda Rajula Gutta and Eturnagaram Lake, Pakhal Lake, Laknavaram etc. are located in Warangal district.

3.3.12.10 Soil Types

The major soil types found in the district are red chalka, black cotton soil, loamy soil and sandy loams.

3.3.12.11 Biodiversity

Warangal district has an area of 371014 hectars under forest mainly in the mandals of Eturunagaram, Tadvai and Mangapet. The minor forest produce in the district are Gumcaraya, wild brooms, soap nuts, nuxvomica, mahua seed etc.

3.3.12.12 Social Status

Demography and Social Characteristics

Total population of the study area of Warangal district has 3,512,576 of which 49.9% males and 50.1% females. The sex ratio is 997 females for every 1000 male population. Its population growth rate over the decade 2001-2011 was 8.21%. It has an average literacy rate of 65.11%, which is lower than the national India average of 74.04%.

3.3.12.13 Economic Status

Agriculture

The major crops found in this district are rice, maize, green gram, red gram. Commercial crops are cotton and chillies, oil seeds are groundnut, sunflower, Sesamum. Important horticulture crops are Mango, Banana, Sweet Orange, Suppota, Guava etc.

Industries

A bulk of industries are found based on agriculture, engineering, forest and mineral sectors and animal husbandry providing employment to a lot of people. Major industries in the district are Bollapur Industries Ltd. Kamalapur, Sri Venkata Narasimha Solvent Oil Ltd, Nakkalapalli, ABK Publications Ltd., Vaartha Buildings, Warangal, Lamansion Granites (P) Ltd, Arepalli, Singareni Colleries, Bhoopalpalli, Balaji Stake industries, Hasamparthy etc,.

Tourism

The important tourist places are the Thousand Pillar Temple, Ramappa Temple, Bhadrakali Temple, Jain Temple, Siddeshwara Temple, Warangal Fort, Medaram, Padmakshi Gutta, Govinda Rajula Gutta and Eturnagaram Lake, Pakhal Lake, Laknavaram etc. are present in Warangal district.

3.3.12.14 Socio-Economic Profile of the Study Area

This chapter contains the socioeconomic analysis of 12 villages and the analysis of 200 sample households based on the primary data generated through field survey.

Socio-economic study was carried out both in the core zone and buffer zone of the 200 sampled households based on primary data generated through field survey is as under. The list of villages covered in this study are as given below:



List of the villages covered in this study area

S.No Name of the Mandal Name of the Village No. of Samples

1. Bhoopalpalli Gaddiganipalli (Core Zone) 23

Kasimpalli 20

Veshalapalli 25

Peddakuntapalli 31

Kamalapuram 14

Jangedu 20

Seggampalli 5

Bhoopalpalli 6

2. Malharrao Ansanpalli 21

Kompalli 17

Nacharam 11

Mallampalli 7

Total 200

Demographic Feature

Demography and Socio-Economics

Any developmental activity will have impact on the socio-economic conditions and the quality of life of the population residing in the region. Socio-Economic survey helps to get an idea of changes in social, economic and cultural status due to the project.

Sample survey was conducted in 12 villages falling under Bhoopalpalli mandal of Warangal District and Malharrao mandal of Karimnagar district covering nearly 5% population from each of the villages totaling to about 200 households.

Field survey was carried out in different aspects of socio-economic indicators to know the people’s perception on the mining site and to determine the quality of life of the people living in the area. Quality of life in any area depends on availability of and accessibility to quality social infrastructure.

• Background information on the family: total number of members, age, sex, educational and occupational status, etc.

• Agricultural land: Total landholding, type of land,

• Agricultural equipments and Household amenities

• Animal wealth and associated income

• Crops: Various crops grown, income from crops

• Household expenditure: Monthly and yearly patterns of expenditure


EPTRI staff at socio

Demographic Status

The detailed description of the sociosections, which give an overall summresiding in the project area.

Family Status & Size and

The demographic profile of the study area constitute about 399 (52.9%) male and 355 (47.1%) female and average sex ratio, i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is 890. Average family size of the total 200 sample households is 3.77 persons. As per census 2011 and the survey results are more or less similar in terms of population is as shown in theadjacent graph.

Age-wise Distribution

The age-sex structure of a population is an important demographic characteristic, since it reflects past fertility, mortality and migration trends as well as current birth and death rates. The socio-economic survey recorded relatively young population. 75% were in the 11-50 years age group while 6.5% were aged 51 years and older and the same is as shown in the adjacent graph



socio-economic survey and collecting health data

The detailed description of the socio–economic profile is highlighted in the following subsections, which give an overall summary of the socio-economic conditions of the people residing in the project area.

and Sex composition

The demographic profile of the study area (52.9%) male and 355

(47.1%) female and average sex ratio, i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is 890. Average family size of the total 200 sample households is 3.77 persons. As per census 2011 and the survey results are more or less

rms of population is as shown in the

sex structure of a population is an important demographic characteristic, since it reflects past fertility, mortality and migration trends as well

death

economic survey recorded relatively young population. 75% were in the

50 years age group while 6.5% were aged 51 years and

is as adjacent graph.



data from ANMs

highlighted in the following sub–economic conditions of the people

sex structure of a population is an important demographic characteristic, since it


Age-wise Distribution

Age

0-10

11-20

21-30

31-40

41-50

51 and above

Total

Among the sample household,followed by those in the agerespectively.

The proportion of age dependentssurvey was nearly 35%, givingalso varies among the populationusually the family head is The children who are ranginghead. The reason beyondchildren for giving a better

* Dependency ratio is a measure showing the number of dependents (aged 0the age of 61) to the total population (aged Dependents/population (ages 15

Family Structure

Nuclear families are predominant in the project area with an incidence of 161 (80%) households while the remaining 39 (20%) households are observed to be living in joint families. The below table and graph ibreaking down of traditional Indian joint family, which once enjoyed the status of a dominant social institution in the Indian social terrain.

Reigion

According to the survey, religious background in the project area is diverse, composed with 197 (96%) household belongs to Hindu and 3 (4%) household belongs to Muslim. In this survey no one belongs to Christian community as shown below

Type of Family Number

Nuclear

Joint

Total

Religion Number

Hindu

Muslims

Christian

Total



Male Female Sex Ratio Total

54 35 648 89

20 92 85 924 177

30 109 86 789 195

40 43 59 1372 102

50 49 41 837 90

above 52 49 942 101

Total 399 355 890 754

household, 39.4% belong to working age group of age group of less than 20 above 41 and with

dependents (i.e. in the 0-14 and 61 and older agegiving an age dependency ratio of 0.74. The

population with more number of dependants the sole bread winner and wife & children

ranging between 15-23 years were also still dependingbeyond this is they are very much passionate

life.

* Dependency ratio is a measure showing the number of dependents (aged 0the age of 61) to the total population (aged 15-64). Calculated by: Number of Dependents/population (ages 15-61) x 100

Nuclear families are predominant in the project area with an incidence of 161 (80%) households while the remaining 39 (20%) households are observed to be living in joint

The below table and graph indicates the growing incidents of individualism abreaking down of traditional Indian joint family, which once enjoyed the status of a dominant social institution in the Indian social terrain.

According to the survey, religious background in the project area is diverse, composed with 197 (96%) household belongs to Hindu and 3 (4%) household belongs to Muslim. In this survey no one belongs to Christian community as

Number Percentage

161 80

39 20

200 100

Number Percentage

197 96

3 4

0 0

200 100



Total

89

177

195

102

90

101

754

21 to 40. This was with 35.3% and 25.3%

age groups) from the The dependency ratio

in a family where were dependents.

depending on family in educating their

* Dependency ratio is a measure showing the number of dependents (aged 0-14 and over 64). Calculated by: Number of

Nuclear families are predominant in the project area with an incidence of 161 (80%) households while the remaining 39 (20%) households are observed to be living in joint

ndicates the growing incidents of individualism and breaking down of traditional Indian joint family, which once enjoyed the status of a

According to the survey, religious background in the project area is diverse, composed with 197 (96%) household belongs to Hindu and 3 (4%) household belongs to Muslim. In


Caste Distribution

Caste-wise distribution of population is shown in the tabl as it is an important social structure in the Indian society. Out of the total 200 families it was observed that half of the percentage 50% (101) families are belong to backward caste, 27% (54) fambelong to schedule tribes, 21% (41) families are belong to schedule caste and least percentage 2% (4) families are forward caste people and the same is shown in adjacen graph.

Marital Status

Marital status forms an important component in sociothe effect of marital status on socio economic outcomes. Out of 754 population from 200 sample households, it was observed that 391 (52%) are married, 322 (43%) unmarriedand least number of persons 41 (5%) are widowed as shown in

Educational Profile

Educational profile amongpopulation as collected throughsurvey is given in the below tthe socio-economic surveygoing to school, 64% are the remaining 5% are the children

Amongst the surveyed population,level is about 15% of theeducated or undergoing theirof 25% and 9% respectivelyin graduation level. As per over illiteracy rate and among

As per socio economic surveyi.e. 164 were completed fiveweren’t completed five yearsin school. It is indicates that

Caste Number

Forward Caste 4

Backward Caste 101

Schedule Caste 41

Schedule Tribe 54

Total 200

Marital status Number

Married 391

Unmarried 322

Widowed 41

Divorced 0

Total 754



wise distribution of population is shown in the tabl as it is an important social structure in the Indian society. Out of the total 200 families it was observed that half of the percentage 50% (101) families are belong to backward caste, 27% (54) fambelong to schedule tribes, 21% (41) families are belong to schedule caste and least percentage 2% (4) families are forward caste people and the same is shown in adjacen

Marital status forms an important component in socio-economic survey in understanding the effect of marital status on socio economic outcomes. Out of 754 population from 200 sample households, it was observed that 391 (52%) are married, 322 (43%) unmarriedand least number of persons 41 (5%) are widowed as shown in below table and graph.

among the surveyed through the primary below table. As per

survey, it was observed that about 31% of them either literate or presently continuing with theirchildren below age 5 years.

population, persons educated upto or pursuing the total surveyed population. The percentagetheir education in middle school and Intermediate

respectively and the remaining 15% are educated or pursuing 2011 census and the survey results shows literacy

among literates males are more literate over females.

survey it was observed that more than half of householdfive years of schooling and remaining 36 of household

years of schooling. Almost all the school age childrenthat everyone knows the importance of education.

Number Percentage

2

50

21

27

100

Number Percentage

52

43

5

0

100



wise distribution of population is shown in the tabl as it is an important social structure in the Indian society. Out of the total 200 families it was observed that half of the percentage 50% (101) families are belong to backward caste, 27% (54) families are belong to schedule tribes, 21% (41) families are belong to schedule caste and least percentage 2% (4) families are forward caste people and the same is shown in adjacen

economic survey in understanding the effect of marital status on socio economic outcomes. Out of 754 population from 200 sample households, it was observed that 391 (52%) are married, 322 (43%) unmarried

below table and graph.

them are illiterate / not their education and

the primary school percentage of population

Intermediate is of the order pursuing education literacy rate is more

females.

household members household member

children are enrolled education.


Education

Illiterate

Primary

Secondary

Intermediate

Graduate

Post graduate

Technical

Professional

Polytechnic

Below 5 years

Total

3.3.12.15 Living Conditions

Housing Status

Residential dwellings in study area were generally classified into Kutcha, Semi and Pucca house.

Kutcha- thatched structures, walls constructed from unis primarily mud and dung.Pucca house – cemented walls builclassified into two categories as independent house or apartment in the study area.

• Independent house house. The owner is the only one with theanother party in writing.

• Apartment - means a part of any property, intended for residential use, including one or more rooms or enclosed spaces located on one or more floors or any part or parts thereof, in a multowner.

Semi Pucca house - cemented walls built with cement bricks/ burnt bricks, without RCC roof. The information collected below table and figure. It (71%) are dwelling in semiremaining least number ofin the below graph.

Housing Status

Type of House Number

Kutcha 20

Pucca 38

Semi Pucca 142

Total 200



Educational Profile

Male Female

87 150

67 47

113 73

33 34

51 25

9 4

14 7

2 1

2 0

21 14

399 399

Conditions and Infrastructure Facilities

Residential dwellings in study area were generally classified into Kutcha, Semi

thatched structures, walls constructed from un-burnt bricks or mud, floor material is primarily mud and dung.

cemented walls built with cement bricks/ burnt bricks, with RCC roof, classified into two categories as independent house or apartment in the study area.

Independent house - a house registered in the name of the person who owns the house. The owner is the only one with the property rights unless it is assigned to another party in writing.

means a part of any property, intended for residential use, including one or more rooms or enclosed spaces located on one or more floors or any part or parts thereof, in a multi-storied building registered in the name of individual flat

cemented walls built with cement bricks/ burnt bricks, without RCC

on housing from the households has been was observed that nearly three by fourth of

semi pucca houses, 38 (19%) families are in puccaof families 20 (10%) are living in kutcha houses

Housing Status

Percentage

10

19

71

100



Total

237

114

186

67

76

13

21

3

2

35

399

Residential dwellings in study area were generally classified into Kutcha, Semi - Pucca

burnt bricks or mud, floor material

t with cement bricks/ burnt bricks, with RCC roof, classified into two categories as independent house or apartment in the study area.

a house registered in the name of the person who owns the property rights unless it is assigned to

means a part of any property, intended for residential use, including one or more rooms or enclosed spaces located on one or more floors or any part

storied building registered in the name of individual flat

cemented walls built with cement bricks/ burnt bricks, without RCC

been presented in the of the families 142

pucca houses and the houses and the same is


Ownership of the Homestead

The adjacent graph showsenumerated in the study areafew (11%) are occupying homesteadsother persons.

Number of dwelling rooms

According to the survey findingstable, most of the householdsmajority of the householdsand more than 5 rooms shown in below table and graph.

Source of Drinking Water

Besides understanding the living conditions of the respondents in terms of an investigation of their housing conditions, an attempt was also made to assess the civic amenities in their houses. the study area are shown in the water from rural water supply scheme and other significant sources of water are bore well 15%, in combination of bore well and rural water supply is 18%, open well and incombination of open wells & rural water supply is 6%

It is concluded almost all the villages having clean drinking water facility through rural water supply. Most of villages having purifier water centres and people are filter at their residences.

Dwelling Rooms Number

One Room 34

Two Rooms 104

Three Rooms 34

Four Rooms 22

Five Rooms

Above five Rooms

Total 200

Source of drinking water Number

Bore Well

Open wells

Rural Water supply

Bore Well + Open well

Bore Well + RWS

Open Wells + RWS

Hand Pump

Total



Homestead

shows vast majority (89%) of the households area owned their homesteads, while only a homesteads on rent basis that belonged to

rooms

findings which were enumerated in the below households have separate dwelling rooms. It was

households 52% have two rooms and the least 2% and in the study area as

below table and graph.

Water

Besides understanding the living conditions of the respondents in terms of an investigation of their housing conditions, an attempt was also made to assess the civic amenities in their houses. The survey results on water sources used by communities in

study area are shown in the below table. Half of the respondents (50%) attained their water from rural water supply scheme and other significant sources of water are bore well 15%, in combination of bore well and rural water supply is 18%, open well and incombination of open wells & rural water supply is 6% and hand pump 5% respectively.

It is concluded almost all the villages having clean drinking water facility through rural water supply. Most of villages having purifier water centres and people are

Number Percentage

34 17

104 52

34 17

22 11

4 2

2 1

200 100

Number Percentage

54 27

12 6

111 55.5

0 0

20 10

1 0.5

2 1

200 100



was observed that and 1% have 5 rooms

Besides understanding the living conditions of the respondents in terms of an investigation of their housing conditions, an attempt was also made to assess the civic

The survey results on water sources used by communities in Half of the respondents (50%) attained their

water from rural water supply scheme and other significant sources of water are bore well 15%, in combination of bore well and rural water supply is 18%, open well and in

and hand pump 5% respectively.

It is concluded almost all the villages having clean drinking water facility through rural water supply. Most of villages having purifier water centres and people are using water


Sanitation

Sanitary conditions of thetoilets at their premises andpremises as shown in the below tablegraph.This indicates a defecation, which causes several health and environmental related problems.

Household Energy Sources

About 49% of the sample households have been using LPG connection, 48% of households use firewood and the remaining least families 3% are using both Wood as well as LPG for cooking purpose

Food Intake

The below graph shows 11% households consume very good food, 13% good food, 51% moderately and remaining 25% respondent’s consumption is poor in status. Thus in the study consumption of food intake is good.

3.3.12.16 Economic Activity

The working population in the study area includes cultivators, agricultural labourers, and household industry workers, petty vendor, service sector and unorganized sector. All workers i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last year, who are not cultivators or agricultural laborers or in household industry are other workers. Other workers include factory workers, plantation commerce, business, transport, mining, construction, political or social works, all Government & private sector employs, priests, entertainment artists etc.

Occupational Status

The below table shows, on the whole, 39% in the age grGender disparity is not extensive in the overall participation rate. It was observed that more women were limited to household work. On over all, overwhelming majority of the

Sanitation Outlets Number

Septic tanks

Open defecation

Community toilet Total

Type of Fuel Number

Fire Wood

LPG

Wood + LPG Total



the villages are poor, with marginal respondentsand 64% of the respondents don’t have access

as shown in the below table and situation of open

defecation, which causes several health and environmental related problems.

Sources

About 49% of the sample households have been using LPG connection, 48% of households use firewood and the remaining least families 3% are using both Wood as well as LPG for cooking purpose as shown in the below table and graph.

shows 11% households consume very good food, 13% good food, 51% moderately and remaining 25% respondent’s consumption is poor in status. Thus in the study consumption of food intake is good.

Activity and Livelihood Pattern

The working population in the study area includes cultivators, agricultural labourers, and household industry workers, petty vendor, service sector and unorganized sector. All workers i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last year, who are not cultivators or agricultural laborers or in household industry are other workers. Other workers include factory workers, plantation workers, those in trade, commerce, business, transport, mining, construction, political or social works, all Government & private sector employs, priests, entertainment artists etc.

The below table shows, on the whole, 39% in the age group 15-60 are in the work force. Gender disparity is not extensive in the overall participation rate. It was observed that more women were limited to household work. On over all, overwhelming majority of the

Number Percentage

72 36

128 64

0 0 200 100

Number Percentage

96 48

98 49

6 3 200 100



respondents (36%) having access to toilet at their

About 49% of the sample households have been using LPG connection, 48% of households use firewood and the remaining least families 3% are using both Wood as

as shown in the below table and graph.

remaining 25% respondent’s consumption is poor in status. Thus in the study area

The working population in the study area includes cultivators, agricultural labourers, and household industry workers, petty vendor, service sector and unorganized industrial sector. All workers i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last year, who are not cultivators or agricultural laborers or in household industry are

workers, those in trade, commerce, business, transport, mining, construction, political or social works, all Government & private sector employs, priests, entertainment artists etc.

60 are in the work force. Gender disparity is not extensive in the overall participation rate. It was observed that more women were limited to household work. On over all, overwhelming majority of the



working women are engaged in agricultural labourers, the percentage engaged in organized sector is much higher among men workers. As per census, 2011 and the survey results show agricultural labour work is more dominant in the study area.

Non- working Male Female

0-5 Years 25 19

Above 60 years 22 22

Students 147 98

Home Maker 0 118

Un employment 2 1

Total 196 258 Working

Farming 65 35

Al/FL 65 52

Daily Labour 18 3

Petty trader 14 2

Self employ 20 1

Employee 21 4

Total 203 97

Agricultural Scenario

The contribution of the agricultural sector to sample household’s income is relatively less. Sample households have an average agricultural holding size of 228.8 acres. Subsistence agriculture is an important contributor to the livelihoods of 51.5% households of the study area’s households. A range of crops cultivated mainly on rain fed basis, of them paddy and mangoes being the most common crops.

Ownership of agricultural fields in the sample population is little high, with 51.5% of the households enumerated in the socio-economic survey reporting that they owned fields as shown in the below table. Among the land holders 37% of the households were classified as marginal, 10.5% as small and the remaining 4% as medium as shown in the graph.

Besides land, both in absolute acreage and quality, the possession of livestock and other items like plough, tractor, etc significantly affects the agricultural outcome. Even though many of them didn’t possess costly agricultural related items like trucks and tractors, yet they opined to have access to these services through payment / rental basis. In the study area less than 2 % of the households possess agricultural related items like tractor and plough.

Category of farmer Farmers Land (in acres)

Less than 2.5 74 94.8

2.5 to 5 21 75

5.01 to 12.5 8 59

Above 12.5 0 0

No land 97 0

Total 200 228.8



Live stock Farming

Livestock husbandry is an important component of economic activities in the study area, particularly in the rural settlements. Livestock kept by households includes cattle, goats, poultry and sheep with less proportion. Still cattle are an integral part of cropping activities in the study area, providing draught power and producing organic fertilizer. Livestock provides meat, milk, eggs and a cash income.

Even though animal husbandry is the major source of sustenance especially in rural villages a number of constraints reduce the dependency on the livestock husbandry in the study area in recent times. These include:

• Rapid urbanization and consequent engulfing of agricultural and grazing lands into urban sprawl

• Decreased dependency on agriculture and allied activities as primary livelihood

• Migration of labour force to the industrial areas for livelihood options

• Animal husbandry is derelict due to the ageing of the population caused by the drift of young people and those in their prime of life to the cities.

Livestock ownership details obtained in the study area during the socio economic survey for 200 households are shown in the below table. A total of 48 households have cattle, 2 households have goat and only one household have sheep. Interestingly, majority of households owned no livestock. About 76% of the households owned no cattle, while ownership of other livestock was even lower – 99.5% owned no sheep and 99% no goat. Furthermore, herd sizes were small, with few households owning more than four heads of any of the three livestock types.

Herd Size Household Ownership of Livestock Cattle Sheep Goat

HH % HH % HH %

NO 152 76 199 99.5 198 99

1 - 3 43 21.5 1 0.5 0 0

4 - 7 4 2 0 0 0 0

8 & above 1 0.5 0 0 2 1

Total 200 100 200 100 200 100

Income and Expenditure

An assessment was made to understand the economic status of the respondents by understanding their income and expenditure pattern for the last one year. The assessment of income and expenditure of the respondents in the study area have been categorized into five groups taking into account 2013 - 14 as the base year. The income groups are (i) less than Rs 25,000, (ii) Rs 25,001-50, 000, (iii) Rs 50,001-75, 000, (iv) Rs 75,001-1 lakh (v) 1 lakh -1.25 (vi) Above 1.25 lakhs. Respondents were asked to indicate their households’ income sources. Sources of income and amounts show huge disparity. They were also asked to give a broad indication of their household’s average monthly income. The socio–economic condition of the respondents in the project area is presented in the below table.

However, the figures of monthly income from business and home enterprises, crops and livestock of the sample households and their expenditure pattern showing lot of contradiction demonstrating inconsistency in reported incomes and expenditure.


It was observed that out of the total 200 respondents, 31% had an income between 50001-75000 per annum Rs.75001 to 1, 00,000, 17% of the respondents are range of above Rs. 1, 25,000, 14% of the respondent are within the range of Rs 25001 to 50000, and least number of household 7% are having Rs 1000respondents, who are with low annual income i.e., less than Rs. 25000 per annum. Such higher concentration of higherrandom sampling.

Expenditure

The data on annual incomeagriculture, labour work, smallreveal the actual situation.like salary every month, it oftenestimate their annual householddepend upon the memoryattempt to assess their patterneducation was made. It wasexpenditure of Rs. 6500.representing two of the mostitems, children education and

Consumption standard

For inferring the consumptionvarious consumer durablesrelated durables, it is to beanother 11% possess onlypossess motorized as well

In the other group of consumer durables consisting of television, refrigerator and refrigerator, fan, mobile phone, it was observed that almost all the household possess fan as their minimum requirement, 85% of sample households possess television, 90% mobile phone for their communication and entertainment purpose and 12% of households

Income levels Number

<25000 22

25001- 50000 28

50001-75000 62

75001-1 lakh 39

1-1.25 lakhs 15

Above 1.25 37

Total 200

Vehicle Number

None 124

Cycle 22

Two Wheeler 44

4 Wheeler 0

2 + Cycle 9

4 + 2 1

Total 200



It was observed that out of the total 200 respondents, 31% had an income between

75000 per annum and another 20% of the respondents are within the range of Rs.75001 to 1, 00,000, 17% of the respondents are range of above Rs. 1, 25,000, 14% of the respondent are within the range of Rs 25001 to 50000, and least number of household 7% are having Rs 100000 to Rs 125000 per annum. There are 11% respondents, who are with low annual income i.e., less than Rs. 25000 per annum. Such higher concentration of higher-income groups owe to the very nature of the stratified

income of rural households, whose primary occupationsmall scale business, in terms of a fixed figure

situation. Since these households do not have a fixedoften becomes difficult on the part of the respondents

household income. In such a situation, the memory of the respondents. To overcome such

pattern of spending on essential items like food,was observed that the average household

6500. Food and medical expenses are themost frequent expenditure items alongside and clothing.

consumption standard of the sample households, theirdurables was recorded in the survey. Considering

be noted that 62% of the households do notonly bicycles, 22 % possess motorized vehicles

as non motorized vehicles as shown in the below table.

In the other group of consumer durables consisting of television, refrigerator and refrigerator, fan, mobile phone, it was observed that almost all the household possess fan as their minimum requirement, 85% of sample households possess television, 90%

ile phone for their communication and entertainment purpose and 12% of households

Number Percentage

11

14

31

20

7

17

100

Percentage

62

11

22

0

4.5

0.5

100



It was observed that out of the total 200 respondents, 31% had an income between and another 20% of the respondents are within the range of

Rs.75001 to 1, 00,000, 17% of the respondents are range of above Rs. 1, 25,000, 14% of the respondent are within the range of Rs 25001 to 50000, and least number of

00 to Rs 125000 per annum. There are 11% respondents, who are with low annual income i.e., less than Rs. 25000 per annum. Such

income groups owe to the very nature of the stratified

occupation is mostly figure may not always fixed source of income respondents to exactly

researcher has to such shortcomings, an

food, cloth, health and records a monthly

the most common, food and personal

their possession of Considering the transportation

not possess any and vehicles and the remaining

the below table.

In the other group of consumer durables consisting of television, refrigerator and refrigerator, fan, mobile phone, it was observed that almost all the household possess fan as their minimum requirement, 85% of sample households possess television, 90%

ile phone for their communication and entertainment purpose and 12% of households


are using refrigerator as shown the below graph. to information and connectivity with the outside village for the majority of the resp

Savings

As shown in the adjacentenumerated in the presenthouseholds possess savingshouseholds don’t having people are daily wages.

Transport Facilities

Transport system comprisesWhen it was enquired aboutthe surveyed villages havevillagers are also using autos

Health and Medical Facilities

When enquired about the healthmost of the villages have problem they refer to the Bhupalapalli village whichmedical facilities are good

Recreational Facilities

Most of the villages in theBhupalapalli village has thesepeople from their daily works.hall, Auditorium, News andabove village for the entertainment

Solar Energy

The adjacent graph shows(69%) are aware of solarrespondents are not awareare already using solar lampsEducational people are much

3.3.12.17 Quality of Life

The Quality Of Life indexsample households followinghas been modified to suit tothe data. The parametersrespondents have been listed



as shown the below graph. This indicates chances of having access to information and connectivity with the outside village for the majority of the resp

adjacent graph, the sample households present socio economic survey, 33% of

savings and the remaining 67% savings. It indicates that most of

comprises several modes including Road, Rail, andabout the transport facilities in the villages it washave motorable road along with the RTC busautos and other sources for their conveyance purpose.

Facilities

health and medical facilities in the villages, it the ANM’s (Auxiliary Nurse Midwife). In case private and government hospitals which are

which are near from the surrounding villages. in the study area.

the study area don’t have recreational facilitiesthese facilities, as it provide some sort of entertainment

works. These facilities in the villages are in theand Magazines. The other villagers from the study

entertainment purpose.

shows more than half of the respondents 138 solar energy and remaining 62 (31%)

aware of solar energy. Some of the people lamps in their homes and petty business.

much aware on solar energy.

index (QOL) has been computed for the following the methods adopted by Saxena et al.

to the present investigation because of the variationparameters taken into consideration for the assessment

listed in Table No. 1. The scores used to assess



This indicates chances of having access to information and connectivity with the outside village for the majority of the respondents.

and Waterways etc. was observed that all bus facilities and the

purpose.

it was observed that case of any serious are available in the It is inferred that

facilities where as the entertainment for the the form of Cinema study area visit the

(1998). The index variation present in

assessment of QOL of the assess the QOL have



been presented in Table No. 2

Table No. 1 Parameters used for the computation of the Quality of Life Index

1. Housing (Type & Number of room) 8. Transport and communication facilities 2. Source of Water used 9. Fuel and energy availability

3. Sanitary facilities Available 10. Assets possessed 4. Food and nutrition intake 11. Own transportation means 5. Health and safety status 12. Per-capita income 6. Educational status 13. Recreational facilities

7. Medical facilities

The minimum desired level of score for the above parameters for a fair living condition was defined with a value of 0.5 on a scale of 0 to 01. All the parameters have been given an equal weightage and the total score of QOL Index is 13.

The classification on the basis of total score used for analysis is as follows:

1. <3 -Very poor, 2. >3-5-Poor, 3. >5-7-Fair, 4. >7-10-Good, 5. >10-13-Very good

Table No. 2 Method used for the assessment of Quality of Life Index

Parameters Considered V A Parameters Considered V A

1. Housing 2. Source of Water

Pucca – above 3 rooms 0.5 Bore well 1.0

Pucca -1-2 room 0.4 RWS 0.8

Semi pucca 0.3 Open wells 0.4

Kutcha 0.2 Water tanker 0.3

Values assigned according to availability of rooms High values for additional own source of water

3. Sanitary Facilities 4. Food Type

Open defecation 0 Very Good(Rice+Pulses+ Curry+ NV) 1

Community toilet 0.2 Good ( Rice+Pulses+curry) 0.5

Sanitation facility at home 0.5 Moderate (Rice+Curry+ Gruel) 0.3

Poor (Rice+ Onion+ Gruel ) 0.1

For additional facilities higher values are assigned Higher values are assigned as per availability of fruit consumption and other protein foods

5. Roads and Transport Facilities 6. Vehicles Possessed

No facility 0 Cycle 0.3

Motorable road 0.5 Motorcycle/Scooter 0.5

Good roads and proper bus facilities 0.75 Four wheeler >0.7

Good roads, bus and railway service 1. 0

7. Prevalence of Common Diseases 8. Medical Treatment Facilities

Suffering from Common diseases 0.3 No availability of medical facilities 0

Suffering from No major diseases 0.5 RMP Doctor 0.2

No diseases 1.0 MBBS Doctor 0.4

M.B.B.S Doctor + Dispensary 0.6

Doctor + Dispensary+ specialization 1.0

9. Fuel and Energy Used 10. Entertainment

Gas 1.0 Community recreations 0.2

Wood +gas 0.75 Only TV 0.3



Parameters Considered V A Parameters Considered V A

Kerosene 0.3 Cinema + Community recreations 0.4

Coal/ wood 0.2 TV+ Cinema+ Community Recreations 1

11. Assets Possessed Amounting to 12. Educational Qualification

Rs.< 10,000 0.2 Illiterate 0

Rs.10,000-30,000 0.35 Primary 0.3

Rs.30,000-50,000 0.5 Secondary 0.5

Rs.50,000-1 lakh 0.75 Territory 0.7

Rs > 1 lakh 1.0 Professional courses 1

13. Per Capita Income per Anum

Rs. < 25000 0.2 Rs. 75000-100000 0.7

Rs. 25000-50000 0.3 Rs. 100000-125000 0.8

Rs. 50000-75000 0.5 Above 1250000 1

Note: V A = Values assigned

Source: N. C., Pal, A.K., Prusty, B.K. and Kumar, P: Quality of Life Index of the Mining area. In: Special issue on Environment of the Indian Mining and Engineering Journal. Centre of Mining Environment, Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad, July: 15-18 (1998).

On the basis of the value functions stated above, the QOL of different sample households were computed and the average QOL for all the sample households’ village wise was presented in Table No. 3.

Table No - 3 Average QOL

While the average QOL for all the sample households in village wise found to be 4.17. Highest in Mallampalli village (5.27) where living conditions are fairly good and lowest in Peddakuntapalli (3.48) as shown in above bar graph.

It is noted that the Quality index broadly presents the status of the sample households in poor status (as per the gradation of scores mentioned earlier), Mallampalli and Bhoopalpalli regions living condition and infrastructure facilities are good compared to other villages the individual resource base has been good and resulting a good Quality of Life index in these two villages. While coming to other 10 villages the proportion was ranging between >3 - 5 when it is considered overall Quality of life index and individual resource base is poor. This indicates that life support system has been inadequate and

Sl. No Village Average

QOL 1. Gaddiganipalli 3.5

2. Kasimpalli 3.96

3. Veshalapalli 4.25

4. Peddakuntapalli 3.48

5. Kamalapuram 3.96

6. Jangedu 4.08

7. Seggampalli 3.72

8. Bhoopalpalli 5.1

9. Ansanpalli 4.33

10. Kompalli 4.59

11. Nacharam 3.81

12. Mallampalli 5.27

Total 4.17



the social sector development has been at poor level.

3.3.12.18 Health Status

Health Status of people living in and around the mining area was collected from ANMs records. The health data revealed that large numbers of respondents are affected by skin disease, T.B and Asthma apart from common diseases like common cough and cold, general weakness and fever. The health status with in the 5 KM of study area is furnished in Table No. 3.3.12.18.1

Table No. 3.3.12.18.1 Baseline data of the health o f the people. (2014-15)

S. No

Name of the village Population TB

Cases Asthama

Cases Skin

Disease Leprosy Cases Remarks

1. Bhoopalpalli 37227 06 12 12 -- --

2. Jangedu 3120 -- 04 06 -- --

3. Kashimapalli 5559 04 06 08 -- --

4. Veshalpalli 2847 02 04 06 -- --

5. Peddakuntapalli 2665 02 06 07 -- --

Total 51418 14 32 39 -- -- Source: Primary Health centers & BHPL Govt. Hospita l

Morbidity pattern

Morbidity pattern mainly focuses on the nature of death and has been classified into two different categories i.e., natural and unnatural death. Unnatural death includes deaths by induced, homicide, accidents etc and natural death includes death by disease or old age. All unnatural deaths owed to accidents in the study area. Majority of the respondents (61%) in the study area had natural deaths in last ten years due to lungs, kidneys, diabetic, Malaria, T.B, Jaundice, paralysis, cancer and age.

3.3.12.19 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes

This component of the analysis mainly emphasizes the helpfulness of a green surrounding through various ways. An attempt was made to find out the major benefits of having a green cover in the nearby surrounding area.

All respondents agreed to the green cover surrounding the proposed coalmine. The above finding is an indication of the fact that all respondents are in favour of the green surrounding in the study area owing to its multiple benefits through various forms like Nature benefits in the form of food, source of income, pollution free environment, good for heath and it also provides certain benefits in the form of fruits, shade, fresh air etc. In addition to the above replies the respondents have also expressed their support in favour of green cover owing to other reasons like if sufficient green cover is not there, there won’t be sufficient rains and they will face water shortage which is the most appreciable response from the respondents.

3.3.12.20 Project Awareness

The main aim of this study is to find out the level of awareness among the respondents about the proposed new mine in the study area.

In the project area 38 respondents expressed their ignorance about the proposed mine whereas 162 have come up with a positive reply. These 162 respondents are conscious of the proposed mine in the study area. Of these 162 respondents 143 respondents said they came to know about the project through project authorities.

An assessment was done to find out the respondents’ opinion about the benefit of the project. It was revealed that 164 respondents hope for economic benefits from the project



through getting some sort of employment and good compensation from the authorities. Remaining 36 respondents do not hope for any kind of economic benefits from the project because their villages are very far from the proposed project and they won’t get any compensation as well as job from the project. Majority of the female respondents felt that with the intervention of the project the infrastructure facilities like water supply and hospitals will improve in their area.

3.3.12.21 Socio-Economic Assessment

The socio- economic impact assessment of the respondents with respect to the KTK Opencast - 2 project is as under:

Social Division

Social division is playing a crucial role in influencing the respondent’s quality of life. This is evident from the fact that even though the percentage of the forward caste respondents in the study area is low as compared to the other marginalized social divisions and minority communities yet, these forward caste respondents are superior in terms of quality of life. Hence Social division is found to have a major influence on the quality of life of the respondents. Even though the percentage of forward caste respondents is less the individual land holdings of these respondents is more and hence the annual income is more among the forward caste people than marginalized communities like SC and ST. The prevailing social condition reflects that the marginalized communities are very poor in all aspects than forward categories and they are more socially privileged than the other castes in the study area.

Literacy and Occupational Assessment

Literacy being widespread in the study area, majority of the respondents is skilled. Among illiteracy the major irrespective of caste and age group, agricultural labour work has been opted as the principal occupation followed by farming in large numbers. Further education is not found to have any significant influence on their choice of occupation thus the need for being educated has not gained any significance amongst the respondents.

Annual Income

Agricultural labour work and agriculture is commonly preferred by majority of the respondents which is serving as a major source of livelihood. As the infrastructural facilities are very poor in the study area the fields which are near to water source are getting more yield than other fields just away from the existing stream or pond are getting less yield and whatever the agricultural produce is there, that is sufficient only for the family consumption. So their annual income is very less with the existing employment opportunities.

Annual Expenditure

The expenditure pattern reflects the first preference for food followed by medicines and clothes. This bears testimony to the fact that their earnings through agriculture and labour work are meager and just meets the basic needs. This is also observed that little importance is also given to the traditional and cultural practices in everyday life of the respondents in the specified year. However education is gaining the priority as one of the basic requirement.

Health Assessment

Number of studies has revealed that there is an association between socio-economic disadvantage and health. The mechanisms by which socio-economic status influences the health status are complex and varied. Also the association between socio-economic status and health is not always straightforward; it is confounded by many factors. It is often hypothesized that a number of inter-related factors including education, place of residence, health beliefs and behavior, occupation, income, access to health services and



the environment in which people live determine the socio-economic disadvantage and health.But here in the study area lack of access to the proper health facilities are the main reason for high mortality rates.

3.3.12.22 Conclusion

The proposed mining area is surrounded by 21 villages. Gaddiganipalli village is in core zone and remaining villages are in buffer zone. Sample survey was carried out in Bhoopalpalli and Malharro Mandals respectively.

Most of the village people were aware of the KTK OC - 2 Project. In this project area almost all households belongs to Hindu religion. Schedule caste people are highly concentrated in core zone area and backward caste people are highly concentrated in buffer zone area. It was observed that about 31% of them are illiterate / not going to school, 64% are either literate or presently continuing with their education. Education status has vastly improved from generation to generation in this region. Schooling is available upto primary education and an Aganwadi centre is also situated in these villages. Passable motorable road and communication facilities are reasonable. Agricultural labourers and day to day earners are high in numbers. Main crops for cultivation are Paddy and Cotton. In this area, out of 200 households surveyed, 74 household having less than 2.5 acres of land, 21 household having between 2.5 to 5 acres, 8 household having between 5 to 12.5 acres of land respectively. Many of them didn’t possess costly agricultural related items like trucks and tractors, yet they opined to have access to these services through payment or rental basis.

It is stated that most of the household having owned their homestead and 19% are dwelling in pucca houses, 71% are living in semi pucca houses and 10% people are dwelling katcha houses. It is observed that flooring condition of the villages is good, 44% of households having dirt flooring, 55% people are having stone and cement concrete flooring and only 1% of households having marble flooring. With regards to water sources, 111 families are using water facility from rural water supply and remaining 89 families are using combination of rural water supply and bore well or open well respectively. It is concluded almost of the villages having clean drinking water facility through rural water supply. In this study area sanitary status is poor and 64% of respondents do not access to toilets in their premises, indicating a situation of open defecation, which causes several health and environmental related problems. It is observed that 48% of households using firewood and 49% people are using LPG for cooking purpose and nutrition food intake good level in this study area. In the area of consumer durables almost all the household possess fan as their minimum requirement, 85% of households possess television, 12% of households possess Refrigerator and 90% of households having mobile phone for their communication and entertainment purpose. Health and medical amenities are very poor in the study area, most of the villages having the Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM) and Rural Medical Practitioners (RMPs). Recreation clubs are not available in all villages, hence people were travelling to nearby villages for entertainment. It was observed that in this area out of 200 families, only 69% of families are aware of solar energy.

The average Quality of Life (QOL) for all the sample households in village wise found to be 4.17. It is highest in Mallampalli village (5.27) where living condition and infrastructural facilities are fairly good and lowest in Peddakuntapalli (3.48). The QOL in Gaddiganipalli, Kasimpalli, Veshalapalli, Kamalapuram, Jangedu, Seggampalli, Bhoopalpalli, Ansanpalli, Kompalli, and Nacharam is 3.5, 3.96, 4.25, 3.96, 4.08, 3.72, 5.1, 4.33, 4.59 and 3.81 respectively. It indicates that not only living conditions and infrastructural facilities are poor in the region and also the individual resource base has been also poor resulting in a poor Quality of Life index. Infrastructure facilities observed in study area are poor due to which, QOL is getting adversely affected.

It is observed that nearly 18% respondents who are far from the study area are not expecting any kind of social assistance from the proposed project because they think their villages are far from project and left out members are in hope that with the



commencement of the project job opportunities will be increased and ultimately better living conditions will be provided by the authorities. Female respondents are expecting a good sanitation and water supply facilities. The literate respondents expressed the hope that the project will increase the employment sources and most people are expecting increase in their land rates.

Most of the respondents perception is that improve in basic requirements and infrastructure facilities like educational institutions, hospitals, roads, sanitation and drainage systems etc.

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

121

Tab

le N

o. 3

.3.1

2.3.

1 D

emog

raph

ic s

truc

ture

with

in

stud

y ar

ea o

f the

Pro

ject

SI.

No

N

ame

of th

e V

illag

e

No

HH

T

OT

P

TO

T

M

TO

T F

P

06

M 0

6 F

06

P S

C

M S

C

F S

C

P S

T

M S

T F

ST

P L

IT

M L

IT

F L

IT

P IL

L

M IL

L

F IL

L

TO

T_

WO

RK

P

MA

IN

WO

RK

P

MA

IN

CLP

M

AIN

_ A

LP M

AIN

_ H

H

P

MA

IN

OT

P

NO

N_

WO

RK

P

1.

Bho

opal

palli

10

438

4238

7 21

810

2057

7 35

68

1916

16

52

8104

41

33

3971

33

47

1737

16

10

2972

1 16

487

1323

4 12

666

5323

73

43

1247

0 11

849

167

878

92

1071

2 29

917

2.

Ner

adup

alli

481

1770

89

6 87

4 14

9 72

77

27

3 14

2 13

1 40

22

18

89

6 54

7 34

9 87

4 34

9 52

5 12

38

576

290

207

2 77

53

2

3.

Vad

inep

alli

165

554

272

282

44

21

23

140

69

71

0 0

0 29

9 16

5 13

4 25

5 10

7 14

8 27

3 16

4 59

95

0

10

281

4.

Gud

adup

alli

356

1287

66

2 62

5 10

5 62

43

21

0 10

5 10

5 66

34

32

62

1 37

6 24

5 66

6 28

6 38

0 81

8 80

3 21

7 53

7 14

35

46

9

5.

Kom

palli

15

24

5540

27

10

2830

51

3 27

7 23

6 64

7 30

8 33

9 60

2 29

8 30

4 31

09

1733

13

76

2431

97

7 14

54

3067

23

37

878

1019

19

42

1 24

73

6.

Jang

edu

3022

11

531

5777

57

54

1125

58

8 53

7 35

86

1741

18

45

731

380

351

6226

35

49

2677

53

05

2228

30

77

5872

50

09

979

2841

44

11

45

5659

7.

Kam

alap

uram

68

4 24

44

1242

12

02

257

142

115

536

262

274

552

281

271

1162

70

3 45

9 12

82

539

743

1477

14

69

819

585

2 63

96

7

8.

Che

lpur

u 22

98

8422

41

81

4241

92

8 47

0 45

8 18

50

940

910

389

201

188

4834

27

24

2110

35

88

1457

21

31

4341

40

40

759

2063

69

11

49

4081

9.

Yed

lapa

lli

364

1244

61

7 62

7 11

6 62

54

41

1 20

5 20

6 93

42

51

60

1 34

1 26

0 64

3 27

6 36

7 75

1 75

0 44

1 22

4 6

79

493

10.

Dub

bagh

at

123

444

216

228

37

18

19

48

21

27

25

12

13

196

108

88

248

108

140

286

66

56

7 1

2 15

8

11.

Dub

bape

t 50

19

2 96

96

19

10

9

2 2

0 18

6 92

94

90

56

34

10

2 40

62

11

5 10

7 64

37

0

6 77

12.

Chi

nna

Tun

dla

249

889

420

469

83

51

32

360

163

197

146

71

75

460

255

205

429

165

264

475

472

87

348

3 34

41

4

13.

Mal

lara

m

594

2130

10

37

1093

17

9 83

96

26

3 13

6 12

7 80

40

40

11

04

622

482

1026

41

5 61

1 12

46

1184

31

9 68

8 7

170

884

14.

Tad

cher

la

2082

71

26

3601

35

25

640

343

297

1542

78

6 75

6 97

82

15

37

78

2205

15

73

3348

13

96

1952

38

01

3151

59

6 20

10

94

451

3325

15.

Kap

uram

48

13

5 62

73

4

2 2

0 0

0 5

4 1

61

31

30

74

31

43

104

99

7 91

0

1 31

16.

Sha

traj

palli

43

13

4 68

66

17

9

8 0

0 0

0 0

0 66

37

29

68

31

37

76

33

31

2

0 0

58

17.

Nac

hara

m

285

960

482

478

102

52

50

184

97

87

33

23

10

436

262

174

524

220

304

591

491

56

391

9 35

36

9

18.

Ans

anap

alli

340

1228

62

6 60

2 12

0 64

56

18

5 94

91

44

8 22

8 22

0 53

8 33

4 20

4 69

0 29

2 39

8 69

1 64

5 45

2 14

4 12

37

53

7

19.

Tad

vai

60

201

98

103

16

8 8

14

7 7

0 0

0 83

48

35

11

8 50

68

12

3 12

3 11

3 8

0 2

78

20.

Ped

da T

undl

a 82

0 29

19

1465

14

54

252

133

119

420

215

205

505

260

245

1320

74

0 58

0 15

99

725

874

1661

14

75

630

695

13

137

1258

21.

Mal

lam

palli

52

19

7 10

2 95

23

16

7

28

13

15

66

36

30

103

59

44

94

43

51

104

100

59

26

5 10

93

T

otal

24

078

917

34 4

6440

452

94

8297

43

99

3898

18

803

9439

93

64

7411

38

43

3568

55

704

3138

2 24

322

3603

0 15

058

2097

2 39

580

3494

3 70

79

1289

6 39

2 14

576

5215

4

Sou

rce:

AP

Cen

sus

2011

No

te:

HH

- H

ou

seh

old

; P

- P

op

ula

tio

n;

M -

Ma

le;

F -

Fe

ma

le;

SC

- S

che

du

led

Ca

ste

; S

T -

Sch

ed

ule

d T

rib

e;

LIT

- L

ite

racy

; l

LL -

Ill

ite

rate

; T

OT

- T

ota

l;

CL

- C

ult

iva

tors

; A

L -

Ag

ricu

ltu

ral

Lab

ou

rs;

HH

- H

ou

seh

old

In

du

stry

Wo

rke

rs;

Ma

rg.

- M

arg

ina

l W

ork

ers

; O

T -

Oth

er

wo

rke

rs



Table No. 3.3.12.3.2 Educational Facilities in the Study Area

Sl. No.

Name of the Village

Schools College Training

School

Adult Literacy centre

Others Primary Middle Secondary

1. Yedlapalli 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

2. Dubbaghat 1 0 0 0 0 1 0

3. Dubbapet 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4. Chinna Tundla 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

5. Mallaram 1 1 0 0 0 2 0

6. Tadcherla 6 2 1 0 0 0 0

7. Kapuram 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

8. Shatrajpalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

9. Nacharam 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

10. Ansanapalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

11. Tadvai 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

12. Pedda Tundla 3 0 0 0 0 0 0

13. Mallampalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

14. Khammampalli 3 1 0 0 0 1 0

15. Surkawarampalli 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

16. Odala 2 1 1 0 0 1 0

17. Gopalapuram 1 0 0 0 0 3 0

Source: 2001 Amenities Census Data



Table No. 3.3.12.3.3 Medical Facilities within the Study Area

Sl. No. Name of the Village

*Facility Code Numbers

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14

1. Yedlapalli 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2. Dubbaghat 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0

3. Dubbapet 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4. Chinna Tundla 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5. Mallaram 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0

6. Tadcherla 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

7. Kapuram 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8. Shatrajpalli 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9. Nacharam 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10. Ansanapalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

11. Tadvai 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12. Pedda Tundla 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

13. Mallampalli 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

14. Khammampalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0

15. Surkawarampalli 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

16. Odala 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

17. Gopalapuram 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Source: 2001 Census data

*Facility code numbers

C1 - Medical Facilities C8 - Family Welfare Centre C2 - Maternity & Child Care Centre C9 - TB Clinic C3 - Maternity Home C10 - Nursing Home C4 - Child Welfare Care C11 - Reg. Med. Practitioner C5 - Health Centre C12 - Subsidized Medical Practitioners C6 - Primary Health Centre C13 - Comu.Health Worker C7 - Primary Health Sub Centre



Table No. 3.3.12.3.4 Land use and Cropping Patterns

Sl. No.

Name of the Village

Land use patterns (in Hectares) Roads

Total area

Forests Area

Agricultural land Paved Road Mud Road

Irrigated Irrigated

1. Yedlapalli 761 60 621 70 2 1

2. Dubbaghat 2318 8 60.15 2003.78 1 2

3. Dubbapet 299 19 74.62 19.02 2 1

4. Chinna Tundla 1253 24 44.57 777.08 2 1

5. Mallaram 523 0 20 462.65 1 2

6. Tadcherla 2692 40 145.68 657.14 2 1

7. Kapuram 1333 0 432.03 893.8 1 2

8. Shatrajpalli 940 0 60.7 45.79 2 2

9. Nacharam 1320 484 205.96 374.41 2 1

10. Ansanapalli 622 0 147.72 374.41 2 1

11. Tadvai 138 0 26.69 43.3 1 2

12. Pedda Tundla 1076 20 252.21 623.14 2 1

13. Mallampalli 2329 0 8.08 1116.46 2 2

14. Khammampalli 4300 2789 99.13 1210.83 2 1

15. Surkawarampalli 63 0 0 48 2 1

16. Odala 667 0 121.39 466.61 1 2

17. Gopalapuram 447 42 32 260 1 2 Source: 2001 Amenities Census data



Table No. 3.3.12.3.5 Other Infrastructure Facilitie s Available in the Study Area

Sl. No.

Name of the Village DWF TP W T TW HP R C L S O PO TO PT P B RS NW CB COB

1 Yedlapalli 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 Dubbaghat 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

3 Dubbapet 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 Chinna Tundla 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 Mallaram 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

6 Tadcherla 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

7 Kapuram 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 Shatrajpalli 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 Nacharam 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10 Ansanapalli 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

11 Tadvai 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 Pedda Tundla 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

13 Mallampalli 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

14 Khammampalli 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

15 Surkawarampalli 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

16 Odala 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

17 Gopalapuram 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

Source: 2001 Census data

Note: Abbreviation of codes

DWF : Drinking Water Facility O : Others TP : Tap PO : Post Office W : Well TG : Telegraph T : Tank

PT : Post & Telegram Offices

TW : Tube Well

P : Phone HP : Hand Pump B : Bus R : River RS : Rail Services C : Canal NW : Navigable Waterwaste L : Lake CB : Commercial Bank S : Spring COB : Co-Operative Bank



3.3.13 TRAFFIC DENSITY STUDY:

The traffic density study has been carried out at KTK OC - 2 (Checkpost to KTK - 2 Incline road). The study has been done on non working and working days for 24 hrs. The vehicle details (type of vehicle, number of vehicles etc.) for non working and working days have been presented in Table Nos. 3.3.13.1 and 3.3.13.2 respectively.

Table No. 3.3.13.1 Vehicular Traffic Study

Location : KTK OC - 2 Project (KTK OC Sector - 1 Road)

Duration : 24 hrs (hourly interval)

Date of monitoring : 15.02.2015 to 16.02.2015 (8.00 AM to 8 AM)

(One day – Sunday)

Date Time Two Wheelers

Three Wheelers

Light Motor Vehicles

Heavy Motor Vehicles

15.02.2015 8.00-9:00 45 3 2 9 15.02.2015 9.00-10:00 51 5 7 16

15.02.2015 10.00-11:00 53 6 4 21 15.02.2015 11.00-12:00 66 9 8 20

15.02.2015 12.00-13:00 83 4 6 18 15.02.2015 13.00-14:00 71 6 9 11

15.02.2015 14.00-15:00 103 2 5 24 15.02.2015 15.00-16:00 112 8 11 30

15.02.2015 16.00-17:00 100 8 8 19 15.02.2015 17.00-18:00 72 4 6 16

15.02.2015 18.00-19:00 82 7 8 20 15.02.2015 19.00-20:00 78 3 5 11

15.02.2015 20.00-21:00 69 2 8 25 15.02.2015 21.00-22:00 111 8 9 16

15.02.2015 22.00-23:00 98 1 5 12 15.02.2015 23.00-0:00 64 1 4 10

16.02..2015 0.00-1:00 27 0 8 18 16.02..2015 1.00-2:00 18 0 6 21

16.02..2015 2.00-3:00 33 1 0 14 16.02..2015 3.00-4:00 25 0 1 21

16.02..2015 4.00-5:00 28 4 4 16 16.02..2015 5.00-6:00 41 1 3 28

16.02..2015 6.00-7:00 138 3 15 40 16.02..2015 7:00-8:00 142 5 11 56

Total 1710 91 153 492

Type of the Road (Road material) : BT road BHPL to KTK-2 Incline road Single or two way road : Two way road With Divider or without divided : Without divider Total width of the road in Feets : 40 feets



Table No. 3.3.13.2 Vehicular Traffic Study

Location : KTK OC - 2 Project (KTK OC Sector - 1 Road)

Duration : 24 hrs (hourly interval)

Date of monitoring : 28.02.2015 to 01.03.2015 (8.00 AM to 8 AM)

(One day – Saturday)

Date Time Two Wheelers

Three Wheelers

Light Motor Vehicles

Heavy Motor Vehicles

28.02.2015 8.00-9:00 76 2 4 15

28.02.2015 9.00-10:00 72 6 3 20

28.02.2015 10.00-11:00 64 3 6 34

28.02.2015 11.00-12:00 86 7 13 26

28.02.2015 12.00-13:00 104 2 10 28

28.02.2015 13.00-14:00 91 9 13 31

28.02.2015 14.00-15:00 202 5 3 42

28.02.2015 15.00-16:00 217 12 16 37

28.02.2015 16.00-17:00 136 11 12 33

28.02.2015 17.00-18:00 94 7 17 28

28.02.2015 18.00-19:00 100 13 10 37

28.02.2015 19.00-20:00 81 7 9 26

28.02.2015 20.00-21:00 101 5 11 41

28.02.2015 21.00-22:00 153 6 14 37

28.02.2015 22.00-23:00 156 3 8 25

28.02.2015 23.00-0:00 75 1 1 21

01.03..2015 0.00-1:00 20 0 4 15

01.03..2015 1.00-2:00 15 0 1 14

01.03..2015 2.00-3:00 10 0 3 19

01.03..2015 3.00-4:00 18 0 2 12

01.03..2015 4.00-5:00 16 0 5 20

01.03..2015 5.00-6:00 30 2 5 23

01.03..2015 6.00-7:00 175 4 12 34

01.03..2015 7:00-8:00 160 7 15 42

Total 2252 112 197 660

Type of the Road (Road material) : BT road BHPL to KTK-2 Incline road Single or two way road : Two way road With Divider or without divided : Without divider Total width of the road in Feets : 40 feets



CHAPTER - 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEAS URES

4.1 DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Environmental impacts both direct and indirect on various environmental attributes due to proposed mining activity in the surrounding environment, during pre-operational, operational and post-operational are discussed. The impacts due to mining operations commence from the exploration activities, extend through extraction and processing of minerals, may continue up to post-closure of the operation, with the nature and extent of impacts varying throughout the stages of project development.

4.1.1 Project Location:

The following are the main environmental impacts due to location of the project.

4.1.1.1. Impact on Land Use:

The total land required for the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project is 668.23 Ha. No forest land is involved.

As a result of mining operations, there will be change in land use of 668.23 Ha. of non forest land. The loss of green cover will be mitigated by taking up plantation concurrently with mining operations.

The land required for the project will be initially put in use for quarry, OB dumping, pit head infrastructure, approach roads, etc. but the same will be reclaimed to economic / social use. Out of 668.23 Ha, 276.61 Ha will be used for quarry area, 364.37 Ha will be used for OB dumping, 8.70 Ha will be used for service buildings, 5.33 Ha will be used for diversion of road, 9.93 Ha will be used for diversion of nallah and 3.29 is the built area which is outside the project area.

At the post-mining stage of the project, 628.53 Ha of area will be brought under plantation, 4.09 Ha will be left over as a water body, 35.61Ha will be used for public purposes.

Concurrent reclamation with native species is also planned systematically to mitigate the impact. Thus, there will not be major impact on land use during the project life.

4.1.1.2. Impact on Surface Drainage:

The drainage originating from the south western side (southeast of the project) of Surnapak gutta forms Are vagu. It accumulates initially into Kotta Errachervu and Pata Erra cheruvu. Subsequently it accumulates into breached Nallacheruvu (25.89 ha) which is located in the project area. The sluice water from this tank flows westerly and joins in the tank located near Kasimpalli village. The existing drainage within the project area is of 1st to 3rd orders. Are vagu flows towards west and join the tank near Kasimpalli village. During the course of mining, the seasonal nallahs / streams / vagus / tanks are envisaged to be disturbed.

Effect of drainage diversion / removal

As the proposed project is interfering the drainage between Pata Errachervu and tank located near Kasimpalli village. It is proposed to re-align (divert) the drainage from west of Parkal–Mahadevpur road to Jangedu village. The stream course will be diverted along the southern and northwestern side of the proposed project and will confluence with the original course near Jangedu. The original stream course of 2.94 km length will be realigned to 3.2 km length and the realigned course will facilitate draining of all the catchment water to the downstream users. The Errakunta tank located on the north western side of project will be lost in mining operations. Hence, it is assumed that there



will be no reduction in the total quantity of flow in the downstream due to the diversion / alteration of the existing drainage in the project area (Figure No. 4.2.3.10.1).

The quarry area will be surrounded by garland drains with intermediate settling provision and the mine seepage water will be pumped out & discharged into settling tanks where the coal fines will be settled and only clear water will be discharged into the natural surface water bodies.

The rainfall received in mine area during the mine life period will be accumulated in the mine pit instead of joining the natural drainage as runoff. It is needed to be pumped out to the surface to protect the mine workings. As the rain that falls over the project area will ultimately flow into the nearby nallas or tanks towards downstream side either by diversion or pumping from mine. The excess water shall be discharged into the Are vagu on south western side of the project.

4.1.1.3. Impact on Socio Economic Environment:

In more than 125 years of coal mining in SCCL mining areas, no significant changes have been observed in the traditional way of life and occupation of the local people in coal mining areas. The local people are rather benefited due to the provision of more infrastructure facilities provided by the management. There are avenues for indirect employment facilities in the mine as well as other ancillary activities for the local people. As the present proposal is new opencast mine and manpower required will be catered from the other mines of SCCL and also by direct employment.

The proposed project involves R&R of 922 PDFs and 125 PAFs.

SCCL has been formulating suitable Rehabilitation Package to the above PAFs & PDFs. The same would be finalized based on the socio-economic survey conducted by the Administrator appointed by State Govt in consultation with the District Administration.

SCCL has no separate Rehabilitation Policy. SCCL is ready to implement the R&R policy envisaged by the Government.

4.1.2 Possible Accidents

The following are the possible accidents in the project area due to various activities involved in the mining operations

• Spontaneous heating of stocked coal or coal bench.

• Slope failure in OB dumps during rainy season

• Slope failure of high wall benches during rainy season

• Accidents due to HEMM operation

• Accidents due to flying fragments from blasting operations and ground vibrations.

• Inundation from surface waters

• Fires in HEMM

• Electrical accidents

• Lack of illumination

Due to the above listed possible accidents, the environmental impact will be on human beings, air and land including structures.

Project Specific Safety Management System (also known as Risk Assessment Plan) as per circular issued by Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS) vide DGMS (Tech) (S&T) Circular No. 13 of 2002 Dated 31.12.2002 is addressed in the Chapter - 7 in detail.

Emergency Organisation Plan prepared and approved by the Director General of Mines Safety, Dhanbad will be put in operation for dealing of situation in case of emergency if



any occurs during operation. Preparedness including mock rehearsals will be made as per the guidelines of DGMS.

4.1.3 Impacts during Project Construction

The present proposal is new opencast project. The facilities like workshop, service buildings, effluent treatment plant etc. for the proposed project requirements need to be constructed. The pollution arises during construction of these is addressed in Table No. 4.1.3.1.

The major environmental parameters which are affected during construction stage are noise and dust pollution. Continuous water spraying / dust extraction arrangements will be made to minimise dust level to a large extent. The effect due to construction stage is however, of temporary nature and will have no permanent impact on environment.

Table No. 4.1.3.1: Impact during Construction Stage

Construction Stage

Activity Potential Environmental

Impact

a) Pre-construction Activities

i) Soil investigation

ii) Environmental monitoring

Negligible

Negligible

b) Site work / other facilities

i) Clearing and grading Negligible

ii) Temporary facilities, such as, sheds, approach roads, sanitary facilities

Dust emission and change in traffic intensity

iii) Earth work comprising of excavation, garlanding and trenches

Soil erosion, run off, increase in traffic, Dust emission

iv) Foundation work, piling and drainage system or construction of check dams

Dust, visual and noise pollution

v) Construction of roads, Dust and noise pollution

vi) Equipment erection and utility systems. Dust, noise and visual impact

4.1.4 Regular Project Operations

The activities in the regular operations stage can be broadly classified into drilling, blasting, excavation, dozing, transportation, dumping and wind erosion of dumps. Environmental impacts associated in operational stage include dust, noise, visual, water pollution, etc. The various activities involved in the operational stage, which are likely to have impact on the environment and the potential environmental impact of the same, are given in Table No. 4.1.4.1.

Table No. 4.1.4.1: Impact during Regular Operations Stage

Regular Operations Stage

Activity Potential Environmental Impact

OB Excavation

and

Coal Extraction

i) Excavation Dust, soil erosion, waste water generation and noise

ii) Drilling and blasting Dust and noise

iii) Dumping of OB Dust, noise and visual

iv) Coal handling arrangements (Including crushing, loading & unloading operations)

Dust, noise and visual

v) Transportation Dust, noise and visual

4.1.5 Final Decommissioning

The decommissioning stage consists of only one major activity i.e., Land reclamation in which productive use of the land will be taken up. In this stage, the activities involved are



stabilisation of over burden dumps and backfilled areas and plantation on the reclaimed area. Removal of temporary facilities like rest shelters, sheds, workshop, cleaning etc. is the main activity that may cause impact on the surrounding environment during decommissioning.

The likely potential environmental impacts during the project closure are due to dust and noise.

4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Environmental impacts both direct and indirect on various environmental attributes due to mining activity in the surrounding environment during various stages are described hereunder.

The impacts during Construction, Operation and Decommissioning stage are not widespread and are limited to the area of mining operations. The impacts of opencast mining on various environmental parameters are discussed in detail and efforts will be made to assess the degree of impact on the basis of past experience.

The following are the identified impacts on the environmental parameters and discussed in detail in the subsequent sections of this chapter.

• Air Quality

• Noise & Ground Vibrations

• Water Quality & Hydro-geology

• Land Environment

• Flora & Fauna

• Socio-economics

The impacts due to mining operations are felt from the exploration activities; extend through excavation and transport which will continue up to post-closure of the operations, with the nature and extent of impacts varying throughout different stages of project development.

It is necessary to analyse the nature of the impact on different environmental parameters in detail, in order to formulate an effective Environment Management Plan (EMP) for the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project.

4.2.1 Impact on Air Quality

Considerable amount of air pollution will be caused at various stages of mining operations as shown in flow chart given hereunder –

Figure No. 4.2.1.1 : Flow Chart showing Air Pollution at various stages

Considerable amount of air pollution will be generated at various stages of mining operations such as drilling, blasting, excavation, dozing, loading, crushing, transportation of material and wind erosion of dumps. Particulate Matter less than 10 microns (PM10) and less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5) are the main source of pollution due to the mining activities / operations. Most of the dust is generated from drilling, blasting, excavation, crushing and



transportation operations. Large quantities of dust gets air borne and is carried away from coal stocks overburden dumps induced by wind blow.

The fugitive dust released from the mining operations may cause immediate effect on the mining workers who are directly exposed to it. Simultaneously, the dust travel to longer distances i.e. up to 3 Kms. and may impact adversely on the neighbouring villages. The impact on air is mainly localised in nature that may be extended up to 3 Km.

4.2.1.1. Estimation of Emissions :

The emissions from the mining operations can be estimated either by sampling or direct measurement or using emission factors. Emission factors are being widely used for estimation of emissions from the proposed mining operations.

An emission factor is a representative value that attempts to relate the quantity of pollutant released in the atmosphere with an activity associated with the release of that pollutant. These factors are usually expressed as the weight of pollutant divided by a unit weight, volume, distance or duration of the activity emitting the pollutant. The parameters that are most likely to influence the particle emissions are measure of source activity, properties of the material being disturbed and climatic parameters.

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) has developed emission factors for coal mining operation was published through AP - 42 (1998), based on these emission factors, National Pollution Inventory (NPI), Australian Government also developed emission factors for Suspended Particulate Matter (TSP) and Particulate Matter (PM10) and published the Emission Estimation Technique Manual (EET Manual) for mining and the version 3.1 is updated in January 2012.

4.2.1.2. Emission Sources and Strengths

The emissions are estimated using the USEPA, AP - 42 Emission factors and NPI emission factors for different mining operations such as drilling, blasting, dozing, loading, dumping, transportation, loading on to the trains, scarping, grading and wind erosion of dumps for both coal and OB operations separately.

As per the New National Ambient Air Quality standards notified vide GSR 826 (E), dated 16th November 2009, the monitoring parameters for Ambient Air Quality were prescribed as PM10 and PM2.5.

Hence, the emission estimation for PM10 is carried with equation of USEPA and NPI. Emission Factor Equations used for calculation PM10 from Drilling, Blasting, Bulldozing, Excavation / Loading, Loading to trains, Transportation, Dumping, Grading, Wind Erosion, etc. for both coal and OB is discussed below:

4.2.1.2.1. Drilling in Coal

Emissions from the drilling are relatively minor component of the overall emission from the opencast mining. The variables like, depth of hole, diameter of the hole, moisture content of the material being drilled, type of the drilling, wind current at the drilling site will influence the rate of emission. USEPA (1998) has derived emission factor for TSPM is 0.59 Kg / hole taking into consideration of all the parameters. USEPA (1998) does not provide any emission factor for PM10 component. However, the NPI EET Manual (2012) states that the mean fraction of PM10/TSP was 0.52. Hence the best estimation of the emission factor for drilling for PM10 is = 0.59*0.52= 0.31 Kg/hole

Number of drilling machines in coal (150 mm / 160 mm dia.) : 1 Nos. Number of hours of operation every day : 24 Type of source : Point Peak Coal production in MTPA : 1.50 MTPA Coal production / day : 4545 T



Depth of the hole : 6 m Burden : 6 m Spacing : 6 m No. of holes drilled per day in coal working : 15 Nos.

No. of holes in coal working / day = Peak coal production per day / (Burden x

Spacing x Depth of hole x Sp. Gravity of coal)

EF PM10 = 0.31 Kg/Hole

Where, EF PM10 = Emission Factor for PM10

Total Emission form drilling in coal in Kg/day = EF PM10 x No. of holes/day

Emissions from coal drilling = 0.31 x 15 = 4.65 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.2. Drilling in Overburden

USEPA (1998) has derived emission factor for TSP during drilling operation in Overburden is 0.59 Kg/hole. USEPA (1998) does not provide any emission factor for PM10 component. However, as per the NPI EET Manual (2012) the emission factor for drilling for PM10 is 0.31 Kg/hole.

Number of drilling machines in OB (150-160 mm) : 2 Nos. Number of hours of operation every day : 24 Type of source : Point Peak OB removal per annum : 17.49 M.Cu.m OB removal / day : 53000 BCM (or) 106000 T Depth of the hole : 10 m Spacing : 8 m

Burden : 6 m No. of holes drilled per day in OB : 111 Nos.

No. of holes in OB working / day = Peak OB removal per day / (Depth of hole x Spacing x Burden)

EF PM10 = 0.31 Kg/Hole

Total Emission form drilling in OB in Kgs/day = EFPM10 x No. of holes/day

Emissions from OB drilling = 0.31 x 111 = 34.4 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.3. Blasting Operations in Coal

The emissions from the blasting operations mainly depend on the area of the blasting, moisture content of the blasted material, depth of the blast hole, explosives being used, mode of detonation, blasting pattern, etc. USEPA (1998) provided emission factor for blasting for TSP is as follows:

EFTSP = (344*A0.8)/(M1.9*D1.8) Kg/blast

Where,

EFTSP = Emission factor for TSP in Kg/blast

A = Area of blasting in m2 (505 m2 area is required to be blasted to produce 4545 T/day)

M =Moisture content in coal (5.06 for KTK OC - 2 Project Coal)

D = Depth of the hole (6m)



For PM10 fraction, USEPA (1998) estimated that, it will be 52% of TSP (Ref: NPI EET

Manual, 2012). Hence,

EFPM10 = EFTSP x 0.52

EFPM10 = (344*5050.8)/(5.061.9*61.8) x 0.52 = 47.50 Kg/day

Source type: Area

4.2.1.2.4. Blasting Operations in OB

As per the USEPA and NPI, the emission factor for coal is also suitable for OB. As such,

EFTSP = (344*A0.8)/(M1.9*D1.8) Kg/blast

Where,

EFTSP = Emission factor for TSP in Kg/blast

A = Area of blasting in m2 (5300 m2 area is required to be blasted to produce 53000 Cu.m/day)

M =Moisture content in OB (10%)

D = Depth of the hole (10 m)

For PM10 fraction, USEPA (1998) estimated that, it will be 52% of TSP (Ref: NPI EET

Manual, 2012). Hence,

EFPM10 = EFTSP x 0.52

EFPM10 = (344*53000.8)/(101.9*101.8) x 0.52 = 34.04 Kg/day

Source type: Area

4.2.1.2.5. Excavation in Coal

The emission during the excavation i.e. loading of coal on to the trucks is mainly depending

on the moisture content.

Capacity of shovels used for loading of the Coal : 3.0 Cu.m. Annual capacity of the shovel : 1.0 M.Cu.m Type of source : Area No. of shovels required : 2 No.s

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual, 2012 the emission factor is:

EFPM10 = k*0.0596/(M)0.9

EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg / ton

k = 0.75 for PM10 concentration

M = Moisture content in (%) = 5.06%

Total emissions in Kg/day = EF x Peak coal production per day in tons

Total emissions from coal loading = (0.75*0.0596/(5.06)0.9 ) x 4545 = 47.22 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.6. Excavation in OB

The emission during the excavation i.e. loading of OB on to the dumpers / trucks is mainly depending on the moisture content of OB and mean wind speed.

Capacity of shovels used for loading of the OB : 3.0 Cu.m. Peak OB removal per day : 53000 Cu.m or 106000 Tonnes




EFPM10 = k*0.0016*(U/2.2)1.3/(M/2)1.4

EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg / ton

k = 0.35

U = Mean wind speed in m/sec = 2.45 m/sec near KTK OC - 2 Project

M = Moisture content in (2%)

Total emissions in Kg/day = EF X Peak OB removal per day in tons

EFPM10 = 0.35*0.0016(2.45/2.2)1.3/(2/2)1.4 = 0.000644

Emissions from OB loading =0.000644 x 106000 = 68.27 Kg/day.

4.2.1.2.7. Bulldozing in Coal

The emission during the bulldozing operation in the coal is mainly depending on the moisture content and silt content of the material. As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual, 2012 the emission factor is:

EFPM10 = 6.33(s)1.5/(M)1.4

EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg/h

s = Silt content in (%), M = Moisture content in (%)

Total emissions in Kg/day = EF x No. of dozing hours of all the dozers

Silt content = 7%

Moisture content = 5.06

Dozing hours = 9 hrs/day

EFPM10 = 6.33(7)1.5/(5.06)1.4 = 12.1127 Kg/h

Emissions from coal dozing = 12.1127 x 9 = 109.01 Kg/day

Source Type: Area.

4.2.1.2.8. Bulldozing in Overburden


EFPM10 = 0.34(s)1.5/(M)1.4

EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg/h

s = Silt content in (%), M = Moisture content in (%), Silt content = 8%

Moisture content = 10%, Dozing hours = 48 hrs/day (4 Dozers x 12 hrs/dozer)

EFPM10 = 0.34(8)1.5/(10)1.4 = 0.3063

Total emissions in Kg/day = EFPM10 X No. of dozing hours of all the dozers

Emissions from OB dozing = 0.3063 x 48 = 14.70 Kg/day

Source type: Area

4.2.1.2.9. Transportation of Coal

When a vehicle travels an unpaved road, the force of the wheels on the road surfaces causes pulverization of the surface material, particles are lifted and dropped from the rolling wheels and the road surface is exposed to strong air currents in turbulent shear, with turbulent wake behind the vehicle continue to act on the road surface after the vehicle has passed. Various types of road surfaces and vehicle characteristics are likely to have an



impact on the particulate emission from unpaved roads. The particulate emission is mainly depending on the weight of the vehicle and silt content on the road surface.

Carrying capacity of dumper used for Coal : 16 Cu.m T Gross weight of the dumper : 31T (Tare) + 24 (Coal) T = 55T Type of source : Line Dumper Speed : 25 KMPH Distance travelled per trip : 3.00 Km (lead 1.50x2) No. of trips to be made to achieve 4545 T/day 189 Trips/day Total travelling distance of all dumpers : 284 (Load) + 284 (Empty) Km

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 is:

EFPM10 = k*(s/12)0.8*(W/3)0.4/(M/0.2)0.3

EFPM10=emission factor in Kg per vehicle per km (Kg/VKT)

k = 0.733 for PM10

s = silt content of road surface (2%)

W = Vehicle gross mass in tonnes (35 T dumper gross weight with coal - 55 T)

M = Moisture content (10%)

Total Km travelled by all coal dumpers with load = 284 Km

EFPM10 = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(55/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.1731*284 = 49.16

Total Km travelled by all coal dumpers with empty = 284 Km

Empty = EFPM10 = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(31/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.1376*284 = 39.09

Total emissions due to coal transport = 88.25 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.10. Transportation of OB

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 for OB is also same as coal:

Carrying capacity of dumper used for OB : 35 Cu.m Gross weight of the dumpers : 72 (Tare) + 70 (OB) T = 142 Type of source : Line

Dumper Speed : 25 KMPH Distance travelling / trip : 3.00 Km (1.5 Kmx2) Total No of dumpers required to remove 53000 BCM/day : 1514 Nos Total travelling distance by 35T dumpers : 3786 (L) + 3786 (E)

*L - Loads, E - Empty

EFPM10 = k*(s/12)0.8*(W/3)0.4/(M/0.2)0.3

s = silt content of road surface (2%)

W = Vehicle gross mass in tonnes

EFPM10 = emission factor in Kg per vehicle per km (Kg/VKT)

EFPM10 for 35 Cum dumper with load = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(142/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.2529x3786 = 957.43

EFPM10 for 35 Cum dumper with empty = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(72/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.1927x3786 = 729.67

Total emissions from OB transport = 957.43 + 729.67 = 1687.10 Kg/day



4.2.1.2.11. Dumping of Coal

The USEPA uses the same equation for unloading coal as it does for loading coal

Coal to be dumped in a day = 4545 T

Emission factor = 0.0104

Emissions from coal dumping = 0.0104*4545 = 47.22 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.12. Dumping of OB

The USEPA uses the same equation for unloading overburden as it does for loading OB

EF = 0.000644 Kg/ton

OB to be dumped in a day = 106000 T

Emissions from OB dumping = 0.000644*106000 = 68.27 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.13. Grading in Coal & OB

Grading of haul roads is required to carryout to sweep the loose material pilfered from the loaded dumpers, flying fragments during blasting, etc. As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012, the emission factor for PM10 for grading in coal & OB is:

EF= 0.0034*(S)2 kg/VKT

S= Mean Vehicle Speed in Kmph (5 kmph)

No. of Motor graders = 3

Distance travelled by each grader = 50 Km /day

Total distance travelled = 50x3 = 150 Km

EFPM10 = 0.0034*(5)2 = 0.0850

Emissions due to Grading operation = 0.0850*150 = 12.75 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.14. Wind Erosion of Coal Dump (Stock Yard)

Dumping of coal in the coal stock yard is required to be carried as an alternate arrangement at the surface, when the bunker / pre-weigh bin is full of its capacity. Wind provides the mechanical energy for particle entrainment. A certain minimum wind velocity, often called threshold wind velocity is responsible for air borne of the dust from the dumps. For long term emission estimations, average soil moisture content or the number of rainy days, silt content of the dumping material, wind speed are influencing parameters. As per USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012, emission factor for PM10 for wind erosion of dump is as given below.

EF = 1.9*(s/1.5)*365*((365-p)/235)*(f/15)

EF = emission factor for TSPM kg/ha/Year

Taking

s = silt content in exposed area of the coal heap will be around 2%

p = number of days when rain fall > 0.25 mm is 80 days

f = At KTK OC - 2, Project, 0.6% of time that wind speed is > 5.40 m/sec at the mean height

of the dump

EFTSPM = 1.9*(2/1.5)*365*((365-80)/235)*(0.6/15)/365 = 0.12 Kg/ha/day

EFPM10 = 50% of TSPM = 0.12x0.50 = 0.0614, Total area of coal stock yards = 1 Ha

Emissions due to wind erosion of coal stock yard = 0.0614 x 1 = 0.0614 Kg/day



4.2.1.2.15. Wind Erosion of OB dumps

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 for wind erosion of dump is:

EF = 1.9*(s/1.5)*365*((365-p)/235)*(f/15)

EF = emission factor for TSPM kg/ha/Year

Taking

s = silt content in exposed area of the coal heap will be around 2%

p = number of days when rain fall > 0.25 mm is 80 days

f = At KTK OC - 2 Project, 0.6% of time that wind speed is > 5.40 m/sec at the mean height

of the dump

EFTSPM = 1.9*(2/1.5)*365*((365-80)/235)*(0.6/15)/365 = 0.12 Kg/ha/day

EFPM10 = 50% of TSPM = 0.12x0.50 = 0.0614

Total OB dump area = 364.37 Ha (External + Internal) Average dump expose without

plantation = 364.37/15(Life of the project) = 24.29 Ha)

Emissions due to wind erosion of OB dump yards = 0.61x24.29 = 1.49 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.16. Loading to Trains

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 for loading on to the trains is: EFPM10 = 0.00017 Kg/ton

There is no loading into trains in the proposed project.

Hence, emissions due to coal loading to trains is nil.

4.2.1.2.17. Summary of Emissions:

The summary of emissions for peak rated production capacity from different mining activities (without EMP) envisaged from Sections 4.2.1.2.1 to 4.2.1.2.16 are summarised and the multiplying factor for control measures was applied. After applying the control factor for each activity, the dust emission in grams/sec is given in Table No. 4.2.1.2.1.

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

139

Tabl

e N

o. 4

.2.1

.2.1

:

Em

issi

on o

f Par

ticul

ate

Mat

ter

(PM

10)

for

Pea

k P

rodu

ctio

n ca

paci

ties

from

diff

eren

t min

ing

activ

ities

Act

ivity

O

pera

tion

Coa

l / O

B

Uni

t E

mis

sion

F

acto

r D

ay

Act

ivity

E

mis

sion

s C

ontr

ol M

etho

d

% o

f C

ontr

ol

Mul

tiply

ing

fact

or fo

r %

of

Em

issi

ons

Afte

r C

ontr

ol

Em

issi

ons

Afte

r C

ontr

ol

Sou

rce

wis

e E

mis

sion

s

Rem

arks

Dril

ling

C

oal

Hol

es

0.31

00

15

4.65

W

et d

rillin

g 70

0.

30

1.39

5

183.

987

Pit

Em

issi

ons

(kg/

day)

O

B

Hol

es

0.31

00

111

34.4

1 W

et d

rillin

g 70

0.

30

10.3

23

Bla

stin

g C

oal

Are

a

505

47.5

0 N

o C

ontr

ol

0 1.

00

47.4

98

O

B

Are

a

5300

34

.04

No

Con

trol

0

1.00

34

.039

Load

ing

Coa

l T

ons

0.01

04

4545

47

.22

Wat

er s

prin

klin

g 75

0.

25

11.8

06

O

B

Ton

s 0.

0006

44

1060

00

68.2

7 W

ater

spr

inkl

ing

75

0.25

17

.069

2.12

9 (g

ms/

sec)

D

ozin

g C

oal

Doz

ing

Hou

rs

12.1

127

9 10

9.01

W

ater

spr

inkl

ing

50

0.50

54

.507

O

B

Doz

ing

Hou

rs

0.30

63

48

14.7

0 W

ater

spr

inkl

ing

50

0.50

7.

351

Tra

nspo

rt

Coa

l (Lo

ad)

KM

Tra

velle

d 0.

1731

28

4 49

.16

Wat

er s

prin

klin

g 70

0.

30

14.7

49

532.

604

Pit

& H

aul

Roa

d E

mis

sion

s (k

g/da

y)

C

oal (

Em

pty)

K

M T

rave

lled

0.13

76

284

39.0

9 W

ater

spr

inkl

ing

70

0.30

11

.726

O

B T

ruck

(Lo

ad)

KM

Tra

velle

d 0.

2529

37

86

957.

43

Wat

er s

prin

klin

g 70

0.

30

287.

229

O

B T

ruck

(E

mpt

y)

KM

Tra

velle

d 0.

1927

37

86

729.

67

Wat

er s

prin

klin

g 70

0.

30

218.

900

6.16

4 gm

s/S

ec

Dum

ping

C

oal

Ton

s 0.

0104

45

45

47.2

2 W

ater

spr

inkl

ing

75

0.25

11

.806

32

.571

P

oly

Are

a E

mis

sion

s on

ly (

kg/d

ay)

O

B

Ton

s 0.

0006

44

1060

00

68.2

7 W

ater

spr

inkl

ing

75

0.25

17

.069

Gra

der

Coa

l & O

B

KM

Tra

velle

d 0.

0850

15

0 12

.75

Wat

er s

prin

klin

g 75

0.

25

3.18

8

Win

d er

osio

n

Coa

lyar

d A

rea

in H

a 0.

0614

1

0.06

14

No

Con

trol

0

1.00

0.

061

O

B D

umpy

ard

A

rea

in H

a 0.

0614

24

.29

1.49

P

lant

atio

n 70

0.

30

0.44

8

0.37

7 (g

ms/

sec)

Lo

adin

g to

trai

n Lo

adin

g to

Tra

in

Ton

s 0.

0001

7 0

0.00

W

ater

spr

inkl

ing

70

0.30

0.

000

Tot

al P

M10

afte

r em

issi

ons

in k

g/da

y w

ithou

t any

con

trol

mea

sure

s 17

90.4

57

Afte

r C

ontr

ol M

easu

res,

Em

issi

ons

in K

g/da

y 74

9.16

2

Afte

r C

ontr

ol M

easu

res,

Em

issi

ons

in g

ms/

sec

8.67

1

8.67

1 Em

issi

ons

from

Ope

n P

it :

5.21

P

it R

eten

tion

(5%

for

PM

10)

: 0.

26

Net

em

issi

on fr

om o

pen

pit

: 4.

95

(Ope

n pi

t sou

rces

are

Dril

ling,

Bla

stin

g, L

oadi

ng, D

ozin

g an

d 50

% o

f Hau

l roa

d E

mis

sion

s)

Net

Em

issi

ons

from

Pol

y ar

ea S

ourc

es

: 3.

46

(Pol

y ar

ea s

ourc

es a

re D

umpi

ng, G

radi

ng, W

ind

Ero

sion

, Loa

ding

to T

rain

etc

and

50%

of H

aul r

oad

emis

sion

s)



4.2.1.3. Air Quality Modelling

An ISCST - 3 Latest AERMOD Air Dispersion Model was used to predict changes in air quality in and around the project site i.e., maximum ground level concentration (GLC’s) of particulate matter at the receptors (i.e. nearby villages, project area, sensitive areas if any) due to the various mining activities of the proposed mine. The model uses the steady state Gaussian plume equation for continuous source. 12000 m. X 8000 m, modelling block by reference point in the SW corner of the modelling block coordinates as (X = 3086162.2361; Y = 907530.0726) has been selected for modelling so as to include all the air quality baseline monitoring stations in the study area.

The inputs required for the model is:

• Hourly meteorological data consisting of year, month, date, hour, cloud cover, solar radiation, wind speed, wind direction, ceiling height, rainfall, relative humidity, etc.

• Source data such as open pit sources, area sources, line sources etc.

• Receptor data such as baseline AAQ was collected at 10 monitoring stations to compare the status of Air Quality after inception of the project.

• Programme control parameters, area characteristics like Albedo, Bowen ratio, Surface roughness based on land use type and season.

The emission rates have been taken considering the control measures proposed in Table No. 4.2.1.2.1. The emission rates were calculated for peak production achieved 1.50 MTPA. The total emissions from the proposed mining activities of KTK OC - 2 Project after taking the proposed control measures is coming around 8.41 Grams/sec.

Out of total emissions, 4.95 grams/sec emissions are coming due the activities in open pit and 3.46 grams/sec emissions are due to poly area sources and surface activities.

Taking consideration into the three months meteorological data collected during December 2014 to February 2015 and the PM10 emissions from different mining activities the model was run for prediction of GLC’s with respect to PM10.

4.2.1.4. Results and Conclusions:

The quarry area has been taken as a open pit source for all the dust emitting sources from different mining activities and the dump area and the road leading to dump yard from the quarry has been selected as poly area source for plying of dumpers / trucks and unloading of OB material. Appropriate emission factors, programme control parameters such as land use, UTM zone, Albedo, Bowen Ratio, Surface roughness, surrounding surface features, etc. and micrometeorological data was taken. The emission reduction by implementation of proposed control measures was also considered. The ground level concentrations are computed for HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR CONCENTRATION VALUES for all the baseline air quality monitoring stations by selecting them as discrete Cartesian receptors in the modelling area so that 10 receptors points taken for computation 24 -HR. AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS of particulate matter and the predicted increment of PM10 concentration at receptors for peak production capacities of the project are furnished in the Table No. 4.2.1.4.1 and depicted in the Figure No. 4.2.1.4.1 . The total predicted concentration at the receptors after coming of this project are furnished in Table No. 4.2.1.4.2 and the same was graphically represented in the Figure No. 4.2.1.4.2

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

141

Tab

le N

o. 4

.2.1

.4.1

Pre

dict

ed in

crem

ent i

n G

roun

d L

evel

PM

10

conc

entr

atio

n of

KT

K O

C -

2 P

roje

ct

* AERMOD ( 14134): C:\Users\env7\Desktop\AQIP\Aermod\KTK OC - 2\KTK OC - 2.isc 07/01/15

* AERMET ( 14134): 10:16:42

* MODELING OPTIONS USED: NonDFAULT CONC FLAT and ELEV

* PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL

* FOR A TOTAL OF 10 RECEPTORS.

* FORMAT: (3(1X,F13.5),3(1X,F8.2),3X,A5,2X,A8,2X,A5,5X,A8,2X,I8)

*

X Y AVERAGE CONC ZELEV ZHILL ZFLAG AVE GRP RANK NET ID

DATE(CONC)

* ____________ ____________ ____________ ______ ______ ______ ______ ________ ________ ________ ________

3091358.93000 911323.30000

3.93326

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

C1

15020724

3090358.54000 911128.21000

0.92816

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

C2

15011124

3088791.84000 908909.67000

11.61328

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B1

15012724

3088414.46000 909858.84000

8.99406

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B2

15012324

3087408.11000 912043.07000

11.37029

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B3

15012924

3088746.10000 910727.96000

13.80451

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B4

15012524

3088254.36000 913209.52000

11.77915

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B5

15020924

3092394.10000 909458.59000

2.25885

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B6

15032524

3095424.58000 912637.73000

7.30063

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B7

15012024

3097300.05000 913758.44000

5.31118

0.00

0.00

0.00

24-HR

ALL

1ST

B8

15011624

** CONCUNIT ug/m^3

** DEPUNIT g/m^2

Final Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kalyani Khani OC Project

142 The Singareni Collieries Company Limited

Figure No. 4.2.1.4.1: Predicted GLCs of PM10 in the Study Area

Final Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kakatiya

Table No. 4.2.1.4.2: Total

Station Code Location

C1 KTK OC Sector - I

C2 KTK 2& 2A Inc.

B1 Peddakuntapalli

B2 Veshalapalli

B3 Kashimpalli

B4 Jangedu

B5 Peddalonipalli

B6 Krishna Colony, BHPL

B7 Mallampalli

B8 Kamalapuram

The above table and the figure iare within the stipulated standards. However, activity shall be strictly complied to keep the concentrations

4.2.2 Impact on Noise Environment

The main sources of noisepumps, drilling machines, handling at pit head, etc. Miningpollution, Noise due to background noise level.

It has been observed that noise levels if not properlybreakers and dozers involvethreshold limit value. Howeveroccupational health point HEMM in one of the existing

Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kakatiya Khani Opencast

The Singareni Collieries 143

Total concentrations at the Baseline AAQ Stations (Receptors)

Base Level Concentration (98 Percentile)

Predicted Increment

Total Concentration

I 199 3.93 202.93

180 0.93 180.93

71 11.61 82.61

71 8.99 79.99

73 11.37 84.37

74 13.80 87.80

70 11.78 81.78Krishna Colony, BHPL 75 2.26 77.26

62 7.30 69.30

61 5.31 66.31

figure indicate that, the concentration values at standards. However, the control measures suggested for each

activity shall be strictly complied to keep the concentrations within the limits.

Impact on Noise Environment

noise in this mine are the electrical and diesel-powered dumpers, shovels, workshop, coal transportationMining operations and CHP are the main sources

vehicular movement is intermittent, but

mechanization of mining technology generallyproperly controlled. Operation of drills, shovels, dumpers,

involve noise generation above 90 dB(A), whichHowever these noise levels are not likely to have

of view. The generation of noise levels dueexisting mining project is given in Table No. 4.2.2 .1.



concentrations at the Baseline AAQ Stations (Receptors)

Figures in µg/m3

Total Concentration Standard

202.93 250

180.93 250

82.61 100

79.99 100

84.37 100

87.80 100

81.78 100

77.26 100

69.30 100

66.31 100

the concentration values at all the locations the control measures suggested for each

the limits.

powered machines, transportation trucks, coal

sources of the noise also adds to the

generally leads to higher dumpers, loaders, rock

which is the prescribed have any effect on the

due to operation of .1.



Table No. 4.2.2.1 : Noise Levels from existing HEMM

HEMM Noise Levels dB(A) Drills 90 - 100

Shovels 85 - 95 Dumpers 95 - 100 Dozers 95 - 110

Crushers 85 - 95

It is observed that at the mine site where the heavy earth moving machinery is in operation, it is more than 90 dB(A). However, the noise levels are observed within the tolerance limits at a distance of 15 m to 20 m. The protection measures for operators have to be planned.

The cabins will be made sound proof and the employees working in the vicinity of HEMM will be provided with earplugs / muffs wherever required. Continuous exposure of workers to high level of noise may result in annoyance, fatigue, temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing and permanent loss of hearing. Noise levels for damage risk criteria for hearing loss as given by Central Pollution Control Board is furnished in Table No. 4.2.2.2

Table No. 4.2.2.2 : Permissible Limits of Noise levels

Area code Category of area Limits in dB(A) L eq Day time Night time

A Industrial area 75 70 B Commercial area 65 55 C Residential area 55 45 D Silence zone 50 40

Note: Day time is reckoned in between 6 AM and 10 PM Night time is reckoned in between 10 PM and 6 AM

Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals, educational institutions, religious places or any other area, which is declared as such by competent authority.

(Source: Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000)

4.2.2.1 Noise Generation Due to Blasting

The noise generated by blasting is neither continuous nor shorter duration, but it is instantaneous. It takes less than 5 seconds to occur. Noise of blast is site specific and depends on type of blast, quantity of explosive, dimensions of drill hole, degree of compaction of explosive in the drill hole, nature of rock, VOD of the explosive used, charge per delay, mode of ignition, sequence of blasting, depth level of blasting site, etc. Noise levels generated due to blasting are studied in the existing KTK OC - I Expansion Project to evaluate the impact of blasting and results are presented in Table No. 4.2.2.1.1.



Table No 4.2.2.1.1: Existing Noise Levels and Ground Vibration Due to Blasting (April 2015)

Day Place Holes Qty in kg

Ppv in

mm/s

Instrument Distance

(m)

Sound in

Db(A)

Day Place Holes Qty in

kg

Ppv in

mm/s

Instrument Distance

(m)

Sound in Db

(A) 01 805 OB 161 9000 0.572 430 126.8 15 805 OB 139 6810 0.635 430 121.6

820 138 7200 0.252 430 117 810 OB 72 2250 0.254 430 116.9

02 515 OB 223 11900 0.64 430 122 16 805 OB 247 9810 0.826 425 100.0

810 OB 139 7700 0.508 430 128.3 800 OB 126 4030 0.826 425 118.1

800 OB 115 6180 0.318 430 122.3 801 OB 66 3170 0.826 425 127.6

03 815 OB 115 8280 0.572 420 119.1 17 790 OB 196 7900 0.318 430 126.4

810 OB 123 4200 0.32 420 120 800 OB 208 10900 0.635 430 125.1

04 815 OB 209 9230 0.508 420 124.6 18 790 OB 219 9490 0.724 430 119.4

810 OB 136 5290 0.38 420 123 805 OB 174 8200 0.302 430 119.1

05 805 OB 98 5430 - 500 - 19 805 OB 180 8500 - 500 -

815 OB 221 9520 - 500 - 800 OB 148 8500 - 500 -

06. 795 OB 203 10090 0.669 430 131.00 20 790 OB 233 11010 0.619 450 119.8

810 OB 164 7800 0.254 435 112.9 805 OB 202 11060 0.381 450 123.6

810 OB 144 6850 0.3 430 119 21 810 OB 148 4800 0.349 430 123.7

07 800 OB 64+26 4000 0.318 430 119.1 790 OB 103 5400 0.317 430 121.8

810 OB 184 10990 0.381 430 123 22 800 OB 232 11810 0.603 430 126.3

08 800 OB 260 12200 0.635 430 119.1 23 790 OB 128 6700 0.476 420 119.4

810 OB 166 9160 0.381 430 121.6 24 800 OB 146 8060 - 500 -

09 810 OB 199 12340 0.445 430 120 790 OB 129 6100 - 500 -

810 OB 152 8420 0.318 430 120 25 805 OB 190 10460 0.302 430 120.6

10 810 OB 162 10240 0.381 420 130.9 810 OB 110 6600 0.381 430 124.2

810 OB 91 4350 0.508 420 121.6 26 790 OB 219 12270 - 500 -

11 810 OB 165 8700 0.57 430 120 805 OB 194 9830 - 500 -

810 OB 86 4510 0.51 430 124 27 805 OB 186 10350 0.445 430 125.6

12 810 OB 124 7200 - 500 - 805 OB 224 960 0.445 430 131.1

13 810 OB 135 7200 0.318 430 122.3 28 800 OB 237 10720 0.445 430 124.6

810OB 131 5500 0.381 430 114 29 805 OB 223 10700 0.572 430 126

810OB 99 5200 0.318 430 122.9 810 OB 130 6300 0.318 430 120.8

14 805OB 223 11050 0.699 430 128.6 795 OB 152 7500 0.762 430 119.1

800 OB 128 7000 0.572 430 122.3 30 790 OB 188 10390 0.953 420 125.6

Source: KTK OC - I Expansion Project

The noise levels during blasting operations are found to be in the range of 100 -131 dB(A) at 420 - 450 m. distance from the blast site. Generally, the noise levels tend to decrease with distance. In this existing project it was observed that no noise levels were recorded at 500 m from the blasting site. Generally, blasting operations are being carried out in between 12.00 PM on to 2.00 PM in SCCL Opencast mines. As the blasting is likely to last for very short duration, depending on the charge, the noise levels over this time are instantaneous and short in duration.

It is observed that, most of noise generated from contributed by cord relays, detonating fuse and secondary blasting if any, etc. Covering of detonating fuse with OB material, down the hole initiation system, avoiding of secondary blasting by better blast design and using of rock breakers, etc. will drastically reduce the noise levels. When the blast site is at a depth of more than 100 m, the impact is observed very minimum.



4.2.2.2 Noise Due to Air Blast

Blasting operations will be carried out in opencast mining for loosening the in-situ strata making it amenable for excavation through various equipment. Air blast and ground vibrations are the undesirable features associated with blasting. It is subjective to environmental problems.

Air blast is a pressure wave transmitted through the atmosphere from the blast site. The resulting shock wave has a steep shock front, followed by a rapidly decreasing pressure. Air blast wave consists of a wide range of frequencies, some of which are audible (noise, whose frequency ranges from 20 Hz. to 20,000 Hz) while rest is inaudible (concussion, having frequency content either below 20 Hz or above 20,000 Hz). The lower frequency below 20 Hz portion excites structures, which in turn causes a secondary and audible rupture within the structure, giving rise to secondary noise, due to rattling of window panes etc. Human response to a blast is often more intense inside than outside a structure. This difference may be caused by the sound produced inside the structure by structure itself. There has been little attempt to quantify blast over pressure for damage.

This is due to the fact that the standard for limiting the air blast due to mining are not important, as the charge contributing damage due to air blast is much higher than for limiting the ground vibration. Hence, in a normal blast when ground vibration are limited to safe value, the over-pressure created due to air blast is automatically restricted within the safe limits.

The major concern for air-over pressure or air blast is that it causes annoyance for a very short duration to the nearby residents but it would not result in structural damage.

4.2.2.3 Physiological Impacts of Noise Exposure

Exposure to the high noise levels for a prolonged period will have impact on the worker’s health. Mine workers working more than 4 to 4½ hours per shift at active working face will be affected unless suitable mitigation measures are taken. The adverse effects of high noise levels on prolonged exposed workers may result in:

• Annoyance • Fatigue • Temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing • Permanent loss of hearing and • Hypertension and high blood cholesterol, etc.

Noise pollution poses a major health risk to the persons working in the mine. When noise in the form of waves, impinges the eardrum, it begins to vibrate, stimulating other delicate tissues and organs in the ear. If the magnitude of noise exceeds the tolerance limits, it is manifested in the form of discomfort leading to annoyance and in extreme cases to loss of hearing. Detrimental effects of noise pollution are not only related to sound pressure level and frequency, but also on the total duration of exposure and the age of the person.

Frequency levels and associated mental and physical response of humans are given in Table No. 4.2.2.3.1.



Table No 4.2.2.4: Noise Exposure Levels and Effects Noise

Levels dB(A) Exposure Time Effects

85 Continuous Safe

85 - 90 Continuous Annoyance and irritation 90 - 100 Short term Temporary shift in hearing threshold, with complete recovery

100 - 110 Continuous Permanent loss of hearing

Short term Permanent hearing loss can be avoided

100 - 110 Several years Permanent deafness

110 - 120 Few months Permanent deafness

120 Short term Extreme discomfort

140 Short term Discomfort with actual pain

> 150 Single exposure Mechanical damage to the ear Source: Hand Book of EIA, Rao & Wootel

4.2.2.4 Noise Due to Traffic

The traffic study has been conducted to know the prevailing traffic volumes on the existing approach roads to the ML area. It is essential to consider these details for assessing the anticipated future traffic volumes as a part of overall impacts assessment for the project.

The variations of traffic densities depend upon the working days, time and also vary in day and night times. In order to assess the prevailing traffic volumes on the roads, the survey was conducted at the existing KTK OC - I Expansion Project during normal working and non working days of the week to reflect the true picture of the traffic densities. The traffic study was conducted for 24 hours.

The production capacity of KTK OC - 2 is 1.50 MTPA. A Pit Head CHP is proposed to be installed near the Box cut at the entrance of the Main Haul road. KTK OC - 2 is planned to produce G4 to G9 grades. These grades are handled and dispatched by providing one with pre-weigh bin truck loading system and one without pre-weigh bin truck loading systems. In addition, a bunker without pre-weigh bin will be provided to supply superior grade coal to other customers, if required. The noise levels may increase due to CHP activities and coal transport.

4.2.2.5 Noise Levels around the Project Site

The baseline noise data indicates that the values in core zone as well as in buffer zone are well within the prescribed limits for respective zones. Most of the machineries like shovels, dumpers, drills, dozers, etc. will work only in the quarry which is below ground level. Hence, the noise generated inside the quarry will not propagate to the surface. Moreover the existing external dump and proposed external dumps will act as a barrier for noise propagation to nearby villages. There may be marginal increase in the background noise levels due to the proposed opencast project due to plying of HEMM and other mining operations.

4.2.2.6 Impact due to Ground Vibrations

Ground vibration, fly rock, air blast, noise, dust and fumes are the deleterious effects of blasting on environment. The explosive energy sets up a seismic wave in the ground, which can cause significant damage to structures and disturbance to human occupants. It causes major damages to the pit configuration too. When an explosive charge is fired inside the blast hole, it is instantly converted into hot gases, which exert intense pressure on the blast hole walls. High intensity shock waves propagate radially in all the directions and cause the rock particles to oscillate. This oscillation is felt as ground vibration . The existing mining operations using deep hole drilling and blasting using delay detonators produce ground vibrations.



Blasting, in addition to easing the hard strata, generates ground vibrations and instantaneous noise. Ground vibration from mine blasting is expressed by amplitude, frequency and duration of blast. The parameters, which exhibit control on the amplitude, frequency and duration of the ground vibration, are divided in two groups as follows:

(a) Non-controllable Parameters

(b) Controllable Parameters

The non-controllable parameters are those, over which the Blasting Engineer does not have any control. The local geology, rock characteristics, type and depth of overburden and distances of the structures from blast site are the non-controllable parameters. However, the control on the ground vibrations can be established with the help of controllable parameters. The same have been produced below:

1. Charge weight per delay 2. Burden, spacing and specific charge 3. Delay Interval 4. Coupling 5. Type of Explosive 6. Confinement 7. Direction of blast progression 8. Spatial distribution of charges

The oscillation of rock particles is called Particle Velocity and its maximum value is called Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) , which is measured in millimeter per second. The standards for safe limit of PPV are established by Director General of Mines Safety for safe level criteria through Circular No. 7 dated 29th August 1997. The safe level criteria PPV as mentioned in Circular No. 7 of DGMS is presented in Table No. 4.2.2.5

Table No. 4.2.2.5: Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (mm/sec)

Type of Structure Dominant Excitation

frequency, Hz < 8 8 - 25 > 25

(A) Buildings / Structures not belonging to the own er

(i) Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick and cement) 5 10 15

(ii) Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 10 20 25

(iii) Objects of historical importance & sensitive structures 2 5 10

(B) Buildings belonging to the owner with limited span of life

(i) Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick and cement) 10 15 25

(ii) Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 15 25 50

Source: DGMS Circular No. 7 dated 29th August 1997

As the distance from blast site increases, the PPV value is likely to reduce. The ground vibrations generated by blasting during the mining operations will be within the standards prescribed by DGMS by adopting controlled blasting technique including suitable blast design.

The impacts are also minimized by choosing proper detonating system, optimising total explosive charge and explosive charge / delay. Noiseless trunk delays to minimize the noise due to air blast, non-electric (NONEL) system of blasting for true bottom hole initiation, muffling mats to arrest the dust and fly rock are being adopted in the existing project. Hence, the impact due to ground vibration is significantly reduced. Thus, by keeping the ground vibrations under control, the impact on the structures in the vicinity of mine lease area can be avoided.



4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Hydrogeological Environ

4.2.3.1 Executive Summary

I. General 1. Project : KTK OC-2 Project 2. Location of the project : N.Lat:18°26’41” to18°28’7”

E. Long:79o50'16" to 79o52'36" 3. Geographical area : 427.39 sq.km. (10 km buffer zone) 4. Villages in buffer zone area

: 25 Villages and 1 Urban area

II. Rainfall 1. Normal annual rainfall : 1082.34 mm 2. Monsoon rainfall : 85% 3. Non-monsoon rainfall : 15% 4. Average number of rainy days : 57

III. Geology 1. Permian to Middle Triassic age : Gondwana gr formation (Lower Kamthi) 2. Proterozoic age : Archeans, Pakhal and Sullavai group

IV. Hydrogeology 1. Drainage system : Maneru River and its tributaries 2. Aquifer properties

a. Hydraulic conductivity: : 2.88X10-1 m/day

b. Transmissivity: : 153 m2/ day c. Storativity: : 3.93 x10-3

3. Number of observation wells : 19 4. Depth to water levels

a. Pre-monsoon : 1.14 m to 14.00 m bgl b. Post-monsoon : 0.30 m to 11.95 m bgl

V. Land use and cropping 1. Land under Forest : 9378 ha 2. Irrigation through ground water

a. Kharif : 4234 ha b. Rabi : 1556 ha

3. Irrigation through other sources

a. Kharif : 2132 ha b. Rabi : 544 ha

VI. Ground water Resource Estimation 1. Methodology applied : GEC-1997 2. Annual ground water recharge : 85.46 MCuM/ year 3. Annual ground water draft : 61.66 MCuM/ year 4. Balance groundwater available : 23.80 MCuM/ year 5. Stage of groundwater development: : 72.15 %. 6. Categorisation of area : Safe



4.2.3.2 INTRODUCTION

The Singareni Collieries Company Ltd (SCCL) has been exploiting coal for more than 120 years. To meet the ever increasing demand of coal, the company has proposed to start new mines and by reorganizing & reconstructing some existing mines to step up production with advanced technology.

The proposed KTK Opencast - 2 Project with a core zone of 6.62 sq.km is located in the central part of Mulug Coal belt of Godavari Valley Coalfield. It is located in Bhoopalpalli Mandal, Warangal District of Telangana state, between North Latitudes 18°26'41.6704" to 18°28'7.0715" and East Longitudes 79°50'16.1445" to 79°52'36.3261" and falls in the Survey of India Topo sheet No. 56 N/15 (Figure No. 2.8.2.1 ).

The proposed opencast project is the conversion of part of existing KTK 2 Incline underground mine into an opencast project under the name of “Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project ( KTK OC - 2 Project) for production capacity of 1.50 MTPA for a life of 15 years . Total Project area is 668.23 Ha. No forest land is involved in the present proposal.

The hydro geological environ in 10 km buffer zone from the edge of the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project (427.39 sq.km.) has been studied with the objective of estimating the net recharge, current gross ground water draft, net surplus water availability and the impact of the proposed project on ground water environ of the area. For this purpose, the groundwater potentiality of the study area has been estimated as per Groundwater resource Estimation Committee (GEC) -1997 methodology.

4.2.3.3 MORPHOLOGY

Physiography:

Core zone : The block area is gently sloping terrain towards Are vagu west side of the project with minor undulations. The slope is about 5.8 m/km. Sandy clay soil cover ranging in thickness from 1.5 m. to 4.6 m underlies the area. The graphic elevation of the block varies from 180 m above mean sea level in the west to 200 m above mean sea level in the east.

Buffer zone : In general, the area is of plain to gently undulatory sandy terrain that is imperfectly drained, and dotted with hillocks with a gentle slope towards West and NWW. The surrounding hills are of bevelled cuesta type with intermittent depressions. The eastern and south-eastern part of the area is hilly. A structural hill range is trending SE to NW is located in the south-eastern periphery of the area. There are few prominent hillocks located in the buffer area of the project viz., Surnapakgutta (353 m) & an unnamed hillock (305 m) in the central part and Amundalapalli Gutta (412 m), Koppu Gutta (380 m), Banda Gutta (340 m), Pochamma Gutta (241 m) & Jenda Gutta (439 m) on the eastern periphery. While, Mallannagutta (236 m) & Kapram gutta (265 m) on the northwestern side. The topographic elevation (excluding hilly area) varies from 220 m above MSL in southeast to 160 m above MSL in northwest with a mean topographic slope of about 4.15 m/km. The area is covered by sandy loam and sandy clay soils. The topographical map showing the surface features are furnished as Figure No. 4.2.3.3.1.

Drainage:

Core zone: The drainage originating from the south western side (southeast of the project) of Surnapak gutta, subsequently it accumulates into breached Nallacheruvu (25.89 ha) which is located in the project area. The sluice water from this tank flows westerly and joins in the tank located near Kasimpalli village. The existing drainage within the project area is of 1st to 3rd orders of Are vagu flows towards west.

Buffer zone: The buffer area of the project falls in the catchment of Maneru River, which is a tributary of River Godavari. Major part of the buffer area is drained by Northwesterly flowing Are vagu, Tigala vagu and Boggula vagu and northerly flowing Bommarao vagu which are inturn tributaries to Maner River. In the north eastern part of the buffer area is



drained by easterly flowing Loru vagu feeding Polaram cheruvu and Vellapuram cheruvu which are located beyond the study area.

The drainage system is well developed over the basement rocks and Kamthi hill ranges due to steeper gradient and low infiltration, while the plains and valleys underlain by Barakar and Barren measure Formations it is poorly developed in view of higher infiltration and gentle slope. The drainage in this area is mainly sub-dendritic to sub parallel and drainage density is 2.08 Km/sq.km. Number of ephemeral tanks is located in the central, south-western and south-eastern periphery of the buffer area. Yellareddypeta cheruvu (1.37 sq.km), on the South-eastern periphery is the chief irrigation source in this area. The drainage plan of the study area is given as Figure No. 4.2.3.3.2.

Meteorology The area experiences typical tropical climate of a distinct hot summer from March to June with occasional dust storms, a good monsoon between July to October and a pleasant winter from November to February.

4.2.3.4 Rainfall

Daily rainfall monitored at Bhoopalpalli rain gauge station during the last 39 years (1973-

2013) is varied from 619.9 mm (1975) to 1802.6 mm (2013) with a mean of 1082.34 mm.

The maximum monthly rainfall during this period is 875.5 mm (July‘76). The daily rainfall

data of this station is also analysed. The most severe storm of 683.8 mm. occurred during a

period of 19 days from 8th to 26th July 1976. The maximum daily rainfall is 364.2 mm (30th

July, 2010).

The annual rainfall, percent deviation of rainfall from the mean and rainfall variability is presented in Table No. 4.2.3.4.1 . The trend of annual rainfall and mean is depicted in annual rainfall data plot (Figure No.4.2.3.4.1).



Figure No. 4.2.3.3.1: Topographical map showing the surface features with in 10 KM



Figure No. 4.2.3.3.2 .Drainage plan of the study area



Table No. 4.2.3.4.1. PERCENT DEVIATION OF RAINFALL

Sl. No. Year

Rain fall

(mm)

% deviation from avg.

Status

Sl. No. Year

Rain fall

(mm)

% deviation from avg.

Status

1. 1973 1061.2 -2 Normal 21. 1995 1240.9 12.8 Normal

2. 1974 1031.5 -4.9 Normal 22. 1996 1329.5 18.6 Normal

3. 1975 619.9 -74.6 Severe Drought 23. 1997 768.9 -40.8 Moderate Drought

4. 1976 1425.7 24.1 Normal 24. 1998 1203.2 10 Normal

5. 1977 808.4 -33.9 Moderate Drought 25. 1999 677.5 -59.8 Severe Drought

6. 1978 1795.6 39.7 Excess 26. 2000 1069.4 -1.2 Normal

7. 1979 969.6 -11.6 Normal 27. 2001 669.4 -61.7 Severe Drought

8. 1980 1086.7 0.4 Normal 28. 2002 735 -47.3 Moderate Drought

9. 1981 1219.8 11.3 Normal 29. 2003 728.3 -48.6 Moderate Drought

10. 1982 925.2 -17 Normal 30. 2004 711.2 -52.2 Severe Drought

11. 1983 1350.9 19.9 Normal 31. 2005 1248 13.3 Normal

12. 1984 710.6 -52.3 Severe Drought 32. 2006 1331.8 18.7 Normal

13. 1985 892.3 -21.3 Normal 33. 2007 1001.2 -8.1 Normal

14. 1986 842.5 -28.5 Moderate Drought 34. 2008 1229.8 12 Normal

15. 1987 1009.9 -7.2 Normal 35. 2009 909.6 -19 Normal

16. 1990 1060 -2.1 Normal 36. 2010 1692.7 36.1 Excess

17. 1991 1174 7.8 Normal 37. 2011 882.2 -22.7 Normal

18. 1992 925.9 -16.9 Normal 38. 2012 1361.2 20.5 Normal

19. 1993 1388.9 22.1 Normal 39. 2013 1802.6 40 Excess

20. 1994 1320.2 18 Normal

(Source: India Meteorological department)

Figure No.4.2.3.4.1. Trend of annual rainfall and mean is depicted in annual rainfall data

4.2.3.5 LAND USE PATTERN

Within buffer zone of the project, 9,378 ha land is covered by forest, 1,721 ha is barren and uncultivable land and 2,441 ha of land is used for non-agricultural purposes, 1,419 ha is permanent pastures and grazing lands, while 441 ha of land is cultivable waste, 6,329 ha are fallow lands, 9,483 ha is net area sown. Fish ponds were developed in an area of 2 ha (Source: Agricultural census data 2012-13 & 2013-14 from respective Mandal Revenue offices).



The buffer zone of the project area covered by 25 villages and one urban area falling in Bhoopalpalli, Ghanpur (M), Venkatapur mandals of Warangal District and Malharrao and Kataram mandals of Karimnagar District of Telangana state.

Cropping: Two crops are being raised in this area during Kharif and Rabi seasons. The area irrigated during Kharif and Rabi seasons are 6366ha, 2099ha respectively. The main crops cultivated in this area are Paddy, Cotton, Chilies, Groundnut, Maize, etc. and furnished in Table No. 4.2.3.5.1 .

Table No. 4.2.3.5.1 . Village-wise, Season-wise and Source-wise details of cultivation

Sl. No Village name

Kharif season irrigation

Rabi season irrigation

SW GW Total SW GW Total

I. Malharrao Mandal

1 Chigurupally 0 60 60 0 5 5

2 Domalamadaram 15 5 20 0 10 10

3 Mothulapally 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 Shatrajpally 0 210 210 0 62 62

5 Nacharam 60 470 530 0 90 90

6 Ansanpally 80 290 370 0 80 80

7 Tadvai 0 57 57 0 5 5

8 Gandarla 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 Peddatundla 90 1680 1770 0 383 383

10 Ankapalli 0 0 0 0 0 0

11 Karlakunta 0 0 0 0 0 0

12 Mallampally 0 65 65 0 20 20

II. Kataram Mandal

13 Medipalle 0 114 114 0 11 11

III. Bhoopalpalli Mandal

14 Neredu palli 70 438 508 0 210 210

15 Vajinepalli 75 60 135 0 112 112

16 Gorlaveedu 100 790 890 0 418 418

17 Kothapalli 550 1092 1642 0 613 613

18 Gudadpalli 130 495 625 0 180 180

19 Kompalli 250 1099 1349 0 792 792

20 Jangedu 150 1210 1360 0 311 311

21 Bhupalapally 40 115 155 0 8 8

22 Kamalapur 0 274 274 0 136 136

IV. Venkatapur Mandal

23 Peddapur 860 855 1715 0 170 170

V. Ghanpur (M) Mandal

24 Chelpur 1367 455 1822 717 140 857

25 Dharmaraopet 1430 629 2059 626 88 714

Total ( in Acres) 5267 10463 15730 1343 3844 5187 Total (in Ha.) 2132 4234 6366 544 1556 2099



4.2.3.6 GEOLOGY

Geologically, the area is covered by Proterozoic and lower Gondwana formations. The sandstones, shales, phyllites and dolamites of Sullavai and Pakhal formations form the basement rocks, over which the Gondwana sequence is unconfirmably deposited in this area. The entire Lower Gondwana sequence comprising the Talchir, Barakar, and Barren Measures and Kamthi Formations are exposed in Mulug Coalbelt. The general trend of these formations is NW-SE with northeasterly dips ranging from 150 to 220 with local variations. The systematic geological investigations have revealed the occurrence of two coal measures i.e. the Lower coal measures of Barakar Formation and Upper coal measures of Lower Kamthi Formation in this coal belt. The stratigraphic succession of the Mulug coal belt is presented in Table No. 4.2.3.6.1 & Figure No. 4.2.3.6.1 .

Table No. 4.2.3.6.1STRATIGRAPHIC SUCCESSION IN MULU G COALBELT

Age Group Formation Lithology Thickness (Apprx) (m)

Recent Soil cover

P E

R M

I A

N

Upp

er

GO

ND

-W

AN

A

Upper Kamthi Coarse grained ferruginous sandstone with sub ordinate clays. 500

Middle Kamthi Medium grained white to greenish grey sandstone and shales. 600

L O

W E

R G

O N

D W

A N

A

Lower Kamthi Medium to coarse grained greyish white sandstone with subordinate shales and coal seams.

350

Barren Measures Medium to coarse grained, occasionally pebbly, greenish grey to greyish white, felspathic sandstone with subordinate shales.

400

Barakar Occasionally coarse grained white sandstone with nine to ten regionally persistent coal seams and sub-ordinate shales with clays.

350

Talchir Fine grained, greenish sandstone, clays/ shale, conglomerate and boulder beds. 200

UNCONFORMITY

PROTEROZOIC

Sullavai Medium to coarse grained white to brown sandstones.

Pakhal Quartzite, phyllite and dolomite.



Figure No. 4.2.3.6.1 . Geological Map of the Mulug Coalbelt



Sullavai and Pakhal: The Pakhal and Sullavai groups of rocks unconformably overlie the Archaeans. Pakhal Group comprising of quarzites, shales, slates and phyllites. The Sullavai Group consists of medium to coarse grained, white to brick red sandstones, which are quartzitic at places and molted shales.

Talchir formation: Talchir formation rests unconformably over the irregular basement rocks of Archean / Proterozoic meta sediments and is exposed as discontinues patches along the periphery of the basin. This formation comprise fine to medium grained greenish / Yellowish green sand stones, greenish shales and buff coloured conglomerates.

Barakar formation: This formation succeeds the Talchir formation with a gradational contact, while it directly rests over the basement rocks with faulted contact. The exposures of Barakar formation occur along the basin margins as discontinuous linear patches. The strata comprises medium to coarse grained kaolinised feldspathic sandstones and the pebbly horizons occur as thin intercalations within the coarse grained sand stone. The pebbly horizons are homogeneous in nature comprising mostly of quartz and feldspars, carb-shale, carb-clay and grey shale intercalations are common in Barakars and at places carb.shale/grey shale forms the immediate roof and floor of the seam besides occurring as intercalations. The Barakar formation of Lower Gondwana Group is about 300 m thick. It is main repository of coal seams. The seven persistent coal seams occur in this Barakar formation are viz., IA, I, II, IIIB, IIIA, III and IV. The general trend of the formation is NNW-SSE with ENE-NE dips ranging from 6° to 12° with local variations.

Barren Measure formation: The Barren Measure formation comprises of medium to coarse grained green to greenish grey sandstone intercalated with grey shales and variegated clays. These sandstones form potential aquifers and sustain large scale pumping. The general trend of these formations is NW-SE to NNW-SSE, with dips ranging from 60 to 150 towards NE.

Kamthi Formation: Kamthi formation occurs above the Barren Measure formation with a gradational contact. This formation is represented by reddish brown Ferruginous sandstones, grayish white sandstones, grey clay stone and reddish brown clays These comprise mostly coarse to very coarse grained sandstones and pebbly at places, brown sandstones and variegated clays with minor coal bands.

4.2.3.7 HYDROGEOLOGY

Surface water potentiality The area is drained by Maner river, which is a tributary of River Godavari. Major part of the buffer zone is drained by Northwesterly flowing Are vagu and Boggula vagu, which are intern tributaries of Maner River. In the north eastern part of the buffer area is drained by easterly flowing Loru vagu (Figure No. 4.2.3.3.2 ).

Maner River: Maner river is an right bank tributary of River Godavari. The length of Maner river is 225 Km with a catchment area spreads over 13,100 sq.km. The River Maner and River Godavari are located at about 15 km and 29 km respectively from the centre of the project in NW.

Central Water Commission is gauging the Maner river discharge near Somanpalli near Manthani. The discharge varies widely from 0.38 BCM in non-monsoon period to a maximum of 4.25 BCM (i.e., Billion Cubic meters) during monsoon period as per the CWC records of 1999 to 2004.

Are vagu: Are vagu is an ephemeral tributary of Maner River, originate at Surnapakgutta, located at about 4km southeast of Bhoopalpalli and flows towards northnorthwest to join Maner River at Mallaram village. The catchment area of Are vagu is about 193.62 sq.km with density of 2.28 km/sq.km. During monsoon season, the flow level of Are vagu rises by 2m to 4m above bed level and extensive areas are flooded beyond the river banks. The drainage originating on the northeastern side of the



Surnapak gutta forms as Tigalavagu and joins into Arevagu. The drainage is of dendritic type.

Boggula vagu: The Boggula vagu is an ephemeral tributary of Maner River. The catchment area is located in the eastern side of the buffer zone. The Boggulavagu originates form Addagutta located on the southeastern part and flows towards northnorthwest to join River Maner near Ravinagar (Koyyur) village. The drainage is of dendritic type. The catchment is 125.55 sq.km. with a density of 2.96 km/sq.km. During monsoon, the flow level of Boggula vagu rises by 4m to 6m above bed level and extensive areas are flooded beyond the river banks.

Morancha vagu: Morancha vagu is an ephemeral tributary of Maner River, originates from the Potiapur located southeast of Mulugu village, flows Northwesterly to join Maner river near Giddemuttarm village. The catchment area is about 849 Sq.km.

Tanks: Number of ephemeral tanks located in the central, south-western and South-eastern periphery of the buffer zone. Yellareddy peta cheruvu (1.37 sq.km), on the South-eastern periphery is the chief irrigation source in this area.

The drainage is well developed over the basement rocks and Kamthi hill ranges due to steeper gradient and low infiltration, while the plains and valleys underlain by Barakar and Barren measure formations it is poorly developed in view of higher infiltration and gentle slope. The drainage in this area is mainly sub-dendritic to sub parallel. The drainage density is 2.08 Km/sq. km.

Groundwater potentiality

Groundwater occurs in both water table and semi-confined conditions in the buffer zone of the project area. On the western part, ground water occurs in the water table conditions in the geological units such as Archeans and Pakhal & Sullavai group of formations. Where as, in the eastern part, it occurs in water table as well as semi-confined conditions in the sand stones of Gondwana Formations.

In this area, the attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored seasonally on long term basis since 1997. It varies from 1.14 m to 14.00 m during pre-monsoon season and 0.30 m to 11.95 m during post-monsoon season. The depth of these shallow wells is from 7.25 m to 14.00 m with a diameter from 1.20 m to 6.00 m. The net average water level fluctuation is 2.69 m. The phreatic surface data is furnished in Table No. 4.2.3.7.1 and Hydrographs of long term monitoring wells in this area are shown in Figure No. 4.2.3.7.1.

The attitude of piezometric surface is being monitored in 6 piezometric wells around KTK OCP Sector - I since January 2011. These piezo meters are located at 150 m to 500 m distance from the edge of the quarry in all directions. The cumulative piezometric heads in these wells vary from 1.91 m to 24.98 m bgl during pre-monsoon season and 1.30 m to 24.93 m bgl during post monsoon (Table No. 4.2.3.7.2 ). Hydrographs of these piezometeric wells are shown in Figure No. 4.2.3.7.2 . The locations of the observation wells and piezometric wells are depicted in Figures No. 4.2.3.3.2.

Aquifer Performance Test: An Aquifer Performance Test (APT) was conducted in KTK-3 Inc. The test was conducted at a constant discharge of 125.5 lit./min. The maximum draw down recorded is 5.07 m in the test well, 1.07 m in observation well -1 and 0.50 m in observation well - 2. The hydraulic parameters are estimated to be:

Transmissivity : 153 m2/ day

Hydraulic Conductivity : 2.88X10-1 m/ day

Storativity : 3.93 x10-3

The above data indicates that the aquifer system is in steady state confined condition.



Table No. 4.2.3.7.1 Attitude of phreatic surface in the buffer area

Well No. Name of village Location

Total depth (m)

Geology Period Depth to water (m) Nearest

mine & dist. (km) 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

1 Bhoopalpalli Kakatiya coly, Opp: Kasturba Girls Hostel

10.80 Barakar Fm.

Winter 9.25 6.82 5.35 3.20 2.26 5.45 KTK2&2A (0.40)

Pre-monsoon 6.30 6.75 6.80 5.22 6.20 10.98 9.28 Monsoon 6.30 5.38 2.20 5.23 2.84 1.87 2.22

Post-monsoon 5.98 4.70 3.00 7.27 5.88 4.25 6.15 2 Phakeer gadda Behind

Vivekananda school

13.00 Barakar Fm.

Winter 3.50 3.15 1.70 6.05 4.06 3.00 KTK 2 & 2A (1.0), 5 & 5A (1.8)

Pre-monsoon 3.79 6.07 6.50 4.11 8.07 7.30 6.27 Monsoon 0.98 2.50 1.45 3.10 0.81 0.90 1.10 Post-monsoon 2.33 2.60 1.10 3.40 1.78 1.42 2.15

3 Jangedu Gram Panchyat Office

11.10 Barakar Fm.

Winter 4.50 6.42 3.06 5.07 5.27 4.29 KTK- 2 & 2A (1.5), 3 & 3A (2.0)


4 Seggampalli Road side 9.50 Barakar Fm.

Winter 7.14 7.00 8.03 8.27 7.04 8.10 KTK-1,1A (1.8),

2 & 2A (2.0)


5 Seggampalli Centre of village,

7.25 Barakar Fm.

Winter 6.95 Dry 4.70 Dry Dry 6.80 KTK-1 & 1A (1.7), 2 & 2A (1.6)


6 Gaddiganipalli Western side of village

9.00 Barakar Fm.

Winter 7.24 7.82 7.23 7.55 6.48 2.35 KTK-1,1A (1.00), 2 & 2A (1.5)


7 Kasimpalli Eastern end of village

12.00 Barakar Fm.

Winter 10.82 11.00 11.00 10.10 9.16 7.96 KTK-1 & 1A (1.40),

2 & 2A (2.5)


8 Beddalapalli Centre of village, 18º27'22", 79º50'00"

9.00 Barakar Fm.

Winter 6.82 2.60 6.13 5.65 6.78 6.64 KTK-1 & 1A (1.0), 2 & 2A (3.0)


9 Kompalli Western side of village

14.00 Talchir Fm.

Winter 11.70 Dry 4.05 11.60 7.81 7.45 KTK-5 & 5A (5.0) Pre-monsoon 12.48 12.41 14.00 11.50 12.80 14.00 12.25

Monsoon 1.18 2.47 1.56 3.23 1.47 1.42 2.00 Post-monsoon 5.25 6.43 1.87 4.45 2.52 1.81 3.80

10 Chelpur Centre of village

12.00 Talchir Fm.

Winter 6.02 7.87 4.52 7.63 5.96 5.64 KTK-8 & 8A (3.7) Pre-monsoon 7.14 7.20 8.45 6.83 9.47 8.59 6.95


11 Dharmaraopet Adj. to B.Ravinder Reddy house

12.50 Talchir Fm.



12 Basavarajupalli Entrance of the village

11.00 Talchir Fm.

Winter Dry Dry 11.10 Dry Dry Dry KTK-8 & 8A (1.1) Pre-monsoon 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00 11.00


13 Gollapalli Centre of village

10.50 Talchir Fm.

Winter 4.00 4.10 4.20 4.60 7.70 6.18 5.44 KTK-8 & 8A (2.0) Pre-monsoon 7.84 8.50 8.70 8.28 9.89 7.62 6.55


14 Ravinagaram Road side 9.00 Barren Measure

Fm.



15 Peddapur Centre of village

14.00 Kamthi Fm.



16 Bhavasingapalli Centre of village

10.00 Kamthi Fm.





Well No. Name of village Location

Total depth (m)

Geology Period Depth to water (m) Nearest

mine & dist. (km) 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

17 Gurrampet Northern end of village

9.50 Kamthi Fm.



35 Lakshmareddypalli Road side 10.50 Sullavai Fm.



36 Moranchapalli Northern end of village

8.00 Sullavai Fm.



Figure No. 4.2.3.7.1 Hydrographs (Attitude of Phreatic surface)

Observation well at Gaddigani palli village0

2

4

6

8

10

199

7

199

8

199

9

200

0

200

1

200

2

200

3

200

4

200

5

200

6

200

7

200

8

200

9

201

0

201

1

201

2

201

3

201

4

Year

Dept

h to

wate

r (m

)

Pre-monsoon Post-monsoon Linear (Pre-monsoon ) Linear (Post-monsoon)

Observation well at Kompalli village02468

10121416

19

97

19

98

19

99

20

00

20

01

20

02

20

03

20

04

20

05

20

06

20

07

20

08

20

09

20

10

20

11

20

12

20

13

20

14

Year

De

pth

to w

ate

r (m

)

Pre-monsoon Post-monsoon Linear (Post-monsoon ) Linear (Pre-monsoon )

Observation well at Chelpur village02

46

810

1214

19

97

19

98

19

99

20

00

20

01

20

02

20

03

20

04

20

05

20

06

20

07

20

08

20

09

20

10

20

11

20

12

20

13

20

14

Year

De

pth

to w

ate

r (m

)

Pre-monsoon Post-monsoon Linear (Pre-monsoon ) Linear (Post-monsoon )



Table No. 4.2.3.7.2 Attitude of piezometric surface around KTK OC - 2 Project Area

Piezo metric

well no. Location Dept

h (m)

Measuring point

(m) Period

Depth to water (m)

2011 2012 2013 2014

KTK-PW1 Adjacent to OB to Sand conversion plant 300m from NW edge of the mine.

50 0.4 Winter 13.76 18.94 12.23 6.23

Pre-monsoon 16.45 17.58 10.38 11.57

Monsoon 17.77 13.57 5.98 12.07

Post-monsoon 18.09 12.68 5.19 13.91 KTK-PW2 Road side towards

BGR camp 150m from Western edge of the mine.

50 0.4 Winter 24.00 27.52 29.59 NT

Pre-monsoon 24.98 30.56 32.06 NT

Monsoon 26.16 28.14 21.27 NT

Post-monsoon 24.93 27.24 NT NT KTK-PW3 Near settling tank no.2

and 500m from Northern edge of the mine

50 0.4 Winter 8.01 8.75 8.60 6.38

Pre-monsoon 8.17 9.44 9.00 7.10

Monsoon 8.32 8.54 6.23 7.05

Post-monsoon 8.15 7.98 5.38 7.12 KTK-PW4 About 300m from

eastern edge of the mine.

50 0.4 Winter 1.98 1.82 1.97 1.49

Pre-monsoon 2.50 2.46 2.65 1.91

Monsoon 1.27 1.78 1.06 1.13

Post-monsoon 1.70 1.46 1.30 1.57 KTK-PW5 About 285m from

South eastern edge of the mine.

50 0.4 Winter 23.15 31.26 27.26 19.43

Pre-monsoon 24.30 37.40 33.45 22.98

Monsoon 28.48 27.40 18.00 16.88

Post-monsoon 24.47 22.01 16.31 19.82 KTK-PW6 In the premises of

Project office 50 0.4 Winter 6.20 12.18 11.96 11.23

Pre-monsoon 8.67 13.98 12.98 13.15

Monsoon 10.31 8.08 NT 9.65

Post-monsoon 10.17 9.11 NT 10.60

NT: Not approachable due to growth of bushes

Figure No. 4.2.3.7.2 Hydrographs of these piezometeric wells

HYDROGRAPHS OF PIEZOMETRIC WELLS-KTK OC SEC-I PROJE CT0

10

20

30

40

Win

'11

Pre

'11

Mon

'11

Pos

t'11

Win

'12

Pre

'12

Mon

'12

Pos

t'12

Win

'13

Pre

'13

Mon

'13

Pos

t'13

Win

'14

Pre

'14

Mon

'14

Pos

t'14

PERIOD

PIE

ZO

ME

TR

IC H

EA

D(m

)

KTK-PW1 KTK-PW2 KTK-PW3 KTK-PW4 KTK-PW5 KTK-PW6



4.2.3.8 GROUND WATER RESOURCE ESTIMATION

Rainfall is the major source of recharge in this area, besides a number of ephemeral tributaries of Maner River and a number of tanks. Groundwater resource estimation of the buffer zone area is done as per GEC-1997 methodology.

I. CURRENT GROSS GROUND WATER DRAFT

a. Domestic consumption

Within the buffer area of the proposed project, there are 20 revenue villages and one urban area, of which nine revenue villages are falling in Kataram, Muttaram (MDR) and Malharrao mandals of Karimnagar District. The Bhoopalpalli urban area and thirteen revenue villages are falling in Bhoopalpalli, Ghanpur and Venkatapur mandals of Warangal District.

As per 2011 census the population of this area is 1,03,581. Of this, 42,387 people living in Bhoopalpalli urban area have protected water supply. The rural population of the area 61194 in 2011 and will be 84,627 as per the projection by 2035 AD at the growth rate of 1.36% annually for Telangana state. It is presumed that they draw ground water through open / bore wells for their domestic needs. At the per capita consumption rate of 60 lit./day as per GEC-97 procedure, this amounts to 5,077 m3/day or 1.85 MCuM/year.

b. Cattle Consumption

Cattle Consumption is assumed to be of 10% of projected domestic consumption, which comes to 0.18 MCuM/year.

c. Agricultural requirement

In the buffer zone of the project, out of the total cultivable area, 4,234 ha is cultivated during Kharif and 1,556 ha in Rabi seasons utilising groundwater (source: Agricultural census data,) The important irrigated crop is Paddy, Cotton, Maize and Vegetables and other crops are grown by rain fed.

Season Source of water Total

Surface water Groundwater

Kharif ( Ha ) 2132 4234 6366

Rabi ( Ha ) 544 1556 2100

Total ( Ha ) 2676 5790 8466

The important irrigated crops Paddy, Chillies, Maize, Sugarcane, Oil seeds etc., are the important crops. The crop-wise, season wise area irrigated by groundwater is as follows:

Crop

Water requirement

(cm )

Area irrigated (Ha) depend on

groundwater

Groundwater requirement

(MCuM)/Year Kharif Rabi Total

Paddy 105 1393 1055 2448 25.58 Chillies 65 1232 18 1250 8.13 Total Veg. 60 39 36 75 0.45 Maize 45 40 174 214 0.96 Ground nut

50 0 267 267 1.34 Grams 30 0 5 5 0.02 Cotton 60 1491 0 1492 8.95 Mangoes 60 39 0 39 0.23

Total 4234 1555 5790 45.65



d. Mine / Industrial consumption

There are six coal mines within 10km buffer area. The quantum of water presently being pumped out from these mines is as follows:

Sl. No. Name of the mine

Total quantity of water (m3/day)

Pumped per day

Mine requirement

Domestic use

For plantation

Let out into

streams 1 KTK 1&1A 9133 300 800 150 7883

2 KTK 2&2A 9954 110 4200 400 5244

3 KTK 5&5A 2990 15 1110 300 1565

4 KTK 6 5345 200 2300 140 2705

5 KTK OC Sec-1 309 204 2 103 Nil

6 KLP 10584 150 75 150 10209

Total 38315 979 8487 1243 27606

The total water pumped from the above mine is 38315 m3/ day or 13.98MCuM / year. Thus the total ground water draft in this area is:

Domestic consumption: 1.85 MCuM/year

Cattle consumption 0.18 MCuM/Year

Agricultural requirement 45.65 MCuM/Year

Mine pumping 13.98 MCuM/Year

Total 61.66 MCuM/Year

II. RECHARGE

1A. Recharge from water table fluctuation

The attitude of phreatic surface is being periodically monitored on long term basis around the project. The depth to water varies over a wide range from 1.14 m to 14.00 m during pre-monsoon and 0.30 m to 11.95 m during post-monsoon season. The net fluctuation in the water level is 4.45 m. In the buffer area (427.39 sq.km), the hilly area is about 9.88 sq.km. and was not considered in the estimation of groundwater recharge.

Recharge = Geographical Area X water table fluctuation X sp. yield.

Recharge = 417.51 sq. Km. x 4.45 m x 0.03=55.73 MCuM / Year.

1B. Recharge from rainfall infiltration

The mean annual rainfall of this area is 1082.34 mm. The total buffer are is underlain by sedimentary formations.

Recharge = 417.51 sq. km. x 12% of rainfall (1082.34mm) = 54.22 MCuM / Year

Comparison of recharge :

A. Recharge from water table fluctuation method = 55.73 MCuM/ Year

B. Recharge from Rainfall infiltration method = 54.22 MCuM/ Year

Percentage of deviation (PD) = ((A-B)/B) X100 = 2.78 %

Since, the Percentage of deviation is between -20% and 20%, the recharge component obtained from water table fluctuation method (55.73 MCuM/Year) is considered.



2. Recharge from other sources

a. Recharge from return flow from surface water applied for irrigation for Paddy:

= 50% of (105cm X 2,676 ha) = 13.38 MCuM / Year

b. Recharge from return flow from groundwater applied for irrigation for Paddy: = 45 % of 25.60 = 11.52 MCuM / Year

c. Recharge from return flow of Ground water applied for irrigation for Non Paddy: =30% of 20.00 MCuM / Year = 6.00 MCuM / Year

d. Recharge from return flow of mine water let out into streams: = 20% of 10.08 MCuM = 2.02 MCuM / Year

e. Recharge from tanks & ponds:

This is estimated based on the average area of water spread and 1.4mm/day recharge rate for the period in which the tank has water. In the buffer zone, an area of about 8.634 sq.km is covered by tanks. As the average area of water spread is not available, 60% of the maximum water spread is used.

Recharge from tanks = 60% of 8.634 sq.km x 1.4 mm/day (180 days) =

= 1.30 MCuM / Year

Total Recharge from other sources (a+b+c+d+e) = 34.48 MCuM / Year

Gross recharge = Recharge from water table fluctuation method and other sources

= 89.95 MCuM / Year.

III. GROUNDWATER ALLOCATION FOR DOMESTIC AND INDUST RIAL USE

For the domestic use of population with in the buffer area of the proposed project, projected by the year 2035 an allocation of 5,077 m3/day or 1.85 MCuM/year of groundwater is made. Apart from the coal mines of SCCL major industries like TS Genco’s coal based power plant is located in the buffer zone. The TS Genco Power plant is drawing water from River Godavari.

IV. TREND OF PHREATIC SURFACE

The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon trend of phreatic surface of the observation wells located in buffer zone of this project are shown in the hydrographs as Figure No. 4.2.3.7.1.

NET ANNUAL GROUNDWATER AVAILABILITY

This is calculated by deducting 5% of total groundwater resources from the gross groundwater recharge (as water table fluctuation method is followed):

Net Annual Groundwater Availability = 89.95 - 4.49 = 85.46 MCuM/ year

V. CURRENT STAGE OF GROUND WATER DEVELOPMENT

The gross annual groundwater availability within the buffer zone of proposed project is arrived at by adding recharge from i. recharge from rain fall and ii. Recharge from other sources. This amounts to 89.95 MCuM/Year. After deducting unaccounted losses (5% of gross recharge) the net available groundwater is 85.46 MCuM/year. The current annual gross groundwater draft all uses of this area is 61.66 MCuM/Year. This leaves a net surplus of 23.80 MCuM / year.

The present stage of groundwater development = C ÷ B X 100 Where C is Current annual gross ground water draft and

B is net annual groundwater available = (61.66/85.46) x 100 = 72.15 %.



VI. CATEGORISATION OF AREA FOR GROUND WATER DEVELOP MENT

As per the GEC-1997 methodology if “The stage of ground water development is ≥ 70% but ≤ 90% and water level does not show a falling trend in any of the periods (pre or post-monsoon) as categorised as Safe”. The present stage of ground water development within the buffer zone area is 72.15%. Also the trend of the phreatic surface is not declining. Based on this, the study area is categorised as “Safe”.

Summary of ground water resource estimation:

Annual Gross ground water recharge : 89.95 McuM/ year

Un-accounted losses : 4.49 McuM/ year

Net annual Ground water recharge : 85.46 McuM/ year

Annual ground water draft : 61.66 McuM/ year

Balance groundwater available : 23.80 McuM/ year

Stage of groundwater development : 72.15 %

Categorisation of area : “Safe”

A flow diagram of hydrologic system of the area is shown in Figure No. 4.2.3.8.1 .



Figure No. 4.2.3.8.1 . Flow Diagram of Hydrologic System in Natural Condit ions

Precipitation: 462.58 MCuM/Year

Zone of aeration

Cap

illar

y ris

e

Total Draft: 61.66 MCuM/ Yr

Let out into streams / tanks: 10.07 MCuM/Yr

Surface water out flow

Dow

nward

Percolation

Evaporation

Domestic consumption

1.85 MCuM/ Yr

Surplus ground water available: 23.80 MCuM/Yr

Land surface Infiltration:

55.73 MCuM/Yr

Bodies of surface water Direct run off

Zone of saturation (Net ground water available): 85.46 MCuM/Yr

ATMOSPHERE

Natural discharges & other losses:

(-) 4.49 MCuM/Yr

Recharge from other sources:

34.22 MCuM/Yr

Seepage S

eepa

ge a

nd

sprin

g

Infiltration

Cattle consumption

0.18 MCuM / Yr

Agriculture consumption:

45.65 MCuM/ Yr

Mine water Pumping:

13.98 MCuM/ Yr

Sedimentation Tank

Mine use: 0.36 MCuM/Yr

Domestic use: -3.10 - MCuM/Yr

Plantation use: 0.45 MCuM/Yr

Oil & grease

trap Soak Pit



168

4.2.3.9 INFLOW OF WATER INTO THE PROPOSED PROJECT

The seepage of water into the quarry is from three sources:

1. Rainfall over the excavated quarry area. 2. Surface run-off water. 3. Ground water seepage from the aquifers exposed in the quarry side.

1. Rainfall over the excavated quarry area:

The excavated quarry area of proposed project, during the mine life period varies as a function of time in a phased way. The normal rain water intake will be during the period of about four months (June to September) in a year. The normal mean rainfall on a rainy day considered at Bhoopalpalli is 17.69 mm (an average number of 57 rainy days). All the rainfall occurring over the proposed excavated quarry area is taken for computation of the quantum of inflow of rain water as shown below:

Sl. No.

Period (end of the year)

Excavated quarry area (ha.)

Back filled area (Ha)

Balance open quarry area (ha.)

Approximate Inflow of water

(m3/day) 1. 1st Year 55.33 - 55.33 9425

2. 2nd Year 83.87 - 83.87 14500

3. 3rd Year 107.84 - 107.84 18720

4. 4th Year 123.32 - 123.32 21450

5. 5th Year 134.02 - 134.02 23120

6. 10th Year 176.92 - 176.92 30725

7. Final stage 224.98 99.45 224.98 39400

2. Surface run-off water:

Run off from slopes of internal dumps, in-pit slopes and access roads of the project shall be channelled to flow through a common drain into the surface drains. To avoid the flow of surface water towards and into the quarry, suitable precautionary measures like changing the gradient of the topography to be away from the quarry area and OB dumps as barrier and garland drains around them shall be provided. General topography and scanty development of drainage net work in the project area shows that the surface drainage is not likely to pose any problem. Hence this component of water flow into the quarry can be ignored.

3. Ground water seepage from the aquifers exposed i n the quarry:

The inflow of groundwater into the project is estimated based on the aquifer parameters. The hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer system is assessed as 2.88 x10-1m/day from the Aquifer Performance Test. The maximum depth of the proposed project is about 250 m.

The ground water inflow into the quarry at different stages is estimated to be:

Q = 2πKh2/w (u)

Where,

Q is the quantum of inflow, K is hydraulic conductivity, h is hydraulic head of aquifers, and w(u) is a well function.



169

Sl. No

Period (end of the

year)

Approximate depth of the quarry

Saturated thickness of the aquifers

‘Q’ Inflow of groundwater

(m3/day)

1 1st Year 62 42 580 2 2nd Year 91 71 1658 3 3rd Year 113 93 2844 4 4th Year 121 101 3355 5 5th Year 142 122 4895 6 10th Year 244 224 16500 7 Final stage 217 197 12762

Thus, the total quantum of inflow of water into the quarry during monsoon period shall vary from about 10,000 m3 /day initially to a maximum of 52,160 m3 /day at the end of final stage, while during non-monsoon period it shall vary from about 580 m3 /day initially to a maximum of 12760 m3 /day.

4.2.3.10 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF MININ G ON WATER REGIME AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES

The proposed project covers an area of about 668 Ha. This project is a reconstruction of U/G workings of KTK 2& 2A incline into opencast. The anticipated impacts of the proposed project are discussed below.

I. Impact on topography:

The topographic elevation of the block area varies from 174 m to 190 m above MSL with a gentle slope towards west. Due to mining operations the topography & landscape and its immediate vicinity in the mine lease area will be affected and the area will become a depression in mine working zone.

During the life span of the project, the overburden external dumps will attain a maximum height of about 120 m in the northeast of the lease area, and the mine pit will reach to a maximum depth of about 250 m in the project. Due to the mining operations and OB dumps, the drainage network alters and the flow path gets re-adjusted, as such, there will be no reduction in the total quantity of the flow in this area.

With the advance of mining operations, the void area of KTK OC - I quarry will be back filled with the OB generated from the KTK OC - 2 project. Additionally, an area of about 99.45 ha of KTK OC - 2 quarry also will be backfilled as internal dump. At the time of mine closure, the total void will be brought to ground level by filling OB from the proposed Tadicherla OC - II Project.

II. Impact on surface water regime

The drainage originating from the south western side (southeast of the project) of Surnapak gutta forms Are vagu. It accumulates initially into Kotta Errachervu and Pata Erracheruvu. Subsequently it accumulates into breached Nallacheruvu (25.89 ha) which is located in the project area. The sluice water from this tank flows westerly and joins in the tank located near Kasimpalli village. The existing drainage within the project area is of 1st to 3rd orders. Are vagu flows towards west and join the tank near Kasimpalli village. During the course of mining, the seasonal nallahs / streams / vagus / tanks are envisaged to be disturbed.



170

Effect of drainage diversion / removal

As the proposed project is interfering the drainage between Pata Errachervu and tank located near Kasimpalli village. It is proposed to re-align (divert) the drainage from west of Parkal–Mahadevpur road to Jangedu village. The stream course will be diverted along the southern and northwestern side of the proposed project and will be confluence to the original stream course near Jangedu. This stream course of original 2.94 km length will be realigned to 3.2 km length, the realigned course will facilitate to drain all the catchment water to down stream. The Errakunta tank located on the north western side of project will be lost in mining operations. Hence, it is assumed that there will be no reduction in the total quantity of flow in the down stream due to the diversion / removal of the existing drainage in the project area (Figure No. 4.2.3.10.1) .

However, the developmental activities like de-silting of nearby tanks and strengthening of bunds etc., will be taken for increasing the storage capacities of tanks in order to maintain the regional hydrology and also to augment ground water recharge which will help local community in meeting their agricultural needs.

The quarry area will be surrounded by garland drains with intermediate settling provision and the mine seepage water will be pumped out & discharged into settling tanks where the coal fines will be settled and only clear water will be discharged into the natural surface water bodies.

The rainfall received in mine area during the mine life period will be accumulated in the mine pit instead of joining the natural drainage as runoff. It is needed to be pumped out to the surface to protect the mine workings. As the rain that falls over the project area will ultimately flow into the nearby nallas leading to tanks on the down stream side either by diversion or pumping from mine. The excess water from the nearby tanks will be discharged into the Are vagu on south western side of the project.

Figure No. 4.2.3.10.1 Radius of Influence



171

III. Impact on Groundwater regime

The impact of mining on local ground water regime depends on the mine parameters like depth, rate of expansion, ground water recharge and hydraulic parameters of the aquifers intercepted in the quarry.

Within the buffer zone of KTK OC - 2 Project, the attitude of phreatic and piezometic surface is being monitored in 19 observation wells and 6 piezometric wells in the buffer area. This monitoring is aimed at studying the impact of coal mining on ground water regime.

Radius of influence

The continuous pumping of ground water from the mine will result the depletion of water table around the project area. The radius of influence of water withdrawing from the proposed open pit has been determined by Thiem’s equation.

Where, Q is Discharge (m3/sec)

k is Coefficient of permeability (m/sec)

b is Thickness of the aquifer (m)

H0 is Initial piezometric head in the aquifer (m)

Hw is Target drawdown level in the equivalent well (m)

Ro is Radius of influence (m)

rw is radius of the well/sump/pit

At the end of final year, taking the value of ‘k’ as 3.333 x10-6 m/sec, ‘b’ as 150m, ‘H0– hw’ as 55m, ‘rw’ as 842 m (assumed as the final void of mine area being about 222 ha) and ‘Q’ as 12762 m3/day or 0.14771 m3/sec, the value of “Ro” is calculated as :

Radius of influence Ro = 2715 m from centre of the mine or 1873 m from surface edge of

mine in the final stage (Figure No. 4.2.3.10.1) . Thus, the stage wise the radius of influence from centre of the project and quarry surface boundary on the water regime is assessed and given below.

Sl. No

Period (end of the

year)

Approximate Ground water Seepage into

quarry (m3/day)

Mine Excavation Area (ha)

Ro from centre of

mine

Ro from edge of mine

1 1st Year 580 55.33 711 299 2 2nd Year 1658 83.87 1893 1382 3 3rd Year 2844 107.84 2107 1527 4 4th Year 3355 123.32 2395 1774 5 5th Year 4895 134.02 2421 1776 6 10th Year 16500 176.92 2803 2059 7 Final stage 12762 224.98 2715 1873

Due to stratification, the permeable beds act as individual units and develop multi-aquifer system. As such, the propagation of draw down cone is limited to a small distance from



172

the edge of the mine. Due to prominent boundaries / faults, the propagation of this cone of influence is further restricted. The mine water discharged into the local drainage net work / tanks act as constant source of recharge and improves the water levels. After cessation of mining, due to increased permeability in the backfilled area, the infiltration of rain water increases and the water levels recoup in a short time. At the final stage of the mine, the void left in the dip-side area will be gradually filled with rain water and surface run off and become a good reservoir and acts as constant source of recharge to the groundwater regime and improves the water levels.

IV. Impact of Structural features

The proposed KTKOC - 2 Project is bounded by a 240 m fault on NE side. The fault heave zones are the weaker plains and are more susceptible for weathering and ground water movement. The high wall carved in this weak zone will become unstable due to ground water movement. Hence, necessary precautionary measures are to be taken up.

Water requirement

About 1430 m3/day is required for various mine requirements like dust suppression (1260 m3/day), work shop (83 m3/day), for plantation (10m3/day) and for domestic consumption (77 m3/day) at the Project. The probable inflow of groundwater into the KTK OC - 2 Project may vary from 600 m3/day to 12000 m3/day. After meeting the mine requirements, the excess water shall be let out into nearby stream / tanks.

Mitigation measures

Garland drains will be provided all along the periphery of quarry area. The streamlets that originate out side the proposed project and flow across the quarry are to be re-oriented through garland drains along the periphery of the project / quarry, so that, the flow should meet the original course in the down stream and the impact on regional hydrology will be negligible.

As per the Groundwater Resource Estimation, the present stage of groundwater development is 72.15% and the area is categorised as “Safe”. The total groundwater draft in the buffer area is about 61.66 MCuM/Year. Of this, from mines it is about 13.98 MCuM/Year and cultivation requirements is about 45.65 MCuM/Year. From the agriculture census records, it is observed that in the buffer area of the project, the land irrigated with surface water was about 2676 ha and by ground water is 5790 ha.

Keeping in view of the above and consciousness towards corporate social responsibility, it is suggested to take up ground water recharge. Most of the coalmines are located on the eastern side of the buffer zone. Hence, artificial recharge structures for augmenting ground water recharge is to be taken up in the western side of the buffer zone. The roof top water harvesting is to be carried out in SCCL colonies where ever the large extent of roof tops are available viz., Office buildings, community recreation centres, housing complexes etc., It is also suggested that, awareness on optimum utilisation of groundwater resource among the people has to be inculcated by enhancing their knowledge on consumptive use of different irrigation methods.

The attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored in observation wells in the buffer area which are located at a distance of 0.50 km m to 6 km from the existing coal mines and in piezometric wells which were constructed around existing KTK OC - I at a distance of 50 to 400 m from the edge of the project. This monitoring is aimed at studying the impact of coal mining on ground water regime, if any, so that measures to mitigate can be implemented. As on date, no considerable impact of coal mining on ground water regime is recorded. It is assumed that, there will be no impact of KTK OC - 2 Project beyond 1870 m from the edge of the project.

Pollution of surface water is mainly due to soil erosion and wash off from loose overburden, coal yards and associated material in monsoon season. Hence, check dams



173

and sedimentation tanks are to be constructed around the OB dump and the lease area to reduce soil erosion and arrest suspended solids before discharging the run-off water into the natural water regime. The water that stored in the quarry during rains and mine seepage will be discharged into the local irrigation tanks after conventional treatment.

Pollution of groundwater takes place where the mine rejects contain toxic chemical substances. As coal mine is not a chemical industry, no such pollution takes place. Excess water from opencast mine is to be pumped into a settling pond before letting out into the local drainage net work. Water from the workshops is to be circulated through oil and grease trap before letting out into the local drainage so that there will be no pollution or contamination of ground water due to coal mining.

4.2.3.11 CONCLUSIONS

As per the Groundwater Resource Estimation, the present stage of groundwater development is 72% and the area is categorised as “Safe”. Presently, the surplus water from the existing mines in the buffer area is being discharged into nearby streams / tanks, which is being utilised by the local people to meet their agricultural needs which in turn augment the recharge of ground water regime of the area.

From the available hydro geological information, it is assumed that the mining influence of proposed project on the ground water regime may extend up to 1870 m from the mine surface edge during final stage of the project (Figure No. 4.2.3.10.1 ), which is mostly covered by SCCL acquired lands. From the analysis of long term monitoring of phreatic and piezometric surface data in the buffer zone of the project, it is observed that, there is no considerable impact of m ining on groundwater regime in this area.

Due to stratification, the permeable beds act as individual units and develop multi-aquifer system as such; the propagation of draw down cone is limited to a small distance from the edge of the mine. Due to prominent boundaries / faults, the propagation of this cone of influence is further restricted.

After cessation of mining, the rain water infiltrates rapidly into the back filled unconsolidated material in the mine pit and the ground water levels will recoup in a short time.

The impact of mining on groundwater system, if any, will only be a temporary phase and localised phenomenon. However, it is proposed to continue the monitoring of phreatic and piezometric surface around the project periodically, to observe the mining impact, if any that may arise.

4.2.4 Impact on Land Environment

The opencast mining operations like quarrying, dumping of overburden, approach roads and service facilities etc. will result in change of landscape and topography. Mining operations have entailed uprooting of existing vegetation in the project area acquired for the project. The total land requirement for the project is 668.23 Ha. in which no forest is involved. Out of the total land, 555.13 Ha. of land is already under the possession of SCCL and the balance 113.10 ha. of is to be acquired for the project. The private land required for the project will be acquired as per LA Act by paying suitable compensation to land losers. Opencast mining involves removal of large quantity of overburden and dumping outside the quarry in the initial years till sufficient void is created in the quarry for backfilling. The external dumping of overburden is minimised to the extent possible in order to reduce the disturbance to the landscape. The details of present land use, proposed change in land use and post mining land use Table No. 4.2.4.1 to Table No. 4.2.4.3.



174

Table No. 4.2.4.1: Present Land Use of the Project Sl. No. Present Land use Area in (Ha)

1. KTK OC - I Quarry Area 133.38 2. KTK OC - I External Dump Area 105.96 3. Plantation 87.94 4. Built up area 13.83 5. Roads 24.00 6. Nallah 0.36 7. Surface water 1.56 8. Single crop 72.32 9. Land with scrubs 188.65 10. Fallow land 36.94 Total Project Area 664.94 Land Outside Project Area 11. Built up area 3.29

Total Area 668.23

Table No. 4.2.4.2: Proposed change in Land Use of t he Project

Sl. No. Present Land use Total land Requirement in Ha. A. Land within Project Area 1. Quarry Area ( Including drains, bund etc.) 276.61 2. External Dumpyards (a) KTK OC Sector - I External Dumpyard 143.54

(b) KTK OC Sector - I Void Area 156.40 (c) KTK OC - 2 External Dump yard 64.43

3. Service Buildings 8.70

4. Diversion of Road 5.33 5. Diversion of Nallah 9.93

Total Project Area 664.94 B. Land Outside Project Area 6. Built up area 3.29

Total Land Required 668.23

Table No. 4.2.4.3: Post Mining Land Use of the Proj ect

Sl. No. Description Land Use Details (Ha.)

Plantation Water body Public use Total 1. Quarry Area

(Including drain, bund etc.,) 267.17 0.00 9.44 276.61

2. External Dump Area ( Including Drain, Bund etc.,)

349.51 0.00 14.86 364.37

3. Service Buildings 4.00 0.00 4.70 8.70 4. Diversion of Road 2.01 0.00 3.32 5.33 5. Diversion of Nallah 5.84 4.09 0.00 9.93

Total Project Area 628.53 4.09 32.32 664.94 6. Land Outside Project Area 0.00 0.00 3.29 3.29 7. Total 628.53 4.09 35.61 668.23



175

4.2.5 Impact on Forest

The proposed mining operation does not involve any diversion of forest land. However the proposed project is surrounded by Tadicherla RF, Mulug RF and Mutharam RF. Primary impact on surrounding project is due to dust, water pollution, water table depletion, noise and blast induced ground vibrations etc. Through this process, the habitat may be altered or destroyed.

Water pollution could be due to leaching from overburden dumps and also due to the pollutants from other activities can affect the aquatic ecology of water bodies.

Dust pollution caused by mining and associated activities impact on ecology by getting deposited on the leaves of the plants in the surrounding areas and retards their growth.

Noise & vibrations due to transportation, blasting and operation of the machines drive away the wild animals and birds from the nearby forests. The wild species which were present earlier may not show sign of their presence due to relocation.

If the outer boundary of the abandoned or active mine pit is not demarcated or properly fenced, there is a chance of accidents by falling into pit and resulting loss of life.

At the time of blasting operations, fly rocks may fly to nearby areas and life of animals in surrounding area of the quarry may be lost.

Studies on biological environment conducted by ENVIS Division of EPTRI, Hyderabad stated that there were no endangered, threatened and endemic species in the study area of proposed KTK OC - 2 Project. Hence, preparation of comprehensive conservation plan for protection and conservation of endangered flora and fauna is not required.

4.2.6 Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Gaddiganipalli village is falling in quarry area. A part of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar of Jangedu village is falling in safe zone. Hence, it is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package for Gaddiganipalli village and a part of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar with a cost of Rs. 185.94 Crores. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) and Project Affected Families (PAFs) in Gaddiganipalli Village is 750 &125 respectively. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in Faqeergadda and Balajinagar is 42 and 130 respectively, as per new LARR Act, 2013.



In compliance to the specific condition (2) of ToR, Feasible and time bound plan for rehabilitation of Project affected people has been furnished in Chapter No. 7.

4.3 MEASURES FOR MINIMISING / OFFSETTING IDENTIFIED ADVERSE IMPACTS

4.3.1 Measures Against Air Pollution

While complete elimination of dust due to mining operations may not be possible, the following measures will be taken to mitigate the fugitive dust from different operations:

• To avoid the dust generation from the drilling operations, wet-drilling will be adopted.

• Use of appropriate explosives for blasting and avoiding overcharging of blast holes.

• The volume of dust rising from dumps by the action of wind will be controlled significantly by planting grasses on slopes and native plants on dumps soon after their formation / attaining final profile.



176

• Haul roads will be the major source of dust in the opencast mines. To overcome the problems of dust generation from mine haul roads, the following steps will be taken.

- Black topping of permanent roads like routes to coal handling plant, permanent internal roads etc.,

- Water spraying on haul roads and permanent transport routes at required frequencies. Provision has been made for procurement of 28 KL water sprinkler with a cost of 36.58 lakhs for spraying water on coal transport haul roads and for reclamation works. Four more water sprinklers will be deployed by OB off-loading contractor for spraying water on OB haul roads.

- Mechanical sweeping or grading of the haul roads with help of motor grader is proposed. One motor grader of capacity 145/280 HP with cost of Rs 52.25 Lakhs is proposed for this project.

- Avenue plantation along roads.

• Taking up plantation around the quarry and OB dumps in three rows, which will serve as a barrier to prevent the dispersion of dust and with a fund provision of Rs .115.00 Lakhs.

• Effective dust suppression measures will be taken up at pit head coal handling plant (CHP).The crusher house will be enclosed to the extent possible and dust suppression arrangement will be provided at suitable locations in the CHP. All conveyors, screens, crusher etc. will be provided with covers to avoid fugitive dust during operation. Mist generator for dust suppression at CHP will be provided with a cost of Rs 18.00 Lakhs. Some of the measures proposed to be adopted at CHP in order to control dust emission include:

i) Height of fall to be minimized at all coal transfer points,

ii) Internal lining of chutes and bins will be done to take care of abrasion & dust and

iii) Continuous water spraying arrangements will be made for dust suppression.

• The exhaust emissions from HEMM containing CO, SO2 & NOx will be controlled by strictly adhering to the scheduled maintenance that includes periodical tuning of engines.

• The additional control measures on dump like thick plantation, stabilization and additional green belt along the boundary is recommended to control the dust concentrations.

Proposal for Dust Suppression at Various Points

• At Mine: One water sprinklers is proposed for spraying water on coal transport haul roads and for reclamation works. Four more water sprinklers will be deployed by OB off-loading contractor for spraying water on OB haul roads.

• At Crusher : Static water sprinkling arrangements will be provided all around the crusher so as to suppress dust generation.

• At Transfer Points : Height of fall will be kept minimum and it is proposed to provide continuous water sprinkling arrangements.

• At loading and unloading bunkers : Effective mist spray or water spraying arrangement to suppress dust generation and with a fund provision of Rs 20 Lakhs .

• From CHP to consumer : Coal will be transported by road with tarpaulin covered trucks and rail system of transportation. The maximum quantity of coal raised from the proposed project will be supplied to Kakatiya Power Plant which is located at a distance of 10 Kms. and minimum quantity through basket linkage to minor industries.



177

• Flow chart showing mineral transportation from mine to CHP along with preventive measures to minimise the impact due to mineral transportation is shown hereunder.

4.3.2 Measures Against Noise and Ground Vibrations

4.3.2.1 Measures Against Noise Pollution

Noise level in mine premises will be kept within the occupational noise exposure limit as prescribed by DGMS. The following strategy will be adopted for controlling undesirable noise:

• Prevention at source

• Isolation of source

• Administrative control

4.3.2.2 Mitigation Measures to Reduce Ambient Noise Levels

The following control measures are proposed to be taken for noise reduction which

includes:

• Controlled blasting techniques using milli-second delay detonators & relays will be adopted in this project for minimizing noise and blast vibrations.

• Secondary blasting is one of the major sources. Avoiding the secondary blasting with proper blast design, spacing and burden. Using of rock breakers proposed for sizing if required.

• Consuming minimum quantity of detonating fuse by using alternatively EXCEL non-electric initiation system.

• Carrying out blasting during favourable atmospheric conditions and less human activity timings.

• Creation of green belts of dense foliage in three rows between mine areas and residential colonies which will act as noise attenuator in phased manner.

• Proper maintenance of machinery (including transport vehicles) including fine tuning of engines to reduce noise.

• Avenue plantation along the coal transportation roads.

• Practice of keeping some coal in the bunkers so that, the coal directly does not hit on the sides of the bunkers and also minimizing the height of fall.

• Providing adequate silencers to the dumpers and other vehicles.

Coal transport to pit head

bunker

Coal Loading into

trucks

Coal Transportation

to CHP

Dispatch to consumers

by rail

Dispatch to Customers

by road

Water sprinkling at bunker

Covering of trucks with tarpaulin

Covering of trucks with tarpaulin



178

4.3.2.3 Measures to Protect Workers from High Noise Levels

• Protective devices like acoustic wool, earplugs and earmuffs will be provided to the workers working in HEMM where noise levels are above 90 dB(A). Sound and dust proof cabins will be provided in the machines like dozers, shovels, dumpers and feeder breakers at CHP etc.

• Reducing the exposure time of the workers to the high noise levels including job rotation. Conducting of audiometric test as a part of PME and corrective actions if required.

With the noise abatement measures as indicated above, it is expected that the noise levels will be maintained in compliance to the prescribed limits. The various steps involved in the noise management strategy is illustrated as Figure No. 4.3.2.3.1

Figure No. 4.3.2.3.1 : Noise Management Strategy

4.3.2.4 Measures against Ground Vibrations.

Blasting in mining areas may give rise to ground vibrations which may cause damage to nearby structures. Fly rock is another problem that deserves attention. In order to control noise and blast vibrations, suitable control measures are being adopted in the adjoining KTK OC Sector - I Project. The ground vibrations are being continuously recorded in the

Noise Survey

No Risk

Noise Hazard Zone

Reduce Leq

Reduce Working Life

Personal Ear

Protection

Isolate Person

Reduce Noise Level

Job Rotation

Noise Reduction At Source

Interrupt Transmission

Path

Noise Attenuating

Refuges

Reduce Exposure Time

Monitoring Audiometry



179

existing project by using seismograph instruments (Minimate / NOMIS) and the recorded ppv and noise level are within stipulated limits.

Based on the ground vibration studies made earlier in the existing KTK OC - I Expansion Project, similar precautions will be taken while carrying out blasting operations in proposed KTK OC - 2 Project for controlling the ground vibrations. DGMS circular No.7 dated. 29.8.1997 stipulates permissible standards for blast induced ground vibrations. The following precautions will be taken up at the proposed project site as the same have been found adequate in controlling noise and blast vibrations in adjoining project.

• Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in this project for reducing blast vibrations substantially.

• Further, charge per delay shall be regulated to minimise blast vibrations. Charge per delay will be restricted to less than 2 Tonnes. However the charge per delay is controlled by:

- Reducing the blast hole depth

- Using small diameter holes

- Delay initiation of deck charges in the blast holes

- Using more numbers of delay detonators in series

- Using sequential blasting machine

• Optimum delay sequence and stem to column ratio will be maintained to minimise the fly rock distance and ground vibration intensity.

• Basing on the distance of the nearest sensitive areas from the epicentre of the blast, charge weight will be altered to meet the stipulated standards.

• Design of optimum blast hole geometry considering bench height, diameter of hole, type of explosive, nature of rock, level of fragmentation required etc.

• Divide total charge / blast in several parts so as to keep minimum explosive per delay i.e. use of milli - second delay detonators & relays.

• Avoid concentration of explosive by using deck charging.

- Reducing excessive burden and spacing.

- Removing buffers in front of the holes.

- Reducing stemming but not to the degree of increasing air-blast and fly rock.

- Limiting sub-drilling just to tear-off the bench bottom.

- Reducing sub-grade drilling.

- Allowing at least one free face.

- Using decoupled charges.

- Drilling holes parallel to the bench face.

- Accuracy in drilling.

• The explosives of following quality will be used

- High Velocity of Detonation

- Density suited to its particular application (Based on nature of over burden, inter parting, coal, shale, etc.)

- Good fume characteristics

- Good water resistance



180

- Good storage qualities and resistance to atmospheric parameters.

4.3.2.5 Fly Rock Control Measures There are a large number of factors that influence fly rocks. Most important of these factors are long explosive columns with little stemming at the mouth of the hole, irregular shape of face, long water column in holes, loose stones on face of the surface blasting area, and strong wind. However, certain preventive measures will be taken to minimise the risks arising from flying fragments. These are:

Marking of Danger Zone : The area falling within 500 m of the blasting area will be marked off as danger zone with red flags, or other appropriate signs, and entry of any unauthorized person into this zone will be prohibited during blasting operation.

Warning Signals : An audible warning signal will be given, fifteen minutes before actual firing of blast to enable persons to move out of danger zone. For this purpose, a set of sirens / hooters will be provided at appropriate places.

Providing Blasting Shelters : In order to protect the personnel engaged in blasting operations, blasting shelters will be provided in close proximity to the site of blasting for taking shelter during blasting.

Fly Rock Control Measures : Long explosive columns with little stemming at the mouth of the hole, irregular shape of face, long water column in holes, loose stones on face of the surface blasting area and strong wind. The measures suggested are:

• Maintaining optimum explosive column to stemming ratio.

• Muffle blasting.

• Pilot holes / satellite holes.

• Dozing / muffling the loose boulders.

• Density of explosive charge based on nature of the blast hole rock.

Air Blast Control Measures: The release of explosive energy though the air and movement of fragmented rocks are primary cause for noise and Air Over Pressure (AoP) during blasting. Adoption of following measures while carrying out blasting operations will help in reducing the intensity of air blast and will also minimize the noise levels associated with air blast. The measures suggested are:

• Avoiding overcharging of blast hole

• Adequate stemming

• Maintaining proper inter-hole & inter-row delays.

• Burying of relay card by muck or OB

4.3.3 Measures against Water Pollution and Waste Wa ter Generation

During quarry operations, strata water seeps into the quarry area, which will be pumped out as mine discharge. A part of the mine discharge water will be utilized for meeting water requirement of the project like dust suppression, washing of HEMM, plantation etc. The excess water from opencast mining activity, if discharged without appropriate treatment, will cause deterioration of quality of receiving water body mainly due to the presence of suspended solids in mine discharge water.



181

Other sources of water pollution are run off during the rainy season, effluents from the workshop, sewage from the office complex and residential colony. Some of the control measures proposed for controlling water pollution in the proposed project are as follows:

4.3.3.1 Proposed Water Pollution Control Measures

• Garland drains of proper size and length will be made and maintained along the quarry and external dump to prevent the surface run-off water from entering into quarry and to dispose properly to the natural drains / tanks after treatment in settling ponds. One diesel hydraulic backhoe shovel is provided for preparation of garland drains, settling ponds, etc.

• The excess water which will be let out will be utilized for irrigation by nearby villagers.

• Check dams / rock fill dams and toe walls will be constructed wherever necessary to reduce siltation and suspended solids.

• Water accumulated due to rain as well as seepage will be led to the main sump of the pit and will be subsequently pumped to the surface.

• The mine water will be utilized for dust suppression, washing, drinking, fire fighting, plantation etc.

• Workshop effluents will be treated suitably in sedimentation tanks followed by Oil & Grease traps.

• Two Sewage Treatment Plants of 3.00 MLD capacity were already existing in Krishna Colony and Subhash Colony for treating domestic sewage. There is no further proposal for construction of new colony for this project as the required manpower will be deployed from the existing manpower of the other mines of the area.

• The Sewage generated from office complex will be small quantities and treated in septic tanks followed by soak pits.

4.3.3.2 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant

The effluents generated from the washing of HEMM of the proposed KTK OC - 2 will be treated in the ETP proposed for the project. Provision of Rs. 50.00 lakhs has been made to construct Oil and Grease Trap (ETP). The flow chart of effluent treatment plant is as shown in Figure No. 4.3.3.2.1.

Figure: 4.3.3.2.1: Flow Chart of Effluent Treatment Plant Proposed at Project.

4.3.3.3 Details of Sewage Treatment Plant

The technology adopted in the STP is Activated Sludge Process (ASP) with extended aeration. It is a biological treatment process in which organic matter of the sewage is being oxidized in the metabolic activity being provided by mechanical surface aerators. Solid liquid separation in the secondary clarifier is provided for separating sludge, which is mostly



182

bacterial culture from treated sewage. Most of the separated sludge recycled to aeration tank and balance is disposed in the drying beds, which can be used in OB plantation, nursery, etc. Treated effluent is free from solids and organic matter. The flow chart of sewage treatment plant is as shown in Figure No. 4.3.3.3.1.

Figure: 4.3.3.3.1: Flow Chart of Sewage Treatment Plant.

4.3.3.4 Details of Measures against the Run-off

Runoff is one of the major sources of the water pollution contributes siltation in the natural water bodies, Total Suspended Solids, Total Dissolved Solids, Turbidity, PH, etc. Precipitation in the area either recharges into the ground or evaporates or runoff. The runoff factor can be taken as 0.4 in the dump areas. The maximum rainfall intensity observed in the area on a day is 280.4 mm (21st Aug 1965) and mean annual rainfall is 1171.6 mm.

Based on the rainfall intensity, profile of the ground, proposed profile of external dumps, quarry surface, other parameters, sufficient size & length garland drains along with Toe wall / Earthen embankment, Settling ponds, greens in between, gabions, RFDs, Check dams, etc. are proposed to control the soil erosion and siltation into the natural water bodies.

The design of the external dumps are designed in such a way to avoid the runoff along the slopes of the external dumps by backward sloping of the terraces, deck drains and safe disposable drains at predetermined interval. The schematic diagram of the disposal of runoff is given in the Figure No. 4.3.3.4.1.

Figure: 4.3.3.4.1: Schematic Diagram of Proposed Bio-engineering Structures.

The design and schematic diagram of the garland drain around the external dump, Toe wall, inspection road, boundary plantation, etc for control of the siltation and arresting the eroded material if any is given in Stage wise reclamation plans.

4.3.3.5 Scheme for Rainwater Harvesting for Groundw ater Recharging

Recommendations suggested by State Ground Water Department while according ground water clearance to KTK OC - 2 Project for groundwater withdrawal will be implemented. Measures will also be taken to construct rain water harvesting structures in residential colony, nearby villages, office buildings, etc. for augmenting ground water recharge.

4.3.4 Measures against Land Degradation

Garland Drain Deck Drain Runoff Slope Drain Settling Pond Natural Drain Reuse



183

Any mining activity may alter the land use pattern in the lease area. In order to minimise the adverse effects, land reclamation shall be carried in concurrent with mining operations. At the end of the mining operations, quarry area and dumps left will be acceptable to the society and surrounding environment.

The following measures are proposed to be undertaken in the project. The detailed measures for land degradation are addressed in Solid Waste Management and Land Reclamation.

• Plantation on the over burden dumps with native, regenerative and self sustaining species.

• Plantation along the boundary of the lease area so as to minimise the visual impact.

• Top soil excavated from the site will be dumped separately at predetermined place for spreading subsequently on external dumps and backfilled areas for plantation.

• Back filling of the mine pits concurrently with the mining operations (land reclamation).

• Monitoring of reclamation, plantation, land use, land cover using high resolution satellite imageries with the time series of 3 years till the end of the project is proposed.

4.3.5 Measures to Reduce Impact on the Adjoining Fo rest Area and Conservation

Plan for the Endangered / Endemic Flora and Fauna

The proposed mining operation does not involve any diversion of forest land. However the proposed project is surrounded by Tadicherla RF, Mulug RF and Mutharam RF. Hence, the following necessary safeguards will be taken up in the proposed project to protect adjoining forestland.

• Afforestation practices will be taken up concurrently with the progress of mining operations which helps in restoring and enhancing the vegetative cover in and around the immediate vicinity of the mine area

• Plantation will be done on vacant project land around the pits, CHP and along the coal transport road. Mixed species and native species will also be planted on overburden dump and reclaimed quarry area to ensure enrichment of the flora and fauna of project area.

• Efforts will be made to take up gap plantation in the adjoining degraded forest with the consent of State Forestry Department to conserve the flora & fauna in the immediate surroundings of mining area. Plantation of fruit bearing trees will also be taken up on dumps to attract the fauna and avi-fauna.

• The following activities will also be taken up in non-forest area coming within 5 km zone under social forestry

- Avenue Plantations: It is proposed to take up multiple row avenue plantations in the non-forest area coming under in this 5 Kms zone with species like peltoform, Neem, Pongamia, Ficus, Albazia etc., at an space of 5 m.

- Distribution of Seedlings: It is proposed to raise and distribute the seedlings, such as Teak, Nerudu, Pongamia etc., for Agro-Forestry to the farmers and Vegetable species like Durmstick, curry leaf etc. and fruit seedlings like Papaya, Jama, Dhanimma, Panasa, Mango, Lemon etc., to the public for homestead planting in the non-forest areas coming within 5 Km zone.

• The noise & vibration, transportation and associated activities will be planned in such a way that it will have minimum or negligible impact on the wild life in the adjoining area.

• Blasting operations will be carried out at suitable time with control blasting techniques.



184

• Mine dust should be suppressed by regular sprinkling of water on the mine overburden dumps and haul roads so as to avoid accumulation of dust on trees in the forest area.

• Soil erosion from the OB dumps and silt deposition in nearby water bodies and forest area will be prevented by taking suitable measures like planting soil binding species on dump slopes and constructing deck drains, garland drains, gabions, cribs, toe walls.

• The following Soil & Moisture Conservation works will also be taken up in the buffer zone of the project:

- Creating Water Holes: It is proposed from water holes where ever it is feasible for the animals.

- Percolation Tanks (P): It is proposed to form Big Percolation Tanks (P) across the existing streams in the lower reaches.

- Continuous Contour Trenches: It is proposed to take up CCTs along the contour of 10m length and 2.00 Mtr top width and 1.00 Mtr. Depth leaving septa in between the trenches, to store water and to avoid runoff of rainfall and to stop fire.

- Check Dams (C): It is proposed to construct Check Dams in the existing streams in higher reaches

• Mine seepage water will be optimally utilised for various activities like dust suppression, plantation, washing of HEMM etc. and the excess water will be discharged into nearby tanks after channelling through settling ponds, which helps in maintaining hydrological balance in this area.

• Study on the existing flora and fauna in the study area (10 km) has been carried out by ENVIS Division of EPTRI, Hyderabad in which it was stated that there were no endangered, threatened and endemic species in the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project. And also indicated that study area does not form a part of the migratory corridor of any endangered fauna. Hence, preparation of Comprehensive Conservation Pl an is not required for this project.

4.3.6 Solid Waste Management

4.3.6.1 Dumping Strategy

Solid waste in the project mainly consists of overburden material obtained during mining operations at different stages and a negligible quantity of shale / rejects separated from the excavated coal. During the process of coal excavation, overlying strata consisting of topsoil and sedimentary rock formation will be removed separately as an overburden.

The quarrying of KTK OC - 2 produces 17.00 MT (12.18 M.Cu.m) of Coal and 227.99 M.Cum of OB with an average stripping of 13.41 Cum/T. The total volume of excavation of overburden and coal is estimated as 240.17 M.Cum. Out of 227.99 M.Cum of OB excavation, 1.32 M.Cum is Top soil and 226.67 M.Cum is hard OB. The life of the project is 15 years at a rated production capacity of 1.50 MTPA.

Out of total 226.67 M.Cum. of hard OB, 29.85 M.Cum. (13.17%) will be dumped in the external dump yard earmarked for the proposed project, located adjacent to existing external dump yard of KTKOC Sector - I Project (raised up to 120 m height). The proposed external dump is located in North-East of the project site and will be raised to the maximum height of 90 m at the end of mining operations. and 129.65 M. Cum hard OB (57.19%) will be filled in the void area of existing KTK OC Sector - I quarry up to the height of 90 m. The external dump yard of proposed KTK OC-2 Project (90 m height) and the dump yard formed in the void area of existing KTKOC Sector - I Project quarry will be finally merged. The balance 67.17 M.Cu.m. OB (29.63%) will be accommodated in the in the void area of KTK OC - 2 Project up to 860 m level (i.e. back filling in the de-coaled



185

area of the KTK OC-2 Project quarry). The back-filled void area up to 860 m level and remaining void area in the proposed quarry will be utilised for dumping of OB to be excavated from proposed Tadicherla - II OCP and KTK - 1 Incline OC carved out of adjoining Geological Blocks up to ground level.

Out of 1.32 M.Cu.m topsoil to be excavated, 0.77 M.Cum. will be stored in a temporary storage yard. This quantity will be re-handled and spread over finished external dump yard from 6th year onwards. The balance quantity of 0.55 M.Cu.m will be directly spread over finished dump yard areas formed by filling of voids of existing KTKOC Sector - I Project from 6th year onwards.

4.3.6.2 Production of Coal and OB Dumping Schedules

The coal production of 17.00 MT and 227.99 M.Cum. of OB (inc. 1.32 M.Cum. of top soil) will be excavated during life of the mine. Year-wise calendar program of coal production and OB excavation along with stripping ratio is given in Table No. 4.3.6.2.1 . Stage wise production of coal, OB removal and dumping of OB including top soil is shown in Table No. 4.3.6.2.2.

Table No. 4.3.6.2.1. Year-wise Calendar Program of Coal Production and OB

Excavation.

Year Coal (Mt)

OB (M.Cum)

SR (Cum/t)

8. 1.25 15.48 12.38 9. 1.50 15.48 10.32 10. 1.50 15.48 10.32 11. 1.50 15.59 10.39 12. 1.45 15.59 10.75 13. 1.25 15.58 12.46 14. 0.50 13.70 27.40 15. 0.25 7.00 28.00

Total 17.00 227.99 13.41

Year Coal (Mt)

OB (M.Cum)

SR (Cum/t)

PC - I -- -- -- PC - II -- -- --

1. 0.30 14.99 49.97 2. 1.25 16.47 13.18 3. 1.25 17.32 13.86 4. 1.25 16.82 13.46 5. 1.25 17.49 13.99 6. 1.25 15.49 12.39 7. 1.25 15.51 12.41

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

18

6

Tab

le N

o. 4

.3.6

.2.2

. S

tage

wis

e C

oal,

OB

and

Top

soil

Rem

oval

Sch

edul

es

Sta

ge

at t

he

end

of

Yea

r

Coa

l P

rodu

ctio

n

Ove

rbur

den

Rem

oval

T

otal

E

xcav

atio

n

Inte

rnal

E

xter

nal D

umps

T

op S

oil

Voi

d Le

ft G

reen

B

elt

Top

S

oil

Har

d O

B

Tot

al

OB

K

TK

O

C -

2

KT

K

OC

- 2

V

oids

of

KT

K O

C -

I

Spr

eadi

ng

Sto

rage

T

otal

V

olum

e

Are

a A

rea

Mt

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

M.C

um

Ha.

H

a.

1st Y

ear

0.30

0.

17

0.30

14

.69

14.9

9 15

.16

0.00

14

.69

0.00

0.

00

0.30

0.

30

15.1

6 55

.33

71.0

6

3rd Y

ear

2.80

1.

90

0.62

48

.16

48.7

8 50

.68

0.00

18

.69

29.4

7 0.

00

0.62

0.

62

50.6

8 10

7.84

84

.97

5th Y

ear

5.30

3.

49

0.77

82

.32

83.0

9 86

.58

0.00

22

.71

59.6

1 0.

00

0.77

0.

77

86.5

8 13

4.02

86

.44

10th Y

ear

12.3

0 8.

04

1.03

15

9.50

16

0.53

16

8.57

0.

00

29.8

5 12

9.65

1.

03

0.00

1.

03

168.

57

176.

92

219.

92

15th Y

ear

17.0

0 12

.18

1.32

22

6.67

22

7.99

24

0.17

67

.17

29.8

5 12

9.65

1.

32

0.00

1.

32

173.

00

224.

98

266.

55

Not

e: T

he v

olum

e of

the

void

at t

he e

nd o

f min

ing

oper

atio

ns is

173

.00

M.C

um.

It is

pro

pose

d to

fill

the

tota

l voi

d to

the

grou

nd le

vel b

y fil

ling

173

M.C

um. O

B to

be

exca

vate

d fr

om p

ropo

sed

Tad

iche

rla -

II O

CP

and

KT

K 1

Incl

ine

OC

car

ved

out o

f adj

oini

ng G

eolo

gica

l Blo

cks.



187

4.3.6.3 Design Criteria

The overburden to be excavated during initial 6 years will be accommodated in the external dump yard earmarked for the proposed Project. Thereafter the OB will be filled in the left over void of KTKOC sector - I up to 10th year of Project life (part of total void of existing KTKOC Sector - I Project will be filled with 42.48 M.Cum of OB to be excavated from the same quarry). The external dump yard of proposed KTK OC - 2 Project and the dump yard that will come up in the void area of existing KTK OC Sector - I Project will be finally merged. Internal dumping will start from 11th year onwards and will continue till end of life of the Project. Due to steepness of III seam which is bottommost seam of proposed quarry and restricted quarry dimensions, the total overburden that will be accommodated in internal dump yard is 29.63% only.

Total quantity of top soil to be excavated is 1.32 M.Cu.m. About 0.77 M.Cum top soil to be excavated in first five years will be stored in a separate top soil dump. The stored top soil along with the remaining quantity of 0.55 .Cu.m will be spread over finished external dump yard of proposed KTK OC - 2 Project and the dump yard formed by filling of the void of existing KTK OC Sector - I Project from 6th year onwards.

The following design criteria have been considered for OB dumps

• Separate spoil dumps for Topsoil and Hard OB

• Maximum height of topsoil dump will be 10 m

• Hard OB to be dumped in 30 m high decks.

• 30 m berm width for allowing safe machinery movement.

• Dump slope for each deck to be at natural angle of repose of 37.50 and overall slope at 25.640.

• Track Dozers will be deployed for shaping the dumps.

• Maximum height of external dump is 120 m.

• The maximum height of internal dump in KTK OC-2 Project will be up to ground level.

4.3.6.4 Location of Dump Yards

A total quantity of 226.67 M.Cum of hard overburden (excluding top soil) will be removed during the life of the project. It is proposed to accommodate the overburden in the following dump yards:

• External dump yard site is located in North-East side of proposed quarry site

• Dump yard formed by filling the void of proposed KTK OC - 2 Project.

• Dump yard formed by filling the part of void of existing KTK OC Sector - I Project located in North side of proposed quarry site.

• Temporary topsoil dump formed on the internal dump yard of KTK OC Sector - I Project.

4.3.6.5 Overburden Management (Hard OB)

Out of the total 322.15 M.Cu.M of hard OB, 226.67 M.Cum is excavated from the present proposal of KTK OC - 2 Project and the balance 95.48 M.Cum of OB of KTK OC Sector - I Project which was already dumped in its external dump yard (As external dump of KTK OC Sector - I is covered in the proposed project core zone for better management of land use and reclamation)



188

Sl. No. Location of Dump yard Hard OB

(M.Cum) Percentage of total OB

Area (Ha.)

Height (m above

GL) 1. KTK OC - 2 External Dump 29.85 13.18 54.23 90

2. KTK OC Sector - I Void Area 129.65 57.19 156.40 90

3. KTK OC - 2 Void Area 67.17 29.63 99.45 Below GL

Sub total 226.67 100.00

1. KTK OC Sector - I External Dump 95.48 -- 105.96 120

Grand Total 322.15 100

4.3.6.5.1 External Dump Yards

The external dump yard is located on North-East side of the quarry. Hard OB quantity of 29.85 M.Cum will be accommodated in the external dump yard from 1st year to 10th year of coal production and 129.65 M.Cum. of Hard OB will be dumped in the voids of KTK OC - Sector - I from 2nd year to 10th year up to the height of 90 m. and merged with KTK OC - 2 External dump. There will not be any external dumping from 11th year onwards. The maximum height of external dump yard is 120 m above ground level.

4.3.6.5.2 Internal Dump Yard

The internal dumping, in the voids of KTK OC - 2 will start from 11th year of coal production and will continue till the end of the project. The total quantity of Hard OB that is accommodated in the internal dump yard is 67.17 M.Cum. Internal dump yard occupies an area of 99.45 Ha. The maximum height of internal dump yard is 30 below ground level..

The details of Hard OB, Top soil spreading in the external and internal dumps at the end of project operations is indicated below:

(Figures in M.Cum)

KTK OC - 2 Internal Dump Yard

External Dump Yard Grand Total Hard

OB Topsoil

spreading Total OB

KTK OC - 2 KTK OC - I Void Area Hard OB

Topsoil spreading

Total OB

Hard OB

Topsoil spreading

Total OB

67.17 0.00 67.17 29.85 0.32 30.17 129.65 1.00 130.65 227.99

Only 70.36 % of overburden produced during the project life is deposited in the external dump yard i.e., in KTK OC - 2 External Dump yard and void area of KTK OC Sector - I Project. At the end of project life, void of 173.00 M.Cum will be left in an area of 224.98 Ha..

4.3.6.6 Topsoil Management

The temporary storage yard is located on the internal dump yard of KTK OC Sector - I Project. The total area occupied by temporary storage yards is 8.9 Ha. The height of top soil dump is 10 m.

Out of 1.32 M.Cu.m topsoil to be excavated, 0.77 M.Cum. will be removed during initial 5 years and stored in the temporary storage yard. This quantity will be re-handled and spread over finished external dump yard from 6th year onwards. The balance quantity of 0.55 M.Cu.m removed from 6th year onwards will be directly spread over finished dump yard areas formed by filling of voids of existing KTKOC Sector - I Project.

The details of top soil removal, spreading on the dumps, storage and re-handling from the temporary storage area in different stages is indicated below:



189

Top soil placement (in M.Cum) (cumulative)

Stage at the end of Year of coal production

Top soil (M.Cum)

Spreading over dumps Temporary

Storage Total Internal KTK

OC - 2 KTK OC - I Void Area

1st Year 0.30 - - - 0.3 0.3

3rd Year 0.62 - - - 0.62 0.62

5th Year 0.77 - - - 0.77 0.77

10th Year 1.03 - 0.32 0.71 - 1.03

Final Year 1.32 - 0.32 1.00 - 1.32

Note: Top soil quantities of 0.33 M.Cum and 2.34 M.Cum. excavated from KTK OC Sector - I were spread over its internal and external dump areas respectively.

4.3.6.7 Final Void

The depth of the void at the final stage of mining operations i.e. by the end of 15th year (excluding construction period) is varying from 30 m to 250 m. The volume of the void is estimated as 173.00 M.Cum. It is proposed to fill the total void to the ground level by filling 173 M.Cum. OB to be excavated from proposed Tadicherla - II OCP and KTK 1 Incline OC carved out of adjoining Geological Blocks. The post mining land use pattern is furnished Table No. 4.3.6.7.1.

Table No. 4.3.6.7.1. The post mining land use pattern of project area:

Sl.No. Land Use

Land Use Details (Ha.)

Plantation Water Body Public Use Undisturbed Total

1. External OB Dump 349.51 0.00 14.86 364.37

2. Top Soil Dump 267.17 0.00 9.44 276.61

3. Excavation 2.01 0.00 3.32 5.33

4. Roads 4.00 0.00 4.70 8.70

5. Built up Area 5.84 4.09 0.00 9.93

Total Project Area 628.53 4.09 32.32 664.94

6. Outside the project area 0.00 0.00 -- 3.29 3.29

Total Area 628.53 4.09 32.32 3.29 668.23

4.3.7 Land Reclamation

At the initial stage of the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project, 55.34 M.Cum of OB has already been accommodated in the external dump yard from KTK OC Sector - I and 42.81 M.Cum. of OB is proposed to be filled in another external dump yard i.e., in the de-coaled area KTK OC Sector - I. These areas will also be utilised for further dumping of OB excavated from the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project.

Plantation has already been done on the external dump in an area of 53.16 ha. The plan showing land use at the initial stage along with sections is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.1.

Phase wise reclamation programme has been formulated for the proposed project and the details are explained hereunder.

4.3.7.1. Stage - I (at the end of 1 st Year)

During 1st year of the project, 0.17 M.Cu.m (0.30 MT) of coal will be excavated by removing 14.99 M.Cu.m of overburden including 0.30 M.Cum. of top soil. The hard OB of 14.69 M.Cum. will be removed during first year and dumped in external dump of the project. The top soil removed during the first year will be stored in temporary storage yard.



190

The existing plantation in an area of 5.46 ha. will be disturbed during external dumping of OB in the site adjoining KTK OC Sector - I Dump. The plantation area at the end of 1st year including earlier plantation will be about 71.06 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 1st year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.1.1. The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 1st year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.1.1 and 4.3.7.1.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.1.1 : Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - I

(All values in M.Cu.m (Bank))

Overburden Removal Hard Overburden Placement Topsoil Placement

Total OB

Void left Top

soil Hard OB

Total Internal dump

External Dump Internal dump

External Dump Temp. storage KTK

OC - 2 Voids of

KTK OC - I KTK OC - 2

Voids of KTK OC - I

0.30 14.69 14.99 0.00 14.69 0.00 - - - 0.30 14.99 15.16

Table: 4.3.7.1.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - I

Stage Plantation during the stage in Ha.

Cumulative Plantation in Ha.

Area brought under plantation

End of 1st Year 23.36 71.06 Slopes of external dump & around quarry

4.3.7.2. Stage - II (at the end of 3 rd Year)

At the end of 3rd year of the project, 1.90 M.Cu.m (2.80 MT) of coal will be excavated and 48.78 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 48.16 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 0.62 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 18.69 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 29.47 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the voids of KTK OC Sector - I. The total top soil generated i.e., 0.62 M.Cum. will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.

The plantation carried during 2nd & 3rd year is 13.91 Ha. The cumulative plantation at the end of 3rd year is 84.97 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 3rd year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.2.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 3rd year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.2.1 and 4.3.7.2.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.2.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - II

(All values in M.Cu.m (Bank)) Overburden

Removal Hard Overburden Placement Topsoil Placement

Total OB

Void left Top

soil Hard OB

Total Internal dump



OC - 2 Voids of


Voids of KTK OC - I

0.62 48.16 48.78 0.00 18.69 29.47 - - - 0.62 48.78 50.68



191

Table: 4.3.7.2.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - II




End of 3rd Year 5.85 84.97 Slopes of external dump & around dump

4.3.7.3. Stage - III (at the end of 5 th Year):

At the end of 5th year of the project, 3.49 M.Cu.m (5.30 MT) of coal will be excavated and 83.09 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 82.32 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 0.77 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 22.71 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 59.61 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the voids of KTK OC Sector - I. The total top soil generated i.e., 0.77 M.Cum. will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.

The plantation carried during the 4th &5th year is 8.37 Ha. In the existing plantation, an area of 6.90 ha. will be disturbed during dumping of OB. Therefore, the cumulative plantation at the end of 5th year is 86.44 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 5th year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.3.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 5th year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.3.1 and 4.3.7.3.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.3.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - III



Total OB

Void left Top

soil Hard OB

Total Internal dump



OC - 2 Voids of


Voids of KTK OC - I

0.77 82.32 83.09 0.00 22.71 59.61 - - - 0.77 83.09 86.58

Table: 4.3.7.3.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - III




End of 5th Year 8.37 86.44 Slopes of external dump and along road

4.3.7.4. Stage - IV (at the end of 10 th Year):

At the end of 10th year of the project, 8.04 M.Cu.m (12.30 MT) of coal will be excavated and 160.53 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 159.50 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 1.03 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 29.85 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 129.65 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the voids of KTK OC Sector - I. Out of the total top soil of 1.03 M.Cum. including top soil stored, 0.32 M.Cum and 0.71 M.Cum. will be spread on external dump and dump formed over the voids of KTK OC Sector - I Project respectively.

The plantation carried between 6th to 10th year is 147.96 Ha. In the existing plantation, an area of 14.48 ha. will be disturbed during dumping of OB. Therefore, the cumulative plantation at the end of 10th year is 219.92 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 10th year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.4.1. The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 10th year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.4.1 and 4.3.7.4.2 respectively.



192

Table: 4.3.7.4.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - IV



Total OB

Void left Top

soil Hard OB

Total Internal dump



OC - 2 Voids of


Voids of KTK OC - I

1.03 159.50 160.53 0.00 29.85 129.65 - 0.32 0.71 -- 160.53 168.57

Table: 4.3.7.4.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - IV




End of 10th Year 147.96 219.92 Over external dump & internal dump area of KTK OC Sector - I

4.3.7.5. Stage - V (Final Year i.e., at the end of 15th Year):

At the end of final year i.e., 15th year of the project, 12.18 M.Cu.m (17.00 MT) of coal will be excavated and 227.99 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 226.67 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 1.32 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. The hard OB generated during this Stage is 67.17 M.Cum. and it will be filled in the de-coaled of KTK OC - 2 Project. The top soil removed during this Stage is 0.29 and will be spread in the dump formed over the voids of KTK OC Sector - I Project

Out of total hard OB of 226.67 M.Cum. removed, 29.85 M.Cum and 129.65 M.Cum. will be dumped in external dump and dump formed over the voids of KTK OC Sector - I Project respectively. The balance hard OB of 67.17 M.Cum. will be back filled in the de-coaled area of KTK OC - 2 Project by leaving void of 173.00 M.Cum. in an area 224.98 Ha.

Out of the total top soil of 1.03 M.Cum. removed, 0.32 M.Cum and 1.00 M.Cum. will be spread on external dump and dump formed over the voids of KTK OC Sector - I Project respectively.

The plantation carried between 11th to 15th year is 46.63 Ha. The cumulative plantation at the end of 15th year is 266.55 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 15th year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.5.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 15th year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.5.1 and 4.3.7.5.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.5.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - V



Total OB

Void left Top

soil Hard OB

Total Internal dump



OC - 2 Voids of


Voids of KTK OC - I

1.32 226.67 227.99 67.17 29.85 129.65 - 0.32 1.00 -- 227.99 173

Table: 4.3.7.5.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - V




End of 10th Year 46.63 266.55 Over external dump of KTK OC Sector - I



193

4.3.7.6. Mine Closure

The depth of the void at the final stage of mining operations i.e. by the end of 15th year (excluding construction period) is varying from 30 m to 250 m. The volume of the void is estimated as 173.00 M.Cum. It is proposed to fill the total void to the ground level by filling 173 M.Cum. OB to be excavated from proposed Tadicherla - II OCP and KTK 1 Incline OC carved out of adjoining Geological Blocks.

The reclamation of the mine at the mine closure is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.6.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at the mine closure are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status at the mine closure is furnished in Table Nos. 4.3.7.6.1 and 4.3.7.6.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.6.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Mine Closure



Total OB

Void left Top

soil Hard OB

Total Internal dump



OC - 2 Voids of


Voids of KTK OC - I

1.32 226.67 227.99 240.17 29.85 129.65 - 0.32 1.00 -- 400.99 0.00

Table: 4.3.7.6.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Mine Closure


Cumulative Plantation in Ha. Area brought under plantation

End of 10th Year 361.98 628.53 Project Area

4.3.7.7. Stage-wise land use and land reclamation d etails

Stage-wise land use and land reclamation details as prescribed in ToR are furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.7.1

Fin

al E

nvir

onm

enta

l Im

pact

Ass

essm

ent /

Env

iron

men

t Man

agem

ent P

lan

for

Kak

atiy

a K

hani

Ope

ncas

t - 2

Pro

ject

The

Sin

gare

ni C

olli

erie

s C

ompa

ny L

imit

ed

19

4

Tabl

e: 4

.3.7

.7.1

Sta

ge-w

ise

land

use

and

rec

lam

atio

n ar

ea (

Ha)

Sl.

No

Land

Use

Cat

egor

y T

otal

A

rea

Initi

al

1st Y

ear

3rd Y

ear

5th Y

ear

10th

Yea

r

15th

Yea

r (F

inal

)

Min

e C

losu

re

Wat

er

Bod

y P

ublic

Use

T

otal

I.

Bac

kfill

ed A

rea

(Rec

laim

ed w

ith p

lant

atio

n)

1.

Qua

rry

Are

a 22

4.98

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

22

4.98

0.

00

0.00

22

4.98

2.

Dra

ins

and

road

s ar

ound

Qua

rry

Are

a 51

.63

0.00

10

.13

0.00

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

32.0

6 0.

00

9.44

51

.63

S

ub T

otal

27

6.61

0.

00

10.1

3 0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

25

7.04

0.

00

9.44

27

6.61

II.

Ext

erna

l OB

dum

p A

reas

1.

KT

K O

C S

ecto

r -

I Ext

erna

l Dum

p 14

3.54

24

.06

2.04

11

.63

0.00

16

.08

46.6

3 35

.44

0.00

7.

66

143.

54

2.

KT

K O

C S

ecto

r -

I Aro

und

Qua

rry

156.

40

2.26

0.

00

0.00

3.

65

96.6

3 0.

00

51.0

5 0.

00

2.81

15

6.40

3.

KT

K O

C -

2 E

xt. D

ump

64.4

3 0.

00

8.84

2.

28

3.25

35

.25

0.00

10

.42

0.00

4.

39

64.4

3

S

ub T

otal

36

4.37

26

.32

10.8

8 13

.91

6.90

14

7.96

46

.63

96.9

1 0.

00

14.8

6 36

4.37

III.

Oth

ers

1.

Ser

vice

Bui

ldin

g 8.

70

0.00

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

4.00

0.

00

4.70

8.

70

2.

Div

ersi

on o

f roa

d 5.

33

0.00

0.

00

0.00

1.

47

0.00

0.

00

0.54

0.

00

3.32

5.

33

3.

Div

ersi

on o

f Nal

lah

9.93

0.

00

2.35

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

3.

49

4.09

0.

00

9.93

S

ub T

otal

23

.96

0.

00

2.35

0.

00

1.47

0.

00

0.00

8.

03

4.09

8.

02

23.9

6

G

rand

Tot

al o

f Pro

ject

Are

a 66

4.94

26

.32

23.3

6 13

.91

8.37

14

7.96

46

.63

361.

98

4.09

32

.32

664.

94

IV.

Are

a ou

tsid

e th

e pr

ojec

t

1.

Bui

lt U

p A

rea

3.29

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

0.00

0.

00

3.29

T

otal

Are

a 66

8.23

26

.32

23.3

6 13

.91

8.37

14

7.96

46

.63

361.

98

4.09

32

.32

668.

23

* T

otal

26.

84 H

a. o

f pl

anta

tion

rem

oved

dur

ing

1st y

ear

(5.4

6 H

a.),

5th y

ear

(6.9

0 H

a.)

& 1

0th y

ear

(14.

48 H

a.)

was

ded

ucte

d fo

rm i

nitia

l pl

anta

tion

of 5

3.16

Ha.



195

4.3.7.8. Stage wise cumulative plantation

The stage wise cumulative plantation as prescribed in ToR is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.8.1

Table No. 4.3.7.8.1 Stage Wise Cumulative Plantatio n

Sl. No.

Year Green Belt External Dump Backfilled Area

Others (Undisturbed Area / etc)

Cumulative Total

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

1. Initial -- -- 24.06 60150 -- -- 2.26 5650 26.32 65800

2. 1st Year -- -- 10.88 27200 -- -- 12.48 31200 49.68 124200

3. 3rd Year -- -- 13.91 34775 -- -- -- -- 63.59 158975

4. 5th Year -- -- 6.9 17250 -- -- 1.47 3675 71.96 179900

5. 10th Year -- -- 147.96 369900 -- -- -- -- 219.92 549800

6. 15th Year -- -- 46.63 116575 -- -- -- -- 266.55 666375

7. Closure -- -- 96.91 242275 224.98 562450 40.09 100225 628.53 1571325

4.3.7.9. Post- Mining Land use Pattern of Project A rea

The post mining land use details of the project area as prescribed in ToR are furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.9.1.

Table No. 4.3.7.9.1 Post - Mining Land use Pattern of Project Area

Sl. No. Description

Land Use Details (Ha.)

Plantation Water Body

Public Use Undisturbed Total

A. Area within the Project 1. Quarry Area

a) Excavation Area 224.98 -- -- -- 224.98

b) Area around drains & roads 42.19 -- 9.44 -- 51.63

Sub - Total 267.17 9.44 276.61 2. External OB dump Areas

a) KTK OC Sector - I External Dump 135.88 -- 7.66 -- 143.54

b) KTK OC Sector - I Around Quarry 153.59 -- 2.81 -- 156.40

c) KTK OC - 2 Ext. Dump 60.04 -- 4.39 -- 64.43

Sub - Total 349.51 14.86 364.37

3. Others

a) Service Building 4.00 -- 4.70 -- 8.70

b) Diversion of road 2.01 -- 3.32 -- 5.33

c) Diversion of Nallah 5.84 4.09 0.00 -- 9.93

Sub - Total 11.85 4.09 8.02 -- 23.96

Grand Total of Project Area 628.53 4.09 32.32 664.94

B. Area outside the Project

1. Built up area -- -- 3.29 3.29

Total Area 628.53 4.09 32.32 3.29 668.23



196

4.3.8. Re-vegetation or Plantation Programme

All areas affected by mining activities during back filling operation of final void (OB dumps, safe barrier, drains, roads, etc.) will be re-vegetated to restore the site to natural condition.

4.3.8.1. Species Selection

Native species with economic value will be planted on the reclaimed area after topsoil carpeting, which also helps in controlling soil erosion caused by rain and wind. Extensive plantation will be taken up over the external dump area, back filled area, along the haul roads, approach roads and along the quarry boundary.

In the project, it is proposed to reclaim and plant with native species. Grass and bushes will be planted in areas prone to erosion. Other areas will be planted with local species. Before re-vegetation of the reclaimed area, the land will be prepared by spreading top soil which is rich in organic matter which has been stored during original site development. Vegetation will be self-sufficient after planting and require no fertilization or maintenance. The list of species recommended for afforestation / plantation programme in the KTK OC - 2 Project is furnished in Table No. 4.3.8.1.1.

Table 4.3.8.1.1 : The list of species recommended in the afforestation / plantation programme of the project

S.No Local name Botanical name S.No Local name Botanical name

1. Chinduga Albizia odoratissima 16. Sima chinta Inga dulcis

2. Maredu Aegle marmelos 17. Betta genapu Mitragyna parvifolia

3. Nemali nara Holoptelea integrifolia 18. Seema tangedu Cassia siamea

4. Usiri Emblica officinalis 19. Marking nut semecarpus anacardium

5. Tamarind Tamarindus indica 20. Velaga Feronia elaphantum

6. Marri Ficus benghalensis 21. Jitregi Dalbergia latifolia

7. Juvvi Ficus mollis 22. Ravi Ficus religiosa

8. Medi Ficus carica 23. Gatti Veduru Dendrocalamus strictus

9. Gumudu-teku Gmelina arborea 24. Tapasi Sterculia urens

10. Teku Tectona grandis 25. Vepa Azadirachta indica

11. Bandari Adina cordifolia 26. Kanuga Pongamia pinnata

12. Nara yepa Hardwickia binata 27. Sissoo Dalbergia sissoo

13. Tella Maddi Terminalia arjuna 28. Nalla tumma Acacia nilotica

14. Tani Terminalia bellerica 29. Sundra Acacia ferruginea

15. Karakkai Terminalia chebula 30. Godugu tumma Acacia planifrons

4.3.8.2. Plantation and SMC Methods

SCCL is being practising bio-engineering techniques for soil moisture conservation and afforestation in the OB dump areas.

4.3.8.3. Engineering Methods:

• Toe wall

• Garland drains

• Cribs

• Settling pond

• Heaping of top soil on top of the decks / terraces, top of dump.



197

• Re-grading of the slopes if required.

• Spreading of top soil on the slopes for better germination of seed sown and for early establishment of the plants.

• Deck drains and slope drains for safe passage of rain water.

4.3.8.4. Vegetative Methods:

• Contour planting of misc. seedlings of local species @ 2500 Nos. / Ha.

• Contour planting of soil binders like Agave suckers, grass slips.

• Contour seed sowing / dibbling with misc. legume seed like Babul, Sesbania, Subabul, Glyricidia etc.

• Broadcasting of Hamata seed (Styosanthus hamata) to cover the slopes as it

- Germinates with minimum moisture and establishes rapidly

- Produces large quantity of Bio-mass.

- Legume which fixes atmospheric nitrogen in the soil and nutritious fodder

- Flowers within three months,

- Long seed viability and rapid regeneration

4.3.9. Hazardous Waste Management

4.3.9.1 Details of Hazardous Waste Generation

During process of opencast coal mining extraction, the following hazardous wastes are generated

• Used oil / waste oil and used oil and grease containers

• Used lead acid batteries

• Non ferrous scrap

4.3.9.2 Hazardous Waste Handling

The Hazardous waste generated in the opencast mine will be stored properly in a secured way at concerned mine store till their disposal. Used oil is collected in lid tight drums which are stored on paved platform covered with shed. Waste oils recovered from Oil & Grease trap are collected in drums and stored on a raised paved platform having drains to collect back spillages. Drains will be constructed for collection of oil spillages and carry over of oil from the storage premises. Authorization will be obtained from Telangana Pollution Control Board (TSPCB) for storing and disposal of the Hazardous waste. Neutralization pits will also be constructed near the storage platform of used lead acid batteries for treating any leakages from batteries. Hazardous waste consisting of used & waste oils and lead acid batteries will be disposed off to authorized recyclers and within a period of 90 days as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008.

4.3.9.3 Disposal of Hazardous Waste

The used lead acid batteries will be returned to manufacturer or dealer on buy back basis or registered recyclers approved by MoEF&CC. Used oil / waste oil and non ferrous scrap will be disposed off to the authorised reprocessing agencies / units approved by TSPCB. The used containers after detoxification will be disposed off to outside agencies / units approved by TSPCB.



198

4.3.9.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme for Haza rdous Waste

Generation, handling and disposal of hazardous wastes in the mine as well as at base workshop will be periodically monitored and following records will be maintained and returns filed in order to comply with the conditions imposed by TSPCB in the authorization.

• Format for maintaining records of hazardous waste in Form 3 as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008.

• Submission of condition wise compliance report of the conditions stipulated in schedule C of Hazardous waste authorization on half yearly basis to concerned Regional and Zonal Offices of TSPCB.

• Preparing 6 copies of the manifest in Form - 13 for transportation of waste generation and submission of a copy to concerned TSPCB.

• Submission of annual returns in Form - 4 as per Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 on or before 30th June of every year.

• Submission of half yearly returns in Form - VIII & Form - IX as per the Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules, 2001 to TSPCB by 30th June (for the period October-March) and by 31st December (for the period April-September) every year.

4.4 MINE CLOSURE PLAN

4.4.1 Introduction

Mine Closure Plan (MCP) will have two components namely progressive or concurrent mine closure plan and final mine closure plan. Progressive MCP would include various land reclamation, activities to be done continuously and sequentially during the entire period of the mining operations, whereas the Final MCP activities would start towards the end of mine life and may continue even after the reserves are exhausted and / or mining is discontinued till the mining area is restored to an acceptable level to create a self sustained eco system.

Mine closure planning needs to be carried out before the commencement of mine operations and requires periodic reviewing and modification, if needed, during its life cycle to ensure safety and to cope up with social & environmental challenges. Various objectives of the mine closure planning are as follows:

• To allow sustainable and productive after-use of the site which is acceptable to the mine owner and the regulatory authorities.

• To eliminate environmental damage and thereby encourage environmental sustainability

• To protect the flora and fauna of the area.

• To protect public health and safety.

• To minimize adverse socio-economic impacts.

Various agencies affected due to mine closure need to be identified and they can be as follows:

• The Company : Management, Employees and Agencies.

• The Community : All stake holders such as, local business and service providers, landholders, neighbours and nearby residents, local government, NGOs and community groups.



199

• The State : The State & Central Government and its agencies. There is need of regular consultations between the agencies to evolve the role of the agencies and their involvement in the process.

• Name of Lessee : The lessee is a Public Sector Company with a share holding of 51% and 49% by GoTS and GoI respectively. The Singareni Collieries Company Limited, P.O. Kothagudem Collieries - 507101. Dist. Khammam, State: Telangana State.

4.4.2 Reasons for Closure

The mine will be closed after exhaustion of economically recoverable coal in the leasehold area. The mine may be closed on account of other unforeseen reasons i.e., Force majeure or government directions etc for which information and notice shall be sent to concerned government authorities and departments.

4.4.3 Statutory Obligations

Environmental clearance has to be obtained for this project. The statutory obligations as specified by MoC / MoEF&CC / DGMS etc. will be complied with.

4.4.4 Closure Plan Preparation

Closure planning is a life-time-of-mine exercise that begins with the commencement of mining operations and continues till post closure. The dynamic nature of closure planning requires regular and critical review to reflect changing circumstances as a result of any operational change, new regulation or new technology and remain flexible enough to cope with unexpected events.

4.4.5 CLOSURE PLAN

4.4.5.1 Mined Out Land

As opencast mining will alter land use pattern in lease area, reclamation will be done with the objectives like minimize the adverse affects, bring the excavated land area to its pre-mining status as far as practicable and improve the landscape in general.

4.4.5.2 Rehabilitation process in mined-out land sh all focus on the following:–

• Restoring the land to its pre-mining land use or to a use, that is consistent with the surrounding land fabric.

• Maintaining the long-term stability of affected land to match with the community and commercial needs the development such as parklands, flora & fauna sanctuaries, pisciculture ponds and playgrounds with ecological, tourist and commercial values will be planned.

The following measures are proposed to be undertaken in the proposed project to minimize land degradation.

• The surface areas affected by mining activities shall be re-vegetated preferably with native species and with necessary soil treatment. The area upon closure can be utilized for commercial forestry / fodder cultivation.

• Plantation on the over burden dumps and along the boundary of the lease area so as to minimise the visual impact.

• Top soil excavated from the site will be dumped separately and preserved at predetermined place for spreading subsequently on external dumps and backfilled areas for plantation. Back filling of mine pits concurrently with mining operations (land reclamation).



200

4.4.5.3 Progressive / Concurrent Reclamation

Progressive / concurrent reclamation includes stage wise OB dumping, topsoil management and species selection for carrying afforestation, etc.

4.4.5.4 Final Closure (Final Void):

The details of final closure including land reclamation and final void are envisaged in Section 4.3.7.6 in this Chapter.

4.4.6 Acid Mine Drainage :

Acid Mine Drainage (AMD), or Acid Rock Drainage (ARD), refers to the outflow of acidic water from (usually abandoned / working) metal mines or coal mines. AMD occurs naturally within some environments as part of the rock weathering process but is exacerbated by large-scale earth disturbances characteristic of mining and other large construction activities, usually within rocks containing an abundance of sulphide minerals.

In Bhoopalpalli Area, there is no AMD / ARD problem. This can be established by studying the water quality of mine discharge of ongoing KTK OC Sector - I Project over a last few years. The study reveals that the average PH value of mine discharge water is neutral. Hence, there is no AMD / ARD problem in the proposed area.

4.4.7 Monitoring of environmental parameters after mine closure

Monitoring of quality of environmental attributes, such as air, water, land, soil will be continued during closure operations and 3 years after the closure at requisite locations as per the prescribed frequency, parameters and number of samples.

4.4.8 Disposal of Infrastructure.

The infrastructure proposed in mining plan shall be maintained up to the end of the life of the mine. Proper maintenance of infrastructure shall be carried out for their physical stability.

• All buildings and other concrete structures shall be razed down and the waste shall be dumped in low lying areas or voids of under ground mines and top soil shall be spread over for re-vegetation.

• Support & Transport infrastructures: All buried infrastructure like tanks, pipes, cables, will be removed. If the same are required to be maintained for future use, then it will be documented. The main mining site and secondary access roads will be kept in a condition to access for monitoring / inspection. The roads, bridges, culverts etc., which are not required to be maintained will be razed and restored for planting with local vegetation.

• Sanitary installation: After being emptied, decommissioned septic tanks will be removed or completely filled with gravel, sand, earth or inert material. Wastewater treatment ponds (domestic waste) will be emptied and backfilled or provided drainage so as not to create stagnant water ponds.

• Petroleum Products & Hazardous Waste: The rehabilitation of all petroleum products sites used for storage of fuels and lubricants and the measures taken to rehabilitate these sites will be made as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008. All surface or buried petroleum product tanks, pipes and storage vessels will be removed from the site. All hazardous waste will be removed from the mining site after activities are permanently terminated. Used oil will be sent to an authorized recycling / re-use site. Other hazardous waste will be properly disposed, preferably by sending to an authorized site for disposal, treatment, recycling or reuse.



201

• Socio-economic changes etc.: The options like undertaking commercial forestry, fodder cultivation, fuel wood growing will be reviewed in the mined-out land for having a gainful resource for the neighbouring local communities.

• Sewage Waste: Sewage sludge from treatment ponds will be used as fertilizer, and if not suitable for use as a fertilizer will be disposed in a sanitary landfill or other authorized site.

• Water Resource Management: The area where the mine dewatering ponds are established will be restored and levelled and the site re-vegetated; so as to establish the natural drainage of the area.

4.4.9 Disposal of Mining Machineries

The machinery used for mining activity will be shifted to other mines after closure of the mine.

• Equipment & Electrical Infrastructures (RCC Pillars, Electrical Cables, Transformers, etc) will be dismantled. Off-site equipment will be dismantled, but may remain in place if there is a future potential use of it.

• Surface Equipment & Heavy Machinery like mining equipment (hoists, pumps, conveyors, etc.), will be removed from the site by the proponent.

• Heavy machinery, motor vehicles, drills, etc. will be removed from the site after proper checking for any contamination.

• During rehabilitation, particular attention will be made towards equipment, heavy machinery to detect any hydrocarbon contamination and, if applicable, take remedial action.

• The detailed mine de-commissioning plan will be made 5 years before the actual closure

4.4.10 Safety & Security

SCCL proposes to erect fencing around the project area and will ensure that access to the area is totally sealed off. Trained security personnel will be posted to guard the area as per requirement. Only authorised personnel will be allowed to carry out abandonment and post-project monitoring activities.

4.4.11 Economic Repercussions of Closure of Mine & Manpower Retrenchments

The applicant, the Singareni Collieries Company Limited, having operations 31 underground mines and 17 opencast mines located in 4 districts of Telangana State namely Khammam, Adilabad, Karimnagar and Warangal.

Thus, equipment and statutory supervisory staff will be transferred to other operating mines with an option of voluntary retirement scheme. Since, mining activity is going to be continued in Bhoopalpalli area and in various coal fields of SCCL, re-deployment of manpower is not a problem. Further, there will not be a significant impact to the local residents employed in the mines or to the satellite occupations connected to the mining industry due to continuation of mining activities.

4.4.12 Time Schedule of Abandonment

After the extraction of total reserves, the mine will be closed. The time schedule for abandonment operations and the details of manpower and other resources required for mine closure will be furnished along with detailed Final Mine Closure Plan to be submitted five years before actual closure of the mine.



202

4.4.13 Abandonment Cost

At the time of preparation of Project Report, Mine closure cost needs to estimated based on the activities such as barbed wire fencing all around the working area, dismantling of structures / demolishing and cleaning of sites, Rehabilitation of mining machinery, plantation, physical / biological reclamation, landscaping, biological reclamation of left out OB dump, filling up of de-coaled void, post-environment monitoring for three years, supervision charges for three years, power cost, protective and rehabilitation measures including their maintenance and monitoring, miscellaneous charges etc.

Environmental clearance is yet to be obtained from MoEF&CC. Thus, the statutory obligations likely to be imposed by MoC / MoEF&CC etc. are not yet known. Therefore Mine closure cost is estimated based on the typical mines closure cost as specified in 6 (ii) & 6 (iii) of mine closure guidelines issued by the MoC vide letter no. 55011 - 01 - 2009 - CPAM dated 25th April 2012 which are as follows.

• It has been considered that typically closure cost is around Rs 8.40 Lakhs per Ha. of the property lease hold for an opencast mine and Rs 1.40 Lakh per Ha. for underground mine leasehold. The typical closure cost may be modified based on the wholesale Price Index as notified by GoI

• Annual closure cost is to be estimated based on the life of the mine. An amount equal to the annual cost is to be deposited each year after commencement of any activity on the land for the mine, compounded @ 5% annually.

The total mine closure cost estimated based on the typical Mine closure cost for the total project area is Rs 80.38 Crores and amount to be charged per annum Rs. 47.28 per tonne and furnished in Table Nos. 4.4.13.1 & 4.4.13.2.

Table No. 4.4.13.1 Mine Closure Cost

Sl. No. Description Quantity Units 1. Total Land required 664.94 Ha 2. Mine closure cost per Ha. 8.40 Rs Lakhs 3. Total amount payable 55.87 Rs Crores 4. Project Life 15 Years 5. Annual Mine Closure Cost (55.87/15) 3.72 Rs Crores 6. Total amount payable (Compounded @ 5% annually) 80.38 Rs Crores



203

Table No. 4.4.13.2. Mine Closure Cost (Year wise)

Years Production

(MT)

Amount to be charged per annum

(Rs. Crores)

Compounding Interest Factor at

@ 5%


(Rs. Crores)


Rs/Tonne 1. 0.3 3.72 1.00 3.72 124.16

2. 1.25 3.72 1.05 3.91 31.29

3. 1.25 3.72 1.10 4.11 32.85

4. 1.25 3.72 1.16 4.31 34.50

5. 1.25 3.72 1.22 4.53 36.22

6. 1.25 3.72 1.28 4.75 38.03

7. 1.25 3.72 1.34 4.99 39.93

8. 1.25 3.72 1.41 5.24 41.93

9. 1.5 3.72 1.48 5.50 36.69

10. 1.5 3.72 1.55 5.78 38.52

11. 1.5 3.72 1.63 6.07 40.45

12. 1.45 3.72 1.71 6.37 43.94

13. 1.25 3.72 1.80 6.69 53.52

14. 0.5 3.72 1.89 7.02 140.48

15. 0.25 3.72 1.98 7.38 295.00

17.00 55.87 80.38 47.28

The total Mine closure cost estimated based on the typical Mine closure cost for the project is Rs 55.87 Crores and the annual closure cost to be deposited year wise @5% increment sum of 80.38 Crores.

4.5 Socio Economic Measures

The project is expected to yield a positive impact on the socio-economic environment. It helps sustain the development of this area including further development of infrastructure facilities.

It is evident from the past history of SCCL that it is putting on continuous efforts and instrumental in enhancing the living conditions of the mining and surrounding communities. Similarly the activities of the local population will bring in additional indirect employment opportunities and will also bring in the medical and communication facilities within their reach. The proposed mining activities also can bring to them further facilities like secondary employment, increase in existing medical and communication facilities etc.

The following CSR Works were taken up in Bhoopalpal li Area:

• Quarters are constructed on non coal bearing areas with such facilities as Hospitals, Schools, Post Office, Telegraph Office, Power Supply, Community Halls, Recreation Clubs, Play Grounds and protected water supply and Sewage Treatment plant and drainage line systems.

• LPG gas is supplied free of cost to the employees.

• Free medical treatment to workmen and their families is given and all children of workmen are covered under immunization programme.

• Incentives are being given to the employees to encourage them for undergoing family planning operations.



204

The details of CSR works taken up under Surrounding Habitat Assistance Programme (SHAPE) in Jangedu, BHPL, Kasimpalli, Veshalapalli, Beddalonipalli and Gaddignipalli villages are as given below:

(Figures in Rs.Lakhs)

Sl. No. Name of the Work 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2008-09 2011-12 Total

1. Road Infrastructure 174.83 56.10 30.39 47.57 50.80 359.69

2. Drainage & Sanitation 104.95 11.90 -- -- -- 116.85

3. Education 56.11 5.00 6.20 -- 63.92 131.23

4. Drinking Water Supply 120.88 8.00 65.78 -- - 194.66

5. Others 8.53 25.85 12.97 24.34 17.18 88.87

Total 465.30 106.85 115.34 71.91 131.90 891.30

Note: An amount of Rs. 950 Lakhs were deposited with R&B authorities towards CSR by SCCL for development of road with central divider from KTPP Junction to Bhoopalpalli.

Singareni Seva Samithi has conducted trainings programs at Bhoopalpalli and surrounding villages and the details of the same is as given below.

Sl. No. Name of the Programme / Course No. of participants

attended No. of persons self

employed 1. Tailoring &Dress making course 261 09

2. Computer hardware /DTP 111 --

3. Fashion Technology course 120 --

4. Tailoring course for SEWA members 30 22

5. Electrician Trade 50 --

6. Motor Driving – (As per RTA rule) 25 01

7. Photography & Videography 25 01

8. Beautician 160 7

9. Saree Rolling 20 --

10. Paper Bags &Envelops making course 35 --

11. Spoken English 20 --

12. Army / Police 480 70

Total 1337 110



CHAPTER - 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(SITE & TECHNOLOGY)

5.1. ALTERNATE SITE LOCATIONS

Coal mining is site specific in nature. Coal mining has to be carried out where the coal is reserves are available. Hence consideration of alternative site is not possible.

However, the dumping site can be planned in alternative locations. Different options were explored keeping in view of lead distance, lift, surrounding land use such as village area, forest, agriculture, water bodies and eventually proposed to dump OB in non forest land in the north east side which is adjacent to the external OB dump existing KTK OC Sector - I Project and also adjacent the proposed quarry area.

5.2. ALTERNATIVE MINING METHOD

The present proposal is to convert a part of existing KTK 2 Incline underground mine into opencast up to 250 m depth of floor of III seam as a relay Project to existing KTK OC Sector - I Project. This proposal is to extract 17.00 MT of coal reserves by opencast operating with Shovel dumper combination with a production capacity of 1.50 MTPA in the project life of 15 years with 13.41 Cu.m/T of stripping ratio. The reserves are most amenable for opencast mining.

Hence, there is no scope for consideration of underground method to extract these reserves, However, operating technology such as introduction of dragline, continuous mining technology, in-pit crusher and conveyer technology, High wall mining, etc., can be examined. Several design constraints, seams present, geological conditions, availability of resources already deployed for selection of technological option described below.

5.3. TECHNOLOGY OPTIONS Different technology options available for opencast mining are as follows:

• Continuous Mining Technology − Bucket Wheel Excavator (BWE) − Continuous Miner / Surface Miner

• Discontinuous Mining Technology − Dragline Application − In pit-crushing & Conveying Technology − Shovel - Dumper Combination

• High wall mining.

5.3.1 Continuous Mining Technology

Based on the available data on block geometry, presence of thin seams, steepness of seams, hardness of coal and OB, shorter life of project, Continuous mining technology has been ruled out.

5.3.2 Discontinuous Mining Technology

Discontinuous mining technology includes Dragline Application, Inpit-Crusher & Conveyor Technology and Shovel Dumper technology.

The mining method to be adopted in KTK OC - 2 Project is as below:

Several design constraints combine to restrict the choice of primary excavation equipment and coal winning technology. Shovel Dumber Combination technology is adopted in the proposed project owing to the prevailing geo-mining conditions like



multiple thin seams, steepness of seams, small block geometry, multiple faults. Besides, this technology has the following advantages.

• Flexibility in deployment of shovels and dumpers for overburden removal according to the coal production requirements.

• Facilitates optimum utilization of equipment through planned deployment.

• Permits uninterrupted operation of the mine in spite of capital overhaul / breakdown of some shovels or dumpers.

• Grade control can be done effectively through selective mining.

Parameters like small block geometry, presence of thin seams, steepness of seams, hardness of coal and OB, shorter life of project precluded from the application of dragline and In Pit - Crushing & Conveying system.

5.3.3 High Wall Mining Technology

Multiple seams dissected by multiple faults preclude the application of Highwall mining method also.

* * * * *



CHAPTER - 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Environmental monitoring programme involves:

• Planning a survey and sampling program for systematic collection of data / information relevant to environmental assessment and project environmental management;

• Conduct of the survey and sampling program;

• Analysis of samples and data / information collected, and interpretation of data and information; and

• Preparation of reports to support environmental management.

Environmental monitoring will be carried out throughout project operation to detect changes in the key environmental quality parameters, which would attribute to the project. The results of the monitoring program will be used to evaluate the following:

• Extent and severity of the environmental impacts against the predicted impacts;

• Performance of the environmental protection measures or compliance with pertinent rules and regulations;

• Trends in impacts and

• Overall effectiveness of the project EMP.

Environmental monitoring will have clear objectives and the survey and sampling program custom-designed to focus on data / information actually required to meet the objectives. The monitoring program will include action or emergency plans so that appropriate action could be taken in the event of adverse monitoring results or trends. Environmental monitoring will also be constantly reviewed to ensure its effectiveness.

Environmental monitoring programme has been prepared for the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project for assessing the efficacy of implementation of Environment Management Plan and to take corrective measures in case of any degradation in the surrounding environment.

Different activities involved in the proposed opencast coal mining project, and their impact on various environmental attributes have been taken in to account while designing a detailed environmental monitoring programme for the project.

The following activities have been identified in the KTK OC - 2 Project, which will have significant environmental impacts:

• During operational phase, drilling, blasting operations for excavation of coal and overburden will result in dust, noise and blast vibrations. Transportation of coal and OB, dumping of overburden outside the quarry area, coal handling arrangements at the surface are the other major activities contributing to air pollution, noise pollution and land degradation.

• Pumping of mine seepage water during the course of mining operations may have impact on surrounding ground water regime.

• Wastewater from workshops generated due to vehicle washing and maintenance of HEMM contain oil & grease, silt.

• Surface mining operations will involve formation of external OB dumps and void area at the end of mining operations which will change the landscape of the area.



Keeping the above environmental impacts in view, an environmental management plan has been prepared for the project incorporating various mitigation measures for prevention / control of pollution. The monitoring methodology for studying the effectiveness of implementation of mitigation measures has been described hereunder.

6.2 METHODOLOGY OF MONITORING MECHANISM:

Implementation of EMP and periodic monitoring will be carried out at (a) Project level and (b) Area level for KTK OC - 2 Project and allied activities like coal handling facilities, workshop, mining colony, etc. A comprehensive monitoring mechanism has been devised for monitoring of impacts due to proposed opencast project.

Project level environmental protection measures like dust suppression, treatment and recycling of waste water, control of noise and blast vibrations, maintenance of HEMM, house keeping in the mine premises, plantation, implementation of EMP and Environmental Clearance conditions will be monitored by the project authorities. On the other hand, implementation of area level protection measures like plantation and green belt development over the vacant areas, colony effluent treatment, environmental quality monitoring etc., will be done by different disciplines of the company like Civil, Forestry and Environment Departments etc. Co-ordination between various disciplines and periodic monitoring of various Environment protection measures will be done by a senior executive who reports directly to the Area General Manager. He will be assisted by an environmental officer who is well versed with various aspects of pollution prevention and control in mining areas.

An environment management committee will be constituted at the project level consisting of following members to monitor the implementation of EMP and other environmental protection measures.

(i) Project Officer (ii) Mine Manager (iii) Safety officer (iv) Project Survey Officer (v) Environmental Officer (vi) Area Forestry Officer (vii) Civil Engineer (viii) Hydro-geologist

In addition to the above, Corporate Environment department will periodically inspect the project for monitoring the implementation of EMP including land reclamation and environmental status of the project surroundings and give necessary guidelines to the project authorities in case of any deviation in the compliance of clearance conditions.

6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN

6.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring

Air quality monitoring is essential for evaluation of the effectiveness of abatement programmes and to develop appropriate control measures. SCCL will monitor ambient air quality in and around the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project as per the frequency stipulated by MoEF and take appropriate air pollution control measures in order to ensure that the concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are within the limits.

A preliminary field survey will be conducted to collect information on sources of air pollution, topography, population distribution, meteorological conditions etc., for establishing a network of stations in core and buffer zone of the project for ambient air quality monitoring.



Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) has stipulated environmental standards for coalmines vide GSR-742 (E), dt. 25.09.2000. These standards will be followed for core zone i.e. within the project boundary.

Parameters: As per MoEF guidelines, the concentration of Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) will be monitored in downwind direction, at 500 m from the dust generating sources. SCCL will also monitor ambient air quality in the nearby villages to assess the impact of mining operations on surrounding habitation.

Frequency of Monitoring: Ministry of Environment and Forests has stipulated load based frequency for monitoring of ambient air quality in coal mining areas as given below.

• Air quality monitoring will have to be carried out at a frequency of once in a fortnight (24 hourly sampling) at the identified locations near the dust generating sources.

• As a result of monthly monitoring, if it is found that the concentration of the pollutants is less than the 50% of the specified standards for three consecutive months, then the sampling frequency may be shifted to two days in a quarter year.

• In case the value has exceeded the specified standards, the air quality sampling shall be done twice in a week. If the results of four consecutive weeks indicate that the concentration of pollutants is within the specified standards, then fortnightly monitoring may be reverted to.

Methodology: Fine dust sampler with gaseous sampling attachment will be used for monitoring of air quality for parameters viz., Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), SO2 and NOx with a sampling frequency of 24 hours duration. Sampling and analysis will be carried out as per IS-5182:1999 for measurement of air Pollution. PM10 and PM2.5 will be analyzed gravimetrically, SO2 will be analyzed by improved west and Gaeke method and NOx will be analyzed as per Jacob & Hochheiser Modified (Na-Aresnite) Method.

Ambient Air Quality Standards: The air quality standards prescribed by MoEF for coal mines vide Ministry of Environment and Forests Notification No. GSR 742(E), Dt: 25.09.2000 are furnished in the Table No. 6.3.1.1.

New National Ambient Air Quality Standards vide G.S.R. 826 (E) dated 16th November 2009 was made in exercise of the powers conferred by section 6 and section 25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. These standards are applicable for stations monitored in the buffer zone. The National Ambient Air Quality Standards are furnished as Table No. 6.3.1.2.



Table No. 6.3.1.1: Coal Mines Standards vide GSR 742 (E), Dated 25.9.2000

Category Pollutant Time weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of Measurement

New Coal Mines

SPM (> 10µm in size)

Annual Average* 360µg/m3 Respirable Particulate Matter Sampler

24 hours** 500 µg/m3

RPM (< 10µm in size)

Annual Average* 180µg/m3 Respirable Particulate Matter Sampler

24 hours** 250µg/m3

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Average* 80µg/m3 1. Improved West & Gaeke Method

24 hours** 120µg/m3 2. Ultraviolet Fluorescene Method

Oxide of Nitrogen as NO2

Annual Average* 80µg/m3 1. Jacob & Hochheiser Modified (Na-Aresnic)

24 hours** 120µg/m3 2. Gas phase Chemilumine Scence

Note: Annual Arithmetic mean for the measurements taken in a year has to be arrived out following the guidelines for frequency of sampling and annual arithmetic mean of 24 -hourly values shall be met 92% of the time in a year. However, 8% of the time it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.

In case of any residential or commercial or industrial place falling within or beyond 500 m. of any dust generating sources, the National Ambient Air Quality Standards, EPA Notification: GSR 176 (E), April 02, 1996, are made applicable.



Table No. 6.3.1.2: National Ambient Air Quality Standards vide GSR 826 (E), Dt.18.11.09

Sl. No. Pollutant

Time weighted average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of measurement Industrial,

Residential, Rural and Other Area

Ecologically Sensitive Area

(notified by Central Govt.)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1. Sulphur Dioxide SO2, µg/m3

Annual * 50 20 - Improved West and Geake - Ultraviolet Fluorescence 24 hours ** 80 80

2. Nitrogen Dioxide NO2, µg/m3

Annual * 40 30 - Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Non Arsenite)

- Chemiluminescence 24 hours ** 80 80

3. PM10 µg/m3 Annual * 60 60 - Gravimetric - TOEM - Beta attenuation 24 hours ** 100 100

4. PM2.5 µg/m3 Annual * 40 40 - Gravimetric - TOEM - Beta attenuation 24 hours ** 60 60

5. Ozone (O3) µg/m3 8 hours ** 100 100 - UV Photometric - Chemiluminescence - Chemical Method 1 hour ** 180 180

6. Lead (Pb) µg/m3 Annual * 0.5 0.5 - ASS / ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

- ED-XRF using Teflon filter 24 hours ** 1.0 1.0

7. Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3

8 hours ** 2 2 - Non dispersive Infra RED

(NDIR) Spectroscopy 1 hour ** 4 4

8. Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual * 100 100 - Chemiluminescence - -Indophenol blue method 24 hours ** 400 400

9. Benzene (C6H6) µg/m3

Annual * 5 5 - Gas chromatography based on continuous analyzer

- Adsorption and Desorption followed by GC analysis.

10. Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP) Particulate phase only ng/m3

Annual * 1 1 - Solvent extraction followed by HPLC / GC analysis

11. Arsenic (As) ng/m3

Annual * 6 6 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

12. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 Annual * 20 20 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

*Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitoring values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the times in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation.



6.3.2 Water Quality Monitoring

Water quality monitoring involves periodical assessment of quality of mine discharge water, treated workshop effluents, CHP effluent, treated colony effluents, ground water and surface water.

The following parameters will be periodically monitored in effluents in a coal mining industry as per the Environmental Standards for coalmines, GSR-742 (E), dt. 25.09.2000.

Parameters:

• pH

• Total Suspended solids

• Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

• Oil & Grease

All the parameters as given in Part - A of General Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants, GSR 801 (E) EPA 1986 prescribed by CPCB will be analyzed for all the effluents , in addition to the above parameters, once in a year for assessing the overall quality of effluents.

Frequency of monitoring: Monitoring of waste water samples for four parameters should be done at a frequency of once in a fortnight.

Methodology: The sample collection, procedures for sample preservation and methods of analysis are followed as per Standard Methods of Water and Wastewater analysis, American Water Woks Association (AWWA), American Public Health Association (APHA).

Standards: The standards prescribed by MoEF for effluent water samples are as follows:

(i) pH - 5.5 to 9.0

(ii) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) - 250 mg/l

(iii) Total Suspended Solids (TSS) - 100 mg/l - 200 mg/l (Land for irrigation)

(iv) Oil & Grease (O & G) - 10 mg/l

In addition to the above, the following standards will be followed for complete analysis of surface and ground water samples, once in a quarter year.

Surface Water: CPCB Guidelines for water quality monitoring- MINARS / 27 / 2007-08.

Ground Water: CPCB Guidelines for water quality monitoring- MINARS / 27 / 2007-08.

Monitoring of Phreatic Surface Levels: Phreatic surface levels will be monitored through out the life of the project by a Hydro-geologist to study the impact of opencast mining operations on ground water regime. A net work of observation wells will be identified for monitoring of phreatic surface levels. The trend of ground water level fluctuations will be monitored by recording of phreatic surface levels during pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons.

6.3.3 Noise Level Monitoring

Noise level monitoring will be done for achieving the following objectives:

• To compare sound levels with the values specified in noise regulations.

• To determine the need and extent of noise control of various noise generating sources

• Correlation of noise levels with community response to noise levels



Noise level monitoring will be done at the work zone to assess the occupational noise exposure levels. Noise levels will also be monitored at the noise generating sources like coal handling arrangements, HEMM maintenance workshop and also nearby villages for studying the impact due to higher noise levels for taking necessary control measures at the source.

Parameters: The noise level recordings will be measured in dB(A) Leq values, where dB(A) denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A , which is relatable to human hearing.

Frequency of Monitoring: Monitoring frequency for noise levels will be once in a fortnight. MoEF has stipulated that noise levels have to be monitored between 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM for day time and 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM for night time.

Methodology and Instrumentation: Sound level meters will be used for monitoring of Leq noise levels in dB (A) scale at the work place and also in the surrounding villages.

Noise Standards: (i) MoEF has stipulated noise level standards for coalmines as follows:

Time duration: 6.00 A.M.- 10.00 P.M. 10.00 P.M. - 6.00 A.M

Noise Level: Leq 75 dB(A) Leq 70 dB(A)

MoEF has also stipulated ambient air quality standards in respect of noise in Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000. MoEF stipulated in GSR-742 (E), dt. 25.09.2000 that occupational exposure levels of noise as prescribed by DGMS should also be followed at work environment.

Table 6.3.3.1: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise

Area Code Category of Area / Zone

Limits in dB(A) Leq * Day Time Night Time

(A) Industrial area 75 70

(B) Commercial area 65 55

(C) Residential area 55 45

(D) Silence Zone 50 40

DGMS stipulated, vide circular no 18 of 1975, the following noise level standards for attainment in work environment:

i. A warning limit of 85 dB(A) is set below which there will be little risk to an unprotected ear for an eight hour exposure.

ii. The danger limit value of 90 dB(A) , above which hearing impairment and deafness may result from an unprotected ear.

iii. A worker should not be allowed to enter, without appropriate ear protection, an area in which the noise level is 115 dB(A) or more.

iv. Personal protective equipment shall be worn, if here are single isolated outbursts of noise which can go above 130 dB(A) “impulse” or 120 dB(A) “Fast”

v. No worker shall be allowed to enter an area where the noise level exceeds 140 dB(A)

6.3.4 Blast Vibrations

Drilling and Blasting operations will be conducted in the KTK OC - 2 Project for removal of coal and overburden. Scientific studies will be conducted for evolving a suitable blasting methodology for keeping the ground vibrations within safe levels. Continuous monitoring of controlled blasting operations and ground vibrations are very significant from the post-project monitoring point of view.



Blast Vibration Study Methodology & Instrumentation: Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), Dhanbad, has stipulated vide Circular No. 7 of 1997 dated 29.08.1997, guidelines for monitoring of blast induced ground vibrations for preventing damage to surface structures. The transducer will be placed near the structure on the solid undisturbed ground and should be placed well in contact with the ground. For structural response, the transducers shall be placed horizontally over the wall, floors and ceiling.

The air overpressure and vibration measuring instruments are being used for monitoring of impacts due to blasting operations. The blasting personnel are trained in the operation of equipment so that observations can be made during regular blasting operations.

Parameters: The peak particle velocity (ppv) has so far been considered the best criteria for evaluating blast vibrations in terms of potential to cause damage. The peak particle velocity is measured in mm/sec and air overpressure is measured in dB(A).

Frequency of Monitoring: The ground vibrations and air overpressure will be monitored regularly during blasting operations for continuous supervision of blasting methodology for compliance.

Permissible Standards: DGMS has stipulated permissible limits for blast induced ground vibrations in mining areas. Depending on the type of structures and the dominant excitation, DGMS has stipulated that the ppv on the ground adjacent to the structure shall not exceed the values given below in the Table No.6.3.4.1.

Table No.6.3.4.1: The ppv at the foundation level of structures in mining areas in mm/s

Type of structure Dominant Excitation Frequency

< 8 Hz 8 - 25 Hz > 25 Hz

A. Buildings/Structures not belonging to the owner

i Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick & cement) 5 10 15

ii Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 10 20 25

iii Objects of historical importance & sensitive structures 2 5 10

B. Buildings belonging to the owner with limited span of life

i Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick & cement) 10 15 25

ii Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 15 25 50

6.3.5 Monitoring of Phase-wise Reclamation Programme

Project-level Environment Management Committee (EMC) will periodically inspect the progress of reclamation activities at the mine concurrent with the mining operations. Project Officer will ensure that the reclamation programme as envisaged in the approved EMP is implemented in KTK OC - 2 Project. Corporate Environment Department will also monitor the progress of reclamation activities at the mine and compliance status of clearance conditions as stipulated by MoEF in respect of land reclamation.

The following equipment is proposed to be deployed in the project for carrying out reclamation activities.

(1) 320 HP Dozer - 1

(2) 280 HP Motor Grader - 1

(3) 28 KL water sprinklers – 1

(4) 28 / 12 KL water sprinklers - 4 (by Off loading agency)



The following personnel involve in implementation of phase-wise reclamation programme in the project.

(1) Project Officer

(2) Superintendent of Mines / Mine Manager

(3) Safety officer / Mine Level Environmental In-charge

(4) Area Level Environmental Officer & Forestry Officer

(5) Water Sprinkler Operator - 1

(6) Grader Operator - 1

(7) Dozer Operator - 1

6.3.6 Monitoring of Emergency Procedures

The Mine Manager monitors the emergencies that may occur in opencast mining operations and prepares an emergency plan to deal with emergency situations during the operation of the mine. The emergencies that will be monitored are inundation of quarry, earthquakes, fires due to spontaneous heating and slope failures etc.

6.3.7 Occupational Health Surveillance in SCCL

6.3.7.1 Description of Occupational Health Surveillance:

SCCL has established ten Periodical Medical Examination (PME) centres in the company for conducting Periodical Medical Examination of the employees. The Centres are situated at Kothagudem, Manuguru, Yellandu, Godavarikhani, Sector - III Colony (Godavarikhani), Bellampalli, Ramakrishnapur, Mandamarri, Srirampur and Bhupalpally. The 10 PME Centers are provided with computers for maintenance of PME data base. The software is developed for the maintenance of PME data of the work persons and is being used at the corporate office, Kothagudem.

Every PME centre is provided with the facility for chest radiographs, lung function tests, arrangement for classification of chest radiographs and also, wherever required, facilities for Audiometry. All the PME centers are having following facilities:

• Facilities for chest radiographs as per ILO guidelines. Each PME centre is provided with a set of ILO standard chest radiographs on Pneumoconiosis.

• All 10 PME centers are provided with Pure tone Audiometry equipment.

• All PME centers are provided with computerized Spiro metres of RMS make.

6.3.7.2 Classification of Chest Radiographs:

All the Chest radiographs of the Initial and Periodical Medical examinations are being classified for detection, diagnosis and documentation of Pneumoconiosis in accordance with the ILO classification for Pneumoconiosis according to DGMS guidelines.

6.3.7.3 Training of Medical Officers.

All the PME Doctors employed by company except gynaecologists, paediatricians, surgeons and ortho surgeons are trained to read PME X - Rays in accordance with ILO classification of Pneumoconiosis. Out of a total of 217 Doctors on roll as on date, 123 Doctors are trained in reading the chest radiographs as per the ILO guide lines.

6.3.7.4 Occupational Disease Board:

SCCL has one Occupational Diseases Board (Pneumoconiosis Board) in existence since 1965. Chief of Medical Services, Radiologist constituted the Occupational Diseases Board, Physician and Occupational Health Physician together.



6.3.7.5 Guidelines for Detection of Occupational Disease:

SCCL is following the guidelines and the salient features are –

• Every employee is examined once in 5 years under PME. If, on examination his health status is found to be normal, he will be reviewed after 5 years.

• If any employee is found to be having a health deviation, he will be referred to concerned specialist for advice treatment (remedial measure) and follow up.

• As far as the cases of Pneumoconiosis are concerned, qualified Radiologists / Medical Officers trained in ILO classification of chest radiographs read all the X-Rays.

• If the employee is found to have radiological findings consistent / suggestive of pneumoconiosis, he will be kept under surveillance.

• Such an employee will be reviewed every two years instead of every 5 years as per the routine procedure.

• If the Pneumoconiosis category comes to 2/2 as per ILO classification, such an employee will be examined by Occupational Diseases Board.

• Depending upon the functional capacity of the lung, left-over service, other laboratory investigation reports and the willingness of the employee, necessary rehabilitative measures will be initiated viz.

• Making medical unfit for further service, Making unfit for present job.

• Any of the above two decisions will be arrived at with award of compensation.

SCCL is also conducting health camps in villages located in the vicinity of Project to study the health status of the people and is providing free treatment in SCCL hospitals.

6.3.8 Monitoring of Mine Closure Plan

The monitoring of the mine closure plan is an essential requirement for review of the efficacy of the mine closure plan and to take corrective actions. The monitoring consists of measuring the Air quality, Water Quality, preservation of water body, external dump plantation, reclamation of land for improving aesthetic and other land use values as prescribed in the mine closure plan. Area level environment management committee will monitor the implementation of mine closure plan.

6.4 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF MONITORED DATA

To achieve the desired objectives of proper implementation of mitigation measures in KTK OC - 2 Project, the environmental management committee at the project level will monitor the following activities.

6.4.1 Slope Stability:

Regular check for slope stability of mine working faces and dumps for taking necessary corrective steps.

6.4.2 Soil Erosion:

Regular monitoring of soil erosion will be done at dumps and other areas. Garland drains, check dams, plantation along dump slopes will be provided and maintained.

6.4.3 Drains and Sumps:

All drains including garland drains will be de-silted periodically during pre-monsoon season. Effectiveness of the drainage system will be regularly monitored.



6.4.4 Blasting Effects:

Blasting operations will be monitored continuously so as to reduce / minimize fly rock, ground vibration and dust generation.

The monitored data on air quality, water quality, noise levels, blast vibrations and phreatic surface levels will be periodically examined by the Project Level Environment Management Committee for taking necessary corrective measures.

The post-project monitoring data will be incorporated in consent renewal applications, in yearly environmental statements to be submitted to TSPCB and half-yearly compliance reports submitted to MoEF. The work zone air quality data, noise levels, blast vibration data will also be submitted to DGMS at periodical intervals.

6.5 BUDGET PROVISION FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING

The feasibility report of KTK OC - 2 Project includes a financial assessment of the cost of development of the mine and its operation. Sufficient fund allocation has also been made towards environmental management and monitoring by way of direct capital. A number of other environmental control and management measures are also included in indirect cost under various other capital heads.

In order to implement the environmental protection measures, an amount of Rs. 4.80 Crores excluding rehabilitation and resettlement is provided in capital cost. In addition to this, an amount of Rs. 239.57 Lakhs has been provided in the project as indirect capital towards environment related works. A recurring cost of Rs.8.26 crores per annum will also be spent on environmental management, which works out to Rs.68.33 per tonne of coal production. This expenditure is in-built in the cost of production.

The fund provision made towards direct cost, indirect cost and revenue costs for implementation and monitoring of Environment Management Plan in the KTK OC - 2 Project is given in Table Nos. 6.5.1, 6.5.2 and 6.5.3 respectively along with year - wise phasing of expenditure.

Table No. 6.5.1: Capital Fund Provision for Environmental Safeguards (Direct)

Sl. No.

Particulars Total Capital (Rs. Lakhs)

Phasing in years

PC - I PC - II 1 2

1 Environment Baseline Data Generation including Land Use Studies

15.00 15.00

2 Public Hearing, CFE, CFO fee and fee for other statutory clearances

15.00 15.00

3 Effluent Treatment Plant with Oil and Grease Trap at Base Workshop

50.00 50.00

4 Construction of settling tanks 15.00 15.00

5 Effluent Treatment Plant at Pit Head CHP 10.00 10.00

6 Construction of Rain Water Harvesting Structures

20.00 10.00 10.00

7 Green Belt Development around quarry, service buildings, over reclaimed area and OB Dumps

115.00 57.50 57.50

8 Construction of engineering structures on OB dump slopes & Bio-Reclamation works

20.00 10.00 10.00

9 Construction of Toe Walls, Rockfill Dams 80.00 40.00 40.00

10 Construction of Piezometric wells 15.00 15.00

11 Installation of Continuous Online Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station

50.00 50.00

12 Project CSR Activities 75.00 75.00

Total 480.00 45.00 0.00 317.50 117.50

PC = Pre Construction



Table No.6.5.2: Capital Fund Provision for Environmental Safeguards (Indirect)

Sl. No.

Item Unit Qty. Cost Rs. Lakhs

1 P&M for Reclamation

320 HP Dozer Nos. 1 95.74

Water sprinklers 28 KL Nos. 1 36.58

Motor graders 145/280 HP Nos. 1 52.24

2 Asphalting of Roads

Bituminous pavement (internal roads at workshop) Sq. M 500 5.67

Bituminous pavement (internal roads at stores) Sq. M 500 5.67

Bituminous pavement (common internal roads) Sq. M 500 5.67

3 Dust Suppression

Dust Suppression, Water Spraying etc. LS 20.00

Mist Generators for dust suppression LS 18.00

TOTAL 239.57

Table: 6.5.3: Revenue Provision for Environmental Safeguards per Annum

Sl. No. Description Total Cost

(Rs) Cost Per

Tonne (Rs) 1. Wages 8134879 6.51

2. Stores 63834763 51.07

3. Power 30000 0.02

4. General Administration 1220232 0.98

5. Post project environment monitoring & green belt 2000000 1.60

6. Interest on working capital 2294206 3.82

7. Interest on loan capital 295143 0.49

8. Depreciation 4797125 3.84

Total 82606348 68.33

*****



CHAPTER - 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT PLAN

Gaddiganipalli village is falling in quarry area. A part of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar of Jangedu village is falling in safe zone. Hence, it is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package for Gaddiganipalli village and a part of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar with a cost of Rs. 185.94 Crores. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) and Project Affected Families (PAFs) in Gaddiganipalli Village is 750 &125 respectively. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in Faqeergadda and Balajinagar is 42 and 130 respectively, as per new LARR Act, 2013.



7.2 FEASIBLE & TIME BOUND PLAN FOR R&R OF PROJECT AFFECTED PEOPLE

1. Feasibility Report of KTK OC - 2 Project, Bhoopalpalli Area has been approved by Company’s Board of Directors vide Minute No.530:5.1 of its meeting held on 13.5.2015 with a capital requirement of Rs. 397.09 Crores (excluding WDV of existing facilities of Rs. 15.21 Crores & Expenditure of Rs. 30.07 Crores.).

2. The Project requires 668.23 Ha. of land out of which 555.13 Ha. of land already possessed by the Company. The balance land 113.10 Ha. has to be acquired now. The Project affects one Revenue village i.e., Gaddiganipalli and two hamlets i.e., Balajinagar & Faqeergadda.

3. As per initial survey, the Project affects about 1047 Families in the above said village & 2 hamlets. Revenue Divisional Officer, Mulug is functioning as Land Acquisition Officer and R&R Officer for Bhoopalpalli Area of SCCL. The Rehabilitation & Resettlement will be provided to the PAFs (Project Affected Families) as per the provisions of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 and Implementation Rules notified by State Govt. vide G.O.Ms.No.50 Revenue (JA&LA) Dept., dt.19.12.2014. The Act and Rules are having elaborate provisions in regard to payment of compensation and Rehabilitation & Re-settlement.

4. The PAFs are entitled for the Rehabilitation & Resettlement benefits as per the Act and Rules notified by State Govt and also as amended from time to time. All the major sons & daughters are treated as separate Family for the purpose of R&R benefits. In the approved FR of the Project, an amount of Rs. 185.94 Crores is allocated for providing R&R, Rs. 25.33 Crores for compensation for land and Rs. 28.28 Crores for compensation for dwelling units in the above said village & 2 hamlets.

5. The R&R benefits applicable to the PAFs are mentioned below:

(i) Housing:

PAFs whose house are acquired for the Project, are eligible for a constructed house as per Indira Awas Yojana specifications. The above said village & 2 hamlets are located in Rural Area.



(ii) Job / Annuity:

PAFs will be provided with a Job in case of availability or other-wise they will be provided with an Annuity Policy for payment of Rs. 2,000/- p.m. for 25 years or a onetime payment of Rs. 5.0 lakhs per family.

(iii) Subsistence Grant:

PAFs will be provided with a monthly subsistence allowance of Rs. 3,000/- p.m. for a period of one year.

(iv) Transportation Allowance:

PAFs will be provided with Rs. 50,000/- for transportation cost of shifting of family / building material / belongings / cattle.

(v) Grant for construction of Cattle-shed / Pretty shop:

PAFs having Cattle or Pretty shop will be provided with a Financial assistance of Rs. 25,000/- for construction purpose.

(vi) Onetime grant to Artisans / Small Trader / Certain Others:

PAFs of Artisan / Small Trader / Self Employed Person / those who owned Non-Agrl. Land or Commercial or Industrial or Institutional structure in the affected area and which has been involuntarily displaced from the affected area, will be provided with a financial assistance of Rs. 25,000/-.

(vii) Onetime Re-Settlement Allowance:

PAFs will be provided with Re-Settlement Allowance of Rs. 50,000/-. For SC & ST Families, the Allowance will be Rs. 1.5 lakhs.

(viii) Stamp Duty & Registration Charges:

Requiring body will bear the cost of stamp duty and other fee payable for registration of land or house allotted to the Project Affected Family.

(ix) Land Provision:

For PAFs of Scheduled Caste & Scheduled Tribe , land up to 1.00 Acre will be provided for Agriculture, Horticulture, Cattle Grazing purpose.

6. Joint Collector, Warangal had been appointed as Administrator for the Project for implementing R&R to the PAFs by Telangana State Govt. vide G.O.Ms.No.19 Revenue(JA&LA) Dept., dt.11.2.2015. While acquisition of land is under process, the Project Area will be declared as Affected Zone by State Govt. as per the provisions of The Act.

7. Process has been initiated to select the suitable site for re-settlement of PDFs (Project Displaced Families) with the help of local Revenue Authorities and Representatives of PDFs.

8. The R&R Colonies will be developed with 25 types of infrastructure facilities like roads, drainage, drinking water, water for cattle, grazing land, fair price shops, panchayat building, post-office etc., for Re-settlement of PDFs. The list of various infrastructure facilities to be provided is as give below.



List of infrastructure facilities / amenities to be provided at R&R Center

Sl. No Infrastructure facilities / amenities 1. Roads within the resettled villages and an all-weather road link to the nearest

pucca road, passages and easement rights for all the resettled families. 2. Proper drainage as well as sanitation plans to be executed before physical

resettlement. 3. One or more assured sources of safe drinking water for each family as per the

norms prescribed by the Government of India. 4. Provision of drinking water for cattle.

5. Grazing land as per proportion acceptable in the State

6. A reasonable number of Fair Price Shops.

7. Panchayat Ghars 8. Village level Post Offices, as appropriate, with facilities for opening saving

accounts 9. Appropriate seed-cum-fertilizer storage facility if needed. 10. Basic irrigation facilities to the agricultural land allocated to the resettled families

if not from the irrigation project, then by developing a cooperative or under some Government scheme or special assistance.

11. Transport facility which must include public transport facilities through local bus services with the nearby growth centres / urban localities.

12. Burial or cremation ground, depending on the caste communities at the site and their practices.

13. Facilities for sanitation, including individual toilet points. 14. Individual single electric connections (or connection through non-conventional

sources of energy like solar energy), for each household and for public lighting. 15. Anganwadi’s providing child and mother supplemental nutritional services.

16. School as per the provisions of the Right of Children to Free & Compulsory Education Act, 2009 (35 of 2009);

17. Sub-health centre within two kilometres range.

18. Primary Health Centre as prescribed by the Government of India.

19. Play ground for children

20. One community centre for every hundred families. 21. Places of worship & chow pal / tree platform for every fifty families for community

assembly, of numbers and dimensions consonant with the affected area. 22. Separate land must be earmarked for traditional tribal institutions 23. The forest dweller families must be provided, where possible, with their forest

rights on non-timber forest produce & common property resources, if available close to the new place of settlement.

24. Appropriate security arrangements must be provided for the settlement, if needed.

25. Veterinary service centre as per norms.

9. The Administrator for R&R will undertake socio-economic survey for all the PAFs and also collects data from the Panchayat & Government Departments. After verification of survey details & data, Administrator prepares a draft Rehabilitation Plan and discuss the Plan in Gram Sabha.

10. Commissioner (R&R) approves the draft R&R Plan and causes publication of the same in the locality and Government website.

11. Based on the approved R&R Plan by Commissioner(R&R), District Collector will pass individual R&R Awards to the PAFs clearly mentioning the R&R entitlements and monetary benefits applicable to them.



12. Where the land acquisition is for 100 or more than 100 Acres, a R&R Committee will be constituted under the Chairman-ship of District Collector to monitor proper implementation of the R&R Plan.

13. The Affected Scheduled Caste & Scheduled Tribe Families are if re-located out-side the Districts, they are entitled for additional benefits equivalent to 25%.

14. The payment of R&R benefits to the PAFs will be made as a transfer of money to their Account to ensure proper utilization.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT

Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to work under conditions which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time, the environmental conditions should be such as not to impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety in both opencast and underground mines.

Significance of Risk Management (Safety Management System)

Minimize adverse effects of the risk, to which the workers are exposed in execution of different activities. Risk management involves the entire staff in the realization of safety improvement programme with responsibility and accountability sharing proportionately with the decision making authority.

The Directorate General of Mines Safety issued following Technical Circular to implement SMS:

a) DGMS. Tech. Cir.13 of 2002 - Safety Management System -A guideline for Implementation.

b) DGMS. Tech. Cir.8 of 2009 - System Study and Safety Audit for the purpose of eliminating the Risk of Accidents & Dangerous Occurrences.

c) DGMS (Tech) (S&T) Circular 2 of 2011 - Provision for Audit and Review of SMS.

Safety Management System (SMS)

• Identify the hazard.

• Dissect each activity to as smallest node as possible,

• Assess risk by considering the exposure, probability and consequence

• Prioritise and implement control measures

• Find out the residual risk, if any and procedures for handling of situations

• Continual improvement by adopting new methods and procedures

Hence, Safety Management System is one of the most essential aspects to operate the mine in safe way.

Risk Assessment Process

Risk Assessment is to be performed on a regular basis. The goal for each risk assessment session is to identify hazards, determine risk rating and controls, and to review the implementation of risk controls from previous risk assessment sessions.

The following workflow diagram illustrates the areas involved in performing a risk assessment session.



Identifying the Hazards

The process of identifying hazards is possibly the most important part of the whole risk assessment process.

The KTK OC - 2 Project is a new mine proposed to operate in the Bhoopalpalli Area where one opencast mine is already in operation under the name of KTK OC Sector - I Expansion Project. The proposed project is a relay project to KTK OC Sector - I Project.

Hazard Identification can be done in many ways but the objective is to ensure that all of the possible Hazards are identified.

KTK OC - 2 Project is a new mine proposed with same method of mining / technology (i.e Opencast with Shovel Dumper combination technology), the Hazards were identified basing on the previous experience of the KTK OC Sector - I Project with the following criteria

• Design parameters of the proposed mine

• Work process evaluation

• Accidents or occurrences

• Consultation with employees.

• Safety statistics

• Significant incident, near miss or accident reports

• Inspection in the mine

The following are the possible hazards identified for the proposed project basing on the Tasks / Activities / Work places involved.

1 Inundation

No major streams are flowing across the proposed project area; there will not be any danger due to sudden inrush of water from streams in to quarry. During heavy rains there is a possibility of inrush of rain water from catchment area of surrounding tanks.

2 Fires

Fire in coal stock yard may be expected due to spontaneous heating of coal. As the proposed project is mining of virgin coal seam there will not be any fire on coal bench.

Assemble Identify Determine

Review Review

Rank Determine

Initiate



3 Slope stability

i. In Pit Slope Stability (OB benches)

The ultimate working depth of the proposed quarry is between 30 m to 250 m. There may be chances for slope failure, where the depth is more.

ii. Overburden dump slope stability

The external overburden dumps were planned to a maximum height of 90 m above ground level with 30 mtrs height decks. The height of external dump of the existing KTK OC Sector - I Project will be 120 m. No dump sliding was noticed in KTK OC Sector - I Project. The voids of de-coaled area will be brought to ground level at mine closure stage.

4 Sliding

Sliding of material may possible, whenever the height of OB or coal bench exceeds the digging height of the machine, while excavating Near Fault Plane, while handling fiery material etc.

5 HEMM Movement

Accidents may occur due to failure of vehicle stability, run over by vehicles / HEMM, sliding of dumpers / tippers / dozers at dump edge, simultaneous operations at loading and un loading points, Crossing 3 way / 4 way junctions, un authorised riding on HEMM, spillage of boulders from loaded tippers / dumpers etc

6 Drilling

Accidents may occur due to toppling, while transporting the drill machine with mast in raised position, Mast contact with overhead power transmission line, while changing drill barrels / rods etc

7 Blasting Operation

While transporting, loading and blasting, there are chances for premature blasting of explosive result into accidents.

8 Electricity

Accidents / Incidents may occur due to switching on power when persons are at work, dragging of cable by hoisted body of dumper / drill where the Transmission lines / cables cross the haul roads.

9 Lighting

There are chances for accidents due to insufficient lighting at work places.

10 Health Hazards

Health hazards due to inhalation of air borne dust, while working in dust atmosphere and noxious gases while working near fiery coal in coal yards. Noise levels can create stress, increase workplace accident rates.

11 Storage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste

Hazardous waste generated such as used oil, waste oil, empty oil drums, batteries, non-ferrous scrap etc due to mining activities. Explosives, HSD oil, Hydraulic oils shall be handle, storage, disposed, transport as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules.



The following table illustrates in detail about the control measures and action to be taken for each hazard for elimination or reduction of risk involved.

Identified Hazards Mechanism Control Action

(1) (2) (3) (4) 1. Inundation Errakunta tank exist

over quarry area and one nalla passes over the quarry area.

The tank will be lost in during mining and the nalla will be diverted along quarry edge.

Shift In charge to inspect the surface drainage system at weekly Periodicity to arrest any possibility of water entry to the quarry.

Catchment Area water during Rains

All around the dumps drains are to be prepared to collect the rain water from the catchments of the dumps. In case of any siltation or damage, the drain may cause water entry into the quarry.

De-siltation will be done every year before onset of monsoon and when ever required during monsoon.

Sufficient height bund shall be maintained all along the edge of the quarry to prevent inadvertent entry of water

A berm with dimensions of not less than two metres height and 2 metres width at the top shall be made in trapezium shape all along the edge of each deck to prevent erosion of dumps and gully formation.

The terrace shall be kept free of obstructions (OB heaps), sloped in bye and maintained with uniform gradient for free flow of water in order to avoid accumulation of water leading to gully formation and dump slides.

Plantation shall be done over and around OB dumps to ensure stability of slopes and prevention of dust generation by wind

Periodical inspection of the drains by competent person is arranged after every rain with a minimum interval of one week.

Sufficient capacity pumps shall be maintained.

Manager, Asst Manager, Under Manager should inspect the protective works.




action.

Water danger plan will be prepared and maintained

2. Fires Spontaneous heating in coal stock yard

Water pipeline with sufficient pressure will be laid all along the periphery of the coal stock yard to quench the fire.

Coal will be lifted on first dumped first dispatched basis.

A suitable provision has to be made for this purpose and a separate Fire Fighting Organization with trained personnel shall be maintained for fighting these fires.

3. Slope Stability Failure of Pit Slope when the depth is more

The overall pit slope varies from 400 (on the south west side) to 42o

(on north east side of the property). This has been done to ensure safe pit slope for the prevalent strata conditions. This may, however, be confirmed through slope stability studies

The movement of the slope shall be observed by installing subsidence movement pillars. Surveyor should ensure frequently.

Dump Slope Failure The overall dump slope for spoil has been kept at 25.640. The dump slope stability be confirmed through studies.

To leave safe margin between the dump and quarry.

To protect the dump from getting water charged.

The movement of the slope shall be observed by installing subsidence movement pillars.

A minimum width equal to the height of the dump shall be maintained between the toe of the dump and the line of the excavation.

No water shall be allowed to accumulate / stock over any dump top particularly near the edge of the dumps

Surveyor should ensure frequently

4. Sliding Sliding of OB or coal due to more height of the bench than the digging height of the machine.

a) The height of the benches shall be planned in such a way that they match the digging height of the shovels.

b) Not to deploy the shovels where the bench height is more than its digging height.

a) Drilling should be done in such a way that the bench height will not be more than the digging height of the shovel.

b) The excess height of the blasted material should be reduced to match the digging height of the shovel

Further where ever the soft layers at the bottom




c) No bench shall be allowed to merge with another bench, resulting in increase of bench height.

d) Overall pit slope shall not exceed 420

of the bench the same may be reduced by dozing to match the digging height of the shovel.

c) Progress of any bench towards a top bench should be stopped at a distance of equal to the height of bench.

d) Surveyor should ensure frequently

Sliding of OB / Coal while excavation near fault plane.

a) No bench shall be worked parallel to fault planes.

b) Cleaning of top and hade portions of the fault planes must be ensured, when ever the shovel works near fault plane.

a) i. A plan indicating all the faults position running over the different benches should be maintained and same may be indicated in the parting plan supplied to operation staff and the marking of the same in the field should be ensured always.

ii. Benches shall be planned always at right angles or oblique to the fault plane but definitely not parallel to the fault plane.

b) While working near fault plane, see that, the reach of bucket is more than the height of fault plane

Sliding of dump slopes / edges

a) Not to allow excess dump heights or merging of any two dump decks. The height of each deck is limited to 30 m and overall dump height shall not exceed 120 m for KTK OC - 2 Project.

b) Not to allow any Dumpers / Tippers to move over the un consolidated the

i) Top of the dumps up to the edges shall be thoroughly compacted to prevent any possible ingress of rain water and also to provide a gentle slope towards toe drains.

ii) Individual dump deck height shall be maintained around 30 mtrs. Merging of any two dump decks in any case is not allowed.

i) No movement of Dumpers / Tippers is allowed over the edge of un consolidated dump / dump having excess




dump edge / slope height.

ii) How ever HEMM can be allowed up to a distance of 3.00 mtrs. from the edge of consolidated dump with the provision of a berm at the edge of the dump as required by law.

Fall of hot material or ash on men and machinery while excavating fiery material.

a) No hot / fiery material shall be handled with any machine as it is.

a) Thorough quenching of hot/fiery material shall be done before it is handled.

5. HEMM movement

Failure of vehicle stability resulting toppling.

i) Ensure placement and movement of HEMM only on the stable and level ground.

ii) To provide IDEAL conditions at Loading, while Hauling and at unloading points for HEMM

a) Level and compact the blasted material before allowing any HEMM to ply over it.

b) Not to allow any HEMM movement with in a distance of 5 m from the edge of blasted / loose bench.

a) Provide stable and level ground at loading point for placement of HEMM.

b) Berms shall be provided on both sides of the elevated haul roads as required by law.

c) Ensure super elevation at curves of haul roads.

d) Arrange level and stable platforms with suitable size of berms as required by law at unloading point with the help of dozer.

e) Always ensure a minimum height of 1½ feet safety girder at the crusher unloading point.

f) Unloading of material shall be done over the stable dumps at a distance of minimum 3.00 mtrs. from the edge.

g) Ensure tyre height berm at the edge of the dump

iii) Run the HEMM with in permissible speed limits.

a) Ensure by surprise checks whether the HEMM is being operated within the speed limits as specified by the Manager.




iv) Using good quality tyres

b) Arrange speed locking over HEMM where ever it is possible.

a) Replace worn out tyres in time with good quality tyres.

b) Not to use re treated tyres in front sides in any case.

Run over by vehicles / HEMM

i) Persons/ conveyance vehicles to maintain a safe distance on haul roads and 50 mtrs at loading and unloading points from working HEMM.

ii) Prevent unauthorised drivers.

a) To develop awareness among employees to maintain a minimum distance of 30 mtrs. on haul roads and 50 mtrs. at loading and un loading points from moving and working HEMM.

a) Insist all Operators / drivers to wear identity cards while they are on duty.

b) Verify the validity of driver’s licensee of operators and drivers before authorisations and identity cards are issued.

c) Verify the HEMM operations as per the allotment by surprise checks also check up the details of drivers / operators and confirm.

iii) Persons to maintain a safe distance from moving vehicles.

iv) Prevent boarding / alighting the moving vehicles.

a) To ensure no person shall be allowed to enter with in a distance of 30 mtrs of moving vehicles.

b) To stop any vehicle / HEMM persons must use whistle / red flags / red light before going near to the machines for any reason.

a) Develop awareness among the employees not to board / alight from the moving vehicles / HEMM.

v) Persons shall not be allowed to take rest under / by the side of parked vehicles / HEMM.

Prevent sleeping of persons in mine premises.

a) Develop awareness among all the employees not to take rest under / by the side of parked vehicles / HEMM.

b) Educate all the operators / drivers to verify the surroundings including underneath the machine




/ vehicle for possible presence of any person before starting the same.

c) Create awareness among all the employees not to sleep while on duty in mine premises

Sliding of dumpers / tippers / dozers at dump edge.

i) Restrict the deck height to 30 mtrs. only.

ii) No HEMM shall be allowed to work over the edge of any unconsolidated dump.

a) To ensure that the height of each deck doesn’t exceed 30 m. under any circumstances

a) Ensure sufficient size of berm at the edge of the dump always as required by law.

b) Not to allow any HEMM over the edge of any unconsolidated dump.

c) To deploy a spotter for guiding the tippers / dumpers at unloading point on elevated platform.

Simultaneous operations at loading and un loading points. For this purpose the following are considered as (separate) individual operations.

i) Drilling ii) Charging & Blasting iii) Dozing iv) Grading v) Loading vi) Un loading

i) Not to allow more than one operations at the face at a time.

a) To maintain a minimum distance of 50 mtrs. between the places of i) Drilling & Loading ii) Charging & Loading.

b) To maintain a minimum distance of 15 mtrs between drilling and charging operations.

c) Except as above, no two operations shall be allowed to under go at a time at one place.

d) To maintain a minimum distance of 15 mtrs. between loading tippers / dumpers and dozer at unloading point.

Crossing 3 way / 4 way junctions.

i) Not to allow traffic in more than one direction at a time at junctions.

a) To engage a signal men at all the junctions.

b) To ensure traffic controlling by surprise checks.

Un authorised riding on HEMM.

i) Not to allow un authorised persons to ride on HEMM

a) Educate all the employees about the danger involved in riding on HEMM

b) Check the un authorised riding on HEMM by surprise inspections.

c) Ensure even authorised person also travel by sitting in the cabin




ii) To provide sufficient no. of suitable and comfortable conveyance vehicles to all the workmen, available at their reach when ever they want to move.

having pillion.

a) Ensure whether sufficient no. of suitable and comfortable conveyance vehicles are made available.

b) Ensure vehicle availability at the reach of the persons whenever they are required to move.

Spillage of boulders from loaded tippers / dumpers

i) Avoid over loading of tippers / dumpers.

ii) To control speed of the vehicles.

iii) To avoid sharp curves.

a) Educate all the operators not to over load the dumpers / tippers.

b) Ensure the loading is up to the brim level of the tippers / dumpers.

a) Ensure strict implementation of code of traffic rules.

a) Haul roads shall be formed without sharp curves.

Where ever mild curves are inevitable suitable super elevation shall be provided

Stoppage of HEMM / vehicles on active haul roads due to break-down.

i) Break down equipment from active haul roads must be attended immediately and repair / remove at the earliest possible.

ii) To provide protection against break down equipment an active haul roads.

a) To keep emergency steering mechanism in order. So that operator himself can remove the equipment.

b) Immediate information to Engineers / Technicians about the break down machine on active haul roads.

c) Engineers / Technicians must repair / remove the equipment at the earliest possible.

d) Till the equipment is repaired or removed protection against hitting by running equipment shall be provided on both sides by dumping OB heaps.

e) To arrange red flags and lights on both traffic sides of the breakdown




equipment 6. Drilling Toppling of drill

machine. Mast contact with overhead power transmission line

While transporting drill machine, its mast must be lowered, even with in the drilling area on inclined plane (High gradients) to avoid toppling of drill machine and in contact with over head power transmission line.

For positioning on inclined planes (High gradients), wedges must be used under jack pads for levelling of the drill machine.

Transportation of drill should be done under the supervision of competent person.

While changing drill barrels / rods

Ensure proper holding of drill barrels, while loading / unloading (Attachment / Detaching) on the drill mast.

Drill operator should ensure.

While drilling Prior marking of drill holes as per the designed pattern shall be taken up to ensure proper blasting

All the holes drilled should be pegged to avoid leg in.

Drill operator should ensure.

7. Blasting While transportation Transport the explosives and accessories in vehicle approved under explosive rules.

Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) should be followed

Transportation of explosive should be done under the supervision of competent person.

While charging i) Blasting design and initiation pattern such that the maximum charge per delay is within the stipulated range.

ii) Wherever possible, the progress of detonating holes, through delay intervals, should progress away from the structures to be protected.

1. Blasting in charge should design the drilling pattern.

2. The blast parameters will be established during actual mining operations, after conducting field trial blasting considering the local geo-mining conditions

While blasting i) Avoid blasting during cloudy days and when the wind is blowing towards structures.

Blasting in charge should ensure.




ii) All loose debris will be cleared off from the blasting site

iii) A free face will always be maintained.

iv) In multi row blasting, greater relief will be provided between rows using suitable delay intervals.

v) Proper use of different type of relay / delay detonator for proper sequencing of the blast will be used.

vi) If required, all the holes will be suitably muffled before blasting to control the fly rock.

vii) Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) should be followed

8. Electricity Switching on power when persons are at work

Dragging of cable by hoisted body of dumper, where the Transmission lines / cables cross the haul roads.

Shut down procedure shall be strictly implemented.

Identification of cables and switches shall be displayed.

Transmission lines / cables shall only be laid on 12 meter height towers, as per by Indian Electricity Rules 1956

Supervisors having valid electrical supervisory certificate only shall be deployed on the jobs.

Planning shall be done in initial stages for laying of 12 m height towers.

9. Lighting Insufficient lighting at work places

Working places shall be illuminated as per the standards fixed by DGMS Circular No.1 of 1976

All persons shall wear radium jackets in during dark hours.

All persons shall possess Cap Lamps in dark hours.

All persons shall have whistles.

Engineer and electrical supervisor shall ensure the lighting as per the DGMS circular.

10. Health Hazards

Occupational safety and health is very closely related to productivity and good employer –

employee relationship. This subject is dealt with strictly as per circulars and orders of



DGMS including the Mine Rules and Coal Mines Regulations, 1957. Some of the

measures proposed for occupational safety and health have been listed below:

1. Effective dust removal system in the crusher house 2. Provision of wet drilling 3. Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, fans,

toilets etc. 4. Provision of personal protection devices to the workers. 5. Rotation of workers, if necessary, exposed to noise to reduce exposure time 6. Closed control room in crusher house with proper ventilation. 7. Dust suppression of haul road and dumps 8. First - Aid facilities in the mining area 9. Provision of communication network between pit working areas and manager. 10. Provision of alarm system at working areas 11. Training of personnel including contract workmen in Mines Vocational Training

Centres to inculcate safety consciousness through modules, video clippings slogans and posters and introduction of safety awards

12. Safe design of height, width and slope of working benches of OB & coal, overall pit slope kept less than 42°.

13. Safe design for formation of OB dumps, over all dump slopes kept below 25.64 degrees.

14. Safe design of haul roads. 15. Provision of fire fighting equipment 16. Safe storage of explosives and other inflammable substances. 17. Regular / periodical monitoring of mine environment to ensure the efficacy of various

protective measures. 18. Initial and Periodical medical examination for the employees.

11. Storage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste

Hazardous waste generated such as used oil, waste oil, empty oil drums, batteries, non-ferrous scrap etc. Explosives, HSD oil, Hydraulic oils shall be handle, storage, disposed, transport as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules and CPCB guidelines.

1. The waste generated shall be disposed as per HWM rules within 90 days from date of generation to authorized recycler.

2. The handling, transport and storage of explosives shall be as per Indian Explosive Act.

3. Transportation and storage of explosive shall be as per the approved code of practice.

4. Flammable, ignitable, reactive and non-compatible wastes shall be stored separately and never stored in the same storage shed.

5. Adequate storage capacity (i.e. 50 % of the annual capacity of the hazardous waste incinerator) shall be provided in the premises.

6. Storage area shall be provided with the flameproof electrical fittings and strictly adhered to.

7. Adequate fire fighting systems shall be provided for the storage area, along with the areas in the facility.

8. There should be at least 15 meter distance between the storage sheds. 9. Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds shall only be done under the

supervision of the well trained and experienced staff.



10. Fire break of at least 4 meter between two blocks of stacked drums shall be provided in the storage shed. One block of drum should not exceed 300 MT of waste.

11. Minimum of 1 meter clear space shall be left between two adjacent rows of pallets in pair for inspection.

12. The storage and handling shall have at least two routes to escape in the event of any fire in the area.

13. In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of spills, leaks etc. to the soil and ground water, the storage area should be provided with concrete floor.

14. Measures shall be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The Storage area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level.

15. The storage area floor should be provided with secondary containment such as proper slopes as well as collection pit so as to collect leakages / spills etc.

16. All the storage yards should be provided with proper peripheral drainage system connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the storage yards as well as accidental flow due to fire fighting.

17. The stacking of drums in the storage area should be restricted to three high on pallets (wooden frames). Necessary precautionary measures should be taken so as to avoid stack collapse. However, for waste having flash point less than 65.5 °C, the drums shall not be stacked more than one height.

18. Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area shall be labelled properly indicating mainly type, quantity, characteristics, source and date of storing etc.

19. The storage areas shall be inspected daily for detecting any signs of leaks or deterioration if any. Leaking or deteriorated containers should be removed and ensured that such contents are transferred to a sound container.

20. In case of spills / leaks / dry adsorbents / cotton should be used for cleaning instead of water.

21. Proper slope with collection pits be provided in the storage area so as to collect the spills / leakages.

22. Proper records with type of waste received, characteristics as well as the location of the wastes that have been stored in the facility need to be maintained.

The Risk Management Plan (RMP) prepared for the project under the provisions of DGMS Circular and Recommendations of 9th National Safety Conference will be implemented to tackle risks associated with each and every operation(s).

The RMP will be modified periodically to the changed conditions / circumstances by the project authorities.

7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Disaster Management Plan (DMP), a general plan of action for use in the event of inundation, fire, high wall failure, dump failure or any other dangerous occurrence or in the time of emergency. The DMP will have three stages:-

1. Information Stage

2. Assessment Stage

3. Action Stage

7.4.1. Information Stage:

Any person employed in a mine observes / discovers any dangerous incident; he shall immediately inform to Man Way Clerk (Attendance Clerk) or the nearest official(s) available who shall inform to the man Way Clerk and Manager or Senior Officials in his absence.



The Manway Clerk shall immediately inform the Manager or senior mine official in his absence, inform the rescue station and collect information regarding place of accident / occurrence, number of persons involved and nature of help required. He should record the above information with name of the person who informed and the exact time and pass on the same to the manager. He should not leave the place for any purpose what so ever.

The Manager shall inform the Project Officer, General Manager and Nodal officer to initiate DMP and also rush to the spot / mine if he is at out of project premises. Personally assess the gravity of situation by contacting the frontline supervisors / witness available or through wireless set.

Nodal officer shall rush to the mine and inform: CGM (Safety), All Directors, SO to C&MD, DGMS authorities, District Magistrate and Collector, Supdt. of Police, Mine / Area level representative and recognized union delegates, local dispensary, Chief medical officer, all area departmental heads.

7.4.2. Assessment Stage:

The role and functions of following persons will be envisaged in the detailed DMP available during operation.

1. Role of Mining Sirdar, Overman and Foremen

2. Role of Manager, Project Officer and Area General Manager

3. Role of in-charge at operations or at place accident.

4. Function of core committees

5. Function of support committees

6. Functions of surface control room

Supporting Committees:

The composition, functions, infrastructure required for core and supporting committees, etc. will be envisaged in the detailed DMP available during operation.

7. Public Relations committee

8. Catering committee

9. Medical committee

10. Men and material management committee

11. Transport committee

12. Survey committee

13. Casualty committee

14. Security committee

15. Cash committee

16. Accommodation committee.

7.4.3. Action Stage:

Action stage deals with the functions of Disaster Management Committee (DMC) and duties of following personnel.

1. Director, DMP

2. Area General Manager

3. CGM (safety)

4. CGM/GM (E&M)



5. GM (Personnel)

The Disaster Management Plan for proposed KTK OC - 2 Project OCP is enclosed as

Figure No. 7.4.3.1.

7.5 ISSUES RAISED IN THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION ALONG WITH ACTION

PLAN AND COMMITMENT OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

The environmental public hearing for the proposed Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project was conducted in the premises of Govt. Mandal Parishad Primary School, Gaddiganipalli (V), Bhoopalpalli (M), Warangal Dist, Telangana State on 26.112.015 at 11.00 AM as per the provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments.

The press notification indicating date and venue of the public hearing was issued by Regional Officer, Warangal, Telangana State Pollution Control Board on 24.10.2015 in the prominent news papers namely Namasthe Telangana Telugu Daily News Paper and The Hindu English Daily News Paper (copy of the notification in English and Telugu Daily is enclosed as Annexure - IV) with project details inviting suggestions, views, comments and objections from the public regarding the proposed Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project of Singareni Collieries Company Limited. The copies of Draft Environment Impact Assessment / Environmental Management Plan (EIA/EMP) report and executive summary in Telugu & English were placed at following offices for public access as mentioned in the press notification.

• Dist. Collector Office, Warangal. • District Industries Centre, Warangal. • CEO, Zilla Parishad Office, Warangal. • Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Regional Office, South Eastern

Zone, ,1st & 2nd Floor, HEPC Building No. 34, Cathedral Garden Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai - 600 034

• Board Office, TSPCB, A-3, Industrial Estate, Sanathnagar, Hyderabad - 18. • Telangana State Pollution Control Board, Zonal Office, H.No. 6-3-1219, Umanagar,

Near Country Club, Begumpet, Hyderabad - 16. • Dept. of Environment, Forest, Science & Technology, GoTS, TS Secretariat,

Hyderabad. • TSPCB, Regional Office, Warangal. • Tehsildar Office, Bhoopalpalli. • Gram Panchayat Office, Bhoopalpalli. • Gram Panchayat Office, Jangedu Village.

Further, ten days before the public hearing, meetings were conducted with representatives of surrounding villages namely Gaddiganipalli, Jangedu, Bhoopalpalli etc., and press & electronic media to familiarize about the project and explained about the public hearing process, operations of proposed mining project, development activities being taken up and environmental issues of the project.

Public hearing meeting was convened by Sri G. Hunumatha Reddy, EE, Regional Office, T.S.Pollution Control Board, Warangal and Chaired by Smt. K. Shobha, District Revenue Officer. The meeting was initiated by Sri G. Hunumatha Reddy, Environmental Engineer, TSPCB and while welcoming the public and the Chairperson, explained briefly the salient features of the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India’s EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and requested the District Revenue Officer, deputed by the District Collector, to preside over the public hearing process.



The District Revenue Officer, Warangal welcomed the gathering and presided over the proceedings. She explained briefly about the environmental public hearing process. She then requested the management of The Singareni Collieries Company Ltd. to explain in detail, the salient features of the proposed Kakatiya Khani OC - 2 Project and its summary EIA /EMP report.

General Manager, Bhoopalpalli Area explained the salient features of the project and power point presentation was given by representative of corporate environment department on various environmental protection measures. Then DRO requested the public to present their comments, views and their suggestions if any, specifically with regard to environment aspects of the proposed Kakatiya Khani OC - 2 Project.

Some of the photographs of public hearing meeting are enclosed as Annexure V. The minutes of the public hearing is enclosed as Annexure - VI.

Statement showing issues raised during public hearing held on 26.11.2015 for the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project and the clarification given by the project proponent is given in Table No. 7.7.1.



Table 7.7.1 Statement showing issues raised during public hearing held on 26.11.2015

for the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project and the clarification given by the project proponent

Sl. No Issues raised by the Public Clarifications given by the Project

proponent

1. Demanded SCCL and the Government to settle the pending cases of compensation to the land losers of earlier KTK OC-I Project.

It has been clarified that land compensation was not paid with regard to 145 acres of land acquired for the earlier KTK OC-I Project and efforts will be made by SCCL to resolve this issue in consultation with Government.

2. Villagers have complained of ground vibration and fly rocks due to blasting operations. Also, it was complained that smoke from coal yards due spontaneous heating and dust pollution are causing lot of inconvenience to the nearby villages.

It was assured that stringent measures would be adopted in opencast mines for controlling blast vibrations, air and water pollution, etc.

3. Suggested for taking up back filling operations in de coaled area of OC mines as per stipulated norms for bringing the land to productive use.

It has been clarified that SCCL is committed to reclamation in OCP of Bhoopalpalli area by backfilling of OB in de-coaled voids.

4. Demanded SCCL to provide employment in the pending cases relating to KTK OC Sector - I Project.

It was informed that the issue of providing employment to land losers is pending in court and efforts would be made to resolve the employment issue.

5. Requested for supply of drinking water to nearby villages.

It was assured that SCCL would extend necessary help in providing drinking water to the nearby villages till a water grid is established by the Government.

6. Villagers demanded for resolving all the pending issues pertaining to KTK OC Sector - I Project and then only take up KTK OC - 2 Project.

It was informed that all the issues raised in the public hearing meeting will taken up with higher authorities of SCCL for resolving the issues pending in respect of earlier KTK OC Sector - I Project.

Presently, no litigations / court cases are filed / pending regarding the proposed project.



CHAPTER - 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

This project is located in the Bhoopalpalli area of Warangal district of Telangana State. Singareni Collieries has been exploiting coal from 1989 in Mulug Coal Belt. The present proposal is a new relay project to KTK OC Sector - I which is located adjacent to the proposed project. The following physical infrastructure is available in the area.

• Road transportation facility

• Power Supply

• Dispensary, educational facility, recreation facilities, etc.

• Communication facilities.

• Park

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Coal mining and agriculture is the basic sector of employment for the local people in this area. The present proposal is new opencast project with life of 15 years. The manpower required for the project is 220.

The project will lead to direct and indirect employment opportunities. Employment is expected during civil construction period, in trade, garbage lifting, sanitation and other ancillary services, Employment in these sectors will be primarily temporary or contractual and involvement of unskilled labour will be more. A major part of this labour force will be mainly from local villagers who are expected to engage themselves both in agriculture and project activities. This will enhance their income and lead to overall economic growth of the area.

The following changes in socio-economic status are expected to take place with this project.

• The project will have a strong positive employment and income effect, both direct as well as indirect. Migrant - non-migrant ratio will shift towards migrant side because a number of people will migrate towards the central region of study circle in the years to come. This will happen because of better indirect employment opportunities due to this project.

• The project is going to have positive impact on consumption behaviour by way of raising average consumption and income through multiplier effect.

• The project is going to bring about changes in the pattern of demand from food to non-food items and sufficient income is generated.

• People perceive that the project will help in the development of social infrastructures / such as.

− Education facilities

− Banking facilities

− Post Offices and Communication facilities

− Medical Facilities

− Recreation Facilities

− Business establishments & Community Facilities

− Plantation & Parks



Trade and Commerce

The area is mainly known for its rich depositions of coal. Besides coal, agricultural products are the major resources for trading. The main agricultural crops grown in this area are Paddy, sugar cane, Jowar, Groundnut, Cotton and Chillies are the predominant crops grown in most of the villages. Single crop pattern is prevalent in all the villages and is mostly dependent on the rainfall and bore wells in the region.

8.3 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The proposed KTK OC - 2 Project is likely to have other tangible benefits as given below.

• Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like housing construction, transportation, sanitation, for supply of goods and services to the project and other community services.

• Additional housing demand for rental accommodation will increase.

• Market and business establishment facilities will also increase.

• Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will also improve.

• Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and medical facilities.

• Overall change in employment and income opportunity.

• Development of supply, service and coal based industries.

• Supply of coal to thermal power plants will result in the reduction of electrical power shortage / cuttings.

• The State Government will also benefit directly from the proposed project, through increased revenue from royalties, excise duty and etc.

* * * * *



CHAPTER - 9

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Environment Management Plan (EMP) aims at the protection of environment by adoption of inbuilt pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. The EMP aims at controlling pollution at the source to the possible extent with the available and affordable technology followed.

The EMP presented in this chapter discusses the administrative aspects of ensuring that the mitigation measures are implemented and monitoring of its effectiveness. The major impacts referred at Chapter - 4 are on the air quality and land use.

9.2 EMP IMPLEMENTATION, INSPECTION AND MONITORING

Environmental monitoring is critical to understanding whether the quality of our environment is getting better or worse. Information gathered through environmental monitoring is important to many decision makers, outside and inside the organisation.

INSPECTIONS

Site inspections to verify compliance with the EMP, Environmental Clearance conditions, conditions imposed in Forest clearance, Ground water clearance, Consent for Establishment and other environmental performance requirements will be undertaken and documented for the construction and operational phases. Site inspection checklists will be developed for the construction and operational phases. Where inspections determine that the existing measures are not effective, corrective and preventative measures will be implemented.

MONITORING

Environmental monitoring programs will be developed for the construction and operational phases of the project. These monitoring programs will address the conditions imposed in clearances, commitments given in the EMP and cover areas such as Air, Water, Land, Flora and Fauna, Noise and Socio-Economics.

The monitoring programs will set out the monitoring objectives: parameters, criteria, location, frequency, procedure, recording, reporting and corrective action. Monitoring activities will be conducted by a person who is suitably trained and qualified. Monitoring will be carried out in accordance with relevant guidelines.

Monitoring equipment will be maintained and calibrated in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions to ensure reliability of equipment and data. The results of the monitoring programs will be interpreted and reviewed regularly. Results will be reported to relevant authorities within agreed timeframes as determined in approval conditions.

It has been evaluated that the study area has not been affected adversely with the proposed activity and likely to get new economic fillip, not only for the study area but also for the region as a whole.

Environmental management for the proposed mining activity is being discussed in two phases. It is evident from the earlier discussions that the majority of the environmental impact pertains to the operational phase. Even though reversible in nature - all the impacts will be visible only during operational phase. It is planned to take corrective measures to ensure that these effects are kept to bare minimum. The EMP will therefore, be initiated during planning stage itself.

Second stage of the EMP will be taken up during the operational phase. Those will ensure that impacts during operation of the facility are kept to the barest minimum.



Implementation of EMP and periodic monitoring is proposed to be carried out at (a) Project Level and (b) Area Level for a group of mines including allied activities like central coal handling plant, central mining colony, workshop, sewage treatment plant which will be common to the mining area.

9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE (EMC)

The EMC will look after all the environment - related activities in the Area. Further, an EMC would be constituted at the project level which is responsible for implementation of Environmental clearance conditions, approved EMP, regular environmental quality monitoring, proper running of effluent treatment plant and liaison with regulatory bodies like TSPCB and MoEF&CC. The Committee is headed by Project Officer / Manager and is assisted by supporting staff and workmen.

Project level environmental protection measures like OB dump management, dust suppression, treatment and re-use of waste water, plantation, and noise control in mine premises and also housekeeping will be looked after by the project level management.

On the other hand, for implementation of area level protection measures in respect of mine water and mining colony effluent treatment, dust suppression at mine, plantation and green belt development over the vacant areas, environmental quality monitoring etc., will be taken up by different disciplines of the company like Civil, Hydrogeology, Forestry and Environment department etc. Co-ordination between various disciplines, periodic monitoring of various environment protection measures will be done by a senior executive who reports directly to the area General Manager. He will be assisted by Environmental Officer who is oriented towards and versed with various aspects of environmental pollution and control in mining areas.

Functions of Environmental Management Committee:

• To integrate environmental factors into business decisions.

• To monitor compliance of environmental regulations.

• Continual improvement in environmental performance.

• To follow proper documentation and monitoring procedures, for developing better environmental management systems at the mine.

• To ensure systematic and routine housekeeping to reduce generation of pollutants inside the mine.

• To develop and maintain green belt at mine premises, township and vacant land within project premises.

• To keep up with regulatory requirements and arrange for the necessary certificates or consents viz., air and water.

• To conduct yearly environmental monitoring and submit the statement to TSPCB.

• To monitor concurrent reclamation works in the project.

• Evaluating compliance with environmental regulations.

• Promptly identifying problems.

Corporate Environment Department will periodically monitor the project for ensuring the compliance of Environmental legislation and implementation of MoEF&CC approved EMP including environmental clearance conditions scrupulously.



9.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY

9.4.1. SCCL Environmental Policy

The Environmental policy and its objectives have been approved by SCCL Board of Directors on 11.11.2011 and copy of Board minute is enclosed as Annexure - VII.

Policy:

“To be a role model in protection of environment for sustainable development, SCCL is committed to implement the best global practices in all its operations through prevention / mitigation of pollution, proper disposal / recycling of wastes and bringing awareness among all the stakeholders for continual improvement in environmental performance”

Objectives:

• To take account of environment concerns in planning and decision-making.

• Compliance of conditions imposed in Environmental Clearance, Forestry Clearance, CFE, CFO and other statutory clearances issued by regulatory agencies.

• To prevent pollution of surrounding habitation by continuous monitoring and measurement of Environmental parameters.

• Identification of significant impacts and preparation of environment management systems for implementation at mines / units.

• To reclaim the mined out areas concurrent to mining operations and take suitable measures for conservation of adjacent forests, wildlife and bio-diversity.

• To reduce waste generation and promote recycling of materials, wherever possible.

• Optimum utilization of resources i.e. Electricity, Oil and Water.

• To take up developmental works in surrounding villages as a part of corporate social responsibility.

• To provide appropriate training and disseminate information to enable all the employees to accept individual responsibility for environment protection, implement best practices and work in partnership to create a culture of continual improvement.

9.4.2. Guidelines for implementation of environmental policy of SCCL

To ensure effective implementation of environmental policy and its objectives, necessary guidelines and targets will be framed from time to time. Initially, certain guidelines have been framed in different facets of environmental management for bringing uniformity in planning, execution and monitoring systems thereby ensuring environmentally sustainable coal mining operations).

The Environmental Policy, objectives and guidelines were circulated to all the mines, departments and other units for implementation. Also, necessary arrangements were made for display of the same at the conspicuous places for bringing awareness among the employees of SCCL.



Sources / Activities Recommended Control Measures

A. Planning of New / Expansion Projects

1. Planning i. Due care is taken in addressing all the environmental issues while formulating a project proposal.

ii. It shall be ensured at the planning stage itself that forest lands, fertile agricultural land, habitations, water bodies are avoided for location of dump sites.

iii. Conservation of ecologically sensitive areas, if any, located near the project area shall be given due consideration.

iv. EIA/EMP shall be prepared with proper environmental safeguards along with sufficient fund provision.

B. Air Pollution Control

1. Drilling i. Wet drilling mechanism shall be adopted.

2. Blasting i. Blasting in opencast mines shall be conducted during favourable weather conditions using NONELs with proper design of blast hole geometry & optimum quantity of explosives.

ii. Use of delay detonators shall be adopted in underground mines in order to reduce ground vibrations.

iii. Blast site shall be wetted before and after blasting.

3. HEMM i. Regular maintenance of all diesel operated HEMMs shall be done as per the manufacturer’s schedule for effective control of exhaust emissions.

4. Haul Roads i. All service roads shall be metalled and well maintained.

ii. All haul roads and service roads shall be regularly sprayed with water.

iii. Plantation shall be done alongside the haul and service roads.

5. Over Burden i. Completed dumps shall be subjected to technical and biological reclamation.

ii. Plantation shall be done on OB dumps to ensure stability of slopes and prevention of dust generation.

6. Coal Handling i. Crushers and belt conveyors shall be enclosed and mist spray arrangement installed at all receiving points, transfer points, ground level bunkers and loading points.

ii. Plantation shall be done around the Coal Handling Plant (CHP).

7. Coal Transport i. Wherever feasible, transportation outside the ML area will be by rail / conveyor system

ii. The width of transportation road shall be designed in such a way that no vehicle shall ply on the unpaved road.

iii. Coal transport trucks shall be optimally loaded and covered with tarpaulin for preventing spillage.




C. Water Pollution Control

1. Surface i. Garland drains shall be made around quarry and OB dumps to collect runoff water and siltation points of sufficient size shall be provided for collection of silt.

ii. OB dump run off to be de-silted through settling tanks before discharge into natural streams. Contour drains to be constructed along the slopes of OB dumps.

iii. Toe walls to be constructed around the OB dump with boulders collected from OB material.

iv. A berm with dimensions of not less than two metres height and 2 metres width at the top shall be made in trapezium shape all along the edge of each deck to prevent erosion of dumps and gully formation.

v. The terrace shall be kept free of obstructions (OB heaps), sloped in bye and maintained with uniform gradient for free flow of water in order to avoid accumulation of water leading to gully formation and dump slides.

vi. The coal washery should adopt proven internationally accepted technology of continuous operating and with zero effluent discharge system.

2. Mine Water i. Mine water shall be treated in filter beds for domestic consumption. Excess mine water shall be treated in settling ponds before discharging in to natural streams.

3. Workshop and CHP i. Effluent discharged from workshops shall be treated in an Effluent Treatment Plant containing an oil / grease trap and sedimentation tank. The treated water is to be stored and reused in the workshop itself.

ii. ETP shall be constructed for treating CHP effluents and adoption of closed water circuit in CHP shall be adopted to ensure zero discharge.

4. Domestic Effluent i. In office buildings / housing complexes septic tanks and soak pits to be provided.

ii. In large townships, complete sewerage system including sewage treatment facilities shall be adopted.

iii. Community and service building shall be provided with adequate sewage treatment facilities.

5. Hazardous and Bio-medical wastes

i. Hazardous wastes like used oil with barrels, waste oil with barrels, used transformer oil with barrels, scrapped batteries, iron scrap, copper cables, scrapped cap lamp accumulators, empty oil and grease drums shall be handled and disposed off in accordance with the procedure laid down in HWM Rules.

ii. Used oil, spent oil, batteries and copper cables shall be disposed off to the recyclers having valid registration from CPCB/TSPCB for recycling or recovery, whereas the empty oil and grease barrels shall be detoxified prior to their disposal to outside agencies.




iii. Bio-medical wastes shall be handled and disposed off as per the latest guidelines issued by MoEF.

D. Noise Pollution Control

1. Drilling i. Controlled blasting methods with proper spacing, burden and stemming shall be adopted to get optimum results.

ii. Blast holes should be judiciously charged to control noise and blast vibrations

2. HEMM i. Providing sound proof cabins for the workers deployed on machines producing higher levels of noise like dozers, shovels, dumpers, drills and feeder breakers.

ii. The engine exhausts of HEMM to be fitted with mufflers.

iii. HEMM to be properly maintained and operators to be provided with ear mufflers / ear plug.

iv. Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels shall be practiced.

3. CHP i. Belt drive or roller drive systems shall be used instead of gear train system which results in considerable noise reduction.

4. Exhaust Fan in UG mines

i. The main mechanical ventilator shall be installed in acoustically designed enclosed chambers with evasee.

ii. Thick green belt shall be developed around the fan house for attenuation of noise.

E. Energy / Water conservation measures

1. Electricity i. CFLs and energy efficient appliances shall be used at mines, allied units and colonies.

ii. Efforts shall be made for utilization of renewal sources of energy like solar and wind power.

2. Oil i. Periodical maintenance of vehicles including fine tuning of engines shall be done to improve their fuel efficiency.

ii. Leakage and spillage of oils during transport and usage shall be avoided.

3. Water i. Wastage of water resulting from leakages through distribution pipelines and overflow from overhead tanks shall be arrested.

ii. Summer storage tanks shall be constructed in all the mining areas for rain water harvesting and augmentation of ground water recharge.

F. Land Management

1. Top soil i. Top soil shall be stacked at earmarked place and shall be used only in reclamation of OB dumps.

ii. Top soil shall invariably be removed from the site allocated for external dumping of OB material, to conserve precious natural resource and ensure better stability of



Sources / Activities Recommended Control Measures dumps.

2. Reclamation i. Reclamation of mined out areas including external OB dumps and back filled areas shall be taken up concurrent with progress of mining operations as per the EMP.

ii. Native species shall be selected for dump plantation in order to achieve better survival rate.

iii. The voids left over after cessation of mining operations shall be converted in to water bodies.

3. Subsidence Management

i. The cracks / pot holes formed on surface as a result of subsidence due to UG mining shall be filled with OB material and compacted.

ii. Garland drains shall be provided around the subsidence areas to avoid inrush of water in to Underground workings.

4. Green Belt Development

i. Extensive plantation shall be taken up in colonies, vacant lands, degraded forest lands and surface area of UG mines.

ii. Gap plantation shall be taken up wherever the survival rate is poor.

iii. Avenue plantation shall be taken up alongside the roads.

G. Environmental Monitoring

1. Environmental Monitoring for pollution mitigation

i. Monitoring of ambient air quality, ground & surface water quality, effluent discharge quality, noise & blast vibrations, phreatic surface levels, subsidence, HEMM exhaust emissions shall be carried out as per the stipulated norms and corrective measures shall be taken for mitigation of pollution.

2. Satellite surveillance i. Satellite surveillance of all opencast mines shall be carried out once in three years for change detection analysis in land use / land cover in core and buffer zone of the project.

H. Environmental Awareness

1. Environmental Awareness

i. Environmental awareness programmes shall be conducted in all mining areas to bring awareness among the employees regarding the environmental policy, its objectives and measures to be taken to safeguard the environment.

ii. Awareness programmes shall be conducted on energy, oil and water conservation.

iii. Awareness shall be created in the employees and general public on the ill-effects of plastics usage and educate them to use alternatives.



9.4.3. Standard Operating Procedure to Bring in to Focus Deviations / Violations of Environmental or Forest Norms / Conditions

An Environment Management Committee (EMC) is constituted at the project level consisting of following members to monitor the implementation of EMP and other environmental protection measures.

i. Project Officer

ii. Staff Officer to General Manager

iii. Area Finance / Accounts Officer

iv. Area Environmental Officer

v. Area Forestry Officer

vi. Area Civil Engineer

vii. Regional Hydro-geologist

viii. Area Survey Officer

ix. Area Estates Officer

x. Project Engineer

Functions of Project level EMC:

• Monitoring of environmental safeguards

• Compliance of conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance, Forest Clearance (if Forestland involved in the project), Wildlife Clearance (if applicable), Consent for Establishment and Operation issued under the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981 and the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1974, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2008, Ground Water Clearance, No objection Certificates (NoCs) from any other department

• Review of the compliance of above conditions during periodical review meetings

• Reporting of non-compliances and action plan for rectification to the Area General Manger and General Manager (Environment).

Project officer

• Responsible for ensuring that construction and operational activities are conducted in accordance with the MoEF&CC approved EMP and related Environmental laws

• Ensure that all personnel and contractors understand their responsibilities and authorities relating to environmental issues

• Ensure that transportation of coal particularly, by road causes minimum pollution to the public enroute

• Provide necessary inputs for effective reporting on Environmental Performance / Compliance

• Demonstrate visible and pro-active commitment to the environment at all levels.

Staff Officer to General Manager

• Ensure compliance with environmental legislation

• Responsible for the environmental performance during the construction and operation phases and to comply with SCCL Environmental Policy

• Required to develop and implement a project specific EMP to the satisfaction of SCCL, and report on the implementation of the EMP



• Required to ensure that sufficient human, material and financial resources, including technical resources and support, are provided for the effective implementation of the EMP, CFE / CFO and other clearances

• Demonstrate visible and pro-active commitment to the environment at all levels.

Area Finance / Accounts Officer

• Responsible for maintaining the expenditure on environment related activities in the Area

• Ensure that the Project wise allocation of funds on environmental related activities is spent on the same and not diverted for any other purpose.

Area Environmental Officer

• Inspect the mining areas like quarry, haul roads, over burden dumps, garland drains, settling ponds, cal handling plant, transport routes, workshop and effluent treatment plant with a view to perceive the effectiveness of mitigative measures under implementation as mentioned in the EMP, CFE and other clearances and to apprise the Project Officer, SO to GM and GM of the Area / GM (Environment)

• Responsible for co-ordination on environmental related activities in the Area / Project

• To co-ordinate with Area Survey Officer in preparation and maintaining land use plan for the Project / Area

• To co-ordinate with Area / Project engineer in maintaining details of hazardous wastes generated at Project / Area level

• Responsible for monitoring and reporting obligations

• Required to provide the necessary inputs to the Project staff with a view to meeting their environmental responsibilities

• Provide environmental expertise and assistance as required.

Area Forestry Officer

• Responsible for preparation and implementation of afforestation plan for the Area / Project with particular reference to over burden dumps, transport routes and Mine-Colony interface

• Responsible for maintenance of nursery with local species

• Responsible for monitoring and reporting obligations on afforestation

• Required to provide the necessary inputs to the project staff for protection and maintenance of plants


Area Civil Engineer

• To co-ordinate the preparation and maintenance of garland drains & settling tanks and construction of rain water harvesting structures, Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

• Provide necessary inputs to make transport routes dust free

• To co-ordinate proper utilisation of mine discharge water for various purposes at the project and supply of excess water to the nearby irrigation tanks

• Responsible for monitoring and reporting obligations on water discharge



Regional Hydro-Geologist

• Responsible for identifying and monitoring the ground water level in the open wells in the vicinity of the project for four times a year in Pre-Monsoon (May), Monsoon (August), Post-Monsoon (November) and Winter (January) seasons

• Responsible for establishment and monitoring of Piezometers

• Responsible for reporting obligations on the above preferably, in a graphical presentation

• Establishing rain water harvesting structures to augment the rain water.


Area Survey Officer

• Responsible for preparation and maintaining a plan showing the boundaries of the mines, surface features and mining leases in the Area

• Responsible for preparation and maintaining a plan showing the pollution monitoring facilities in the area such as Sewage Treatment Plant, Env. Monitoring Stations, Piezometers, Open wells, and Transport routes.

Area Estates Officer

• Responsible for maintaining the details of project wise forest and non-forest land, mining leases with validity, Forest clearances, Govt. / Private land

• Responsible for reporting obligations on the above including status of land acquisition

• To co-ordinate with Area Environmental Officer regarding preparation of application for Forest Clearances, Mining leases and their renewal

• Responsible for compliance of Forest Clearance conditions.

Project Engineer

• Responsible for maintaining the effluent treatment plant and monitor collection, storage, transport, disposal and treatment of hazardous wastes

• Responsible for maintenance of HEMM and other equipment as per the manufacturers’ standards

• Responsible for reporting obligations on the above

• Ensure that all personnel including contract workmen understand their responsibilities relating to maintenance of HEMM and other equipment.

Project Survey Officer

• Responsible for preparation of proposal for afforestation in the succeeding year in consultation with Area Forestry Officer / Area Environmental Officer

• Responsible for preparation and maintaining a plan showing the different activities in the mine, surface features and mining lease of the Project

• Responsible for preparation and maintenance of plan showing the areas of afforestation, surface drainage, piezometers, transport routes inbye and outbye of the project.

• Responsible for land usage in accordance with approved EIA/EMP

Corporate level

General Manager (Environment) and the team of officers from Corporate Environment Department will periodically inspect the projects for monitoring the implementation of



EMP, EC conditions, CFE & CFO conditions and status of environment in and around the project and give necessary guidelines to the project authorities. Corporate Environment Department will report the compliance from time to time to the Directors concerned.

9.4.4. Hierarchical system of the company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with EC conditions

Project Officer / Agent, in-charge of the Opencast Project is responsible for implementation of the approved EMP and various conditions of EC, FC and CFE / CFO. Area Environmental Officer assists the Project Officer / Agent in ensuring the compliance of conditions. Area General Manager is responsible for compliance of Environmental laws in the mines / units under his jurisdiction.

General Manager (Environment) monitors the compliance of environmental norms in all the areas of SCCL. Chief General Manager (Corporate Planning & Projects) will be reviewing the environmental issues for ensuring compliance of norms / conditions. Director (Planning & Projects) and Director (Operations), who are the members of the SCCL Board review the compliance of environmental legislation at Company level.

9.4.5. System of reporting non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors and / or Shareholders or Stakeholders

EMC will monitor the implementation of environmental norms / conditions and reports any deviations to the concerned Project Officer. The Project Officer will take suitable corrective measures with the guidance of Area Environmental Officer. The non-compliances, if any, which require the intervention of higher authorities will be brought to the notice of Area General Manager. The Area General Managers will inform the deviations / non-compliances to Corporate Environment Department and concerned Functional Director.

Corporate Environment Department is headed by General Manager (Environment) who works directly under CGM (CP&P) who in turn reports to Director (Planning & Projects). Regular review meetings will be conducted by Director (Planning & Projects) for reviewing the compliance of EC / FC / CFO conditions. In addition to the above, General Manager (Environment) will periodically apprise non-compliance of EC conditions to CGM (CP&P). CGM (CP&P) will apprise these issues to Director (Planning & Projects) and Director (Operations), the members of the SCCL Board, who in turn will apprise the Chairman & Managing Director and Board of the company.



253

CHAPTER - 10

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to evaluate the potential environmental effects and is a planning tool for assessing the environmental concerns of a project at an early stage of project planning and design, so that it can assure the project is environmentally feasible.

The present proposal is to extract part of existing KTK 2 Incline underground mine coal reserves up to the depth of 250 m by opencast method of mining.

In order to sustain the coal production from the area and fulfill the committed supply to 500 MW KTPP of TSGENCO beyond 2017-18, it is proposed to convert a part of existing KTK 2&2A Incline underground mine into an opencast mine up to 250 m depth of floor of III seam under the name Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project (KTK OC - 2 Project) as a relay project to the existing KTK OC Sector-I Project.

Detailed baseline data as per CPCB guidelines has been collected within 10 Km radius of the block area. The baseline data has been collected for studying the pre-project environmental status during December 2014 to February 2015 for one season i.e., Winter season.

10.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Nature of the Project:

The proposed project is a mechanized opencast coal mining project with shovel and dumper combination.

Size of the Project:

The proposed KTK OC - 2 Project is designed for extraction of 17.00 MT of coal reserves by removing 227.99 M.Cu.m of OB at an average stripping ratio of 13.41 Cu.m/T up to the depth of 250 m. This project is planned for 1.50 MTPA for a life of 15 years (excluding 2 years construction period). Total Project area is 668.23 Ha. No forest land is involved in the present proposal. The average grade of coal is “G-9”.

The proposed project falls in “Category – A” as per the EIA Notification vide S.O. 1533, dated 14.09.2006 and subsequent amendments.

Location of the Project

The proposed project is located in the North central part of Mulug Coal Belt of GVCF and near the Bhoopalpalli town of Bhoopalpalli Mandal in Warangal District, Telangana State. The location details of the proposed Project are furnished hereunder:

Name of the Project : KTK OC-2 Project

Village Bhoopalpalli Tehsil : Bhoopalpalli District : Warangal State : Telangana Latitudes : N 18°26'41.6704" to N 18°28'7.0715" Longitudes : E 79°50'16.1445” to E 79°52'36.3261" Survey of India Toposheet No. : 56 N/15 Nearest town : Bhoopalpalli Nearest City / District head quarters : Warangal (62 Km) State Capital : Hyderabad (230 Km)



254

Nearest Airport : Shamshabad - Hyderabad (250 Km).

Nearest Railway Station : Jammikunta Railway Station at 60 Kms on Balharshah - Kazipet section of SC Railway

Nearest Highway : Parkal - Mahadevpur State Highway (2.0 Km)

Land Requirement of the Project:

The total land required for the project is 668.23 Ha. Activity-wise land requirement and land ownership details are furnished hereunder:

Sl. No Activity

Total land Requirement

in Ha.

Land under possession of SCCL in

Ha.

Land to be

acquired in Ha.

A. Land within Project Area

1. Quarry Area ( Including drains, bund etc.) 276.61 175.36 101.25

2. External Dumpyards

(a) KTK OC Sector - I External Dump yard 143.54 143.54 --

(b) KTK OC Sector - I Void Area 156.40 156.40 --

(c) KTK OC - 2 External Dump yard 64.43 64.00 0.43

3. Service Buildings 8.70 8.48 0.22

4. Diversion of Road 5.33 0.49 4.84

5. Diversion of Nallah 9.93 6.86 3.07

Total Project Area 664.94 555.13 109.81

B. Land Outside Project Area

1. Built up area 3.29 -- 3.29

Total Land Required 668.23 555.13 113.10

Sl. No. Ownership of the Land Area in Ha

Land Within Project Area 1. Land under SCCL possession 555.13

2. Land to be acquired

Govt. land 42.33

Govt. assigned land 1.80

Private land 65.68

Sub Total 109.81

3. Land within the Project Area (1+2) 664.94

4. Land outside the Project Area

Private land (Built up area - to be acquired) 3.29

5. Total land to be acquired (2+4) 113.10

Total Land Requirement (3+4) 668.23

Description of Opencast Mining Operations

Coal extraction in the proposed project will be done by deploying shovels and dumpers. Important inputs required for coal extraction are explosives, plant and machinery, diesel, lubricants, electricity, small quantities of cement and steel. Opencast mining involves following operations:



255

1. Removal of topsoil, storing it separately in earmarked dumpsite and its utilization for spreading on dumps soon after attaining the final profile of the dumps for taking up plantation.

2. Removal of overlying strata rocky material (termed as overburden) through drilling and blasting operations.

3. Drilling and blasting of exposed coal strata, transportation of coal by dumpers to surface CHP.

4. Coal will be dispatched to the consumers by trucks from pit head coal handling plant.

5. Back filling / internal dumping of overburden within the quarry area after sufficient de-coaled area is available.

6. To take up phase-wise plantation over the external dump area and back filled area of the quarry after stabilization and subsequent spreading of top soil.

All the mining operations will be carried out as per the statutory provisions of Mines Act for the safety, health and welfare of the employees working in the mine. Conditions as stipulated by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF&CC) and Telangana State Pollution Control Board (TSPCB) in the process of according Environmental Clearance will be implemented in the project.

10.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Detailed studies have been conducted during the Winter Season, 2014 in respect of air, water, land and soil in core zone and buffer zone. The baseline data conforms to the requirements of EIA Notification, 2006 (as amended vide S.O. 1533, on 14.09.2006).

10.3.1 Physical Resources

Physiography

Core Zone

The block area is gently sloping terrain towards Are vagu west side of the project with minor undulations. The slope is about 5.8 m/km. Sandy clay soil cover ranging in thickness from 1.5 m. to 4.6 m underlies the area. The topo graphic elevation of the block varies from 180 m above mean sea level in the west to 200 m above mean sea level in the east. Gaddiganipalli Village is present over the proposed quarry area. Nallacheruvu is also present over the quarry area.

Buffer Zone

In general, the area is of plain to gently undulatory sandy terrain that is imperfectly drained, and dotted with hillocks with a gentle slope towards West and NWW. The topographic elevation (excluding hilly area) varies from 220 m above MSL in southeast to 160 m above MSL in northwest with a mean topographic slope of about 4.15 m/km. The area is covered by sandy loam and sandy clay soils.

Drainage

Core Zone

The drainage originating from the south western side (southeast of the project) of Surnapak gutta, subsequently it accumulates into breached Nallacheruvu (25.89 ha) which is located in the project area. The sluice water from this tank flows westerly and joins in the tank located near Kasimpalli village. The existing drainage within the project area is of 1st to 3rd orders of Are vagu flowing towards west.



256

Buffer Zone

The buffer area of the project falls in the catchment of Maneru River, which is a tributary of River Godavari. Major part of the buffer area is drained by Northwesterly flowing Are vagu, Tigala vagu and Boggula vagu and northerly flowing Bommarao vagu which are inturn tributaries to Maner River. the north eastern part of the buffer area is drained by easterly flowing Loru vagu feeding Polaram cheruvu and Vellapuram cheruvu which are located beyond the study area.

The drainage in this area is mainly sub-dendritic to sub parallel and drainage density is 2.08 Km/sq.km. Number of ephemeral tanks are located in the central, south-western and south-eastern periphery of the buffer area. Yellareddypeta cheruvu (1.37 sq.km), on the South-eastern periphery is the chief irrigation source in this area.

Meteorology (Climate)

The area experiences typical tropical climate of a distinct hot summer from March to June with occasional dust storms, a good monsoon between July to October and a pleasant winter from November to February.

Daily rainfall monitored at Bhoopalpalli rain gauge station during the last 39 years (1973-2013) is varied from 619.9 mm (1975) to 1802.6 mm (2013) with a mean of 1082.34 mm. The maximum monthly rainfall during this period is 875.5 mm (July‘76).

The daily rainfall data of this station is also analyzed. The most severe storm of 683.8 mm. occurred during a period of 19 days from 8th to 26th July 1976. The maximum daily rainfall is 364.2 mm (30th July, 2010).

10.3.2 Air Environment

Different air pollution parameters like Particulate Matters less than 10µ (PM10), Particulate Matter less than 2.5µ (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides have been identified as critical parameters relating to project activities for representing baseline status of ambient air quality within the study area in accordance with the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF. To assess the base line ambient air quality, ten air quality monitoring locations were selected covering core and buffer zone of the project within 10 Km. radius of study area.

Air Quality Status in Core Zone:

Ambient air quality for the core zone shows that PM10 concentration varied from 169 µg/m3 to 217 µg/m3 with a mean of 199 µg/m3. PM2.5 concentration varied from 63.5 µg/m3 to 86.7 µg/m3 with a mean of 75.7 µg/m3. The SO2 and NOx concentration varies from 13.8 µg/m3 to 18.9 µg/m3 and 19.8 µg/m3 to 29.4 µg/m3 respectively. All the parameters are found to be within prescribed limits as per Ambient Air Quality Standards prescribed by MoEF for Coal Mines.

Air Quality status in Buffer Zone:

The concentration of PM10 varied from 54 µg/m3 to 85 µg/m3 and the maximum concentration of 85 µg/m3 recorded at Krishna Colony. The PM2.5 concentration varied from 27.3 µg/m3 to 50.2 µg/m3 and the maximum concentration recorded at Kashimpalli Village. The SO2 and NOx concentration varies from 10.2 µg/m3 to 16.5 µg/m3 and 12.1 µg/m3 to 20.3 µg/m3 respectively. All the values are found to be within prescribed limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards prescribed by MoEF&CC.

10.3.3 Mineralogical Composition

The mineralogical composition for the Particulate Matter of size less than 10µ was analyzed at all air quality monitoring locations within the 10 Km radius of the study area. The samples were analyzed for Chromium, Iron, Nickel, Arsenic, Cadmium, Mercury,



257

Lead, Copper, Zinc etc and their concentrations are found to be below the detectable limits.

10.3.4 Water Environment

The impact of the proposed project on the water environment is assessed by studying the ground and surface water within the study area. The sampling stations were identified considering the proximity to project site and its effect on the water quality. A total of eleven water samples i.e. five samples from ground water sources, five samples from surface water sources and one from mine discharge were collected and analyzed for various physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters. The water quality results were compared with the standards of ground water quality with IS: 10500, Surface Water Quality with ISO: 2296, 1982 & CPCB Water Quality Criteria) and Effluents with GSR 801 (E), 1986.

Surface Water: The surface water quality indicated that the parameters are meeting the requirements of CPCB water quality criteria except in case of faecal coliforms and E. coli, which may be due to run off water with bacteria in soil or sewage. Therefore, the surface water samples collected from all the locations require suitable treatment to make them potable.

Underground Water: The ground water quality indicated that the parameters are meeting the requirements of CPCB ground water quality criteria except nitrates at few locations which may be due to anthropogenic sources such as septic tanks, nitrogen rich fertilizers and agricultural processes. Therefore, wherever nitrate concentration has exceeded the limits, by deploying treatment process like Reverse Osmosis to make the water potable.

Mine Discharge Water: The quality of mine discharge water of adjoining KTK OC-1 Project was analyzed and the parameters are within the stipulated limits as per the standards prescribed for discharge of industrial effluents.

10.3.5 Impact on Groundwater Regime

The impact of mining on local ground water regime depends on the mine parameters like depth and rate of expansion, ground water recharge and hydraulic parameters of the aquifers intercepted in the quarry.

In BHPL area, mining operations commenced in 1989. The attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored seasonally on long term basis since 1997. It varies from 1.14 m to 14.00 m during pre-monsoon season and 0.30 m to 11.95 m during post-monsoon season.

The maximum depth of the KTK OC - 2 Project is about 250 m. Based on the Aquifer Performance Test conducted in the area, the probable inflow of groundwater into the Project is assessed to be a maximum of about 52,160 m3 /day or 19.03 MCuM/year during the final stage.

The mine discharge water will be stored in settling ponds for removal of suspended solids. About 1430 m3/day is required for various mine requirements like dust suppression (1260 m3/day), work shop (83 m3/day), for plantation (10m3/day) and for domestic consumption (77 m3/day) at the Project. The probable inflow of groundwater into the KTK OC - 2 Project may vary from 600 m3/day to 12000 m3/day. After meeting the mine requirements, the excess water shall be let out into nearby stream / tanks for use of the local people for their agricultural needs.

The radius of influence of proposed project on the phreatic surface during the development stages varies from 299 m to 1873 m from the edge of the project.

The mine water discharged into the local drainage net work / tanks act as constant source of recharge and improves the water levels around the mine.

After cessation of mining, due to increased permeability in the backfilled area, the infiltration of rain water increases and the water levels recoup in a short time. At mine



258

closure stage, the total void will be brought to ground level by filling OB of Tadicherla OC - II Project.

In view of the above, it can be inferred that there will be no further impact on water regime in this area. In the event of any adverse impact due to mining on the surrounding area, SCCL shall take suitable water conservation measures around the project to maintain the ground water regime.

10.3.6 Phreatic Surface Head around OC Mine

In this area, SCCL in monitoring phreatic surface seasonally on long term basis since 1997. The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon ground water levels are monitored in 19 observation wells located within the buffer zone of KTK OC - 2 Project. It varies from 1.14 m to 14.00 m during pre-monsoon season and 0.30 m to 11.95 m during post-monsoon season. The depth of these shallow wells is from 7.25 m to 14.00 m with a diameter from 1.20 m to 6.00 m. The net average water level fluctuation is 2.69 m.

In addition to the above shallow wells, 6 piezometric wells were constructed around existing KTK OC Sector - I, at a distance of 150 m to 500 m from the edge of the mine. The cumulative piezometric heads in these wells vary from 1.91 m to 24.98 m bgl during pre-monsoon season and 1.30 m to 24.93 m bgl during post monsoon.

This data indicates that the aquifer system is in steady state confined condition.

10.3.7 Noise Levels

A detailed survey on noise environment was carried in and around the mine site to study the hourly equivalent noise levels as per IS: 4594-1968. This study was necessary as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment, including structures, domestic animals and natural ecological systems. Spot noise levels were measured for 24 hours on hourly basis by using a High Precision Sound Level Meter at six locations within the study area. Average Leq values have been recorded at each location for every hour both during day and night time. It is observed that the noise levels during day time and night time in the core as well as in buffer zone of the proposed project are within the stipulated standards.

10.3.8 Land Environment

For Land Use Land Cover study of Core zone, The IRS Resource sat 2 imageries have been merged with the Cartosat Pan A imageries for the core zone.

For Land Use Land Cover study for buffer zone, IRS Resource sat 2 data of 29th October 2014 and 22nd March 2015 were used for demarcation of crop sub-classification.

The project area of various land use land cover classes under respective classes are, Agriculture area 0.226 Sq. Km. (34.12%), Waste land 0.057 Sq. Km (8.62%) and others 0.380 Sq.Km (57.26%).

The various land use land cover classes of buffer zone under respective classes are, Forest area 244.33 Sq.Km (56.46%), Agriculture Land 131.79 sq.km (30.45%), Waste land of 2.80 sq.km (6.47%) and others of 2.86 sq.km (6.62%).

10.3.9 Soil Quality

To assess impact of the mining on soil in and around project site and the effect on agricultural field, baseline soil quality of the area has been evaluated with respect to physical and chemical parameters. The physico-chemical properties of soil, which are important for plant growth and agricultural productivity i.e. texture, bulk density, moisture content, water holding capacity, pH, EC, Organic Carbon and Nutrients are analyzed for four soil samples in the study area.

Soil characteristics such as the texture of the soil vary from clayey loam, sandy clay loam and sandy clay. Soil of all the villages of the study area are slightly acidic to slightly



259

alkaline in nature having pH in the range of 6.2 to 7.9. The macro nutrients Nitrogen (N) Phosphorus (P) Potassium (K) were analyzed in the study area, the Nitrogen values ranged from 111 to 173 kg ha-1 indicating that the values are in good to better category. Phosphorus values ranged from 0.5 to 1.99 kg ha-1 indicating that the values fall in very less category. Potassium values ranged from 148 to 305 kg ha-1 indicating that the values are observed to be in less to better category.

10.3.10 Biological Environment

The flora study was aimed at enumeration of the available plant resources including endangered species and obtaining a broad representation of the existing floristic variations in the proposed mine lease area and surrounding mine lease areas. The core and buffer areas of the proposed project site was surveyed through criss-cross walking and collected plant specimens for the study of floristic diversity and inventoried the floral resources. All the species encountered were identified and recorded.

The flora of the project area is consists of 151 species belonging to 129 genera and 53 families. In the buffer zone, 165 plant species belonging to 138 genera and 60 families were recorded by excluding the plant species that were recognized in the core zone.

The forest areas in buffer area of KTK OC - 2 Project basically come under Dry Deciduous and Shrub Jungle Forest. The forest areas present in the buffer area of the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project are falling under 3 Reserve forests (RF) namely Mulug RF, Tadicherla RF and Mutharam RF.

There are no wildlife Sanctuary / protected areas (National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserves and Elephant corridor) exists in the proposed mining site in and around 10 km radius. There are no wildlife migratory routes / corridors from the proposed project area.

Information on hibernation and breeding of schedule animals in the core and buffer zone of the proposed mining sites were gathered and found no report of the schedule animals breeding or hibernating in and around 10 km radius of the proposed mining area.

From the Flora-Fauna survey, it can be seen that, the core zone of the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project does not have any endangered species of Flora or Fauna. Overall status of Flora & Fauna of the study area is normal and acceptable.

10.3.11 Socio-Economic Environment

The study site is surrounded by 21 villages within 10 km radius. The socio economic aspects, demographic structure, economic and livelihood pattern of the 12 villages was analyzed based on the primary data.

Primary data is generated by adapting a simple random sampling method. Among all the 21 villages, 12 villages were identified which have maximum number of households. Within these villages, 5% of households was taken randomly and attained the sample size of 200 households.

The study included both primary and secondary data collection. The primary data was generated through formal scheduled interview with the respondents in the study area.

As the area is well developed and mining is being carried in this area from quite long time, infrastructure, quality of life, other social factors are found good.

10.4 ALTERNATIVES

Coal mines are site specific in nature and location of the proposed area is restricted to the geology and coal deposition of the area. Safety, economical and technical constraints determine the mining methods to be employed. Considering gradient of the seams, depth of seams and evaluating different options, Shovel Dumper combination has been finalized for this opencast.



260

10.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The section summarizes the pollution potential of the proposed project, its possible impacts on the surrounding environment during pre-operational and operational phases and the necessary management actions proposed for control and abatement of pollution.

10.5.1 Impact due to Air Pollution and its Management

Considerable amount of air pollution will be caused at various stages of mining operations such as excavation, drilling, blasting, loading and transportation of material. Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5) are the main pollutants will emanate during mining operations. Most of the dust will be generated from drilling, blasting, excavation, crushing and transportation operations. This dust becomes air borne and gets carried away to surrounding areas. The impact on air is mainly localized in nature as the dust particles are not carried to longer distances and the effect is felt within the core zone of the project involving active mining operations.

While complete elimination of dust due to mining operations may not be possible, the following measures will be taken to mitigate the fugitive dust from different operations:

• To avoid the dust generation from the drilling operations, wet-drilling will be adopted.

• Use of appropriate explosives for blasting and avoiding overcharging of blast holes.

• The volume of dust rising from dumps by the action of wind will be controlled significantly by planting grasses on slopes and native plants on dumps soon after their formation / attaining final profile.

• Haul roads will be major source of dust in the opencast mines. To overcome the problems of dust generation from mine haul roads, the following steps will be taken.

- Black topping of permanent roads like routes to coal handling plant, permanent internal roads etc.,

- Water spraying on haul roads and permanent transport routes at required frequencies. Provision has been made for procurement of one water sprinkler for spraying water on coal transport haul roads and for reclamation works. Four more water sprinklers will be deployed by OB off-loading contractor for spraying water on OB haul roads.

- Mechanical sweeping or grading of the haul roads with help of motor grader is proposed. One motor graders is proposed for this project.

- Avenue plantation along roads.

• Taking up plantation around the quarry and OB dumps in three rows, which will serve as a barrier to prevent the dispersion of dust.

• Effective dust suppression measures will be taken up at pit head coal handling plant (CHP). The crusher house will be enclosed to the extent possible and dust suppression arrangement will be provided at suitable locations in the CHP. All conveyors, screens, crusher etc. will be provided with covers to avoid fugitive dust during operation. Some of the measures proposed to be adopted at CHP in order to control dust emission include.

- Height of fall to be minimized at all coal transfer points.

- Internal lining of chutes and bins will be done to take care of abrasion & dust.

- Continuous water spraying arrangements will be made for dust suppression.

• The exhaust emissions from HEMM containing CO, SO2 & NOx will be controlled by strictly adhering to the scheduled maintenance that includes periodical tuning of engines.



261

• The additional control measures on dump like thick plantation, stabilization and additional green belt along the boundary is recommended to control the dust concentrations.

10.5.2 Impact due to Water Pollution and its Management

Seepage of ground water is incidental to mining. The seepage water will be utilised for industrial purposes such as dust suppression, plantation, fire fighting etc. Excess water will be discharged onto land that ultimately gets into nearby streams and will not have any impact except for TSS & TDS. Other properties of water by and large remain unchanged. However, treatment of mine discharge water in settling tanks will be done to remove suspended solids.

From the pumping test data and Piezometric surface data, it is inferred that the impact of this project on the ground water regime will not be beyond 1873 m distance from the edge of the mine. The main source of water pollution is mine discharge and surface run-off contaminated with suspended solids. The following control measures will be adopted for controlling water pollution.

• Garland drains of proper size and length will be made and maintained along the quarry and external dump to prevent the surface run-off water from entering into quarry and to dispose properly to the natural drains / tanks after treatment in settling ponds. One diesel hydraulic backhoe shovel is provided for preparation of garland drains, settling ponds, etc.

• The excess water which will be let out will be utilized for irrigation by nearby villagers.

• Check dams / rock fill dams and toe walls will be constructed wherever necessary to reduce siltation and suspended solids.

• Water accumulated due to rain as well as seepage will be led to the main sump of the pit and will be subsequently pumped to the surface.

• The mine water will be utilized for dust suppression, washing, drinking, fire fighting, plantation etc.

• Workshop effluents will be treated suitably in sedimentation tanks followed by Oil & Grease traps.

• Two Sewage Treatment Plants of 3.00 MLD capacity were already existing in Krishna Colony and Subhash Colony for treating domestic sewage. There is no further proposal for construction of new colony for this project as the required manpower will be deployed from the existing manpower of the other mines of the area.

• The Sewage generated from office complex will be small quantities and treated in septic tanks followed by soak pits.

10.5.3 Impact due to Noise Pollution and its Management

The main sources of noise in the mines will be the electrical and diesel-powered machines, pumps, drilling machines, dumpers, etc. Sound levels near HEMM would be above 90 dB (A). However, the cabins will be made sound proof and the employees working in the vicinity of HEMM will be provided with earplugs / muffs wherever required. Continuous exposure of workers to high level of noise may result in annoyance, fatigue, and temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing and permanent loss of hearing. The baseline noise data indicates that the values in the core as well as in buffer zone of the proposed project are within the stipulated standards.

The following control measures are proposed to be taken for noise reduction which includes:

• Controlled blasting techniques using milli-second delay detonators & relays will be adopted in this project for minimizing noise and blast vibrations.



262

• Secondary blasting is one of the major sources. Avoiding the secondary blasting with proper blast design, spacing and burden. Using of rock breakers proposed for sizing if required.

• Consuming minimum quality of detonating fuse by using alternatively EXCEL non-electric initiation system.

• Carrying out blasting during favourable atmospheric conditions and less human activity timings.

• Creation of green belts of dense foliage in three rows between mine areas and residential colonies which will act as noise attenuator in phased manner.

• Proper maintenance of machinery (including transport vehicles) including fine tuning of engines to reduce noise.

• Avenue plantation along the coal transportation roads.

• Practice of keeping some coal in the bunkers so that, the coal directly does not hit on the sides of the bunkers and also minimizing the height of fall.

• Providing adequate silencers to the dumpers and other vehicles.

10.5.4 Impact due to Ground Vibrations

Blasting in mining areas may give rise to ground vibrations which may cause damage to nearby structures. Fly rock is another problem that deserves attention. In order to control noise and blast vibrations, suitable control measures are being adopted in the adjoining KTK OC Sector - I Project. The ground vibrations are being continuously recorded in the existing project by using seismograph instruments (Minimate / NOMIS) and the recorded ppv and noise levels are within stipulated limits.

Based on the ground vibration studies made earlier in the existing KTK OC - I Expansion Project, similar precautions will be taken while carrying out blasting operations in proposed KTK OC - 2 Project for controlling the ground vibrations. DGMS circular No.7 dated. 29.8.1997 stipulates permissible standards for blast induced ground vibrations.

The following precautions will be taken up at the proposed project site as the same have been found adequate in controlling noise and blast vibrations in adjoining project.

• Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in this project for reducing blast vibrations substantially.

• Further, charge per delay shall be regulated to minimise blast vibrations. Charge per delay will be restricted to less than 2 Tonnes. However the charge per delay is controlled by:

- Reducing the blast hole depth

- Using small diameter holes

- Delay initiation of deck charges in the blast holes

- Using more numbers of delay detonators in series

- Using sequential blasting machine

• Optimum delay sequence and stem to column ratio will be maintained to minimise the fly rock distance and ground vibration intensity.

• Basing on the distance of the nearest sensitive areas from the epicentre of the blast, charge weight will be altered to meet the stipulated standards.

• Design of optimum blast hole geometry considering bench height, diameter of hole, type of explosive, nature of rock, level of fragmentation required etc.



263

• Divide total charge / blast in several parts so as to keep minimum explosive per delay i.e. use of milli - second delay detonators & relays.

• Avoid concentration of explosive by using deck charging.

- Reducing excessive burden and spacing.

- Removing buffers in front of the holes.

- Reducing stemming but not to the degree of increasing air-blast and fly rock.

- Limiting sub-drilling just to tear-off the bench bottom.

- Reducing sub-grade drilling.

- Allowing at least one free face.

- Using decoupled charges.

- Drilling holes parallel to the bench face.

- Accuracy in drilling.

• The explosives of following quality will be used

- High Velocity of Detonation

- Density suited to its particular application (Based on nature of over burden, inter parting, coal, shale, etc.)

- Good fume characteristics

- Good water resistance

- Good storage qualities and resistance to atmospheric parameters.

10.5.5 Impact on Land and its Management

Any mining activity may alter the land use pattern in the lease area. In order to minimise the adverse effects, land reclamation shall be carried in concurrent with mining operations. At the end of the mining operations, quarry area and dumps left will be made acceptable to the society and surrounding environment.

The following measures are proposed to be undertaken in the project. The detailed measures for land degradation are addressed in Solid Waste Management and Land Reclamation.

• Plantation on the over burden dumps with native, regenerative and self sustaining species.

• Plantation along the boundary of the lease area so as to minimise the visual impact.

• Top soil excavated from the site will be dumped separately at predetermined place for spreading subsequently on external dumps and backfilled areas for plantation.

• Back filling of the mine pits concurrently with the mining operations (land reclamation).

• Monitoring of reclamation, plantation, land use, land cover using high resolution satellite imageries with the time series of 3 years till the end of the project is proposed.

10.5.6 Impact on Socio Economic Environment

Gaddiganipalli village is falling in quarry area. A part of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar of Jangedu village is falling in safe zone. Hence, it is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package for Gaddiganipalli village and a part of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar with a cost of Rs. 185.94 Crores. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) and Project Affected Families (PAFs) in Gaddiganipalli Village is 750 &125



264

respectively. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in Faqeergadda and Balajinagar is 42 and 130 respectively, as per new LARR Act, 2013.


SCCL has no separate Rehabilitation Policy and SCCL is ready to implement the R&R policy envisaged by the Government.

No significant changes have been observed in the traditional way of life and occupation of the local people in coal mining areas. The local people are rather benefited due to the provision of more infrastructure facilities provided by the management. There are avenues for indirect employment facilities in the mine as well as other ancillary activities for the local people.

SCCL is organizing Corporate Social Responsible (CSR) activities through well structured mechanism through:

1. Singareni Seva Samithi (SSS),

2. Sarrounding Habitat Assistance Programme (SHAPE),

3. Singareni Employees Wives Association (SEWA) &

4. Local Communities.

5. Environmental safeguards beyond mandate

Activities of Singareni Sewa Samithi (SSS):

• Vocational Training Programmes: So far 857 persons were trained in different vocational courses. Out of which 40 secured employment / earning and 549 candidates established their own units.

• Training / Coaching for Army / Police /Paramilitary forces recruitment: Employment: 70 candidates selected in Police / Army recruitment, out of 480.

• Coaching Programmes for competitive exams:

• High skill training programmes.

• Medical & Health initiatives: Medical Camps were conducted for the benefit of surrounding villagers.

• Literacy Drive: Identified 1895 illiterate employees during 2004 - 2010 and organized literacy programs in literacy centers and Certificates / mementos presented to them.

Surrounding Habitat Assistance Programme (SHAPE):

Surrounding Habitat Assistance Programme is designed to develop infrastructure facilities to the surround people of 8 km from the SCCL townships and / or 10 Km from the mine entry. About 3% of average net profits of the company made during last three years were allocated for CSR at company level. The details of CSR works taken up at Bhoopalpalli area so far under SHAPE in Jangedu, BHPL, Kasimpalli, Veshalapalli, Beddalonipalli and Gaddignipalli villages are as given below:



265

Sl. No. Name of the Work

Amount spent in Rs. Lakhs

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2008-09 2011-12 Total

1. Road Infrastructure 174.83 56.10 30.39 47.57 50.80 359.69

2. Drainage & Sanitation 104.95 11.90 -- -- -- 116.85

3. Education 56.11 5.00 6.20 -- 63.92 131.23

4. Drinking Water Supply 120.88 8.00 65.78 -- - 194.66

5. Others 8.53 25.85 12.97 24.34 17.18 88.87

Total 465.30 106.85 115.34 71.91 131.90 891.30

10.5.7 Solid Waste and its Management

The opencast mining operations involve change in landscape and topography. Also a large amount of overburden has to be excavated during coal mining operations, proper handling of overburden and its dumping strategy are necessary for ensuring better land management.

Dumping Strategy

The quarrying of KTK OC - 2 produces 17.00 MT (12.18 M.Cu.m) of Coal and 227.99 M.Cum of OB with an average stripping of 13.41 Cum/T. The total volume of excavation of overburden and coal is estimated as 240.17 M.Cum. Out of 227.99 M.Cum of OB excavation, 1.32 M.Cum is Top soil and 226.67 M.Cum is hard OB. The life of the project is 15 years at a rated production capacity of 1.50 MTPA.

The following design criteria have been considered for waste dumps

• Separate spoil dumps for Topsoil and Hard OB

• Maximum height of topsoil dump will be 10 m

• Hard OB to be dumped in 30 m high decks.

• 30 m berm width for allowing safe machinery movement.

• Dump slope for each deck to be at natural angle of repose of 37.50 and overall slope at 25.640.

• Track Dozers will be deployed for shaping the dumps.

• Maximum height of external dump is 120 m.

• The maximum height of internal dump in KTK OC-2 Project will be up to ground level.

Overburden Management

Out of the total 322.15 M.Cu.M of hard OB, 226.67 M.Cum is excavated from the present proposal of KTK OC - 2 Project and the balance 95.48 M.Cum of OB of KTK OC Sector - I Project which was already dumped in its external dump yard (As external dump of KTK OC Sector - I is covered in the proposed project core zone for better management of land use and reclamation)



266

Sl. No. Location of Dump yard Hard OB

(M.Cum) Percentage of total OB

Area (Ha.)

Height (m above

GL) 1. KTK OC - 2 External Dump 29.85 13.18 54.23 90

2. KTK OC Sector - I Void Area 129.65 57.19 156.40 90

3. KTK OC - 2 Void Area 67.17 29.63 99.45 Below GL

Sub total 226.67 100.00

1. KTK OC Sector - I External Dump 95.48 -- 105.96 120

Grand Total 322.15 100

Topsoil Management & Greenbelt Development

The details of Top soil production, spreading on the external and internal dumps, storage and re-handling from the Temporary storage area in different stages is indicated below:

(Figures in M.Cum)

Stage at the end of Year of coal production

Top soil Spreading over dumps

Temporary Storage

Total (Cumulative) Internal KTK

OC - 2 KTK OC - I Void Area

1st Year 0.30 - - - 0.3 0.3

3rd Year 0.62 - - - 0.62 0.62

5th Year 0.77 - - - 0.77 0.77

10th Year 1.03 - 0.32 0.71 - 1.03

Final Year 1.32 - 0.32 1.00 - 1.32

Note: Top soil quantities of 0.33 M.Cum and 2.34 M.Cum. excavated from KTK OC Sector - I were already spread over its internal and external dump areas respectively.

10.6 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) aims at the preservation of ecological system by considering in-built pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall environment management plan at the study area are elicited so as to improve the supportive capacity of the receiving bodies. The EMP aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the possible extent with the available and affordable technology followed by treatment before they are discharged.

It has been evaluated from the study area that the environmental effect is going to be mostly reversible and suitable control measures are very important. Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall management plan at the study area level are elicited so as to improve the supportive capacity of the receiving bodies.

Environmental management for the proposed mining activity is discussed in two phases. It is evident from the earlier discussions that the majority of the environmental impact pertains to the operational phase. Even though reversible in nature, all the impacts will be visible only during operational phase. It is planned to take corrective measures to ensure that these effects are kept to bare minimum. The EMP will therefore, be initiated during planning stage itself.

Second stage of the EMP will be taken up during the operational phase which ensures that impacts during operation of the facility are kept to the barest minimum. Implementation of EMP and periodic monitoring is proposed to be carried out at (a) Project Level and (b) Area Level for a group of mines including allied activities like central coal handling plant, central mining colony, workshop, etc., which will be common to the mining area.



267

Environmental monitoring programme has been prepared for the proposed project for assessing the efficacy of implementation of Environment Management Plan and to take corrective measures in case of any degradation in the surrounding environment.

10.6.1 Fund Provision for Environment Protection and Management

In order to implement the environmental protection measures, an amount of Rs. 4.80 Crores excluding rehabilitation and resettlement is provided in capital cost. In addition to this, an amount of Rs. 239.57 Lakhs has been provided in the project as indirect capital towards environment related works. A recurring cost of Rs.8.26 crores per annum will also be spent on environmental management, which works out to Rs.68.33 per tonne of coal production. This expenditure is in-built in the cost of production.

10.7 Mine Closure Plan

Mining being a temporary venture must be closed after exhaustion of the minerals being exploited. Closing a mine without adequate planning of post mining activities may induce severe negative impacts on environment in the post closure stage. Closing of mining operations involves numerous issues like reclamation and environmental protection, community issues, socio-economic consideration, planning for alternate use of available facilities, cost estimation and asset disposal.

At the time of preparation of Project Report, Mine closure cost needs to estimated based on the activities such as barbed wire fencing all around the working area, dismantling of structures / demolishing and cleaning of sites, Rehabilitation of mining machinery, plantation, physical / biological reclamation, landscaping, biological reclamation of left out OB dump, filling up of de-coaled void, post-environment monitoring for three years, supervision charges for three years, power cost, protective and rehabilitation measures including their maintenance and monitoring, miscellaneous charges etc.

The total Mine closure cost estimated based on the typical Mine closure cost for the project is Rs 55.87 Crores and the annual closure cost to be deposited year wise @5% increment Rs. 80.38 Crores.

Monitoring

The monitoring of the mine closure plan is an essential requirement for review of the efficacy of the mine closure plan and to take corrective actions. Monitoring of quality of environmental attributes, such as air, water, land, soil will be continued during closure operations and 3 years after the closure at requisite locations as per the prescribed frequency, parameters and number of samples.

10.8 CONCLUSION

The industrial and economic growth of India depends to a large extent on coal, which is the prime source of energy. Our requirement of coal has greatly increased as we progress from one five-year plan to another. The demand of coal on SCCL by the end of XII Plan is around 79.69 MTPA. The major requirement will come from the power sector. The balance coal is required for other industries like Cement, Sponge iron etc.

As a strategy of SCCL for maintaining / increasing the coal production, the present proposal is made for extraction coal reserves from KTK OC - 2 Project up to a depth of 250 m through an opencast method to sustain the production.

From the detailed analysis of the environmental impacts and the remedial measures proposed, it can be concluded that no significant deterioration in the eco-system is likely to occur due to the proposed opencast project. On the other hand, this project is likely to have several benefits like improvement in indirect employment generation and economic growth of the area, by way of improved infrastructure facilities and better socio-economic conditions.

Final Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Kakatiya Khani Opencast-2 Project


CHAPTER - 11

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

11.1. EIA Consultant Organization (SCCL)

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) has been exploiting coal for more than 125 years in the 350 Km stretch of Pranahita Godavari Valley Coal Field spread in four districts of Telangana State viz. Adilabad, Karimnagar, Warangal and Khammam with man power of 58,837 and is the largest public sector under taking in the state. It is the only government coal mining company in South India catering the needs of coal based industries in the region. SCCL is currently operating 17 open cast projects and 31 underground mines and has achieved coal production of 52.54 MT in the year 2014-15 and target for the year 2015-16 is 56.00 MT. SCCL is also having full pledged infrastructure facilities and multi-disciplinary experts for exploration, survey, mine planning, design and environmental impact assessment studies. SCCL is also accredited as EIA Consultant Organization with QCI / NABET for Mining of Minerals Sector for both Underground and Opencast projects since 2011.

11.2. Pioneer in Technology up gradation

While historically technology has been a critical factor in SCCL's ability to reduce Environmental Impacts and Occupational hazards, the need to constantly increase productivity and cut costs has demanded that the company goes in for phased mechanization and adapts state-of-the-art technologies.

SCCL pioneered mechanization of coal mines in India by adopting coal drilling machines as far back as in 1937. In 1950 Shuttle Cars, Gathering Arm Loaders, Conveyors and Coal Plough equipment were introduced. Later in a path breaking move to replace arduous manual labour, Road Headers, Load Haul Dumpers and Side Dump Loaders were gradually brought in.

A combination of modern machines in Open Cast Mining like Walking Draglines, Shovels and High Capacity Dumpers were introduced in 1975. In-pit Crushing and Conveyor technology for Over Burden removal and coal extraction was commissioned for the first time in Ramagundam Open Cast Mine with German assistance in 1994.

In 2002, Surface Miner Technology which not only facilitates cost reduction but also contributes to eco friendly mining was introduced for the first time. Longwall technology in Under Ground Mining in 1983 and also Blasting Gallery (BG) Technology in 1989 were other notable introductions. Today, with 2 Longwall Panels, 1 Shortwall Panel, 2 continuous miners, 9 road headers, 3 BG Panels, 37 Load Haul Dumpers (LHD), 155 Side Discharge Loaders (SDLs) working in the company. Because of mechanisation safety, health, environment and productivity have been improved.

Other innovations in Underground mines are 30 man-riding systems (Chairlift and Chair Car) that have improved transportation inside the mines

11.3. Core Activities of SCCL

The core activity of the SCCL is producing coal from under ground and opencast mines. The associated activities include:

• Coal Exploration & Evaluation

• Mine Planning, Design and Construction

• Mine Survey

• Environmental Impact Assessment / Environmental Management Plans

• Human Resource Development & Training Facilities

• Contract Management



• Industrial Engineering

• Analytical Services

• Hydrological Studies

• Coal Mining (OC Mining, UG Mining, High Wall Mining and Shaft Sinking)

• Mines Rescue Services

• Information Technology

• Medical Services

• Research and Development

11.4. Corporate Planning Division

SCCL is having one of the best planning divisions for conceptualisation of coal mining projects with more than 100 years of experience in the field of coal mining and allied activities with following good infrastructure facilities and multi disciplinary experts:

1. Exploration Department a. Geologists : 48 b. Drilling Engineers : 17 c. Hydro geologists : 04 d. Geophysicists : 10 e. Surveyors : 03

2. Corporate Survey Department a. Surveyors : 06

3. Estates Department a. Estate officers : 06

4. Project Planning Department a. Mining Engineers : 21 b. Recognised Qualified Persons (RQP) under Rule 22 (C) of Mineral Concession

Rules, 1960 (Mining Engineers) : 03 c. Surveyors : 05 d. Economists : 01 e. Finance officers : 01 f. Industrial Engineers : 01 g. Electrical & Mechanical Engineers : 02 h. Civil Engineers : 01

5. Corporate Environment Department a. Environmental Engineers : 07 b. Approved FAEs in all Functional Areas : 15 c. Empanelled Experts in Land Use : 01 d. MoU with EPTRI for using approved laboratory for BLD studies

6. Forestry Department a. Forestry Officers : 03

7. Research and Development Department a. Mining Engineers : 05

8. Mine Mechanization Cell a. Mining Engineers : 02 b. Electrical & Mechanical Engineers : 01



11.5. SCCL Quality Policy

Project Planning and Environment Departments are certified as per ISO 9001:2008.

Quality Policy:

“Project Planning Department is committed to Formulate Projects with Quality inputs and complete information to optimally exploit the available coal reserves with conservation by adopting apt cost-effective technology and eco-friendly practice. Strive for continuous up gradation of technical knowledge and skill to understand and incorporate state of art technologies and innovative mining concepts to achieve customer satisfaction and continual improvement.”

11.6. SCCL Environmental Policy

Policy: “To be a role model in protection of environment for sustainable development, SCCL is committed to implement the best global practices in all its operations through prevention / mitigation of pollution, proper disposal / recycling of wastes and bringing awareness among all the stakeholders for continual improvement in environmental performance”

Objectives:

• To take account of environment concerns in planning and decision-making.

• Compliance of conditions imposed in Environmental Clearance, Forestry Clearance, CFE, CFO and other statutory clearances issued by regulatory agencies.

• To prevent pollution of surrounding habitation by continuous monitoring and measurement of Environmental parameters.

• Identification of significant impacts and preparation of environment management systems for implementation at mines / units.

• To reclaim the mined out areas concurrent to mining operations and take suitable measures for conservation of adjacent forests, wildlife and bio-diversity.

• To reduce waste generation and promote recycling of materials, wherever possible.

• Optimum utilization of resources i.e. Electricity, Oil and Water.

• To take up developmental works in surrounding villages as a part of corporate social responsibility.

• To provide appropriate training and disseminate information to enable all the employees to accept individual responsibility for environment protection, implement best practices and work in partnership to create a culture of continual improvement.

11.7. Experience in Implementation of Environmental Safeguards

SCCL is environmentally conscious, responsible and proactive. SCCL’s prime objective is to ensure that coal mines are operated in a manner that protects citizen and the environment during mining, to ensure that the land is restored to beneficial use following mining and to mitigate the effects of past mining by aggressively pursuing reclamation of mines. SCCL’s initiatives in protection of environment start from the exploration stage itself where preferences are given for mining coal in non-forest areas there by reducing pressure on natural eco-systems. Next, in the operation stages, SCCL has been taking necessary control measures for control of various pollutants.

SCCL is successful in implementing the unique Biological Engineering techniques for the reclamation of overburden dumps. The objective of Biological Techniques is to transform the waste and degraded land created due to mining operations into a sustaining ecological landform which will also prevent soil erosion, siltation of water bodies, water pollution, dust pollution and re-create the aesthetic beauty of the environment.



11.8. Awards Received by SCCL for its Environmental Performance:

• Golden Peacock Innovative Product / Service - 2015

• Good Green Governance Award 2006

• Greentech Environment Excellence Award 2005 - 06

• National Award for the Fly Ash Utilization 2004 - 05

• Golden Peacock Environment Management Award - 2005

• TERI Corporate Environmental Excellence Award 2004

• TERI Corporate Social Responsibility Award 2004 - 05

• Indira Priyadarshani Vriksha Mitra Award - 2004.

11.9. Consultancy Services

So far SCCL rendered its services giant companies like TATA, L&T, NTPC, NMDC, CIL, APGPCL, APGENCO, TSGENCO, APMDC, Hindu Projects etc. and vying for consultancy projects from many coal blocks allocates across the country for preparation of Feasibility Reports, Mining Plans, EIA / EMPs, etc.

11.10. Experience in Preparing EIA / EMPs

SCCL is preparing EIA / EMPs since the year 1985. So far SCCL has obtained Environmental Clearances for 36 underground coal mines and 35 opencast coal mines (including expansion), two power plants (one 20 MW and one 2x600 MW) and two sand mining projects. Out of 75 clearances, SCCL has prepared EIA / EMPs for 35 coal mining projects internally. EIA/EMPs of 6 coal mining projects are under preparation.

11.11. Accreditation as EIA Consultant Organization:

In compliance to the MoEF&CC guidelines, SCCL is accredited as an EIA Consultant Organisation in the sector “Mining of Minerals including Opencast / Underground Mining” for a period of three years from 1st Oct 2014 to 30th Sep 2017 vide certificate No. NABET/EIA/1417/RA006 and minutes of accreditation committee meeting dated 12.11.2014. The accreditation details of the organisation are also posted on QCI / NABET website.

The laboratory services of Environment Protection Training and Research Institute (EPTRI), Hyderabad, a CPCB recognised and NABL accredited lab have been utilized for collection of Baseline data.

11.12. Experts Involved in preparation EIA / EMP.

The following approved experts of SCCL by QCI/NABET have involved in preparation of EIA/EMP for KTK OC - 2 Project.

Sl. No Functional Area Name of Expert Designation Qualification

1 EIA Coordinator P. Sharath Kumar Additional Manager BE(Mining), M.Tech (Env. Sc. & Engg), FMMC

2 Air Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control

K.Raghu Kumar SE(SMMC) AMIE(Mining), PGDES ,FMMC

3 Water Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control

P. Sharath Kumar Additional Manager BE(Mining), M.Tech (Env. Sc. & Engg), FMMC

4 Ecology & Biodiversity

Dr. V.V. Ramana Retd, HoD (Botany), SCW DC

M.Sc (Botany), M/Phil, Ph.D

env7

Typewriter

Annexure - I

env7

Typewriter

273

env7

Typewriter

274

env7

Typewriter

275

env7

Typewriter

276

env7

Typewriter

277

env7

Typewriter

278

env7

Typewriter

279

env7

Typewriter

280

env7

Typewriter

281

env7

Typewriter

282

env7

Typewriter

283

env7

Typewriter

284

env7

Typewriter

285

env7

Typewriter

Annexure - II

env7

Typewriter

286

env7

Typewriter

287

env7

Typewriter

288

env7

Typewriter

289

env7

Typewriter

Annexure - III

290

Annexure - IV

The Hindu 24.10.2015

291

Namasthe Telangana 24.10.2015

292

Annexure - V

Photographs of Public Hearing meeting held on 26.11.2015

293

Photographs of Public Hearing meeting held on 26.11.2015

294

MINUTES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PUBLIC HEARING HELD IN

CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED KAKATIYAKHANI OPENCAST - 2

COAL MINING PROJECT OF THE SINGARENI COLLIERIES COMPANY

LIMITED, BHUPALPALLI VILLAGE, BHUPALPALLI MANDAL, WARANGAL

DISTRICT ON 26.11.2015 AT 11.00 A.M. NEAR GOVT. MANDAL PARISHAD

PRIMARY SCHOOL, GADDIGANIPALLI VILLAGE, BHUPALPALLI.

The following Panel Members were present:

Sl.No. Name of the Panel Members Designation

1 Smt. K. Shobha

District Revenue Officer & Additional

District Magistrate, Warangal.

2 Sri G. Hanumantha Reddy

Environmental Engineer, Regional

Office, T.S. Pollution Control Board,

Warangal.

The following Government Department Officials took part in the Environmental

Public Hearing:

Sl.No. Name & Designation

1 Ch. Mahender Ji,

Revenue Divisional Officer,

Mulug Division, Warangal.

2 N. Satyanarayana,

Tehsildar, Bhupalpalli Mandal

Warangal District

The following representatives of the Singareni Collieries Company Ltd. were

present:

Sl.No. Name & Designation

1 Sri P. Sathaiah, General Manager, Bhupalpalli Area.

2 Sri M. Vasanth Kumar, General Manager (Environment), Kothagudem.

3 Sri Syed. Habib Hussain, SO to GM, Bhupalpalli Area

4 Sri M. Suresh, Project Officer, Bhupalpalli Area

5 Sri S. Ram Kumar, SE(Env.), BHPL Area

6 Sri M. Ram Gopal Reddy, SE (Env), Corporate, Kothagudem.

7 Sri B. Venkateswara Rao, Sr. Scientific Officer, Corporate, Kothagudem

8 Sri S. Sreenu, Supdt. Hydro-geologist, Ramagundam Region

Annexure - VI

295

ABOUT 1000 PEOPLE FROM GADDIGANIPALLI, JANGEDU (FAKEERGADDA

& BALAJINAGAR), BHUPALPALLI, KASHIMPALLI, VESHALAPALLI,

BEDALONIPALLI AND OTHER SURROUNDING VILLAGES ATTENDED THE

PUBLIC HEARING.

At the outset, Sri. G. Hanumantha Reddy, Environmental Engineer, TSPCB,

Regional Office, Warangal, while welcoming the District Revenue Officer,

Warangal, other officials, industry representatives, press and public gathered at

the venue explained the significance of public hearing in the context of Ministry of

Environment and Forests (MoEF), GOI, Notification No. S.O. 1533, dt. 14th

September 2006 and its subsequent amendments. He stated that The Singareni

Collieries Company Ltd. has proposed Kakatiyakhani Opencast-2 Coal Mining

Project to extract part of the coal reserves of existing KTK-2&2A Incline

underground mine and the coal from this project will be supplied to Kakatiya

Thermal Power Station of TSGENCO, Bhupalpalli. He stated that Environmental

Clearance needs to be obtained from MoEF&CC, New Delhi as stipulated in

MoEF&CC, GOI, Notification No. S.O. 1533, dt. 14th September 2006.

Accordingly, SCCL has submitted an application to MoEF for seeking

Environmental Clearance for the proposed OCP. He informed that the

environmental public hearing has been made mandatory for coal mining projects

in order to obtain necessary Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC.

Environmental Engineer, TSPCB, Regional Office, Warangal informed that District

Collector, Warangal has nominated District Revenue Officer, Warangal to conduct

the public hearing. He stated that a press notification furnishing the schedule of

public hearing was published in two daily news papers, “Namasthe Telangana"

and “The Hindu” on 24.10.2015 and provided public access to the draft EIA / EMP

report, Executive Summary of the report in Telugu and English and public was

requested to submit written representations within a period of thirty days from the

date of publication of Notification. The notification invited public suggestions,

concerns, comments and objections, if any, on the proposed project. He added

that no written representation was received in response to the public hearing

notification.

He added that the copies of Draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report

and executive summary in Telugu & English were placed at various offices for

public access as mentioned in the press notification. He said that adequate

296

publicity was also given through mobile public address system on 24.11.2015 and

25.11.2015 to inform the nearby villagers about the public hearing particularly with

regard to date, place and the time of public hearing. He certified that the process

followed for conduct of public hearing was adequate.

He informed that the Public Hearing is intended to record the views, objections

and suggestions of the public present in the meeting. He said that as part of the

hearing, SCCL management will initially explain about the project and also make a

power point presentation on the salient features of the project including measures

proposed for environment protection and then the public will be given opportunity

to present their opinion on the proposed project. He also informed that the public

hearing will be conducted in a transparent manner, entire proceedings will be

video recorded and the minutes of the public hearing will be forwarded to

MoEF&CC for further course of action.

He then requested the Chairperson of the public hearing i.e., the District Revenue

Officer, Warangal to conduct the proceedings of Public Hearing.

Smt. K. Shobha, District Revenue Officer, Warangal welcomed the gathering

and informed that the proposed project involves acquisition of land pertaining to

Gaddiganipalli Village and Fakeergadda & Balajinagar near Jangedu Village. She

assured that all the persons would be given an opportunity to express their views /

suggestions, the proceedings will be video-recorded and minutes will be sent to

higher authorities. She advised the representatives of the industry to explain about

SCCL activities in BHPL area, salient features of the proposed open cast coal

mining project, probable environmental impacts and mitigation measures

proposed in the project. She then requested GM, Bhupalpalli to explain regarding

the company and the proposed project.

Sri P. Sathaiah, General Manager, Bhupalpalli Area, SCCL welcomed the

Chairperson, Government Officials, Villagers of Gaddiganipalli, Jangedu

(Fakeergadda and Balajinagar), Bhupalpalli, Kashimpalli, Veshalpalli and

Bedalonipalli, Political & Trade Union Leaders, Print & Electronic Media and all the

participants.

1. He stated that he has been working as a General Manager, Bhupalpalli Area

for last 15 months and is authorized by Director (Planning & Projects) to

297

explain about the significance and the necessity for taking up the proposed

Kakatiyakhani Opencast - 2 Coal Mining Project in Bhupalpalli Area.

2. SCCL is the only government coal mining company in the South India catering

to the needs of thermal power, cement, steel and other coal based industries.

He added that SCCL is also supplying coal to the industries located in the

states of Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra, Tamilnadu, Karnataka etc., apart from

those in Telangana State.

3. He informed that the SCCL has been carrying out mining operations in

Bhupalpalli for last three decades and is presently operating five underground

mines and one opencast mine with the cooperation and support of local

people.

4. In order to sustain the coal production in Bhupalpalli Area and to fulfill the

committed supply to 500 MW KTPP of TSGENCO beyond 2017-18, it is

proposed to extract a part of the coal reserves of existing KTK 2&2A Incline

underground mine through an opencast mine, under the name of

Kakatiyakhani Opencast - 2 Project (KTK OC - 2 Project), as a relay project to

the existing KTK OC Sector-I Project.

5. The proposed KTK OC - 2 Project is formulated for extraction of 17.00 MT of

coal reserves during life of the project. He stated that the proposed KTK OC -

2 Project with an annual capacity of 1.25 MT with a life of 15 years will be

commissioned for meeting a part of the coal requirement for the existing 500

MW Thermal Power Plant of TSGENCO at Chelpur village located at a

distance of about 10 km.

6. He stated that SCCL is committed to implement all the measures required

under various environmental statutes for pollution prevention & control and is

giving due importance for environment protection while producing coal.

7. Because of SCCL mining operations, lot of infrastructural facilities like

educational institutions, banks, technical institutions, postal facilities, roads,

communication etc., have been established in this area by which overall living

standards of the people have improved. Further, there is a possibility of

commissioning of new mines, namely, KTK-3 Incline and Tadicherla Opencast

Project etc. He told that Singareni Company is foreseeing a bright future with

298

the support of local community, which in turn helps in further development of

the region.

8. He also informed that SCCL has been taking up several developmental

activities as a part of corporate social responsibility through SHAPE

programme. He said that the company is ahead in providing basic amenities to

the surrounding people as part of corporate social responsibility. He

highlighted some of the major works taken up by SCCL in and around

Bhupalpalli Area.

i. SCCL has made efforts for development of affected / nearby villages

near KTK Longwall and similarly for development of Kudurupalli and

Beersagar villages, where sand quarry has been established. In the year

2013, training classes have been organized in tailoring to the youth of

Kudurupalli Village. Also, street lighting, distribution of plants and other

needs of the villagers were fulfilled.

ii. SCCL has so far spent Rs. 893.48 Lakhs through SHAPE for CSR works

in surrounding villages i.e., Gaddiganipalli, Bhupalpalli, Veshalapalli.

Kashimpalli, Jangedu, Basavarajupalli, Dharmaraopeta, Parsurampalli

and Pulluriramaiahpalli.

iii. An amount of Rs. 10.00 Crores was allocated for widening of road from

Bhupalpalli to Chelpur Village.

iv. An amount of Rs. 1.75 Crores was deposited towards central lighting at

Bhupalpalli.

v. An amount of Rs. 5.80 Crores was spent for development of roads,

drainage and drinking water pipelines in different colonies of Bhupalpalli

Area.

vi. Company has paid an amount of Rs. 1.50 Crores to TSRTC for

construction of bus shelters in nearby villages.

vii. SCCL has paid an amount of Rs. 50.00 Lakhs for construction of new

building for Government Degree College in Bhupalpalli.

viii. For maintaining healthy society, mobile medical camps were organized

in Villages of Basavarajupalli, Ravi Nagar near KTK Longwall Project

299

and project affected villages of Jangedu and Gaddiganipalli Villages of

proposed KTK OC-2 Project.

ix. On 21.06.2015, a mega medical camp was organized in Jangedu Village

with 25 medical experts and medical tests were conducted for nearly

1600 persons and necessary treatment was extended for identified

persons. In the coming days also, medical camps will be organized in

the project affected villages.

x. On 01.08.2015, free tailoring course classes were arranged for women

through Singareni Seva Samithi (SSS) in Gaddiganipalli Village, which

will be affected by the proposed KTK OC-2 Project.

xi. In the month of July last year, a programme was organized for eligible

youth of Singareni area through “Singareni Animuthyalu” as a part of

awareness campaign for generating employment avenues, in which

1400 persons have participated.

xii. Free high school education facility has been provided from this year in

Singareni High School of Bhupalpalli Area to the children of

Madhavaraopalli, which is the affected village of KTK LW Project.

xiii. Drinking water is being supplied though tankers to the nearby villages of

Basavarajupalli, Parasurampalli, Jangupalli, Ravi Nagar and

Venkateswarapalli.

xiv. Specialized training session has been given to 480 unemployed youth so

far for army / police recruitments and it is glad to mention that 70

candidates have been selected in to armed forces till date.

xv. 200 Nos. of tarpaulin were distributed to villagers of Madhavaraopalli

and 380 tube lights were distributed to the villagers of Gaddiganipalli,

Dharmaraopeta, Madhavaraopalli and Kudurupalli.

xvi. Vocational training was given to 851 persons till now for self employment

avenues out of which 40 persons got employment and 549 persons have

established self employment units.

xvii. Free medical services have been provided to the nearby villagers who

are having white ration cards.

300

xviii. Free medical services are being provided for the benefit of nearby

villagers.

xix. He assured the public that mining operations will be carried out with due

importance for environment protection and a detailed environmental

management plan has been drawn for mitigation of pollution.

xx. He informed that an officer from Corporate Environment Department of

SCCL would describe in detail the environmental safeguards to be

implemented in the proposed opencast project.

Before concluding his speech, General Manager, Bhupalpalli has once again

reiterated that the proposed project is necessary for:

1. Meeting the ever increasing demand of coal for power generation

2. Development of this area.

3. Introducing SCCL to future generations.

4. Economical and Social Development of the region and the State.

General Manager, Bhupalpalli Area, SCCL requested the representative from

Corporate Environment Department to make a presentation on the environmental

safeguards to be implemented in the proposed opencast project.

Sri M. Ram Gopal Reddy, SE (Environment), SCCL explained the salient

features of the proposed Kakatiyakhnai Opencast - 2 Coal Mining Project and

environmental safeguards proposed to be taken up. The summary of the

presentation on the proposed project is as furnished below:

• The proposed opencast project is for exploitation of 17.00 MT of coal reserves

by removing 227.99 M.Cu.m of overburden with an average stripping ratio of

13.41 Cu.m/T up to the depth of 250 m and the quality of coal is G-9.

• Production capacity of the project is 1.25 M.T per annum (Peak production

capacity of 1.50 MTPA) with an estimated life of 15 years.

• Total land required for the project area is 668.23 Ha. No forest land is involved

in the present proposal. Out of this, 555.13 Ha. Is already under possession of

SCCL and the balance 113.10 Ha. is proposed to be acquired.

• The project will be commissioned only after obtaining Environmental Clearance

and CFE from MoEF&CC and TSPCB respectively.

• One season environmental baseline data was collected through EPTRI,

301

Hyderabad during December 2014 - February 2015 and the following

environmental protection measures have been proposed in EIA/EMP report of

KTK OC-2 project.

• Air Pollution Control Measures:

− Dust generated during drilling, blasting, loading and transport will be

controlled by wet drilling, black topping of permanent roads and the road

leading to CHP, water spraying on haul roads by water sprinklers and

mechanical sweeping of roads etc.

− Phase wise reclamation programme and green belt development on the

dumps, around the boundary of the project area, vacant areas to avoid

propagation of dust from OB dumps.

− Regular maintenance of heavy earth moving machinery and covering of

coal transport vehicles with tarpaulin

• Water Pollution Control Measures:

− Water accumulated due to rain as well as seepage will be led to the main

sump of the pit and will be subsequently pumped to the surface.

− Garland drains will be made and maintained along the quarry and external

dump to prevent the surface run-off from entering into quarry and to

dispose it off properly in to the natural drains / tanks after passing through

settling ponds.

− Check dams / rock fill dams and toe walls will be constructed wherever

necessary to reduce silt and other suspended solids.

− Workshop effluents will be treated suitably in effluent treatment plant.

− Two Sewage Treatment Plants of 3.00 MLD capacity already exist in

Krishna Colony and Subhash Colony for treating domestic sewage. There

is no proposal for construction of new colony for this project as the

manpower required for the proposed OCP will be met by re-deployment

from existing manpower of other mines in the area.

• Noise & Blast Vibration Control Measures:

− Controlled blasting techniques using milli-second delay detonators & relays.

− Creation of green belt of dense foliage between mining area and residential

302

areas.

− Proper maintenance of machinery.

− Avenue plantation along the coal transportation roads.

− Regulating charge per delay to minimize blast vibrations basing on the

distance of the nearest sensitive areas.

− Maintaining optimum delay sequence and stem to column ratio to minimize

the fly rock.

• Solid Waste Management:

− Out of the total 226.67 M.Cum OB excavated from KTK OC - 2 Project,

29.85 M.Cum (13.18%) will be dumped in external dump, 129.65 M.Cum.

(57.19%) will be dumped in the de-coaled area of the existing KTK OC

Sector - I Project and the balance 67.17 M.Cum. (29.63%) of OB will be

dumped in the de-coaled area of the KTK OC - 2 Project.

− At the mine closure stage, plantation will be taken up in an area of 628.53

Ha. in this project.

• Socio Economic Measures

− Gaddiganipalli village is falling in quarry area of the proposed OCP. A part

of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar of Jangedu villages is falling in safety

zone. Hence, it is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement

package for Gaddiganipalli village and a part of Faqeergadda and

Balajinagar with a cost of Rs. 185.94 Crores. The number of Project

Displaced Families (PDFs) and Project Affected Families (PAFs) in

Gaddiganipalli Village is 750 &125 respectively. The number of Project

Displaced Families (PDFs) in Faqeergadda and Balajinagar is 42 and 130

respectively, as per new LARR Act, 2013.

− SCCL has been formulating suitable Rehabilitation Package to the above

PAFs & PDFs. The same would be finalized basing on the socio-economic

survey conducted by the Administrator appointed by the State Government

in consultation with the District Administration.

303

• Fund provision for environmental protection measures

− In order to implement various environmental protection measures in the

proposed KTK OC-2 Project, an amount of Rs. 480 lakhs is provided in

capital cost. In addition to this, an amount of Rs. 239.57 Lakhs has been

provided in the project as indirect capital towards environment related

works. A recurring cost of Rs.826 lakhs per annum will also be spent on

environmental management, which works out to Rs.68.33 per tonne of coal

production.

The Chairperson of the public hearing requested the public to present their

comments, views and their suggestions if any with regard to environmental

imparts and consequent environmental safeguards to be taken up for the

proposed KTK OC - 2 coal mining project.

1. Sri Gandra Venkata Ramana Reddy, Ex-MLA, Bhupalpalli: -

He stated that Former Chief Minister Late Sri N.T.Rama Rao started coal mining

operations in Bhupalpalli Area in the year 1987 and coal is being supplied to many

industries since then. Opening of mines in this area has also created employment

avenues to the local people. He has recalled TRS Government’s statement before

their coming to power that opencast mines will not be encouraged in future and

only underground mining will be taken up. However, in contrary to its earlier

statement, the opinion of the present Government has changed.

He informed that most of the local villagers are dependent on agriculture and

some of the land owners are having pattas and some are not having any valid

pattas. Some of the land losers of KTK OC-I Project have not received any

compensation till date. About 120 acres of Government assigned land was

acquired for the earlier project but compensation was not paid.

He complained that blasting operations are resulting in ground vibrations thereby

causing inconvenience to the local habitat. He said that SCCL has provided funds

for widening of road from Bhupalpalli to Chelpur only for the benefit of coal

transportation from its mines to TSGENCO Power Plant. SCCL is not solving the

drinking water problem properly in the surrounding villages. He stated that though

he is not against the development through opening of new mines in the region,

304

R&R and land compensation should be properly designed & implemented and

SCCL should take care of welfare of the people.

2. Seggam Sammaiah (Siddu), Farmer, Gaddinipalli Village:

He stated that SCCL has acquired 1500 acres of land with force for opening of

KTK OC-I Project. The villagers have also given their lands unconditionally with

the presumption that they will get employment opportunities. SCCL also promised

during the earlier public hearing that adequate measures would be adopted by the

company for controlling air pollution and blast induced vibrations. However, the

situation is different now and mining is being done within 100 m. distance from

Gaddiganipalli village. Spontaneous heating in the coal stockyard is releasing

obnoxious gases like CO and CO2 in to the atmosphere, which is posing serious

health problem to the nearby villagers. People are getting lung diseases and

recently Sri G. China Mallaiah died due to lung disease in this village. There were

no health issues in this area before commencement of mining operations but

people are dying of TB and other lung diseases now due to dust pollution. He

complained that in spite of requesting SCCL officials to take measures for

preventing smoke and dust pollution, no efforts have been made in this regard.

SCCL is telling that it is providing free medical aid in area hospital and free

education to the land losers. However, he stated that company is not providing

free medical facilities and is collecting charges from the people belonging to the

affected villages for extending medical aid in the area hospital. Though, Area GM

told that ambulance is being sent to villages every month for conducting medical

checkup, such facility was never extended in last 20 years. Only two months back,

SCCL conducted a medical camp in the village, keeping in view the present public

hearing. Since blasting operations are conducted in the existing KTK OC-I very

close to the village, the people of Gaddiganipalli Village are suffering due to blast

vibrations and fly rock problem and SCCL officials have not visited the village to

take stock of the situation. Though the local villagers have given land for mining

purposes, SCCL has neglected the welfare of the SC community in the village.

He claimed that SCCL has not provided scholarships or free education to the

villagers. Dust pollution in Gaddiganipalli village is very high and even air which

they are breathing in the village is polluted. He complained that SCCL is not

305

strengthening water spraying measures and is interested only in coal production.

He said that air and water provided by the nature are polluted by the local mining

activities and the company has not taken any suitable measures to control the

pollution.

Out of 1500 acres of land acquired earlier for OC project, compensation was paid

for only 1200 acres and compensation for remaining 300 acres of land has not

been paid till date. One villager Sri Seggam Mallaiah has committed suicide in

despair for not having any livelihood for last 7 years. Similarly, Sri Jadi Upender of

this village has attempted suicide. SCCL management has not provided any jobs

or created job opportunities to the villagers. Many villagers turned in to beggars as

the payment of compensation was delayed. The land losers have unconditionally

spared their lands to SCCL, thinking that their conditions will improve but they are

now facing mental agony as they are not properly compensated.

He demanded that SCCL should first pay compensation to all the land losers of

KTK OC-I Project and then only start the works of proposed KTK-OC-2 Project.

He stated that the villagers are not against development. He said that the villagers

of Gaddiganipalli are not against the proposed KTK OC-II and are ready to give

away the entire village for the proposed project. He mentioned that the villagers of

Gaddiganipalli have no objection for commissioning of KTK OC-II Project at any

time if SCCL can settle the compensation to earlier land losers of KTK OC-I

immediately. Since, SCCL authorities have already deposited the requisite funds

with Government towards land compensation, he requested Government to settle

the matter at the earliest. He informed that the villagers of Gaddiganipalli are

leaving the public hearing venue as a protest for not settling land compensation

issues of earlier OC project.

3. Raju Naik, Bhupalpalli:

He demanded for providing the compensation to the land losers of KTK OC-1

Project before commencement of KTK OCP-2 project. He opposed the proposed

Opencast Project.

4. Geetla Damodar Reddy, President of Godavari Pradhushana Pariharana

Paryavarana Parirakshana Gavaksham (GPPPPG):

He stated that environmental issues mentioned in public hearings organized in

Bellampalli, Ramagundam areas are being witnessed in Bhupalpalli Area also.

306

He told that SCCL should keep up with the promises made to the land users in

order to avoid land acquisition problems in future projects. He opined that other

issues should not be clubbed with environmental issues and they should be

discussed in separate meetings. He opined that SCCL is focusing mainly on coal

production and not giving proper importance to other environmental issues. He

said that if mining operations are carried out within 100 m. distance from

habitation, as stated by earlier speakers, then it is difficult to control dust pollution

as well as blast vibrations.

He opined that the environmental data given in the EIA report does not reflect the

actual situation in the nearby villages since air and water pollution is prevalent

here. He said that it has been reported in the EIA/EMP that ground water quality is

not good and hence not suitable for drinking purposes. If the ground water quality

is not good, then no proper solution to this problem has been proposed in the

report. Since, SCCL has its own limitations, local civic bodies and the government

should take responsibility for solving the drinking water problem. He said that

opencast mines started in SCCL in the year, 1975. He stated that voids of

opencast mines should be backfilled with OB for reuse of this land for cultivation.

He opined that this can be implementable but SCCL is not taking up such

reclamation activities in any of the opencast mines.

He emphasized that pollution is a global problem and hence efforts should be

made to protect our surrounding environment. He opined that though SCCL is

raising plantation in mining areas, it is not sufficient. He stated that plantation area

has increased in Bhupalpalli Area when compared to earlier scenario but further

plantation should be taken up in the surrounding areas to make Bhupalpalli green.

He stated that the SCCL should take up the CSR activities on a regular basis in

order to win the confidence of the people in the region.

He said that there will be scope for development where there is sufficient power

generation. Hence, for generation of electricity, everyone should give support for

enhancing the coal production through opening of new mines.

5. L. Rajaiah, Retired Head Master, Secretary, GPPPPG, Godavarikhani:

He requested SCCL management to take care of the welfare of affected villages.

He stated that SCCL is required to take all measures for environment protection.

He opined that the country’s economic growth depends on power generation and

307

hence he has welcomed the proposed OCP in order to increase the coal

production.

6. Dhariya Singh, Branch Secretary, INTUC, Bhupalpalli :

He stated that for development of the state as Bangaru Telangana,

commissioning of opencast project is inevitable, for which the cooperation of

villagers is required. At the same time, he stated that the payment of land

compensation in old cases should be settled by both Government and SCCL

management at the earliest. As regards pollution, SCCL should take measures for

controlling dust pollution. He requested SCCL to improve the medical facilities and

it is the responsibility of the company to extend free medical treatment to nearby

villagers. He suggested for conducting health camps in the nearby villages once in

a week. He said that locals should be provided with free education in SCCL

schools and employment should be given to SC/ST PDFs. He said that coal

production is inevitable and hence SCCL can take up the proposed OCP by taking

local people in to confidence. He stated that the land compensation issues can be

solved by forming a committee involving SCCL, Government, trade unions and

local people representatives. Finally, he stated that he is not against the present

proposal but the land compensation problems should be resolved first as has

been stated by the earlier speaker, Sri Seggam Sammaiah.

7. Velishetty Rajaiah, CPM Party Secretary, Bhupalpalli Mandal:

He stated that many representations were submitted to SCCL management on

various local issues but none of them have been solved. He also said that no

compensation was paid to some of the land losers of KTK OC-I. SCCL is not

responding to local problems except in this type of forums. He stated that by

opening of opencast mines, Bhupalpalli area is becoming a burial ground with the

formation of huge voids. He also said that contractors and others are getting

benefitted whereas farmers are deprived of their benefits. He also requested

SCCL management to control blasting vibrations by optimizing the quantity of

explosive used in each blast. He stated that development is required but preferred

continuation of existing underground mining operations. Finally, he pleaded the

chairperson of the meeting to take up these issues with District Administration and

strive for resolving the same.

8. Katukuri Satyanarayana, Jangedu village:

308

He said that he was a land loser and as per G.O. No.310, agreement was made

for providing employment for 234 members out of which, 52 persons are yet to be

provided with employment. He requested the company to provide jobs for the

above said land losers and do necessary justice.

9. Bhukya Vemkataram, Secreatary, ST Association:

He stated that electricity is required for the development of Nava Telangana. Coal

is required for power generation and hence there is a need to produce sufficient

coal for meeting the requirement of power generating units. He stated that

compensation should be paid to the land losers and all other facilities should be

extended to such persons.

10. Muthyala Shyam, Kashimpalli Village:

He said that land losers are getting some compensation from the company.

However, while commissioning KTK OC-I Project, nearly 1000 Toddy trees were

lost and 150 Goud families (toddy tappers) have lost their livelihood. He feared

that the remaining toddy trees will also be lost due to the proposed KTK OC-2

Project. He said that the toddy tappers have been dependent on this for

generations. Though, it was promised that compensation would be paid to toddy

tappers, no compensation was paid to these families. He requested for providing

compensation to the toddy tappers also.

11. Kocharla Ravi Kumar, INTUC, Pit Secreatary, KTK-I Incline

He said that compensation was not paid to some of the land losers in the earlier

project. He said that political parties are not helping the locals in resolving the

issues. Since the issue is with the Government, he requested the Hon’ble Speaker

of Telangana Assembly to take up with the Government and resolve the land

compensation issues.

District Revenue Officer, Warangal requested General Manager, SCCL,

Bhupalpalli Area to respond to the issues raised by the speakers.

General Manager, Bhupalpalli Area, SCCL gave the following clarifications:

- Land compensation was not paid with regard to 145 acres of land acquired for

the earlier project and efforts will be made by SCCL to resolve this issue in

consultation with Government

env3

Typewriter

Annexure - VII

env3

Typewriter

310

Annexure - VIII

311

PART - II INFORMATION

FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

INFORMATION

FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(SUBMISSION OF QUESTIONNAIRE)

OF THE PROPOSED

KAKATIYA KHANI OPENCAST - 2 COAL MINING PROJECT

BHOOPALPALLI AREA

NEAR BHOOPALPALLI VILLAGE, BHOOPALPALLI MANDAL,

WARANGAL DISTRICT, TELANGANA STATE.

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT

THE SINGARENI COLLIERIES COMPANY LIMITED

(A Government Company)

KOTHAGUDEM COLLIERIES-507101

JANUARY 2016

CONTENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

SL. No. ITEM Page No

I. Proforma for environmental appraisal 335 - 378

II. List of Annexures i III. Cross reference in EIA / EMP for the Information and Figures

furnished in Questionnaire for Environmental Appraisal

A. Cross - reference in EIA / EMP for detailed information: ii

B. Cross - reference in EIA / EMP for Plans / Figures: iii

i

List of Annexures

Sl. No Details of information

Ref. Point No. in

Questionnaire

Annexure No. in

Questionnaire

Page No.

1. A copy of sanction letter from the State Ground Water Department for drawl of water

26 & 49 (viii) I 367

2. Top soil analysis report 34(a) II 368

3. Overburden analysis report 34(b) III 370

4. A copy of Power supply agreement 35 (b) IV 371

5. A copy of approved mining plan from IBM / MoC 49 (iv) V 377

6. A copy of license from Chief Controller of Explosives 49 (vii) VI 378

ii

CROSS-REFERENCE IN EIA / EMP FOR THE INFORMATION AND FIGURES FURNISHED

IN QUESTIONNAIRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

A. Cross - reference in EIA / EMP for detailed information:

Sl. No. Details of information

Ref. Point No. in

Questionnaire

Section of EIA Report

Page No.

1. Salient features of the project 1(b) 1.3.3 3

2. Present land use details of project area 4 2.11.1 24

3. List of flora & fauna in core & buffer zone of the project 9 3.3.11.4 79

4. Copy of Bhoopalpalli Mining Lease 12(d) 2.6 14

5. Method of mining operations 13 2.7 14

6. Baseline Meteorological data of the study area 21(a)(i) 3.3.1 38

7. Meteorological conditions in Bhoopalpalli area 21(a)(iii) 3.3.1 38

8. Baseline ambient air quality data 21(b)(i) 3.3.2 41

9. AQIP Report 24 (a) 4.2.1.3 140

10. Physico-chemical analysis ground water 29(a) 3.3.5.4 45

11. Comprehensive Hydro-Geological Report 30(c) 4.2.3 149

12. Flow sheet showing details of Waste Water Treatment 31(b) 4.3.3.2 4.3.3.3

181 182

13. Analysis report of water 100 m U/S & D/S of discharge point 31 (f)(iv) NA --

14. Water Balance Statement - Source, Consumption & Output 32 2.20 30

15. Village - wise population details 37 & 38 (a) 3.3.12.3 100

16. Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan 38 7.1 & 7.2 219

17. Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan 40(b) 7.3. & 7.4 222, 235

18. A report on health status of workers 40(c)(i) NA --

19. ToR issued by MoEF&CC 43 1.4 10

20. Mine Closure Plan 44(c) 4.4 198

21. Fund provision for environment protection 46 6.5 217

22. Details of welfare measures taken up by SCCL 47 4.5 203

23. Minutes of Environmental Public Hearing 48(d) 7.5 237

iii

B. Cross - reference in EIA / EMP for Plans / Figures:

Sl. No. Details of information

Ref. Point No. in

Questionnaire

Figure No. in EIA Report Page No.

1. A scaled map (1 : 2500) duly certified* by the Chief Hydrographer indicating low tide line* (LTL), high tide line* (HTL), mining lease area and its distance from LTL and HTL, sand dunes and settlements within 10 Km.

7 Not Applicable.

2. Site Plans 1(e) & 34(a) 2.3.1 & 3.3.7.2.1 314, 61

3. Land Requirement Plan 4 2.11.1.1 323

4. Topo plan of the study area 8 2.8.2.1 317

5. Geological Map. 11(a) 2.9.2.1 321

6. Geological Section 11(b) 2.9.2.2 322

7. Contour Map. 11(c) 2.8.1.1 316

8. Plans & Sections 12 (f) & 15(a)(vi)

4.3.7.1 & 4.3.7.1.1 - 4.3.7.6.1

327 - 333

9. Layout plan of CHP 14(b) 2.18.1 325

10. Plan showing pre mining drainage 16 (a) 2.8.4.1 319

11. Plan showing diversion of nallah 16(b) 2.3.1 314

12. Seasonal wind rose diagrams based on 24-hourly data 21(a) (i) Section 3.3.1.1 40

13. Plan showing BLD locations. 21(b) (i) 3.2.1 326

14. Water balance statement in the form of flow diagram 32 4.2.3.8.1 167

15. Key plan indicating solid waste / top soil dump site(s) 34(a) 2.3.1 314

16. Mine site reclamation and rehabilitation plan. 34(f)(iii) & 39 (c)

4.3.7.1 & 4.3.7.1.1- 4.3.7.6.1

327 - 333

17. Mine Closure Plan 44 (c) 4.3.7.6.1 333

Information for Environmental Appraisal for Kakatiya Khani Opencast - 2 Project


335

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS (MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)

Note 1 : All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be properly numbered and

form part of reply to this proforma.

Note 2 : Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No

Note 3 : No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should be clearly mentioned.

Note 4 : Core zone is the mining lease area.

Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all

around the periphery of the core zone.

Note 5 : Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study.

Note 6 : Please indicate source of data.

1. General Information

(a) Name of the project : Kakatiyakhani Opencast - 2 Project (KTK OC - 2 Project)

(i) Name of the proponent : Director (Planning & Projects) The Singareni Collieries Company Limited

Mailing Address : Kothagudem Collieries - 507101

E-mail : [email protected]

Telephone : 08744 - 242602

Fax No. : 08744 - 242724 (b) Objective of the project : This proposal is for extracting part of existing

KTK 2&2A Incline underground coal mine reserves under the name “Kakatiyakhani Opencast - 2 Project (KTK OC - 2 Project)” for a rated capacity of 1.25 MTPA (Peak 1.50 MTPA) over an estimated life of 15 years.

This proposal is made to sustain the coal production from the area and fulfill the committed supply to 500 MW KTPP of TSGENCO beyond 2017-18. The salient features of the project are furnished at Section 1.3.3 in Chapter 1 of EIA Report.

(c) Location of mine (s)

Village(s) Tehsil District State

Bhoopalpalli Bhoopalpalli Warangal Telangana

(d) Does the proposal relate to :

(i) New mine Yes ¨ No ---

(ii) Expansion Yes --- No ¨

• Increase in ML area Yes --- No ¨

• Increase in annual production Yes --- No ¨



336

(iii) Renewal of ML Yes --- No ¨

(iv) Modernisation Yes --- No ¨ Note: The project area falls within the existing Bhoopalpalli Mining Lease.

(e) Site Information: : The Location Plan and Key Plan showing pre - mining environs are furnished as Fig. No. 3.3.7.2.1 and Fig. No. 2.3.1 in EIA Report.

(i) Geographical Location

• Latitude N18°26'41.67" to18°28'7.07"

• Longitude E 79°50'16.14" to 79°52'36.61

• Survey of India Topo sheet number 56 N/15

• Elevation above Mean Sea Level 180 m to 200 m.

• Total Mining Lease Area (in ha.) 668.23

(ii) Dominant nature of terrain

• Flat Yes --- No ¨

• Undulated Yes ¨ No ---

• Hilly Yes --- No ¨

2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.) (As per satellite imagery)

(a) Agricultural 226.88

(b) Forest / Mine Pit 133.87

(c) Waste land 57.37

(d) Grazing / Dumps 183.88

(e) Surface water bodies 12.95

(f) Others (Built Up Area + Roads) 24.34 + 28.94

Total 668.23

3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth quakes in last 10 years.

Not applicable since the lease area falls in Godavari Valley, which is categorized under Zone - III .

(a) Severity (Richter Scale)

(b) Impact i.e. Damage to

• Life Yes --- No ---

• Property Yes --- No ---

• Existing mine Yes --- No ---

Info

rmat

ion

for

Env

ironm

enta

l App

rais

al fo

r K

akat

iya

Kha

ni O

penc

ast -

2 P

roje

ct

The

Sin

gare

ni C

ollie

ries

Com

pany

Lim

ited

337

4.

Bre

ak-u

p of

min

ing

leas

e ar

ea (

in h

a.)

as p

er a

ppro

ved

conc

eptu

al p

lan:

The

pre

sent

land

use

sta

tus

of p

ropo

sed

proj

ect i

s fu

rnis

hed

at S

ectio

n 2.

11 in

Cha

pter

2 o

f EIA

Rep

ort.

Pur

pose

Min

ing

Leas

e A

rea

Tot

al

Are

a ac

quire

d A

rea

to b

e ac

quire

d

Gov

ernm

ent

Priv

ate

Gov

ernm

ent

Priv

ate

Gov

ernm

ent

Priv

ate

For

est

Oth

ers

Agr

i. O

ther

s

(SC

CL

Land

) F

ores

t O

ther

s A

gri.

Oth

ers

(S

CC

L La

nd)

For

est

Oth

ers

Agr

i. O

ther

s

1.

Are

a to

be

exca

vate

d --

10

1.25

--

17

5.36

27

6.61

--

--

--

17

5.36

--

- 41

.09

60

.16

2.

Sto

rage

for

top

soil

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

3.

Ove

rbur

den

/ Dum

ps

--

0.43

--

36

3.94

36

4.37

363.

94

0.

43

4.

Min

eral

sto

rage

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

5.

Infr

astr

uctu

re (

Wor

ksho

p,

Adm

inis

trat

ive

Bui

ldin

g)

--

0.22

--

8.

48

8.70

--

--

--

8.

48

--

0.22

--

--

6.

Roa

d D

iver

sion

--

4.

84

0.

49

5.33

--

- --

- --

- 0.

49

---

1.52

--

3.

32

7.

Rai

lwa

ys

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

8.

Gre

en B

elt

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

9.

Tai

lings

pon

d --

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

10. E

fflue

nt T

reat

men

t Pla

nt

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

11. C

oal H

andl

ing

Pla

nt /

Min

eral

Sep

arat

ion

Pla

nt

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

12. T

owns

hip

area

--

3.

29

--

--

3.29

--

--

--

0.

00

--

--

--

3.29

13. O

ther

(D

iver

sion

of N

alla

h)

--

3.07

--

6.

86

9.93

--

--

--

6.

86

--

0.87

--

2.

20

TO

TA

L --

11

3.10

0.

00

555.

13

668.

23

0.00

0.

00

0.00

55

5.13

0.

00

44.1

3 0.

00

68.9

7

Not

e: A

pla

n sh

owin

g th

e la

nd r

equi

rem

ent o

f the

pro

ject

is fu

rnis

hed

as F

ig. N

o. 2

.11.

1.1

in E

IA R

epor

t.



338

5. Township (outside mining lease)

(a) Total area (in ha) --

(b) No. of dwelling units --

(c) Distance from mine site --

The manpower deployment at this project including Area / Divisional level services is estimated as 220 persons. It is planned to accommodate the employees in the existing colony as no separate township is proposed under this project.

6. Distance of water bodies (in km)

Distance from River Bank *

Other Water bodies * Sea / creek / lake / nalla etc. (specify)

Mining lease boundary Nil The drainage originating from the south western side (southeast of the project) of “Surnapak gutta”, subsequently it accumulates into breached “Nallacheruvu” (25.89 ha) which is located in the project area and overflow of which flows westerly and joins in the tank located near Kasimpalli village.

Ancillary facilities Nil -- [* From highest flood line / high tide line]

7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare nature and not available outside CRZ?

Yes --- No ¨

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [ *Director, Space Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata: Naval Hydrographers’s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography, Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the project area.

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):

S. No. Areas Name

Aerial distance from (in km.)

Core Zone Buffer Zone

1. National Park / Sanctuary Nil Nil 2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger

Reserve / Elephant Reserve / any other Reserve

Nil Nil

3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified)

Mulug, Tadicherla & Mutharam Reserve

Forests

Nil Around the Dumpyards

4. Habitat for migratory birds Nil Nil



339

S. No. Areas Name

Aerial distance from (in km.)

Core Zone Buffer Zone 5. Corridor for animals of

schedule I & II of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

Nil Nil

6. Archaeological sites * Notified * Others

Nil Nil

7. Defence Installation Nil Nil

8. Industries / Thermal Power Plants Nil Nil

9. Other Mines

SCCL Mines

KTK OC - I Core zone

KTK1&1A Inc. 5.00 KM

KTK 2&2A Inc. 2.75 KM

KTK-5 Inc. 2.25 KM

KTK Longwall Project 9.50 KM

10. Airport Nil Nil

11. Railway Lines Nil Nil 12. National / State Highways Warangal-

Mahadevpur State Highway

Nil 0.5 KM

[* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone].

Note : A Plan showing the surface features within 10 Km radius of the proposed Kakatiya Opencast - 2 Project is furnished as Fig. No. 2.8.2.1 in EIA Report.

9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones .*

[* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden office. Information to be based on field survey. ]

A. Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone

1. Agricultural crops The flora of core zone is mainly of dry deciduous and Cassia auriculata scrub forest type. The list of plants present is furnished in Table No. 3.3.11.4.1.in EIA Report.

In the buffer area, 165 plant species belonging to 138 genera and 60 families were recorded by excluding the plants recognized in the core zone. The list of plants present is furnished in Table No. 3.3.11.4.3 in EIA Report.

2. Commercial crops

3. Plantation

4. Natural vegetation / forest type 5. Grass lands

6. Endangered species Nil Nil

7. Endemic species Nil Nil

8. Others (Specify) ---- ----



340

B. Fauna Core Zone Buffer Zone

1. Total listing of faunal elements The details of occurrence of fauna found in Core and Buffer areas of KTK OC - 2 is presented in Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.11 to Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.16 in EIA Report.

2. Endangered species

3. Endemic species

4. Migratory species

5. Details of aquatic fauna, if applicable

10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)

Quantity (in million tonnes)

(a) Proved 25.68

(b) Indicated --

(c) Inferred --

(d) Mineable reserves 25.68

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area

(a) Geological maps submitted Yes ¨ No ---

(b) Geological sections submitted Yes ¨ No ---

(c) Contour map submitted Yes ¨ No --- Note: The geological map, geological sections and contour map are furnished as Fig. No. 2.9.2.1, 2.9.2.2 and 2.8.1.1 respectively in EIA Report.

(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of (i) Faults Yes ¨ No ---

(ii) Dykes Yes --- No ¨

(iii) Shear Zone Yes --- No ¨

(iv) Folds Yes --- No ¨

(v) Other weak zones Yes --- No ¨

(e) Source of data (Indicate) Exploration Dept. of SCCL

12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine

(a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum) 12,50,000



341

The year-wise programme of coal production and OB removal at 100% rated capacity is given hereunder.

Year Coal (Mt) OB (M.Cum) SR (Cum/t) Year Coal (Mt) OB (M.Cum) SR (Cum/t)

PC - I -- -- -- 8. 1.25 15.48 12.38

PC - II -- -- -- 9. 1.50 15.48 10.32

1. 0.30 14.99 49.97 10. 1.50 15.48 10.32

2. 1.25 16.47 13.18 11. 1.50 15.59 10.39

3. 1.25 17.32 13.86 12. 1.45 15.59 10.75

4. 1.25 16.82 13.46 13. 1.25 15.58 12.46

5. 1.25 17.49 13.99 14. 0.50 13.70 27.40

6. 1.25 15.49 12.39 15. 0.25 7.00 28.00

7. 1.25 15.51 12.41 Total 17.00 227.99 13.41

(b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years) 15

(c) Lease period (Years) 20

(d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y) 08.03.2030

NOTE : The project area falls within the existing Bhoopalpalli Mining lease and the validity period of mining lease is 20 years from 09.03.2010 to 08.03.2030. A copy of the mining lease is furnished as Annexure - II in EIA Report.

(e) Indicate in case of existing mines Not Applicable

(i) Date of opening of mine --

(ii) Production in the last 5 years from year ---- to year ---- in million tonnes.

1st Year 5th Year

-- -- (iii) Projected production for the next 5

years 5 years from year ……… to year in million tonnes.

6th Year to 10th Year

-- (iv) Whether mining was suspended after

opening of the mine? Yes --- No ---

If yes, details thereof including last production Figure and reason for the same.

(f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes ¨ No ---

The stage wise plans along with sections are furnished as Fig. Nos. 4.3.7.1 and 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.6.1 in EIA Report.

13. Type and method of mining operations

TYPE METHOD Opencast ¨

Manual ---

Underground ---

Semi - mechanised ---

Both ---

Mechanised ¨

The method of mining operations is furnished at Section 2.7 in Chapter 1 of EIA Report.



342

14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing

(a) Existing. Nil

(b) Additional A pit head Coal Handling Plant is proposed at proposed KTK OC - 2 Project to receive ROM coal transported by 35 T rear dumpers. Two Nos. of 500 TPH feeder breakers will be provided to receive the ROM coal and reduce it to (-) 200 mm size. Then coal is elevated by a 1200 mm wide, 125 KW belt Conveyor to Pre-Weigh Bin bunker with 120 Cu.m. Surge hopper and 25T Pre weigh bin to stock and load coal into trucks for dispatch. Another set of 1200 mm wide, 75 KW belt Conveyor, 100 T bunker without Pre-Weigh Bin will be provided to supply superior grade to other customers, if required. The estimated capital requirement for CHP is Rs 846.68 lakhs. The layout of CHP is furnished as Figure No. 2.18.1 in EIA Report.

15. Mine details

(a) Opencast mine

(i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3) 1 : 13.41

(ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl) 250.00

(iii) Indicate present working depth in case of existing mine (in m bgl) --- (iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.)

• Minimum 0.60

• Maximum 3.0

• Average -- (v) Thickness of overburden (in m.)

• Minimum 34.72

• Maximum 233.55

• Average 185.14 (vi) Mining Plan

• Height and width of the bench in overburden / waste Height -10 m, Width - 40 m

• Height & width of the bench in coal seam Height -10 m, Width - 40 m •

• Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal and overall slope of the pit sides) both while operating the mine as well as at the time of closure of the mine.

(i) Inclination of OB & Coal benches while operating the mine. Individual benches -70º Overall slope - 12º

(ii) Inclination of OB & Coal benches at the time of closure of the mine Individual benches -70º Overall slope - 42º



343

• Whether transverse sections across the

opencast mine at the end of fifth year and at the end of the life of the mine have been submitted?

Yes ¨ No --

Plans showing progressive reclamation status of the mine including progressive greenbelt development at different stages of mining operations along with longitudinal and transverse sections are furnished as Fig. Nos. 4.3.7.1 and 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.6.1 in EIA Report.

(vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted Deep Hole Blasting Technique with NONELS

(b) Underground mine : Not Applicable

(i) Seam / Ore body Min.Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)

-- -- --

Rate of dip in degree Direction of dip in degree

-- --

(ii) Mode of entry into the mine

• Shaft -- • Adit -- • Incline --

(iii) Details of machinery

• On surface -- • At face -- • For transportation -- • Others --

(iv) Method of stoping (Metalliferrous Mines)

• Open -- • Filled -- • Shrinkage -- • Caving -- • Combination of above -- • Others (Specify) --

(v) Extraction method

• Caving -- • Stowing -- • Partial extraction --



344

(vi) Subsidence

• Predicted max. subsidence (in m) -- • Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m) -- • Max. slope change (in mm/m) -- • Whether identified possible subsidence area(s)

superimposed on Surface Plan has been submitted?

Yes -- No. --

• Major impacts on surface features like natural drainage pattern, houses, buildings, water bodies, roads, forest, etc.

• Salient features of subsidence management (monitoring and control).

16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site

(a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan submitted? Note: The pre-mining Surface drainage pattern is

furnished as Fig. No. 2.8.4.1 in EIA Report.

Yes ¨ No. --

(b) Do you propose any modification / diversion in the existing natural drainage pattern at any stage? If yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and proposed route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah / any other water body falling within core zone and its impact. Note: Diversion of nallah is shown in Key Plan Fig. No. 2.3.1 in EIA Report.

Yes ¨ No. --

17. Embankment and / or weir construction

(a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of

(i) Embankment for protection against flood? Yes -- No. ¨

(ii) Weir for water storage for the mine? Yes -- No. ¨

(b) If so, provide details thereof.

Not Applicable

(c) Impact of embankment on HFL and settlement around

(d) Impact of weir on downstream users of water

18. Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)

(a) Existing Type of vehicles No. of vehicles per day Nil Nil

(b) After the proposed activity Lorries of 24 T capacity 14

(c) Whether the existing road network is adequate? If no, provide details of alternative proposal?

Yes ¨ No. --



345

19. Loading, transportation and unloading of coal and waste rocks on surface:

(a) Manual Yes -- No. ¨

(b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes -- No. ¨

(c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks Yes ¨ No. --

(d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes ¨ No. --

(e) Others (specify). Not Applicable

20. Mineral(s) transportation outside the ML area

Qty. (in TPD) Percentage (%) Length (in km)

(a) Road 4545 100 10 -- -- (b) Rail -- -- -- (c) Conveyors -- -- -- -- -- (d) Rope way -- -- -- -- (e) Water ways -- -- -- (f) Pipeline -- -- -- -- (g) Others (Specify) Total 4545 100

Info

rmat

ion

for

Env

ironm

enta

l App

rais

al fo

r K

akat

iya

Kha

ni O

penc

ast -

2 P

roje

ct

The

Sin

gare

ni C

ollie

ries

Com

pany

Lim

ited

346

21.

Bas

elin

e M

eteo

rolo

gica

l and

Air

Qua

lity

data

(a)

Mic

ro-m

eteo

rolo

gica

l dat

a [ C

ontin

uous

mon

itorin

g th

roug

h au

togr

aphi

c in

stru

men

t for

one

full

seas

on o

ther

than

mon

soon

] (i)

W

ind

rose

pat

tern

for

one

full

seas

on (

16 p

oint

s of

com

pass

i.e.

N, N

NE

, NE

, ---

) ba

sed

on 2

4-ho

urly

dat

a. F

or c

oast

al a

rea

also

fur

nish

da

y-tim

e an

d ni

ght t

ime

data

.

• D

ay ti

me

• N

ight

tim

e

• 24

– h

ours

per

iod

The

bas

e lin

e m

eteo

rolo

gica

l dat

a w

as m

onito

red

from

02.

12.2

014

to 2

6.02

.210

5 at

the

stud

y ar

ea a

nd th

e se

ason

al tr

end

alon

g w

ith w

ind

rose

pa

tter

base

d on

24-

hour

ly d

ata

are

furn

ishe

d at

Sec

tion

3.3.

1 of

Cha

pter

3 i

n E

IA R

epor

t. T

he p

redo

min

ant

win

d di

rect

ion

durin

g th

e m

onito

ring

perio

d w

as o

bser

ved

to b

e N

E.

The

re a

re n

o vi

llage

s lo

cate

d in

dow

nwin

d di

rect

ion

exce

pt J

ange

du,

whi

ch is

loca

ted

at a

dis

tanc

e of

0.5

0 K

m. f

rom

the

prop

osed

pro

ject

.

(ii)

Site

spe

cific

mon

itore

d da

ta

Mon

th

Win

d S

peed

(m

/s)

Tem

pera

ture

(ºC

) R

elat

ive

Hum

idity

(%

)

Rai

nfal

l (m

m)

Mea

n M

ax

% o

f Cal

m

Mea

n

Max

M

in

Mea

n M

ax

Min

T

otal

H

ourly

Hig

hest

Dec

embe

r 20

14

1.79

12

.3

36.9

6 22

.9

36.0

12

.1

62.3

95

.2

18.6

0.

0 0.

0

Janu

ary

2015

2.

77

11.6

19

.27

24.6

34

.0

12.4

55

.5

95.2

8.

5 44

.9

36.1

Feb

ruar

y 20

15

2.80

12

.1

39.4

3 26

.5

40.5

15

.9

48.3

95

.3

9.8

0.0

0.0

* 24

-hou

rs r

ainf

all s

houl

d be

rep

orte

d fr

om 0

8:30

hrs

. IS

T o

f pre

viou

s da

y to

08:

30 h

rs. I

ST

of t

he d

ay.

* R

ainy

day

is c

onsi

dere

d w

hen

24 h

rs. r

ainf

all i

s ≥

2.5

mm

. **

Vis

ual o

bser

vatio

ns o

f clo

ud c

over

sho

uld

be r

ecor

ded

four

tim

es a

day

at r

egul

ar in

terv

als.

(iii)

Indi

cate

nam

e an

d di

stan

ce o

f the

nea

rest

IMD

met

eoro

logi

cal s

tatio

n fr

om w

hich

clim

atol

ogic

al d

ata

have

bee

n ob

tain

ed fo

r re

port

ing

in

the

EIA

rep

ort,

if an

y.

The

nea

rest

IM

D S

tatio

n is

loca

ted

at R

amag

unda

m,

whi

ch is

at

an a

eria

l dis

tanc

e of

87

Km

fro

m t

he p

roje

ct s

ite.

Hen

ce,

the

gen

eral

m

icro

met

eoro

logi

cal c

olle

cted

at P

roje

ct s

ite is

furn

ishe

d at

Sec

tion

3.3.

1 of

Cha

pter

3 in

EIA

Rep

ort.

Info

rmat

ion

for

Env

ironm

enta

l App

rais

al fo

r K

akat

iya

Kha

ni O

penc

ast -

2 P

roje

ct

The

Sin

gare

ni C

ollie

ries

Com

pany

Lim

ited

347

(b)

Am

bien

t Air

Qua

lity

Dat

a* (

PM

10, P

M2.

5, S

O2

and

NO

x)

[*M

onito

ring

shou

ld b

e ca

rrie

d ou

t cov

erin

g on

e fu

ll se

ason

exc

ept m

onso

on –

sam

e se

ason

as

in 2

1 (a

) (i)

] [*

Fre

quen

cy o

f sam

plin

g: S

ampl

ing

to b

e do

ne tw

ice

a w

eek

for

the

entir

e se

ason

24

hour

ly fo

r P

M10

, PM

2.5.

For

gas

eous

pol

luta

nts

24-

hour

ly d

ata

be g

iven

irre

spec

tive

of th

e sa

mpl

ing

perio

d.]

(i)

Sea

son

and

perio

d fo

r w

hich

mon

itorin

g ha

s be

en c

arrie

d ou

t:

Am

bien

t A

ir Q

ualit

y w

as m

onito

red

durin

g W

inte

r 20

14,

at t

wo

stat

ions

in c

ore

zone

and

eig

ht s

tatio

ns in

buf

fer

zone

at

24 h

ourly

inte

rval

s fo

r P

M10

, P

M2.

5 an

d 8

hour

ly i

nter

vals

for

ga

seou

s po

lluta

nts.

The

Bas

e lin

e am

bien

t ai

r qu

ality

for

Win

ter

2014

sho

win

g 24

- h

ourly

val

ues

of

criti

cal p

aram

eter

s m

onito

red

at t

en id

entif

ied

loca

tions

is f

urni

shed

at

Sec

tion

3.3.

2 of

Cha

pter

3 in

EIA

Rep

ort.

The

loca

tion

map

sho

win

g th

e B

ase

Line

AA

Q s

tatio

ns is

furn

ishe

d as

Fig

ure

No.

3.2

.1 in

EIA

Rep

ort.

(ii)

No.

of s

ampl

es c

olle

cted

at e

ach

mon

itorin

g st

atio

n:

Air

qual

ity w

as m

onito

red

at t

en l

ocat

ions

by

colle

ctin

g 24

sam

ples

for

PM

10,

PM

2.5

and

72 s

ampl

es f

or

gase

ous

pollu

tant

s at

eac

h st

atio

n co

verin

g W

inte

r 20

14 a

nd th

e re

sults

of t

he s

ame

are

furn

ishe

d he

reun

der.

Nam

e of

the

pollu

tant

s m

onito

red

PM

10

PM

2.5

SO

2 N

o x

Pb*

*

Nam

e of

mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent u

sed

Res

pira

ble

Dus

t S

ampl

er

Fin

e D

ust S

ampl

er

Res

pira

ble

Dus

t S

ampl

er

Res

pira

ble

Dus

t S

ampl

er

Not

App

licab

le

Equ

ipm

ent s

ensi

tivity

Per

mis

sibl

e A

AQ

Sta

ndar

ds (

CP

CB

) in

µg/

m3

(As

per

Coa

l Min

es S

tand

ards

vid

e G

SR

742

(E

), D

ated

25.

09.2

000)

R

--

--

--

--

Not

App

licab

le

I 25

0 N

S

120

120

Not

App

licab

le

S

--

--

--

--

Not

App

licab

le

Mon

itorin

g Lo

catio

n

No.

of

Sam

ples

D

raw

n

Cat

egor

y*

(R, I

, S)

Min

. M

ax.

98%

til

e M

in.

Max

. 98

%

tile

Min

. M

ax.

98%

til

e M

in.

Max

. 98

%

tile

Min

. M

ax.

98%

til

e

Cor

e Z

one

CA

1 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

I 17

9 21

7 21

6 69

.8

86.7

84

.7

14.3

18

.9

18.7

20

.3

29.4

28

.9

--

--

--

CA

2 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

I 16

9 19

4 19

2 63

.5

79.6

79

.0

13.8

18

.1

18.1

19

.8

27.4

27

.2

--

--

--

Info

rmat

ion

for

Env

ironm

enta

l App

rais

al fo

r K

akat

iya

Kha

ni O

penc

ast -

2 P

roje

ct

The

Sin

gare

ni C

ollie

ries

Com

pany

Lim

ited

348

Nam

e of

the

pollu

tant

s m

onito

red

PM

10

PM

2.5

SO

2 N

OX

Pb*

*

Nam

e of

mon

itorin

g eq

uipm

ent u

sed

Res

pira

ble

Dus

t S

ampl

er

Fin

e D

ust S

ampl

er

Res

pira

ble

Dus

t S

ampl

er

Res

pira

ble

Dus

t S

ampl

er

Not

App

licab

le

Equ

ipm

ent s

ensi

tivity

±1

0%

±5%

±1

0%

±10%

Per

mis

sibl

e A

AQ

Sta

ndar

ds (

CP

CB

) in

µg/

m3

(As

per

Nat

iona

l AA

Q S

tand

ards

vid

e G

SR

826

(E

), D

ated

18.

11.2

009)

R

100

60

80

80

Not

App

licab

le

I --

--

--

--

N

ot A

pplic

able

S

--

--

--

--

Not

App

licab

le

Mon

itorin

g Lo

catio

n

No.

of

Sam

ples

D

raw

n

Cat

egor

y*

(R, I

, S)

Min

. M

ax.

98%

til

e M

in.

Max

. 98

%

tile

Min

. M

ax.

98%

til

e M

in.

Max

. 98

%

tile

Min

. M

ax.

98%

til

e

Buf

fer

Zon

e

BA

1 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

62

79

78

37.3

45

.7

44.8

10

.8

14.9

14

.7

13.9

17

.6

17.6

--

--

--

BA

2 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

64

77

77

39.2

47

.9

47.1

12

.9

16.5

16

.4

16.8

19

.6

19.4

--

--

--

BA

3 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

68

80

80

39.4

50

.2

49.8

11

.8

15.0

18

.2

14.5

18

.6

18.2

--

--

--

BA

4 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

67

83

83

36.4

50

.1

49.7

10

.9

16.2

16

.2

14.3

20

.3

20.1

--

--

--

BA

5 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

63

75

75

35.1

48

.4

48.2

12

.2

16.4

16

.2

14.8

19

.4

19.1

--

--

--

BA

6 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

66

85

85

39.1

50

.1

49.5

11

.2

16.2

16

.2

15.1

20

.3

20.0

--

--

--

BA

7 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

56

69

69

28.7

37

.6

37.5

10

.5

14.8

14

.7

12.6

15

.6

15.6

--

--

--

BA

8 24

(PM

10 &

PM

2.5)

72

(S

O2&

NO

x)

R

54

67

67

27.3

41

.1

40.7

10

.2

13.6

13

.5

12.1

15

.2

15.1

--

--

--

*R =

Res

iden

tial;

I = In

dust

rial;

S =

Sen

sitiv

e

**P

b fo

r m

iner

al s

peci

fic s

ites

only

.

# A

nnex

a lo

catio

n m

ap in

dica

ting

loca

tion

of A

AQ

sta

tions

, the

ir di

rect

ion

and

dist

ance

with

res

pect

to p

roje

ct s

ite.

CA

1 -

KT

K O

C S

ecto

r -

1, C

A2

- K

TK

2&

2A

Incl

ine,

BA

1 -

Ped

daku

ntap

alli,

BA

2 -

Ves

hala

palli

Vill

age,

BA

3 -

Kas

him

palli

Vill

age,

BA

4 -

Jang

edu,

BA

5 -

Ped

dalo

nipa

lli, B

A6

- B

HP

L -

Kris

hna

Col

ony,

BA

7 -

Mal

lam

palli

Vill

age

and

BA

8 -

Kam

alap

uram

Vill

age.

Info

rmat

ion

for

Env

ironm

enta

l App

rais

al fo

r K

akat

iya

Kha

ni O

penc

ast -

2 P

roje

ct

The

Sin

gare

ni C

ollie

ries

Com

pany

Lim

ited

349

22.

Sta

ck a

nd e

mis

sion

det

ails

, if

any*

: Not

App

licab

le

Sl.

No.

Pro

cess

/ un

it of

op

erat

ion

(e.g

. D

G S

et, B

oile

r)

Hei

ght o

f st

ack

(m)

Inte

rnal

top

dia.

(m

)

Flu

e ga

s ex

it ve

loci

ty

(m/s

ec)

Em

issi

on r

ate

(kg/

hr)

Hea

t em

issi

on

rate

from

top

of

stac

k (K

.cal

/hr)

Exh

aust

/ F

lue

gas

PM

10

SO

2 N

OX

CO

T

emp

OC

D

ensi

ty

Spe

cific

H

eat

Vol

umet

ric fl

ow

rate

(m

3 /hr.

)

23.

Det

ails

of f

ugiti

ve e

mis

sion

s du

ring

min

ing

oper

atio

ns*

The

fug

itive

dus

t w

ill b

e re

leas

ed a

t va

rious

sta

ges

of m

inin

g op

erat

ions

suc

h as

dril

ling,

bla

stin

g, e

xcav

atio

n, l

oadi

ng,

crus

hing

and

tr

ansp

orta

tion

of m

iner

al. T

he im

pact

on

air

is m

ainl

y lo

caliz

ed in

nat

ure.

24.

Air

Qua

lity

Impa

ct P

redi

ctio

n (A

QIP

)*

(a)

Det

ails

of m

odel

(s)

used

for

AQ

IP in

clud

ing

grid

siz

e, te

rrai

n fe

atur

es, a

nd in

put m

eteo

rolo

gica

l dat

a:

Pre

dict

ions

of

grou

nd l

evel

con

cent

ratio

ns o

f th

e po

lluta

nts

wer

e ca

rrie

d ou

t ba

sed

on s

ite m

eteo

rolo

gica

l da

ta c

olle

cted

dur

ing

the

perio

d 02

.12.

2014

to

26.0

2.20

15.

For

cal

cula

tion

of p

redi

cted

gro

und

leve

l co

ncen

trat

ions

usi

ng a

mat

hem

atic

al m

odel

, an

All

Ter

rain

Dis

pers

ion

Mod

el (

AT

DM

) ba

sed

on U

SE

PA

mod

el A

ER

MO

D V

iew

- L

ake

Env

ironm

enta

l Sof

twar

e is

use

d. T

he a

ir qu

ality

pre

dict

ions

hav

e be

en m

ade

usin

g th

e m

odel

eva

luat

ion

prot

ocol

for

fug

itive

dus

t im

pact

mod

elin

g fo

r su

rfac

e co

al m

inin

g op

erat

ions

(E

PA

199

5, E

PA

199

4).

An

area

of

1200

0 m

. X 8

000

m. w

as s

elec

ted

for

mod

elin

g so

as

to in

clud

e al

l the

air

qual

ity b

asel

ine

mon

itorin

g st

atio

ns in

the

stud

y ar

ea. A

QIP

rep

ort i

s fu

rnis

hed

unde

r S

ectio

n 4.

2.1.

3 of

Cha

pter

4 in

EIA

Rep

ort.

Info

rmat

ion

for

Env

ironm

enta

l App

rais

al fo

r K

akat

iya

Kha

ni O

penc

ast -

2 P

roje

ct

The

Sin

gare

ni C

ollie

ries

Com

pany

Lim

ited

350

(b)

Max

imum

incr

emen

tal G

LC v

alue

s of

pol

luta

nts

base

d o

n pr

edic

tion

exer

cise

:

(in

µg/

m3 )

S. N

o.

Pol

luta

nts

Incr

emen

tal V

alue

A

mbi

ent A

ir Q

ualit

y R

esul

tant

Air

Qua

lity

1.

Par

ticul

ate

Mat

ter

(PM

10)

Lo

catio

n P

rodu

ctio

n ra

ted

capa

city

100

%

Sea

son

KT

K O

C S

ecto

r -

I 10

0%

Win

ter

3.93

19

9 20

2.93

KT

K 2

& 2

A In

c.

100%

W

inte

r 0.

93

180

180.

93

Ped

daku

ntap

alli

100%

W

inte

r 11

.61

71

82.6

1

Ves

hala

palli

10

0%

Win

ter

8.99

71

79

.99

Kas

him

palli

10

0%

Win

ter

11.3

7 73

84

.37

Jang

edu

100%

W

inte

r 13

.80

74

87.8

0

Ped

dalo

nipa

lli

100%

W

inte

r 11

.78

70

81.7

8

Kris

hna

Col

ony,

BH

PL

100%

W

inte

r 2.

26

75

77.2

6

Mal

lam

palli

10

0%

Win

ter

7.30

62

69

.30

Kam

alap

uram

10

0%

Win

ter

5.31

61

66

.31

2**.

S

O2

Not

App

licab

le

3**.

N

OX

Not

App

licab

le

[* Q

uest

ion

Num

ber

22, 2

3 &

24

need

not

be

fille

d-in

for

min

es h

avin

g M

L ar

ea o

f 25

ha. o

r le

ss.

]

[**I

nfor

mat

ion

on it

em n

o. 2

& 3

to b

e pr

ovid

ed in

cas

es w

ith c

aptiv

e po

wer

gen

erat

ion

of 5

00 K

VA

and

abo

ve]



351

25. Water requirement (m 3/day)

Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand

A. Mine site

1. Mine operation Nil Nil

2. Land reclamation Nil Nil

3. Dust suppression 1260 1350

4. Drinking 77 90

5. Green Belt 10 20

6. Beneficiation Nil Nil

7. Washeries Nil Nil

8. Fire Service Nil Nil

9. Others (specify)

(i) Washing of HEMM 83 90

B. Township Nil Nil

1. Green Belt

2. Domestic

3. Other (specify)

Total 1430 1550

26. Source of water supply*

S. No. Source m3/day

1 River (name) Nil

2 Ground water Nil

3 Mine water (sump / pit) 1658

4 Other surface water bodies (specify) Nil

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]

Note: A copy of sanction letter / permission from Telangana State Ground Water department for drawl of ground water is furnished as Annexure - I .

27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs) Not Applicable



352

28. Ground water potential of the study area

28.1. Ground water availability

(a) Range of water table (m bgl)

(i) Pre-monsoon (April/May) • Core Zone 6.34

• Buffer zone 1.14 - 14.00

(ii) Post-monsoon (November)

• Core Zone 3.45

• Buffer zone 0.30 - 11.95

(b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)

• By ground water table fluctuation method 55.73

• By rainfall infiltration factor method 54.22

(c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year) 47.68

(d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year) 13.98

(e) Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year) 23.80

(f) Stage of ground water development in % 72.15 28.2. Water demand - Competing users of the water source

Sl. No.

Usage

Present Consumption

(m3/day)

Additional proposed as per local plan (m3/day)

Total (m3/day)

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Domestic Nil 5068 Nil Nil Nil 5068

2 Irrigation Nil 125068 Nil Nil Nil 125068

3 Industry Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

4 Mining Nil 38301 Nil 1658 Nil 39959 5 Others (Specify)

Cattle consumption

Nil

493

Nil

Nil

Nil

493 Total Nil 168930 Nil 1658 Nil 170588

29. Water Quality*

(a) Annex physico -chemical analysis of water at intake point **

Note: The analysis data of ground water samples in the study area is furnished in Table No. 3.3.5.4 of Chapter 3 in EIA Report.

(b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge: Not Applicable i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**

[ *For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed ]

[ **All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter. ]

[ *** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection Level) should be written instead of ‘NIL’. ]



353

30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine dewatering *

(a) Radius of influence (in m) (from edge of mine boundary) 1873 [To be estimated based on analysis of pumping test data and application of empirical formula]

(b) Whether saline water ingress will take place? Yes -- No. �

(applicable to coastal areas)

(c) Impact on stream / lake / springs: Not Applicable [* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer characteristics, water level conditions (April - May and November), estimate of ground water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30 observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources (mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)]

[**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation Committee recommendations of 1997]

Note: A detailed Hydro-geological report is furnished at Section 4.2.3 of Chapter 4 in EIA Report.

31. Waste Water Management

Mine

(a) Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(i) Mine water discharge during • Lean period 228

• Monsoon Period 50730

(ii) Workshop 83

(iii) Domestic (mine site) 77

(iv) Beneficiation / Washeries Not Applicable

(v) Coal Handling Plant / Dust Suppression 1260

(vi) Tailings pond Not Applicable

(vii) Others (Specify)(Plantation) 10

Total 1658 - 52160

Lean - Monsoon

(b) Waste water treatment plant; Yes -- No. ¨ flow sheet for treatment process attached.

Flow sheet for the process of wastewater treatment is furnished at Sections 4.3.3.2 and 4.3.3.3 in Chapter 4 of EIA Report.

(c) Quantity of water recycled / reused / to be recycled in



354

(i) Percentage : 86.24%

(ii) m3 /day : 1430

(d) Point of final discharge

Final Point Quantity Discharged (in m3/day)

1. Surface (i) Agricultural land

(ii) Waste land 40 m3/day waste water generated from washing of HEMM is treated in ETP.

(iii) Forest land

(iv) Green belt

2. River / nallah ((Excess mine discharge) 228

3. Lake Nil

4. Sea Nil

5. Others (specify) Nil

Total 268

(e) Users of discharge water

(i) Human Yes -- No. ¨

(ii) Livestock Yes -- No. ¨

(iii) Irrigation Yes ¨ No. --

(iv) Industry Yes ¨ No. --

(v) Others (Specify) Nil (f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged (cumecs)

(i) Average flow rate --

(ii) Lean season flow rate --

(iii) Aquatic life --

(iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters upstream and 100 Yes -- No. ¨

meters downstream of discharge point submitted. Note: Mine seepage water after treatment in settling tanks will be let off into

drains leading to nearby irrigation tanks.

Township (a) Waste water generation from township (m3/day) --

Note: No separate township is proposed under the proposed project and domestic sewage of existing colonies are being treated in STPs.

(b) Are you planning to provide sewage treatment plant? Yes -- No. ¨

Note: Two STPs are already in operation.

(c) Usage of treated water Irrigation: Treated water will be let out on land which will

be utilized for agriculture.



355

32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.

Note: Water balance statement in the form of flow diagram is furnished at Section 2.20 in Chapter 2 of EIA Report.

33. Ambient noise level leq dB(A)

Location of sampling station Noise level

Day Time Night Time

A. Core Zone KTK OC Sector - 1(C1) 68.8 51.2

B. Buffer Zone Kashimpalli Village (B3) 48.4 36.7

Jangedu Village (B4) 51.6 39.1 Peddalonipalli Village (B5) 50.5 38.3 Bhoopalpalli (Krishna Colony) (B6) 51.4 43.8 Mallampalli Village (B7) 41.8 36.2

34. Solid Waste a. Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality

Name (Lump / Fines / Slurry/

Sludge / Others) Composition

Quantity (m3/month) Method of disposal

Mining Activity*

a. Top Soil -- 7333 A total quantity of 1.32 M.Cum of topsoil is proposed to be removed from the quarry area. Out of this, about 0.32 M. Cum. will be spread over external dump and the balance 1.00 M.Cum. will be spread over backfilled area of KTK OC Sector - I Project. The soil analysis report is enclosed as Annexure - II.

b. Over burden -- 1259278 Out of 226.67 M.Cu.m of overburden material excavated throughout the life of the project, 129.65 M.Cu.m (57.19%) of overburden will be back filled in the de-coaled area of KTK OC Sector - I Project, 67.17 M.Cu.m (29.63%) of overburden will be back filled in the de-coaled area of KTK OC 2 Project and the balance 29.85 M.Cu.m. (13.18%) of OB will be accommodated in the external dump of KTK OC 2 Project. The typical OB analysis report of SCCL OC mine is enclosed as Annexure - III.

c. Others (specify) -- -- Nil

Effluent Treatment Plant (Sludge)

Negligible quantity

The sludge will be disposed off in the OB dump area.

Total 1266611

[* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.] The Key plan indicating the dump sites is furnished as Figure No. 2.3.1 in EIA Report.

b. (i) Does waste (s) contain any hazardous / toxic Yes -- No. ¨



356

substance / radioactive materials or heavy metals?

(ii) If yes, whether details and precautionary measures provided?

Yes -- No. --

c. Recovery and recycling possibilities: About 86.62% of the total OB removed will be

backfilled in the quarry area of KTK OC Sector - I and KTK OC - 2 Project.

d. Possible user(s) of the solid waste: OB will be utilized by SCCL for back filling of voids in quarry area and a small portion for laying of internal roads.

e. (i) Is the solid waste suitable for backfilling? Yes ¨ No. --

(ii) If yes, when do you propose to start backfilling. Back filling will commence from 11th year.

(in million m3)

Solid waste (s) Already

accumulated (A)

To be generated

(B)

% of A & B to be backfilled

A B

Over burden 95.48 226.97 Nil About 86.62% of the total OB removed will be backfilled in the quarry area of KTK OC Sector - I and KTK OC - 2 Project.

Others (specify) Nil Nil Nil Nil

Note: 95.48 MCum of OB of KTK OC Sector - I has already been accommodated in external and internal dumps of KTK OC Sector - I, which are proposed to be utilised for further dumping in the proposed KTK OC - 2 Project .

Land Reclamation Plan

f. In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate?

(i) Associated environmental problems.

Removal & transportation of coal and overburden involves following environmental problems: 1. Generation of air borne dust during

transportation and dumping of coal and overburden.

2. Soil erosion from OB dump area.

(ii) Number & type of waste dumps. 1. External Dumpyards (i) KTK OC Sector - I External Dump (ii) Dump in KTK OC Sector - I Void Area (iii) KTK OC - 2 External Dump yard

2. KTK OC - 2 Internal Dump

• No. of external dumps 4 •

• Max. projected height of dumps (in m)

1. External Dumpyards (i) KTK OC -I External Dump (120 m) (ii) KTK OC Sector - I Void Area (90 m) (iii) KTK OC - 2 External Dump (90 m)

2. KTK OC - 2 Internal Dump (bgl) •

• No. of terraces & height of each stage

Four decks, each of 30 m. height

•



357

• Overall slope of the dump

(degree) Individual deck slope : 37.50 Overall slope dump slope: 25.640

• Proposed reclamation measures

1. Berms and batter drains will be provided to control soil erosion.

2. The external and internal dump areas will be graded and stabilized using track dozers.

3. Garland drains and check dams will be provided around the dump.

4. Plantation will be taken up over the entire dump area concurrently with the progress of mining operations.

•

(iii) Section of the waste dump in relation to the Yes ¨ No. --

adjacent ground profile attached.

Note: Plans showing progressive reclamation status of the mine including progressive greenbelt development at different stages of mining operations along with longitudinal and transverse sections are furnished as Fig. Nos. 4.3.7.1 and 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.6.1 in EIA Report.

35. Fuel / Energy requirements* [*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power

generation of 500KVA and above]

(a) Total power requirement (in MW)

S.No. Mine Site Township Others (specify) Total

1 Present Nil Nil Nil Nil

2 Proposed / Additional 2.022 Nil Nil 2.022

Total 2.022 Nil Nil 2.022

(b) Source of power (in MW)

S.No. SEB/Grid* Captive Power Plant DG Sets

1 Present Nil Nil Nil

2 Proposed 2.022 Nil Nil

Total 2.022 Nil Nil [* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority]

Note : A copy of power supply agreement is enclosed as Annexure - IV.

(c) Details of fuels

S. No. Fuel

Daily Consumption (TPD) Calorific value (Kcals/kg)

% Ash

% Sulphur Existing Proposed

1. HSD Nil 394.22 12,500 0.01 0.25

2. LSHS

3. Other (Specify)



358

36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials

S. No. Name Number of Storages Consumption

(in TPD) Maximum Quantity at

any point of time

1. Fuels (Fuels) One 394.22 394.22

2. Explosives One 19.70 34.00

37. Human Settlement

Core Zone Buffer Zone Population*

750 PDFs & 125 PAFs.

91734

No. of Villages 1 - Gaddiganipalli 21

Number of households village-wise

-- Furnished in Table No. 3.3.12.3.1 in Chapter 3 of EIA Report

[* As per 2001 census record or actual survey] Note: Village-wise population details are furnished in Table No. 3.3.12.3.1 in Chapter

3 of EIA Report.

38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan* [*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be displaced, other-wise a summary plan]

Note: Details of R & R has been furnished at Section 7.1 & 7.2 in Chapter 7 of EIA Report.

(a) Villages falling within the study area

Villages

Number Name

Core zone 1 Gaddiganipalli 500 m from the blasting site (s)*

2 A part of Faqeergadda and Balajinagar of Jangedu village is falling with in 300 m safe zone.

Buffer zone 21 Furnished in Table No. 3.3.12.3.1 in Chapter 3 of EIA Report

Township site --

(b) Details of village(s) in the core zone:

S. No. Village name

Population* Average Annual Income Tribal Others

1. Gaddiganipalli Nil 750 PDFs &125 PAFs. --

[*As per 2001 census / actual survey]

(c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees:

Name of village(s) falling within

Number of oustees

Land (Only) Homestead (Only) Land and Homestead (Both)

Mining Lease 1. Gaddiganipalli 125 750 875

Township Site 1. Faqeergadda -- 42 42 2. Balajinagar -- 130 130



359

(d) Whether R&R package has been finalised?

If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees. R & R is yet to be finalized.

(i) Site details where the people are proposed to be resettled & facilities existing / to be created:

Yet to be identified

(ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package: Rs. 185.94 Crores

(iii) Agency / Authority responsible for their resettlement: Yet to be identified by the State Government

(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project Affected People (PAP):

--

(v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will be over: --

39. Lease - wise plantation details

(a) Lease area (in ha.)

Existing mine New mine

(i) Area broken up -- 156.40

(ii) To be broken up -- 224.98

(iii) Area not to be broken-up -- 283.56 (b) Township area (in ha.) -- 3.29

(c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)

Peripheral Dumps Roads Township Others

(i) Existing 26.32 -- -- --

(ii) Proposed 56.30 320.93 -- -- 224.98 Note: Plans showing progressive reclamation status including progressive greenbelt development at different stages are furnished as Fig. Nos. 4.3.7.1 and 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.6.1 in EIA Report.

(d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed

(i) Existing: Not Applicable

• When plantation was started? Month / Year --

No. of plant species planted Number saplings (per ha.)

-- --

Survival rate % -- ● Avg. height -- (ii) Proposed

No. of plant species to be planted Number of saplings (per ha.)

30 plant species will be planted on overburden dumps. Their local names are Chinduga, Maredu, Nemali nara, Usiri, Tamarind, Marri, Juvvi, Medi, Gumudu-teku, Teku, Bandari, Nara yepa, Tella Maddi, Tani, Karakkai, Sima chinta, Betta genapu, Seema tangedu, Marking nut, Velaga, Jitregi, Ravi, Gatti Veduru, Tapasi, Vepa, Kanuga, Sissoo, Nalla tumma, Sundra and Godugu tumma

2500



360

40. Environmental Health and Safety (a) What major health and safety

hazards are anticipated? : 1. Dust will be generated in the proposed

opencast mine. Exposure to higher noise levels may cause hearing impairment to the employees working on HEMM.

(b) What provisions have been made / proposed to be made to conform to health and safety requirements?

: 1. Wet drilling method involving built-in wetting arrangement will be adopted in the proposed project for reducing dust generation during drilling operations.

2. Continuous water sprinkling arrangement will be made all along the haul roads for dust suppression.

3. Fire fighting equipment will be provided in the project for prevention and control of fires.

4. Ear muffs and ear plugs will be supplied to employees exposed to noise levels of more than 90 dB (A)

5. HEMM with sound proof cabins will be procured for not exposing the operators to noisy environment and ensuring the safety of the operators. A detailed report on risk assessment and disaster management is furnished at Section 7.3 & 7.4 in Chapter 7 of EIA Report.

(c) In case of an existing mine : Not Applicable

(i) Comprehensive report on health Yes -- No. --

status of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed

(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)

• Free silica

• Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)

• Lead**

[* Only for Chromite mines]

[**Only for Base Metal mines]

(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable: Not Applicable



361

41. Environmental Management Plan Salient features of environmental protection measures

S. No.

Environmental issues*

Already practiced, if applicable Proposed

1. Air Pollution ------ • Wet drilling practices will be adopted in the proposed project.

• One 28 KL and four 12 KL Water sprinklers will be used for dust suppression on haul roads, coal transport roads etc.

• Continuous water sprinkling arrangements will also be made all along the haul roads for dust suppression.

• HEMM and other vehicles will be checked periodically and maintained properly for controlling exhaust emissions.

• Stage-wise plantation will be taken up in and around the proposed project for dust suppression.

2. Water Pollution ------ • Garland drains of proper size and length will be made and maintained along the quarry and external dump to prevent the surface run-off water from entering into quarry and to discharge excess water to the natural drains / tanks after treatment in settling ponds.

• Two Sewage Treatment Plants of 3.00 MLD capacity were already existing in Krishna Colony and Subhash Colony for treating domestic sewage.

• Workshop effluents will be treated in effluent treatment plants consisting of Oil & Grease traps.

3. Water Conservation ------ • Measures will be taken for optimum utilization of mine discharge water for the requirements like, dust suppression, washing of HEMM and plantation.

• Phreatic surface levels are being monitored and will be continued throughout the life of the project and if there is any impact on ground water table, then measures will be taken for ground water recharge by construction of rain water harvesting pits or other recharge options.

4. Noise Pollution ------ • HEMM will be regularly maintained to control engine noise.

• Controlled basting techniques will be adopted to control noise and blast vibrations.

• Ear muffs and plugs will be provided to employees exposed to higher noise levels.

• Sound and dust proof cabins will be provided in the machines like dozers, shovels, dumpers and feeder breakers at CHP etc.

• Greenbelt of rich canopy will be maintained around lease area to attenuate noise levels

5. Solid Waste / Tailings ------ • Out of 226.67 M.Cu.m of overburden material excavated throughout the life of the project,



362

S. No.

Environmental issues*

Already practiced, if applicable Proposed

129.65 M.Cu.m (57.19%) of overburden will be back filled in the de-coaled area of KTK OC Sector - I Project, 67.17 M.Cu.m (29.63%) of overburden will be back filled in the de-coaled area of KTK OC 2 Project and the balance 29.85 M.Cu.m. (13.18%) of OB will be accommodated in the external dump of KTK OC 2 Project.

• Dumping in de-coaled area is planned to ground level at closure stage and external dump of KTK OC Sector - I is planned to a maximum height of 120 m.

6. Land Degradation ------ • The total land required for the project is 668.23 Ha.

• As a result of phase wise dumping 628.53 Ha of land would be reclaimed at the end of the mining operations leaving a water body over an area of 4.09 Ha.

• The balance land of 35.61 Ha will account for public use.

• The void can be utilized as a potential water body by the local people for irrigation and other purposes.

7. Erosion & Sediment ------ • Garland drains and check dams / rock fill dams will be constructed around quarry and dump to reduce suspended solids in the runoff.

8. Top Soil ------ • A total quantity of 1.32 M.Cu.M. of topsoil is proposed to be removed during the mining operations.

• Out of above, about 0.32 M Cum will be spread over external dump and the balance 1.00 M.Cum. will be spread over backfilled area of KTK OC Sector - I Project.

• It will be suitably protected from soil erosion and infertility by planting fodder grass and leguminous plants during temporary storage.

9. Ground Vibration ------ • Control blasting methods will be adopted to control blast vibrations.

• Optimum delay sequence and stem to column ratio will be maintained to minimize fly rock and blast vibration intensity.

• Charge per delay will be regulated to minimize blast vibrations.

10. •

11. Wildlife Conservation ------ • No forest land is involved in the proposed project.

12. Forest Protection ------

13. Others (Specify) ------ • Nil [* As applicable]



363

42. Compliance with environmental safeguards ( For existing units):Not Applicable

(a) Status of the compliance of conditions of Yes -- No. -- Environmental Clearance issued by MoEF, if any, enclosed.

(b) Status of the compliance of ‘Consent to Yes -- No. -- Operate’ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed.

(c) Latest 'Environmental Statement' enclosed. Yes -- No. --

43. Scoping of EIA

Whether environmental impact assessment Yes ¨ No. --

of the project has been carried out by

following scoping process?

If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed. Yes ¨ No. --

Scoping has been carried out by EAC of MoEF&CC and ToR has been prescribed basing on the prescribed application. EIA / EMP has been prepared as per the prescribed ToR. A copy of ToR issued by MoEF&CC is annexed as Annexure - I in EIA Report.

44. Mine closure

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes ¨ No. -- (b) Submitted a conceptual mine closure plan. Yes ¨ No. --

(c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for implementing the 8038

same (in Rs. lakhs).

**Note: The details of mine closure and a plan showing End Land Use / Mine Closure is furnished at Section 4.4 & as Figure No. 4.3.7.6.1 in Chapter 4 of EIA Report.

45. If yes, Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh) 39709

(Based on latest estimate)



364

46. Cost of environmental protection measures (in Rs. Lakh)

S. No.

Item Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1. Pollution Control (Separately provide break-up)

• Pollution abatement facilities -- 105.01 -- --

• Effluent Treatment Plant for Workshops & CHP -- 60.00 -- --

• Plant and Machinery used for pollution control -- 184.56 -- --

2. Pollution Monitoring (Separately provide break-up)

• Post-Project Monitoring -- 15.00 -- 20.00

• Scientific studies -- 5.00 -- --

3. Occupational Health -- --

4. Green Belt

• Mine -- 115.00 -- --

• Township -- -- -- -- 5. Reclamation / Rehabilitation of mined out area -- --

6. Others (Specify)

• Base line data generation -- 10.00 -- --

• Bio-reclamation of OB dumps -- 40.00 -- --

• Construction of Toe walls/ Rock fill dams -- 80.00 -- --

• Construction of settling tanks -- 15.00 -- --

• Public Hearing -- 15.00 -- --

• Project CSR Activities -- 75.00 -- --

• Wages, Stores and Power etc -- -- -- 806.06

Total -- 719.57 -- 826.06

Note: Details of fund provision for environment protection are furnished at Section 6.5 in Chapter 6 of the EIA Report.

47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby villages other than R&R plans.

An amount of Rs. 75.00 Lakhs has been earmarked under direct capital cost towards project specific CSR activities. Details of socio economic measures taken up is furnished in Section 4.5 in EIA Report

48. Public Hearing

(a) Date of Advertisement 24.10.2015

(b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared. Namasthe Telangana (Telugu) &

The Hindu (English)

(c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY) 26.11.2015

(d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present

The details of the Public Hearing, Chairperson, Panel members present & minutes of the meeting are furnished as Annexure - VI in EIA Report.



365

(e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting and 1000 500

number of people from the lease area.

(f) Summary / details of public hearing in tabular form.

Sl. No

Issues raised by the Public Clarifications given by the Project proponent

1. Demanded SCCL and the Government to settle the pending cases of compensation to the land losers of earlier KTK OC-I Project.

It has been clarified that land compensation was not paid with regard to 145 acres of land acquired for the earlier KTK OC-I Project and efforts will be made by SCCL to resolve this issue in consultation with Government.

2. Villagers have complained of ground vibration and fly rocks due to blasting operations. Also, it was complained that smoke from coal yards due spontaneous heating and dust pollution are causing lot of inconvenience to the nearby villages.

It was assured that stringent measures would be adopted in opencast mines for controlling blast vibrations, air and water pollution, etc.

3. Suggested for taking up back filling operations in de coaled area of OC mines as per stipulated norms for bringing the land to productive use.

It has been clarified that SCCL is committed to reclamation in OCP of Bhoopalpalli area by backfilling of OB in de-coaled voids.

4. Demanded SCCL to provide employment in the pending cases relating to KTK OC Sector - I Project.

It was informed that the issue of providing employment to land losers is pending in court and efforts would be made to resolve the employment issue.

5. Requested for supply of drinking water to nearby villages.

It was assured that SCCL would extend necessary help in providing drinking water to the nearby villages till a water grid is established by the Government.

6. Villagers demanded for resolving all the pending issues pertaining to KTK OC Sector - I Project and then only take up KTK OC - 2 Project.

It was informed that all the issues raised in the public hearing meeting will taken up with higher authorities of SCCL for resolving the issues pending in respect of earlier KTK OC Sector - I Project.

env7

Typewriter

23.01.2016

367

ANNEXURE – I (Refer Point No.26 & 34.(viii))

368

ANNEXURE – II (Refer Point No.34.(a))

Top soil analysis report

Soil Quality

To assess the mining impact on soil in and around project site, the effect on

agricultural field, baseline soil quality of the area has been evaluated with respect to

physical and chemical parameters. The physico-chemical properties of soil, which

are important for plant growth and agricultural productivity i.e. texture, bulk density,

moisture content, water holding capacity, pH, EC, Organic Carbon and Nutrients are

analyzed for four soil samples in the study area. The soil sampling locations are

presented in Table No.1 and their quality is shown in Table No.2 .

Table No.1: Soil quality monitoring stations

Sample Code Sampling locations

B3 Kashimpalli Village

B4 Jangedu Village)

B5 Peddalonipalli Village)

B9 Gaddiganipalli

369

Table No.2: Soil quality in the study region

S.No PARAMETER UNIT B3 B4 B5 B9

1. Organic Carbon % 0.29 0.86 0.56 0.3

2. pH - 7.6 7.9 6.2 6.3

3. Electrical Conductivity (mmhos/cm) 0.158 0.414 0.080 0.166

4. Nitrogen Kg/ha 173 162 111 137

5. P2O5 Kg/ha 1.9 1.4 1.3 0.59

6. K2O Kg/ha 305 293 148 177

7. Exchangeable Calcium* meq/100 gm 1.18 0.98 1.58 0.39

8. Exchangeable Magnesium* meq/100 gm 2.2 1.4 0.6 0.6

9. Exchangeable Sodium* meq/100 gm 0.35 0.31 0.19 0.24

10. Exchangeable Potassium meq/100 gm 0.34 0.33 0.16 0.2

13. Cadmium as Cd* mg/kg 0.64 0.44 0.34 0.48

14. Chromium as Cr* mg/kg 23.22 26.12 19.24 23.34

15. Lead as Pb* mg/kg 1.94 BDL 6.42 3.24

16, Nickel as Ni* mg/kg 19.4 16.8 10.3 13.42

17. Copper as Cu* mg/kg 10.22 9.58 7.02 7.66

18. Zinc as Zn* mg/kg 14.68 16.48 6.58 5.20

19. Manganese as Mn* mg/kg 272.2 184.12 192.6 148.84

Soil samples were analysed for pH, Electrical conductivity, Organic matter, Calcium,

Magnesium, and the details are given in Table No. 2. The study area is slightly acidic

to slightly alkaline in nature having pH in the range of 6.2 to 7.9. Organic matter is in

the range of 0.29 to 0.86% indicating that the organic matter is present in medium

range. From the above table, the soils are conducible for the growth of different

species, which are commonly found in nature.

370

ANNEXURE - III (Refer Point No.34.(b))

OVERBURDEN ANALYSIS REPORT

371

ANNEXURE – IV (Refer Point No.3 5 (b)

377

ANNEXURE – V (Refer Point No. 49(iv)

378

ANNEXURE - VI (Refer Point No.49 (vii)

final environmental impact assessment

Documents